Skip to main content

Full text of "Insects"

See other formats 


fod Ae Bee 
ve Leh eter en trente, 
SoBe hat fen asks 
VIM het 


menanacen esr d ae ear ie ere 


ANNAN DEIR MRA A 


et CE ae 


ets 
whiehe 


Kash OMS sgn? 
ANNE ase Oa PTS ED tne ANT AD ARENT a Merman 
pee OT Pe TN RS OAR SOME Roma a ty 
eM ey 


tomate 
Nene Me rainy 
Sa et PM eet Ne so ADT Ont 
St eyesore dats s deennien 
erry ee 
eerie ee eared 


re ee ee ee 3 2 
PERO SS RI ni Prete = ee area 


ae Sererr aor wns 
a ete tal “ a phe ee ae anaes 
tie peat etn aeent ae ’ amelie - Sencar: pe man ane as te en 
= PRR ee ee ee eee ~ . “rs = i ‘ . * 
ar ie Rattan ant PAA ng TO Baten ial ok D ANH "9 ae . OE daha ee ‘= 
if po ODN mS ENING Ba TMC #8 oD hein hn® w 


Sie 
=r 
Ait tae o “ . » - 
- s ~ oe : ae . , 
stip toon sent. me “ 


‘ i : antl Sones 
0 ee i eececinan per = - : 
Patera nes peta ncaMp ok Gn. oh nsoa! “= 


te Serres 


ate tte Se as tae 
aah EN RT ae 

ne eth ak  Ream ye one 
* nate aoenennd ears 
teeta 


ie a ee wg: Sens 
eterna PA. Ha ee oe 
“aye erent ere nee x MENA N  attoe oe 
. - Sa INET Rare ere a 
od ee nari pcre ee AAT . Se 
retinal Gisela te = We eee me aT 
nat nscatvanien nbd neni r c area 


sth nn 9H na nn 
iano serene o a eee 
Mita g tetanic p ern Or EME 
ape ener iat ew tape Bee 


area 


ene 
em eetow. 


ai 18 - 


ore 


Ns 


21ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 


saiyuvyua 
INSTITUTI 
saluvug 
INSTITUT! 
x 
Saluvusg 
INSTITUTI 


NOILOLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31uvugi7_LIBRAE 


SMITHSONIAN 


NVINOSHLIWS 
SMITHSONIAN 
NVINOSHLIWS 
SMITHSONIAN 
NWINOSHLIWS 


ASNI_ NVINOSHLIWS LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNL 


LIBRARIES 
NOILALILSNI 
NOLLALILSNI 
LIBRARIES 


NOILNLILSNI 
LIBRARI ES 


21ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3ZIYVYUSIT LIBRA 


2 2 = z - 
S “0 io = ° Oo 
= a = ) = 3) 
tk ; > S > - > 
=e a = a E fe 
z Ah 2 m a m 
= wn = w . = ” 
JLSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILOL 
Fo wo = <s- ” = < ow 
Z : EW § a ae 
: « \ : SS ae é 
ys = SNL = EW Fy 
”n Oy MD WSs - D a BN DQ tf. 
Bi Oo = ake We oO pa ts Ore jx 
yo 2 = » 2 = 2 “ip 
= > , = > Ss > “G 
w Pos w ~ a w” ‘ z 
21E£S SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IUYYSIT LIBRAI 
79) = ” > : ”n S 
oe ao” = o” N WN ul ” 
: = fa a = WAS [aad = 
: SN. = 
< 3; = < pe . < 
oc = ox = « = 
a 5 a 5 ce S 
— = «J _ . od a 
S3INVHNSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNL 
é = é = ; ae = 
wo a, — _ Me w —s 
> Nes : 5 $y: : 
2 ONE : © GO: : 
ted RN \S — eo = %* Y bi ba a 
21ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3I1uVYuSIT 
= <x = . <= = < 
- =z & = = -t a 
N ‘: ro) 
\ 2 5 NYS : %: 
AN o a NWO Oo < ro) as 
S 2 E QYv 2 i Z, e 
i Few mia ink a 2 fied 


ILSNI_ NVINOSHLIWS saiuvyagi LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILONL 


% um 2 if z a 
= o = © s = rad 

< < 
2 cc S = S cz 
re) = re = re} = 
= -! z = =? 4 

RIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3Z1YVYSIT LIBRAI 

6 = “2 e z . 
> cad 5 2 = 2 
a se a e = ee 
” = ” pa w” = 


2A “Ahv\ OS fae al =~ {2 as YP) 
> NRE 3] > = bE mile 8 
0] S VAS —— a IS, a 7 UP ke. a?) = A oO, 
~ NY \ D Xe Wasnt m o iar. m o Xs Wwasnw 
* on = - ra | 
” = 7) = ” = 
SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S31yvu¥gIT_LIBRARIES 
g ey ae Se ee 
= Zz a z = z * 
j 2 SNE 47? j 2 SSA 
Z = 2 = = = NO | 
> = >" = =. “SS 
z= ” z 77) Fa ” % 
% _LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI 
Z a z Ht Z us 
op) : a wo” sa ow cam 
za oe = o =I fad 
oad < “s y od m 4 
5 RS = 5 ay 5 = 
4 a) ra 
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3ZIYWYSIT LIBRARIES 
= E rs Ee oe z = | 
— “oO = SS al oO 
= 2 = 4 SS E D 
= > c SP PWAGQ “A 7a * 
a = - = SS 5 = 
m m ; m 
= wo 2 n . £ 7) 
S3IYVYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN 
Zz (22) ra i? o” z 2) 
=< <= = NY Ye = =z = 
e) x. ° NS we Rt om x 
a ” Y Sy \ n ” ” 
= = = S = = z 
= > = a = > 
z= ” = = ” -: Fe 
“SMITHSONIAN _ INSTITUTION  NOILO.LILSNI NVINOSHLINS S23 PYVusiT_ 
” Zz z A = 
tu . 
i = : GNF = 
<<} > < 3 WN Ee = 
<3; c = 2 
3 = = =| SQ S = 
os =! = : at = 
z soa dvudi LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION _ NOILALILSNI 
o J re “3 ia 5 
5 = " - GY > F 
= - > — ty : “> - 
a fe = Ee  % a = 
m > m = m = 
22) —_ w = ” = 
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31yuyvyugI7 
” Ba 77) = ” z = 
= = = : <= = = 
= z 4 z = 
ap 2 a Ag a a 
2) = ae - re) Bs 
= = Zz = 2 = 
> = = = >" S 
z “ee z a > ” 
“ NVINOSHLINS, S31YVYdII LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNILILSNI 
—_ n S 7) =e ” 
4 pa ” os “ an 
= La a = oa 5 = ox 
= << = < ve <x 
= aN a par} a = 2 
= » foe) = m . — 
oO = > ts — <=3 — 
2 ‘is 4 S a 3 al 
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILONLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYEIT LIBRARIES 
z a3 z abe, Je = 
_- ‘oO boned +. a co 
= 2 = a SS a a 
e : > f=. pe es re: > 
E = = 2 = = 


Ree OR Tl 


OF THE 


CANADIAN ARCTIC EXPEDITION 
f 1913-18 


VOLUME III: INSECTS 


INTRODUCTION 
. AND 


LIST OF NEW GENERA AND SPECIES COLLECTED BY THE EXPEDITION 


By C. GORDON HEWITT 


OTTAWA 


THOMAS MULVEY, 
PRINTER TO THE KINGS MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY 


1920 
6881—1 Issued December 10, 1920 


. 


INTRODUCTION. 


6881—2 


' 
1 
vx 


MOrroucdoaTy | 


INTRODUCTION. 


Our knowledge of the insect fauna of northern and arctic Canada has 
hitherto been so meagre, and our collections so lacking in material from that 
region that the invitation given me in 1913 by the Deputy Minister of Mines 
to prepare a memorandum of instructions concerning the collection of insects 
by the Canadian Arctic Expedition which was then being organized was more 
than welcome, and high hopes were entertained that a rich harvest would result. 
The sad and untimely death of Mr. James Murray, the marine biologist of the 
expedition, following the loss of the Karluk, placed upon the shoulders of Mr. 
Frits Johansen, to whom the entomological work had been assigned, a double 
burden and increased duties and he became responsible for the marine biology in 
addition to his botanical and entomological work. The large collections of 
marine and other invertebrates, fishes, and plants testify as to the assiduity with 
which Mr. Johansen collected. But, as was inevitable the number of insects 
collected was less than we had originally hoped to receive. Nevertheless, the 
' collection of insects brought back by the expedition was a very representative 
one, and, as the succeeding reports will show, it has been the means of adding 
valuable information to our knowledge of the insects of the northern regions of 
this continent. No less than 8 new genera, 93 new species and 5 new sub- 
species and varieties have been described in the following pages. In addition, 
as a result of Mr. Johansen’s keen desire to obtain notes on the life-histories and 
bionomics of these northern forms and the investigations that he carried on 
under the difficult conditions incident to such work in the north, he has been 
able to add much to our knowledge of northern insect life, and his notes will be 
found scattered through the reports in the different orders and families. Mr. 
Johansen’s report on the insect life of the arctic will be read with interest in 
conjunction with the other reports, since it gives a picture of the conditions 
under which the insects were found; too often entomologists lose sight of the 
ecological aspect of an insect fauna, and reports become mere systematic cata- 
logues and lifeless. The abundance and variety of the arctic and sub-arctic 
insect life will be surprising perhaps to many entomologists who have not hitherto 
appreciated the burst of plant and insect life that takes place during the short 
arctic summer when the land is clothed with vegetation and flowers which are 
visited by innumerable bumble bees, moths and butterflies and other sun-loving 
insects, enjoying the brief spell of existence that release from the gelid land and 
water permits. 


We desire to express our warm appreciation of the assistance so willingly 
rendered by the authors whose names appear on the different reports in this 
volume in working up this interesting collection of the insects of the arctic and 
sub-arctic region of North America, and we hope that this volume may stimulate 
further investigation of a fauna of interest alike to the systematist and to those 
who are interested in the broader question of the distribution of animal life. 


C. GORDON HEWITT, 


Dominion Entomologist. 
Orrawa, January, 1920. 


oe 
) 7 1 
i 


MOMDAOR TAT 


salt abode vite tite orto TH Ai deans wl? Ve. agholecust 1ch 
side went Intetane 9) yd al o& silo tpaliod ao) ene oe (eel ey 
wate lo te, vial culteyh EAC 0d ot, GOES ere ae Jul a | 
prasad we dortualing od galivcacdon acolo hy GBR Re Ae 
Mont saw bexidancs yuk wilt sae daidlw sonibogull, ota. stacheaatD ott ed 
Muest bitten teers of, if) Hooinivstas o¢oy goquidl dae bau caved > fh 
ott to ddiuoloid sai wart vil) vet hd 1th 0) av Ke ie 0 aaa as Lids Dee, oa 
“aif te rinhlroda odt aod basalt nko ho evol ot gaipaBent iid 
idveb a barrglees wae luid abv Werigulo motu oid quoter Wh phe dotcd 
ar Gaoloid anixam nda nt) onoqen ‘enon adh hile sales tersanqo al tat att 
Aeienohestioo seal wll yaw Latiiolorwa gia fina Tiytaadond ated 0% soba > 
dtiw ydinbiees odtotey juss; ataala hod aaa, ert aay ie at iulto bbe sore 
aiddent to radmin add vilatieaot anw ao WEL, lett aoadaulel, aoLS ae 
sd) @rolodae7 acne) ot bea vlsatyive Bert ov. cn/l) aol sew hetagiiog 
Syriniavesiqny Yo db can ood regen acl) eb Medel Tega ajoukar lo ayialedee 
guibba to adnayi ei!) jd eet 1 grote Ll Ween anthassuine Gly ao bie 
to, ditaraan mradtwin oii) | tosentt oat to abd teen) Ha yh obiatenint olddata 
His arn 8. hua ealion2 vod ti) OR NA @ Hedy geal a tieniinos aay 
nbteb he al oa oo et gecrllot yi fal ‘hartpadh retin, vA Oey bite rary 
bun manotid-olil wie a) ood ated & wpalenaels naseiale 7 Ge feos Tae 
@o peImnay oil fad! suciiay ideal odd had acral ood oma? do eoteoieie 
sind pad ot drm od) ot deo iis oF jrabinal ecdiionys ianettheny malt soln 
ad iffe-aation aid aw ahh heed) ads on lo oy belvfaret 2g ud dosion bbmod olde 
wif welliimal bun erstoe Temeltih dt at atsacet ail) fg ad) here Lane 
yi faeeGant dition fay od toe oe aif lo at GA artigo lr aiqan a aoannitot 
Lume. ot te wey A ANY Le oot eae suttifg Gh) iy a ee 
aul Waites weal y)- maton chon getter ands (UOT eee showered oli doidve sae 
—asanaie i, ote pat Dane al 1 aa Yo 2 oqes' Gnign igi 
‘iota bita silos alr NP Rey agian ty anil etl | gaotolil hen * ingol | 


Gbrarierey tors cand vilir = of yili fied iie eee OF 4q 0 Vp 40 oh ‘iw alil yagi 
dle sight sahil SoA ae? rect Wh proed bak int ls ey ee ftainata 
ote Bail ery veil Tait “iol Sie Te hi AEG tt liyus Tehiharniw sam fe 4a 
aiiteu tec te anced ela aati ened ali. cuiheroinutot To bee y 
Hise Game biog ahi ave) earolus Falls hc ee es Cm aluseni 
oA “—¢ a atlare), We 


ty. a Ge oyiter on ot Jo wohwierigei Aen io Meena, Ob sited Bat 
il Pao eg Doh od nd taco esi Batre woke ody ol fone 
an da lg Werle owl te dolieeiiyy Webra aly oe eho au onlay 
Aa pets | VT Bae) 4, ld doeqouiow bite aati Ato ies oa ta adie 
ie gant tt ia datiteolees old o), oily teva We & 16 eee rth Shea 
ol ariiede fy deacisebs arte al To ue ey lino ai ot Delage ie ae | 
AVY A Oto fo | 
Ai ype yc abi vita ] 
a ceuntal: Ae | 
is j 


LIST OF NEW GENERA AND SPECIES COLLECTED BY THE EXPEDITION 


By C. Gordon Hewitt 


\ 


wOyTIAsa 2HT YA AATIRIIOD 2A1092 OMA AAAI WOM 10 TAL 
niwatl nobwo eo: is ae | ta - 3 ‘ee 


= 


insects, Arachnids and Myriapods. ix 


List of New Genera and New Species of Insects, Arachnids and 
Myriapods collected by the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18. 


Part A. CoLLEMBOLA. 


New Genera. Page. New Species. Page. 
Achorutes sensilis Folsom............. 5A 
Onychiurus duodecimpunctatus Folsom. . 6A 
Entomobrya comparata Folsom......... 138A 


Part B. Nruropreroip INSEcTSs. 


Capniamearciica Banksia... oe amee o 3B 
Anabolia emarginata Banks............ 4B 


Part C. Drprera. 


Dicranomyia alascaensis Alexander... . . 4c 

Erioptera angustipennis Alexander..... 5c 

Limnophila rhicdoptiloides Alexander. . . 6c 

Tricyphona brevifurcata Alexander..... . 6c 

Tricyphona frigida Alexander.......... 7c 

Stygeropis parrioides Alexander........ 9c 

Nephrotoma arcticola Alexander........ 10c 

Tipula johanseni Alexander........... llc 

diflava Alexander............. 12c 

Ss news Alexanders oc 4.0.5.0 0-v 14c 

“«  subpolaris Alexander.......... 14c 

“<  besselsoides Alexander.......... 15c 

“«  subarctica Alexander....:...... 15c 

ACUCS MEOTCIECUS NOY BY. 5. iol oe 32¢c 

Tanypus alaskensis Malloch........... 35¢ 

Diamesa arctica, Malloch. 2.3.2 05.<..5- 37¢ 

Prosimulium borealis Malloch.......... 41c 

Simulium similis Malloch. . Jas ae 

Rhamphomyia erinacioides Malloch....  45c 

ursina Malloch......... 46c 

S similata Malloch........ 46c 

ty herschelli Malloch.......  47c 

ef conservativa Malloch.....  48c 

Majdacind MaNocbeninatrcee ans Foe Ses 62c | Dolichopus dasyops Malloch........... 49c 
Pogonomyioides Malloch............... 67c | Hydrophorus pilitarsis Malloch........ 5lc 
Cordylureiia Malloch... ee 78c | Aphiochaeta alaskensis Malloch........ 52¢c 
Dasypleuron Malloch eo yo: 79c e platychira Malloch........ 52c 
mionyia Nalloch?):.1500 50s. s as oe oe 80c | Leptocera transversalis Malloch......... 53C 
Neotera Malloch ts. Vere Stan 83c | Syrphus sodalis var. interruptus Malloch  55c 
Peleteria arctica Malloch.............. 57¢ 

Phormia caerulea Malloch.............  59c 

Phaonia minima Malloch............. 61lc 

oe wma Mialloeis... > leases 61c 

Mydaeina obscura Malloch............ 62c 

Arica borealis Malloch... .... 2.052. .e08 64c 

Pogonomyia quadrisetosa Malloch...... 66c 

Pogonomyioides atrata Malloch......... 67¢ 

Hydrophoria arctica Malloch........... 69¢ 

Alliopsis obesa Malloch............... 70c 

Hylemyia acrostichalis Malloch......... 72¢ 

Phorbia brevitarsata Malloch........... 738c 

Gonatherus atricornis Malloch.......... iG 

Cordylurella subvittata Malloch......... 78c 

Dasypleuron tibialis Malloch........... 79c 

Allomyia unguiculata Malloch......... 80c 

Oecothea aristata Malloch. . he yOu 

: Neoleria rotundicornis Malloch.........  83c¢ 


Piophila borealis Malloch............. 84c 


Canadian Arclic Expedition, 1913-18. 


Part E. CoLroprTEerRA. 


New Genera. Page. New Species. Page. 
Dendroctonus johanseni Swaine......... 5E 
Carphoborus andersoni Swaine......... 65 
Callidium subopacum Swaine.......... 125 
Trichalophus stefanssoni Leng.......... 205 


Part F. HEMIPTERA. 


Euscelis hyperboreus Van Duzee........ 4r 


Part G. HyMENOPTERA AND PLANT GALLS. 


Rhogogastera reliqua MacGillivray.... .. 4G 
Euura abortiva MacGillivray........... 4G 
“arctica MacGillivray............ 5G 
Pontania atrata MacGillivray......... 6G 
es lorata MacGillivray......... 8G 

a delicatula MacGillivray...... 8G 

- deminuta MacGillivray...... 9G 

u quadrifasciata MacGillivray... 106 

is subpallida MacGillivray... .. lle 

“2 trifasciata MacGillivray...... lle 


Amauronematus completus MacGillivray 134 
se indicatus MacGillivray. 144 
yy digestus MacGillivray... 144 


: cogitatus MacGillivray... 154 
ey varianus MacGillivray.. 16a 
y aulatus MacGillivray... 164 
i magnus MacGillivray... 176 
Aptests nivarius Brest. nis cts a= eee 2 oe 21¢ 
Polyblastus arcticus Brues.........-... 226 
Dioctes modestus Brues...............-  208G 
Bombus neoboreus Sladen.............. 28a 


Bombus sylvicola var. johansent Sladen. 306 


Part H. Spipers, Mires AND MyriApops. 


SIMIGErS fas slit ooicamine eee Tmeticus alatus Emerton.............. 3H 
Microneta maritima Emerton.......... 4H 
Lycosa asivak Emerton............... 5H 
MCLE Nas eRe iis Sapa ower ac Stigmaeus arcticus Banks............-. 11H 
IV POUS) «ios a) = Fre chalerneeene ngs 

Cryophilus Chamberlin..............-- 17H | Cryophilus alaskanus Chamberlin...... 18H 
Ethopolys integer Chamberlin.......... 20H 

Ethopolys integer subsp. alaskanus 
Chamberlin wn:.:eoe eae ee aoe ee 21H 


Part I. LEPIDOPTERA. 


Parrabarrovia Gibson............+++-++ 331 | Oeneis semidea var. arctica Gibson...... 131 
“ simulans Gibson............... 141 

“ cairnest Gibson..............-- 151 

“ brucei var. yukonensis Gibson . . . 211 

Brenthis natazhatt Gibson............. 211 

“s distincta Gibson.............- 251 

Parabarrovia keelei Gibson............ 331 

Anarta subfumosa Gibson...........-- 341 

Homoglea murrayit Gibson............ 361 

Diasemia alaskalis Gibson............. 451 


Pyla arctiella Gibson os: foee or eee 461 


Insects, Arachnids and Myriapods. xi 


SUMMARY. 
Part. Order. New Gen.| New Sp. New | New Var. 
Subsp. 
Neos ROEM son of0) ES vanek Rees antler ete aR Ue ea Ua LP FN cae eg |e eo 
RM CURGPLCLOIUS ser kot. Pe nae ad nara ora Boteeidcklgh es Pie and AG TAT TT ee rege eine te eee 
OE Gerace Sisercices Bits Ge yee sts 3s -Jh< Bey. tae 6 AB As ae Male 1 
Die VlallophagayandsAmopliraayisc s14c0ac cis as Dead eee ula es Se eae se). [RR anak 
ee Coleonteratce,.« Sate. ck. Stee. eee Sle eo aw ais AN ge me en oe rs soa 
Hemeec ECM Lena ewers trea nck thes ae ats See aa DS Soke aS NY cit an Ar (es ae te 
(Gee PPE VIMENOPLCEA hh spa te ete aes MMC 3 ose eeos afl ed vey Sones Ff | nc Peet se |S 1 
H. Spiders, Mites and Myriopods— 
SPDIGOLS ic tite..o et Rot sy er ners Se AR Nes os OHO. ez ar. tae ecl| ements eyeremes 
INTE OS sex ays tes hy cae al paged ante Alen, vie ues Meee nT | AeA RNA ER 
IMEvmIG DOGS: 4: Genctc: aero. a SRS 1 2 DT es ote si 2 pans 
MEE CPICOPIbET A NA ites bho dps MAS Ma's sca 1 Gray eraxcenena tes 2 
pemmme EUNODLERS ei. tram adc et eet aia opie | eter oh nc ees Wiel soba late amen wey aN 
otal st) 84 ey PRISE 8 93 1 4 


C » : i BY (ig a i = ay 7 

é nf ‘ it 
whe ae re ul 
ee. ‘diab qesr® fe j 
A er an a ae Y PS 


we i Sas ag | i > “ares, ‘ose : at - 
ice ai ho i, 
. a l . Aare ayhie polars 


| 

_padeeniag am 

1 : " | : 
a 


. uel 


shai ’ rey. Ow pet (ab i Sy 


: \ me 
(RR oe eo * abil ng ee 


ae Sh. eo eas ion. am | 
ae id Sve an 
’ ee he 7) 


Vy We fa 


; 
ae J ay f an n aie { 
“a 


. i, 2: 


'E Ca ts Tye 000i pala ek : ee 
/ upg wl olen Dp rh ee bie 


eh ghy a, en na 
ne Lain eatenss ier lies res ies) 
i 43" em I 
4 ti bh Aapet RS Dina Fa wiley ray pe 

& . 4 es ¢ 4 ha”. 


ar ab: ovr SAT tieeee bo aes aoe . 


fs = 1° - ear irae fa 7 is a ie A ae | As aL 
poi PI  eianaitat algae a 
p =) ae ey f hs iag wien Petry 
i" ' ; y ame lt vee Dt ete , 
a ' 0) we , Siva ahs” « — whe nets ii lveay a 7 
hur, | Lent (iat UM en care 
"py Se | thse at Py SU 
van oe PO toner ae . 
uf m | ol a rhfok hea c 
; l “iy Anant Sa Bt poke vray 
| hes das tbls Me ser 
1 we De “plies in \at Ni : ed 
Sf tidiesie At livtay 
4! at mien tT) M ; 
f ; ogilatue Pre 
“ ewsonty ae 
; | ware Mot etaye 
: “wig « Minis 
7 1 4 | ay ee nas ay 
y Tot | del ida gunalic au, & Ma, “Wh 
w Na mitibal vera aa 
4 imap 14 RAR fue DLalTens 
i ST os Ae Oh, Psi avin. 
t- pe _-— 
: oy wily Miers 4p ale @iirr cee . 
. ; i 
wae » /ngulshe Rig | ae ay 
Affcrus 0) saletifeelt Navariam: 
[Aes See Evpa te 
. aye Pi WT ad "ph Ee, i" - 
, ‘. Sopa vicelas Consumes - | 
J Ag | vey rely § soli eT, m¢ia's ve 
eh aa yas Mair Ati plat ue 
| Puttrases Shy 
av ? a i 
; ; a Se 
‘All. lara. t = 
; |) Gdieae arte "oP cars Tiphieten. 
at milan 0)\baee 
; mi Poa! Jf © 
: Ve ae Wi 
Ad, Ws weaken 
o* gittent = 
( Mohave iUuréen 
jy papi oor Ol 
E> v 
ae a “9 ot ateemae 
. , 2 tk at Te 
f oe = oy ee 
i \ 7 


Report of the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18. 


Volume I: General Introduction, Narrative, Etc. 


Part A: Northern Party, 1913-18. 
Part B: Southern Party, 1913-16. By Rudolph Martin Anderson. (In preparation). 


Volume Ii: Mammals and Birds. 


Part A: Mammals. By Rudolph Martin Anderson. (In preparation). 
Part B: Birds. By. R. M. Anderson and P. A. Taverner. (In preparation). 


Volume IHI: Insects. . 


Introduction. By C. Gordon Hewitt. (In press). 
Part A: Collembola. By Justus W. Folsom. (Issued). 
Part B: Neuropteroid Insects. By Nathan Banks. (Issued). 
Part C: Diptera. By Chas. W. Alexander, Harrison G. Dyar, and J. R. Malloch. (Issued). 
Part D: Mallophaga and Anoplura. By A. W. Baker, G. F. Ferris, and G. H. F. Nuttall. (/ssued). 
Part E: Coleoptera. By J. M. Swaine, H.C. Fall, C. W. Leng, and J. D. Sherman, Jr. (Issued). 
Part F: Hemiptera. By E. P. Van Duzee. (Issued). 
Part G: Hymenoptera and Plant Galls. By Alex. D, MacGillivray, Charles T. Brues, F. W. L. Sladen, 
and E. Porter Felt. (Issued). 
gene eae Mites, and Myriapods. By J. H. Emerton, Nathan Banks, and Ralph V. Chamberlin. 
ssued). ait 
Part I: Lepidoptera: By Arthur Gibson. (/ssued). 
Part J: Orthoptera. By E.M. Walker. (Issued). I 
Part K: General Observations on Insect Life in the Arctic. By Frits Johansen. (In preparation). 


Volume IV: Botany. 


Part A: Freshwater Algae and Freshwater Diatoms. By Charles W. Lowe. (Jn preparation). 
Part B: Marine Algae. By F. Collins. (In preparation). 

Part C: Fungi. By John Dearness. (In preparation). 

Part D: Lichens. By G. K. Merrill. (In preparation). 

Part EH: Mosses. By R.S. Williams. (In press). 


Volume V: Botany. 


Part A: Flowering Plants and Ferns. \By James M. Macoun and Theo. Holm. (In preparation). 
Part B: General Notes on Arctic Vegetation. By Frits Johansen. (In preparation). 


Volume Vi: Fishes, Tunicates, Ete. 


Part A: Fishes. By F. Johansen. (In preparation). 
Part B: Ascidians. ete. By A. G, Huntsman. (In preparation). 


Volume Vii: Crustacea. 


Part A: Decapod Crustaceans. By Mary J. Rathbun. (Issued). 
Part B: Schizopod Crustaceans. By Waldo L. Schmitt. (Issued). 
Part C: Cumacea. By W.T. Calman. (Issued). 
Part D: Isopoda. By Miss P. L. Boone. (In press). 
Part E: Amphipoda. By Clarence R. Shoemaker. (Issued). 
Part F: Pycnogonida. Leon J. Cole. (In press). 
Part G: Euphyliopoda. By F. Johansen. (In preparation). 
Part H: Cladocera. By Chancey Juday. (Issued). 
Part I: Ostracoda. By R.W: Sharpe. (In preparation). 
_ Part J: Freshwater Copepoda. By C. Dwight Marsh. (Issued). 

Part K: Marine Copepoda. By A. Willey. (Issued). 
Part L: Parasite Copepoda. By Chas. B. Wilson. (Issued). 
Part M: Cirripedia. By H. A. Pilsbry. (In preparation). 
bengal 9 24> I Volume VIII: Mollusks, Echinoderms, Coelenterates, Etc. 
Part A: Mollusks, Recent and Pleistocene. By Wm. H. Dall. (Issued). \ 
Part B: Cephalopoda and Pteropoda. By S.S. Berry and W. F. Clapp. (In preparation). 
Part C: Echinoderms. By Austin H. Clark. (Issued). 
Part D: Bryozoa. By R.C. Osburn. (In preparation). 
Part E: Rotatoria. By H. K. Harring. (In preparation). 
Part F: Chaetognatha, By A. G. Huntsman. (In preparation). 
Part G: Actinozoa and Alcyonaria. By A. E. Verrill. (In press). 
Part H: Medusae and Ctenophora. By H. B. Bigelow. (Issued). 
Part I: Hydroids. By McLean Fraser. (Issued). 
Part J: Porifera. 

Volume IX: Annelids, Parasite Worms, Protozoans, te. 


Part A: Oligochaeta. By Frank Smith and Paul S. Welch. (Jssued). 
Part B: Polychaeta. By Ralph V. Chamberlin. (In press). 

Part C: Hirudinea. By J. P. Moore. | (In press). 

Part D: Gephyrea. By Ralph V. Chamberlin. (In press). 

Part E: Acanthocephala. By H. J. Van Cleave. (Issued). 

Part F: Nematoda. By N. A. Cobb. (In preparation). 

Part G-H: Trematoda and Cestoda. By A..R. Cooper. (Jn press). 
Part I: Turbellaria. By A. Hassell. (In preparation). 

Part J: Gordiacea. 

Part K: Sporozoa.. By J. W. Mavor. (In preparation). 

Part M: Foraminifera. By J. A. Cushman. (Issued). 


Volume X: Plankton, Hydrography, Tides, Etc. 


Part A: Plankton.’ By Albert Mann. (In preparation). 

Part B: Marine Diatoms. By L. W. Bailey. (In preparation). 

Part C: Tidal Observations and Results. By W. Bell Dawson. (Issued). 
Part D: Hydrography. (In preparation). 


Ay 


PAN 
f Aish test 
UNL as fi} 


Nasu 


4 
Pate 


REPORT 


OF THE 


CANADIAN ARCTIC EXPEDITION 
1913-18 


VOLUME III: INSECTS 


PART B: NEUROPTEROID INSECTS 


By NATHAN BANKS 


SOUTHERN PARTY—1913-16 


OTTAWA 


J. de LABROQUERIE TACHE 
PRINTER TO THE KING’S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY 
1918 
Vol. iii—54630—1 Issued July 11th, 1919 


Pa 


Sat mI 


‘abiince ala 
ra Urea ee 


The Neuropteroid Insects of the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 
1913-18. 


By Natuan Banks. 


The Neuropteroid insects taken by the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-16, 
belong to seven species, two of which are herewith described-as new. Most of 
the specimens collected by Mr. Frits Johansen belong to one species which is 
common in the Arctic regions. 


PERLIDAE., 
Alloperla pacifica Banks. 
Two from Ketchikan, southern Alaska, September 10, 1916. 


Nemoura, sp. 


Several specimens, quite possibly of a new species, from Bernard harbour, 
Northwest Territories, June 30, 1916, and July 30,.1916. They are in poor 
condition and cannot now be described. 


Capnia nearctica, n. sp. 


Black. Body long and slender. Pronotum plainly broader than long, a 
little broader behind than in front, with a deep transverse groove in front 
parallel to the front margin. Wings in the male not reaching one-fourth way 
to the tip, in the female reaching to the tip of body. Setz Shout one-half the 
length of the body. In the male the third segment from the tip has a rather 
large, rounded, median elevation, the surface of which is deeply pitted and 
provided with short hairs, and behind over the last two segments is a median 
groove bordered by nearly parallel elevated ridges; in the posterior part the 
ridges swell out a little; the groove is fully two and a half times as long as 
broad. 

Length, 6 mm. 

Many specimens from Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, Canadian 
Arctic Expedition, June 25, 1915 (F. Johansen, coll.). Type in Canadian 
National Collection of Insects, Ottawa, paratype in Museum of Comparative 
Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Differs from other species in the shape and 
sculpture of the tubercle near tip of body. 


TRICHOPTERA. 
Rhyacophila alberta Banks. 


One from Ketchikan, southern Alaska, September 10, 1916. 
Chilostigma preterita Walker. 


Many specimens. All taken at Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, 
September 23, 1915. There is much variation in the extent of the markings 
on the front wings almost uniformly dark-coloured. Described from Canada. 
I have seen it from several northern localities and it also occurs in the more 
northern parts of Europe. 


4B Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


Anabolia emarginata, n. sp. 


Black with black bristles, some yellowish bristles on vertex and thorax; 
antennze narrowly annulate with pale; legs yellowish brown, spines black. 
Fore-wings blackish, outer and posterior portions with scattered small pale 
spots, a distinct whitish hyaline spot over the thrydium and one below it near 
the end of the anal vein; the hind wings are greyish, darker on the anterior tip; 
genitalia dark. Venation much as in A. nigricula but the wing is father shorter 
so that the apical cells are noticeably shorter than in that species. Male geni- 
talia, seen from above show two upper appendages close together, each with 
an excised tip; from the side the lower appendage is seen to be tipped with 
two little black teeth. In general similar to A. nigricula but the shape of the 
superior appendages is different, and they are shorter than in that species. 

Expanse, 26 mm. 

Two males from Teller, Alaska, July 29, 1913 (F. Johansen, coll.) Type 
in Canadian National Collection of Insects, Ottawa, paratype in Museum of 
Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. 


Limnephilus, sp. 


One female from Nome, Alaska, August 21, 1916 (F. Johansen, coll.) may 
be the female of L. harrimani Bks., known only from the male. L. harrimani is 
closely related to L. sztchensis, and so is this form. The body is greyish brown; 
vertex and thoracie vittz dull black, latter separated by a grey streak; vertex 
between lateral ocelli and eyes grey pollinose; palpi, antenne and legs yellowish, 
latter with black spines, basal joints of antenne dark; genitalia pale. Fore 
wings yellowish brown, marked with darker brown and whitish hyaline much 
as in L. sitechensis; an oblique mark across the thyridial cell, and a large area 
each side of the anastomosis hyaline, this spot extends over bases of apical and 
first subapical cells and the tips of discal and thyridial cells. The dark brown 
is mostly on the posterior part, and along the veins; veins pale, anastomosis and 
lower stigmal vein darker; hind wings grey hyaline, veins pale. Face with 
yellowish hair in the middle and black on the sides, vertex, pronotum and meso- 
notum mostly with yellowish hair; some macrochatze on vertex dark. Fore 
wings have the shape of L. sitchensis; the discal cell is plainly longer than its 
pedicel; the first apical is wider at base than the second, the fourth is about 
one-third as wide at base as the third or fifth; in the hind wings the fourth apical 
cell is slightly pedicellate. The superior appendages of the female are very 
long, slender, and divaricate, longer than in L. sitchensis, the inferior appendage 
is much shorter than in that species. 

Expanse, 29 mm. 


Nore.—The collection also included a number of immature stages of Neuropteroids, the identifica- 
tion of which was not possible. 


Neuropteroid Insects 


Bigs, 1 


2 


om WwW 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE. 


. Dorsal, posterior and lateral views of male genitalia of Anabolia emarginata. 
. Dorsal view of tip of male abdomen of Capnia nearctica. 
. Lateral view of tip of male abdomen of Capnia nearctica. 


. Lateral and dorsal views of female genitalia of Limnephilus sp. 


= Was = nage E's 


. - «5 a . 5 bs * 
W F 4 3 = > StS Sere 
u “h j 3 i iu “ F : a ee az 
e . ies § F 5 ‘ 
cay eee | Ve ; - me 
Be haan &: aks ot 
y an a oe 


be ’ - 
‘ S - 
> et a ‘ 
2 - ee ~ if Aine. 
’ - 
an 4 ? 
- - 2 hag 
/ 
3 = 
* 4 * : 
E Se : i | 
- . : 
= : : ? x a 
“ 
- _ 7 ~ si i.” 
- # cy } Ce 
a er Say 
. 7 
: ? ‘ ' oem, 
ae. ap : ‘ ee 
7. 4 te a Ady, 
Z i j ev * 
. : "af li a 
¢ 
P Eo ae - + 
_— 7 = (ad 
a - 


. Seas 
‘ 2 


a od iA 
epee Tye 


a ee 
Doe os 


,. 2 


\ Ros nk 


7 oo 


nadie Sit wikestinax. 
Re 


“ton 


it g | y o : *, 
> + 


REPORT 


im 


c OF THE 


o We 


CANADIAN ARCTIC EXPEDITION | 
— 1913-18 


VOLUME III: INSECTS 


\ 
/ 


PART C: DIPTERA 


on Crane- flies ‘ ; td un : : on P. ' Alexander 
' Mosquitoes. ) “HL. Gt Dyar 
Diptera (excluding the Tipulidee gua Culicites) | J. R. Malloch 


SOUTHE Fr PARTY-—1913-16 


OTTAWA 


we J. de LABROQUERIE TACHE 
PRINTER TO THE KING’S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY 


1919 


Issued July 14th, 1919. 


Mit 
wus 


Ree ORT 


OF THE 


CANADIAN ARCTIC EXPEDITION 
1913-18 


VOLUME III: INSECTS 


PART.C: DIPTERA 


Crane-flies C. P. Alexander 
Mosquitoes. : 5 ‘ : : , a te Ga Dyas 
Diptera (excluding the Tipulide and Culicide) . J. R. Malloch 


SOUTHERN PARTY—1913-16 


OTTAWA 


J. de LABROQUERIE TACHE 
PRINTER TO THE KING’S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY 


1919 


Vol. iii—-46963—1 Issued July 14th, 1919. 


The Crane-flies collected by the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 
1913-18. 


By CuHarues P. ALEXANDER, Ph. D. 


INTRODUCTION. 


The collection of crane-flies made by the Canadian Arctic Expedition is 
quite extensive, and includes about 100 specimens of adults, larvee, and pupe. 
The types and uniques have been placed in the Canadian National Collection; 
certain of the paratypes and duplicates are retained in the collection of the 
author. The present report has been divided into two general portions, the 
first on the taxonomy of the adult flies, the second a consideration of the imma- 
ture stages and the biological data secured by the collector, Mr. Frits Johansen. 

The material represents as satisfactory a collection of Aretic American 
Tipulide as has yet been brought together. The itinerary and general narrative 
of the Southern Division of the Expedition has been recorded by Dr. R. M. 
Anderson (1917).! 


BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


There have been rather numerous species of crane-flies described from the 
Canadian Arctic Northwest, the more important reports on these collections 
being as follows:— 


Kirby, Wm., (1824) in the supplement to Capt. Parry’s first voyage described Stygeropis parrii 
(kirby). 

Curtis, John (1831) in the appendix to Ross’s voyage to the Arctic regions, described Tipula 
arctica Curtis. 

Loew, Hermann (1863-1865) in the Centuries of North American Diptera described the numerous 
species of Tipuline collected by Robert Kennicott, now in the Museum of Comparative 
Zoology at Cambridge. These specimens bear the general label of ‘‘H.B.T,” only a few 
of them having any more exact label. In another paper (Proceedings of the Academy of 
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, September, 1915, pp. 458-465) I have discussed Loew’s 
species and their present condition. 

Osten-Sacken (1859-1869) described most of the Limnobiine collected by Kennicott and also 
(1876) Tipula besselsi, from Polaris bay, Greenland, at about 82 degrees north latitude, 
collected by Dr.-E. Bessels in 1872. 

Bergroth (1888) described several new species mostly from Sitka, Alaska. Most of these were 
rediscovered on the Harriman expedition (see Coquillett). 

Williston (1893) described Stygeropis bergrotht from Alaska. The type was recorded as having 
been placed in the Kansas University collection, but is not mentioned among the types in 
Hunter’s list. (Kansas University Science Bulletin, vol. 8, No.1. p. 18; 1914) nor have I 
been able to locate the specimen. 

_ Doane (1900, 1901) described a very few species from Unalaska, his types being in the collection 
of the United States National Museum. 

Coquillett (1900), The Crane-flies of the Harriman Expedition to Alaska, the types are now 
in the collection of the United States National Museum. 

Dietz (1915), two: Limnobiine crane-flies collected by Francis Harper in the Athabaska country. 

Alexander (1915—date), species collected by Kennicott in the Loew collection but never described 
by Loew; the types are now in the collection of the Museum of Comparative Zoology. 
The crane-flies of the Pribilof islands, now in the collection of the United States Biological 
Survey. 


The most important collections from the Arctic Northwest may be con- 
sidered to be the following: Kennicott’s collections, the Harriman Expedition, 
the Pribilof islands collections, and the present one. 


1 Report of the Department of the Naval Service for the Fiscal Year ending March 31st, 1917. Ottawa: 
A 1-2, pp. 22-70. Also Summary Report of the Geological Survey, Dept. of Mines, for the calendar 
year 1913. Ibid. 1914, 1915, 1916. 


Vol. 11i—46963—1 5 


4c Cana ian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


. From the above material a good idea of the general facies of the crane-fly 
fauna of the Canadian Arctic Northwest may be obtained. The species are 
almost, if not all, forms of dull, sombre colouration—browns or greys—and most 
of them are of simple, primitive organization. A considerable number show 
unmistakable signs of degeneracy in the wings, this condition being particularly 
noticeable in the Pribilof islands, where fully half of the known species have 
the wings more or less atrophied. In the present collection, two of the Limno- 
biine forms showed the first stages of wing-atrophy, but all of the ten Tipuline 
species are full-winged. Someofthespecies of Arctic Tipulide have the head, 
the thoracic intervals, the pleura, cox, etc., clothed with an abundant long, 
erect pubescence. Many of the Arctic crane-flies seem to be very local in their 
distribution. Thus the collections from the Pribilof islands show not one 
of the species taken elsewhere in the Canadian northwest (with the possible 
exception of T’richocera). Similarly, the collections of the Harriman expedition 
and the present collections show that the species are in large part very local 
in their distribution, the natural barriers of mountains and large water-bodies 
having proved a very efficient check upon their dispersal. In the present col- 
lection there are a total of sixteen species, only two or three of which have been 
found elsewhere; of these Tipula arctica and Stygeropis parrii are rather well- 
known Arctic American species, and the Trichocera is probably Holarctic in 
its distribution. 

The collection that is reported upon in this paper is constituted as follows:— 


Rhyphide— 
Trichocerine— 
Trichocera 1 species. 
Tipulide— 
Limnobune— 
Limnobiini. Dicranomyia 1 species. 
Eriopterini. Erioptera 1 fe 
Limnophilini. Limnophila 1 is 
Pediciini. Tricyphona 2 § 
Tipuline— 
Tipulini. Stygeropis By 
Nephrotoma 1 s 
Tipula ut 2 


The general tendencies of distribution of crane-flies in the high Arctic 
regions are well shown by the above list, the omnipresent T’richocera, a dominance 
of Pediciine and Tipuline genera, with a smattering of Limnobiini, Eriopterim 
and Limnophilini. The extensive tribes Antochini and Hexatomint (Gn the 
strict sense)! seem to be entirely lacking so far as known. The Ptychopteridae 
are likewise lacking and the single record for the Tanyderide (Protoplasa) is _ 
unsatisfactory. 

ADULT FLIES. 


Family TIPULID. 
Subfamily LIMNOBIINZ. 
Tribe LIMNOBIINI. 
Genus Dicranomyia Stephens. 
Dicranomyia Stephens; Catalogue of British insects, vol. 2, p. 243; 1829. 
Dicranomyia alascaensis, n. sp. 


Antenne black; halteres short; wings nearly hyaline, with a large, oval, 
brown stigma; Sc » remote from the tip of Sc:; cell first M. closed; femora yellow, - 
tipped with brown. 


1 Concerning the status of the tribe Hexatomini, read the remarks under the genus 
Poecilostola, page OOO. 


Crane-flies 5¢ 


_ Frema.te.—Length, 5-5 mm.; wing, 6-8 mm. 

Rostrum and palpi black. Antenne black, the basal flagellar segments 
enlarged, beyond the fifth oval, the last segment elongate. Head dark-coloured, 
discoloured in the type. 

Thorax dark-coloured, discoloured in the type, probably grey pruinose; 
pleura grey pruinose. Halteres short, pale at the base, the remainder brown. 
Legs with the cox and trochanters yellow; femora dull yellow, the tips broadly 
brown, narrowest on the fore femora, broader on the posterior femora; tibis 
and tarsi very light brown, the terminal segments of the latter darkened. Wings 
nearly hyaline; stigma large, oval, brown; veins brown; venation (Pl. I, fig. 1) 
_ Sc. remote from the tip of Sc; so that Sc; alone is about equal to the basal 
- deflexion of Cu;; Sc; ends just opposite the origin of Rs ; r at the tip of Ry; 
Rs about twice as long as the basal deflexion of R4+s; cell first Mz closed; basal 
deflexion of Cu, at the fork of M. 

Abdomen dark brown, pruinose, the pleural integument and the valves of 
the ovipositor yellowish. 

Locality: Holotype, ¢, Nome, Alaska, August 24, 25, 1916 (F. Johansen). 
No. 78. 

In the elongate Sc, this species suggests D. halterata Osten-Sacken, but 
this is about the only feature that the two species have in common. In other 
respects it seems closer to D. aquita Dietz! from Taltson river, Mackenzie dis- 
trict (not Rocker river as stated in the original description), but it is a much 
smaller fly and the details of both colour and venation are different. 


Tribe: ERIOPTERINI. 


Genus Erioptera Meigen. 
Subgenus Erioptera Meigen. 


Erioptera Meigen; Illiger’s Magazine, vol. 2, p. 262; 1803. 
Erioptera (Erioptera) angustipennis, n. sp. 


General colouration dark brown with a grey pruinosity; wings very long 
and narrow. 

Maur.—Length, 4-4 mm.; wing, 5-4 mm. 

Rostrum and palpi black. Antenne black, the flagellar segments oval. 
Head dark grey. 

Mesonotum brown, more greyish on the sides; pseudosutural fovex con- 
spicuous, transverse, black. Pleura dull grey. Halteres rather elongate, brown. 
Legs dark brownish black throughout. Wings very long and narrow showing 
the first stages of atrophy although the venation is normal; membrane slightly 
suffused with brown; stigma indistinct; veins dark brown; venation (PI. I, fig. 2) 
the veins are all very elongated due to the great narrowing of the wing. 

Abdomen dull grey, the segments indistinctly paler caudally and here 
with fringes of long golden hairs that are more sparse elsewhere on the surface; 
male hypopygium with the pleural appendages slender, pointed at their tips. 

Locality: Holotype, 7, Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, North- 
west Territories, August 1-7, 1915 (F. Johansen). No. 1045. 

Readily distinguished from all other members of the genus by the long, 
narrow wings. The second anal vein is straight as in the subgenus Acyphona 
to which group the species may perhaps be better referred. 


1 Canadian Entomologist, vol. 47, pp. 331-332, fig., October, 1915. 


6c Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


Tribe LIMNOPHILINI. 
Genus Limnophila Macquart. 
Limnophila Macquart; Histoire Naturelle, Diptera; Suité & Buffon, vol. 1, p. 95; 1834. 
Subgenus Dactylolabis Osten-Sacken. 


Dactylolabis Osten-Sacken; Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadel- 
phia, p..240; 1859. 


Limnophila (Dactylolabis) rhicnoptiloides, n. sp. 


General colouration black, dusted with grey; wings long and narrow, the 
veins heavily spotted and seamed with brown; fs spurred at its origin. 

Maue.—Length, 8-8.8 mm.; wing, 8-9 mm. 

Rostrum and palpi dark brownish black. Antenne place the first segment 
elongated. Head narrowed behind, dark coloured with a light grey pruinosity; 
the whole dorsal surface of the head is beset with short, sharp bristles that are 
directed forwards. 

Thorax dark with heavy, clear, light grey bloom; mesonotal praescutum 
with four brown stripes, the median pair long and parallel. Halteres with the 
stem pale, the knobs darker brown. Legs with the large cox dusted with grey; 
trochanters dark; remainder of the legs broken. Wings long and narrow, 
subhyaline, the veins heavily seamed with greyish brown so that most of the 
wing-surface appears of this dark colour; venation (PI. I, fig. 3) the wing of the 
paratype is longer and narrower than that of the type figured: in both wings of 
this paratype there is a cross-vein in cell R. just proximad of the radial cross- 
vein; Rs spurred at its origin. 

Abdomen black, sparsely dusted with grey. 

Locality: Holotype, 7, Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 15, 
LOLSuGE Johansen), No. 1308. Paratopotype, #, July 22, 1915, No. 1064. 

The wings of this interesting new species are narrower, proportionately, than 
either L. montana Osten- Sacken of eastern North America or L. damula Osten- 
Sacken of western North America and the sector is spurred at its origin. The 
species shows decided tendencies toward degeneration of the wings and in this 
respect approaches L. (D.) wodzickii (Nowicky), the type of the proposed group 
Rhicnoptila (Beschreibung neuer Dipteren,—Verhandlungen der kaiserlich- 
konighchen zoologisch-botanischer Gesellschaft in Wien, vol. 17, pp. 337-354, 
PEAT? 1867): This last species is an even more degener ate Dactylolabis occurring 
in the high mountainous regions (6,000 to 8,000 feet) of the Hungarian Tatras 
(western ‘Car pathians) where it frequents granitic cliffs in places where the rock 
surface is constantly moistened by dripping water. Here the degenerate con- 
dition is apparently brought about by the great altitude and the. habitat. In 
the present species the degenet racy is the result of living in the high arctics and is 
quite comparable to the condition in L. wodzickii. In my opinion the name 
Rhicnoptila has no status at all, although the descriptions of ‘the immature stages 
indicate some notable peculiarities. But whether these conditions are real or 
due to the insufficiency of Nowicky’s description has not yet been ascertained. 


Tribe PEDICIINI. 
Genus Tricyphona Zetterstedt. 
Tricyphona Zetterstedt; Insecta Lapponica, Diptera, p. 851; 1838. 
Tricyphona brevifurcata, n. sp. 
Thoracic dorsum pale brownish grey with three conspicuous dark brown 


stripes; wings with vein R 4+; as long or longer than its fork. 
Ma.tr.—Length, 10 mm.; wing, about 9 mm. 


Crane-flies TC 


Rostrum and palpi dark brownish black. Antenne black, the flagellum 
broken. Head small, dark brown, somewhat paler laterally. 

Mesonotal praescutum pale brownish grey with three dark brown, very 
distinct, stripes, the median one broadest in front, narrowed behind, and ending 
before the suture, very narrowly bifid behind; lateral stripes shorter and narrower 
crossing the suture and suffusing the scutal lobes; scutellum and postnotum 
dark brown. Pleura dark blue-grey pruinose. Halteres light brown, the 
knobs darker. Legs with the cox sparsely pruinose; trochanters dark brown; 
remainder of the legs very dark brown, only the fore femora a little brighter at 
the extreme base. Wings subhyaline; stigma rather indistinct, pale brown; a 
darker brown spot on the r—m crossvein and the basal deflexion of vein R 4 +5; 
vein Cu indistinetly seamed with darker; veins brown; venation (PI. I, fig. 4) 
crossvein r near the tip of Ri; vein R , +; a little longer than the very short 
fork. 

Abdomen elongate, blackish, with numerous, scattered, appressed golden 
hairs; basal tergites with a transverse linear impressed area before mid-length 
of the segments, these interrupted medially; the sternites are narrowly and 
indistinctly margined caudally with pale. 

Locality: Holotype, 7, west of Konganevik, Camden bay, Alaska, July 4, 
1914 (F. Johansen). No. 482. 

This is a very distinct species of Tricyphona, having the fork of vein R 4 +5 
shorter than in any other American species of the genus. The wings of the type 
are badly broken, but otherwise the specimen is in good condition. 


Tricyphona frigida, n. sp. 


Belongs to the diaphana group; size small, wing under 8-5 mm.; general 
colouration greyish, the thoracic dorsum with narrow brown stripes. 

Maur.—Length, 5-8 mm.; wing, 7-8 mm. 

FEMALE.—Length, 7-5 mm.; wing, 7°5 mm. 

Rostrum, palpi, and antenne black. Head grey. 

Mesonotal praescutum grey with four brown stripes, the median pair 
separated by a narrow vitta of the ground colour. Pleura grey. Halteres 
brown, the knobs a little darker. Legs with the coxe grey; trochanters brownish 
grey; femora pale brown, passing into dark brown before midlength of the 
segment; tibize and tarsi dark brown. Wings with a strong brownish tinge, the 
stigma darker brown; indistinct brownish seams along the sector and the cord; 
venation (PI. I, fig. 5) Rs strongly arcuated at its origin; r close to the tip of Ay; 
r-m about equal to the basal deflexion of R;. 

Abdomen brownish grey; valves of the ovipositor brownish horn-colour. 
Male hypopygium (PI. II, fig. 20) with the pleura short and stout, the apical lobe 
densely beset with acute black spines; pleural appendage yellow, at the tip and 
on the cephalic face with a few elongated stout bristles;-at the base of the 
pleurites, a sickle-shaped hook ending in a short, subacute tip; below this a 
smaller curved hook directed caudad. In 7. diaphana (Pl. I, fig. 21) the 
condition is quite similar, but the pleurites are even shorter and stouter; the 
hooklike appendage at the base of the pleurite is scimitar-shaped, at the tip 
produced into a long drawn out point; the smaller ventral hook is straighter. 

It is probable that fresh specimens are not coloured as described above. 
The type-material is badly discoloured and matted and it is difficult to be sure 
of the exact condition in fresh or better preserved material. 

Locality: Holotype, #, Ketchikan, southeastern Alaska, September 10, 
1916 (F. Johansen). No. 872. Allotype, ¢, with the type, No. 877. 

2 T. frigida belongs to the group of species that includes exoloma (Doane) and 
diaphana (Doane), these three species showing the following group characters :— 

Full-winged, the wing or its venation showing no tendencies to atrophy; 
median cross-vein present, closing cell first M2; cell Ry very deep so that the 


8c ~ Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


r~m cross-veln connects with vein Rk; rather than with vein Ry + 5;-as in most 
species of the genus. 

It is a much smaller species than either exoloma or diaphana which have the 
wings measuring over 10 mm. I am inclined to believe that it is this species 
that Coquillett records as diaphana in the Harriman reports, from the following 
Alaskan localities :— 

Localities: One 7, Yakutat, Alaska, July 21, 1899; one , Berg bay, June 
10, 1899; one ~, Popof island, July 15, 1899. 

It may be that this represents a still undescribed species of the group. 

I have the following records for 7. diaphana:— 

Localities: One ¢, Pullman, Wash., May 4, 1898 type; five a, 9, Olympia, 
Wash., March 16, 1896; one 2, Seattle, Wash.; one ~, Vancouver, B.C., March 
29, 1902. 


Subfami y TIPULIN. 
Tribe TIPULINI. 


Genus Stygeropis Loew. 


Stygeropis Loew; Berliner Entomologische Zeitschrift, vol. 7, p. 298; 1863. 


A small genus of northern and Arctic Tipuline crane-flies, occurring in 
both hemispheres. The generally accepted belief that this genus is closely 
related to Ctenophora and its allies is entirely erroneous. This is best proved 
by a study of the immature stages which are very Tipuline in nature, in some 
respects uniting the Longurio and Tipula types. 

Stygeropis parrii (Kirby). 


Ctenophora parrii Kirby; Supplement to Capt. Parry’s First Voyage; 1824. 


Ma.e.—Length, 11-13 mm.; wing, 14-15 mm. 
FEMALE.—Length, 17-5 mm.; wing, 15-8 mm. 


Palpi short, black. Frontal prolongation of the head short, black. 
Antenne (PI. II, fig. 12) black, the first segment elongate, transversely wrinkled; 
flagellar segments narrow basally, enlarged distally into a blunt serration on 
the inner face. Head dull black with a sparse yellowish grey bloom, the sides 
of the vertex clothed with elongate, pale hairs. 

Thoracic dorsum light grey with three broad, darker grey stripes, the 
median one broadest anteriorly; thoracic interspaces with an abundance of 
long, erect hairs; an indistinct, narrow, blackish, median stripe runs the length 
of the notum. Pleura grey, the dorso-pleural membrane more yellowish. 
Halteres brown, the knobs darker. Legs with the cox and trochanters dark, 
the former grey pruinose; femora reddish brown, the tips broadly blackened; 
tibie and tarsi black. Wings with a slight brownish grey tinge, the costal 
and subcostal cells more brownish; stigma dark brown; obliterative streak 
before the cord not very distinct; venation (PI. I, fig.7) R 2+ 3 long, very slightly 
arcuated at origin; petiole of cell 1, present but often greatly shortened as in 
parrioides. 

Abdomen dark blue-grey, the segments very narrowly ringed -with paler 
on the caudal margin; lateral margins of the tergites broadly paler. Lobes of 
the male hypopygium conspicuously yellow; female ovipositor with the tergal 
valves rather high, narrowly blackened at their tips. Male hypopygium having 
the ninth tergite (Pl. II, fig. 26) large, the caudal margin with a very deep, 
U-shaped, median notch, the lateral lobes prominent, obliquely truncated; 
tergite black, the apices of the lobes broadly pale. Ninth pleurite rather exten- 
sive, the pleural suture indistinct beneath; outer pleural appendage (PI. II, fig. 23) 


Crane-flies “ 9¢ 


a suboval flattened lobe, dull yellow in colour, slightly broader at the base than 
at the tip which is obtusely rounded; the outer face of the appendage with 
sparse, short, scattered hairs; inner pleural appendage (PI. II, fig. 24) a large, 
pale brown lobe, flattened, at the tip produced into a long, curved point that 
is slightly expanded at its tip, the inner face with abundant long, pale hairs. 
Ninth sternite extensive, a deep split on the mid-ventral line, the margins 
closely approximated or contiguous. 

The following ten specimens are in the collection: 

Localities: Nos. 484, 485, 486, and 4388, west of Kongenevik, Camden bay, 
Alaska, July 4, 1914. Nos. 1194, 1195, Collinson point, Alaska, June 22-23, 
1914. Nos. 422, 423, 822, and 828, Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, 
July 1-14, 1916, ‘and in July-August, 1915. 

The most conspicuous differences between this species and the next, S. 
parrioides, are in the dense erect pile of the present species, the clear blue grey 
colouration, the conspicuous differences in the structure of the antenne and 
hypopygium of the male sex, ete. 

S. bergrothi Williston? is unsatisfactorily described and the type is apparently 
no longer in existence as was stated earlier in this paper. It is a blackish grey 
species with the stem of the halteres and the bases of the femora reddish yellow 
and the wings uniformly tinged with brownish. S. sordida Loew (C entury 4, 
No. 42; 1863) has the rostrum black as in the present species and agrees in some 
other features, but is apparently a different species. 


Stysgeropis parrioides, n. sp. 


Frontal prolongation of the head light brown; antenne short, the flagellar 
segments with an inconspicuous transverse ridge before the middle, this bearing 
a fringe of short, pale hairs; mesonotum greyish yellow with a narrow, dark 
brown median line, the sternites and pleurites clear, light grey; abdominal 
tergites with a broad, dark brown, median line; wings reddish brown; petiole 
of cell M, very short-or lacking; pile on the body short, not conspicuous as in 
parr. 

Matzr.—Length, 14-15 mm.; wing, 11-12 mm. 

Palpi short, dark brown. Frontal prolongation of the head hght brown, 
short; nasus distinct. Antenne (Pl. II, fig. 138) dark brown, segment one 
elongate, transversely wrinkled; segment two cyathiform; segment three 
elongate, broader distally; segments four to seven broad basally with a trans- 
verse row of pale hairs before mid-length of the segments, on the ventral face 
with one or two small spicules; terminal segments gradually attenuated. Vertex 
greyish brown, with numerous black bristles that are lacking on the median 
line; vertex produced forward on the median line into a tongue between the 
antennal bases; genze with numerous black, bristle-like hairs. 

Mesonotal praescutum yellowish grey, brightest before the pseudosutural 
fovere, the three usual thoracie stripes not distinct, only a very narrow dark 
brown median line running the entire length of the mesonotum. Dorsal pleurites 
concolourous with the notum; sternal pleurites and sternum clear light grey. 
Halteres dark brown. Legs with the coxe clear light grey; trochanters brown; 
femora brown; tibize similar, darker at the tips; tarsi dark brown. Wings 
with a strong reddish brown tinge, cells C and Sc more saturated; stigma brown; 
the membrane along vein Cu more greyish; venation (PI. I, fig. 8) Rs elongate; 
cell M, sessile (as in the genus Nephrotoma) or very short-petiolate. 

Abdominal tergites reddish brown with a broad, distinct, dark brown, 
median line; caudal margins of the segments less distinctly brownish; a narrow, 
sublateral, brown line; extreme lateral margins narrowly dull yellow. Sternites 
somewhat similar, the basal two-thirds reddish brown, the apical third dark 


1 Kansas University Quarterly, vol. 2, p. 64; 1894. 


LOC Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


brown; a very narrow and indistinct median brown line. Male hypopygium 
with the ninth tergite (Pl. II, fig. 27) short, rather tumid, the caudal margin 
with a broad, U-shaped, median notch, the caudal margin densely provided 
with short, black hairs; beneath the tergal lobes, between the pleurites, are | 
two small rounded lobes that are densely set with short black bristles. Ninth 
pleurite extensive, oval, with numerous hairs; outer pleural lobe (PI. II, fig. 22) 
almost circular in outline, the outer face with numerous short hairs; inner 
pleural lobe (PI. II, fig. 25) of rather simple structure, two armed, the outer arm 
directed caudad, at its tip forming a blackened chitinized hook; the inner arm 
is directed proximad and slightly dorsad, the blunt apex bent very slightly 
cephalad, almost the whole appendage with dense, pale hairs that are short 
or absent on the apex of the lobe, longest on the inner margin; viewed from above 
it is seen that this inner arm sends out a lobule on the inner dorsal side before 
the apex; the dorsal margin of this lobule is narrowly but heavily chitinized. 
Suture between the ninth sternite and pleurite not very distinct, the sternal 
region destitute of hairs. 

Locality: Holotype, #, west of Konganevik, Camden bay, Alaska, June 
1914 (F. Johansen). No. 634. Paratopotypes, seven 2’s, Nos. 635, 636, 
June 1914; Nos. 483, 487, 489, 440, and 441, July 4, 1914. 


Genus Nephrotoma Meigen. 


Nephrotoma Meigen; Lliger’s Magazine, p. 262; 1803. 
Nephrotoma arcticola, n. sp. 


General eqlourniton black; abdominal tergites with an interrupted orange- 
yellow stripe on either side of the median line; wings hyaline with the stigma 
dark brown; a brown cloud at the end of the sector. 

Ma.e.—Length, 12-5-13 mm.; wing, -12—13-2 mm. 

FEMALE. —Length, 14 mm.; w ing, 13 mm. 

Palpi black. Frontal pr alonention of the head short, black; nasus elongate, 
black. Antennz black, the basal enlargement of the flagellar segments not 
conspicuous (Pl. II, fig. 14). Head broad, black, faintly shiny; the vertex 
surrounding the antennal bases yellow. 

' Pronotal scutum black, scutellum yellowish. Mesonotum black, faintly 
shiny; in some specimens a narrow yellowish line on the praescutum near the 
suture and a yellowish mark before the pseudosutural fovee indicate the usual 
yellowish ground-colour of the thorax in this genus of flies. Pleura black, 
faintly dusted with grey; dorso-pleural membranes dull yellow, a linear yellow- 
ish mark on the side-pieces of the mesonotal postnotum just in front of the 
halteres. Halteres dark brown, the head somewhat yellowish. Legs with the 
coxe dusted with grey; remainder of the legs dark brown. Wings whitish 
hyaline, the costal and subcostal cells not brighter; stigma small, dark brown; 
a paler brown cloud at the end of the sector, extending down to cell first Mp: 
indistinct seams along Cu and its branches; veins black; venation (PI. I, fig. 6) 
Rs rather long for this group of flies, a little longer than R.+3; cell M, sessile 
or very short-petiolate. 

Abdomen greyish black; lateral margins of the tergites very narrowly 
paler, in some specimens a broad, interrupted, sublateral orange-yellow stripe 
on either side of the mid-dorsal line. Male hypopygium with the ninth tergite 
(Pl. III, fig. 28) quadrate, the caudal margin with a small, deep, U-shaped, 
median notch, the lateral lobes squarely truncated, finely spiculose, the outer 
lateral angle with a blunt point that is minutely toothed beneath. Outer pleural 
appendage (PI. III, fig. 29) an elongate-oval lobe that is produced into a blunt 
point at the tip; inner pleural appendage chitinized and at its tip produced 
into.a short beak; pleural suture rather long, at its inner end curved slightly 


Crane-flies Sc: 
| 
dorsad. Eighth sternite with the caudal margin broadly concave, the lateral 
angles bearing small tufts of hairs. 

The female is similar but of a less heavy build; the abdominal tergites 
have the same orange-yellow stripes on either side of the broad median area, 
these most conspicuous on segments three to five where they appear as bright 
triangles. 

Locality: Holotype, 2, Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 1-14, 
1916 (F. Johansen). No. 425. Allotopotype, ¢, July, August, 1915. No. 823. 
Paratopotypes, five #, 9, Nos. 419, 429, July 1-14, 1916; Nos. 824, 825, and 
827, July-August, 1915. 

This interesting Arctic Nephrotoma belongs to the same group as the 
Palearctic N. pratensis (Linneus) and N. nox (Riedel) and the N. penumbra 
Alexander from the high mountains of Northeastern North America. I have 
seen specimens of a species of this same group from Greenland that are close 
to pratensis but seem to represent a new species. 


Genus Tipula Linnzeus. 
Tipula Linnzus; Systema Nature, edition 10, p. 585; 1758. 


The present collection included seven species of this genus, the only des- 
eribed one being the common and apparently widely distributed Tipula arctica 
Curtis. I expected that 7. pratorum Kirby! would be found amongst the 
material but such was not the case, there being no species having the antennal 
seape yellow. The only species in this collection with any yellow on the antenni 
is T. diflava which does not agree at all with Kirby’s rather unsatisfactory 
description. 

Tipula johanseni, n. sp. 


Antenne black; head grey, along the inner margin of the eye broadly paler; 
thoracic dorsum with four dark brown stripes; wings with the tip of vein 
Ry pale, subatrophied; crossvein m obliterated by atrophy. 

Mare.—Length, 11-8 mm.; wing, 12-4 mm. 

Palpi black. Frontal proloneatton of the head dark grey, the nasus short, 
blunt. Antenne (PI. II, fig. 15) black; first segment of the scape relatively 
short, not as long as the first flagellar segment; flagellar segments rather elon- 
gated, the basal swelling oval, shorter “than the remainder of the segment. 
Head dull grey, paler along the inner margin of the eye; sides of the vertex 
with scattered long, coarse bristles. 

Thoracic dorsum dull grey with four dark brown stripes, the median pair 
narrow, separated from one another by a broad stripe of the ground colour. 
Pleura dark grey, the dorso-pleural membranes dull yellowish. Halteres rather 
long, brown, the knobs still darker brown. Legs with the cox dull grey and 
provided with long pale hairs; trochanters black; remainder of the legs broken. 
Wings light grey, ‘the costal and subcostal cells a little more yellowish; stigma 
brown; an indistinct dark cloud at the tip of Rs; veins dark brown; venation 
(Pl. I, fig. 11) tip of vein R, pale, subatrophied; crossvein m obliterated or 
nearly so. 

Abdominal segments blackish, the caudal and lateral margins broadly 
paler; hypopygium yellow. Male hypopygium with the ninth tergite (PI. III, 
fig. 32) not prominent, the sides oblique, the caudal margin very deeply split 
by a V-shaped median notch that extends almost to the eighth tergite, the 
lobes thus formed long, subacute. Ninth pleurite extensive, subtriangular, 
the caudal angle extended out into a short blunt point; outer pleural appendage 
not prominent, cylindrical to slightly flattened, with long golden hairs; inner 
pleural appendage greatly compressed. Ninth sternite profoundly incised be- 


1 Fauna Boreali-Americana, Insecta, p. 310; 1837. 


12:c Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


neath by a V-shaped notch, beneath the margin of the eighth sternite a small 
brush of long golden hairs. Eighth sternite unarmed. 

Locality: Holotype, 7, Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 10, 
1916 (F. Johansen). No. 213. 

Similar to JT. aperta Alexander (imperfecta Alexander, preoccupied) of 
Labrador in the open cell first Me, but distinct in the dark frontal prolongation 
of the head, the uniformly dark antenne, the blackish trochanters and abdomen, 
etc. In aperta the tip of Re persists for its entire length and the petiole of cell 
M, is very much longer than in the present species. 

This interesting species is dedicated to the collector, Mr. F. Johansen. 


Tipula diflava, n. sp. 


General colouration grey; antenne black, the second segment abruptly 
yellow; abdominal tergites orange with three broad black stripes; wings clouded 
with brown and grey; male hypopygium with the ninth tergite large, the caudal 
margin deeply notched medially and with a small acute tooth at the base of the 
notch. 

Maur.—Length, 14 mm.; wing, 14-1 mm. 

FEMALE.—Length, 20-22 mm.; wing, 17-2-18-3 mm. 


Palpi black. Frontal prolongation of the head black, the nasus elongate. 
Antenne (Pl. II, fig. 16) with the first scapal segment narrow basally, 
enlarged distally, black, yellowish at the apex; segment two yellow; flagellum 
black, the flagellar segments with the basal swelling prominent with about four 
conspicuous bristles. Head black, dark grey pruinose. 

Thorax grey, the mesonotal praescutum with three broad darker grey stripes, 
the middle one split by a line of the ground-colour; hairs on the thoracic inter- 
spaces short, pale, not conspicuous. Halteres yellow, the knobs dark brown, the 
apices a little brighter. Legs with the coxe dark grey; trochanters brown; 
femora brownish yellow broadly tipped with black; tibize and tarsi dark brown. 
Wings subhyaline, clouded with brown and grey; cells C and Sc yellowish; 
stigma dark brown; a dark brown spot at the origin of M, origin and end of the 
sector; apex of the wing brownish grey, interrupted by cell R®/; which is nearly 
hyaline; conspicuous, brownish grey clouds along vein Cu, in the middle and end 
of cell M and including most of cell Cu; apices of the anal cells largely grey; 
in the male the pattern is the same but paler; venation (PI. I, fig. 9), pattern 
omitted. 

Abdomen with the first tergite black; second to sixth orange, with three 
broad black stripes, a narrow median one, broadening out behind and two sub- 
lateral stripes; on the caudal margins the black stripes tend to be confluent 
interrupting the orange; terminal segments largely blackish; lateral margins 
of the tergite pale yellowish; hypopygium mostly blackish; sternites largely 
black. Male hypopygium (PI. III, fig. 34) with the ninth tergite (PI. III, fig. 33) 
extensive, the caudal margin with a very deep V-shaped notch, at the base of 
which is a tiny tooth that sends a carina cephalad onto the dorsum of the sclerite; 
lateral lobes thin, rounded at their apices. Ninth pleurite complete, moderately 
large; outer pleural appendage elongate, flattened-cylindrical, pale, with a dense 
covering of long hairs; inner pleural appendage flattened into an extensive blade, 
the margin with sharp teeth. 

The female is similar but larger; valves of the ovipositor slender, elongate, 
acicular, not at all like the arctica type where the tergal valves are flattened 
transversely with the outer margin toothed and the sternal valves are very 
minute. 

Locality: Holotype, 7, Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 12, 
1915 (F. Johansen). No. 790. Allotype, ¢, Herschel island, Yukon Territory, 
July 1916. No. 838. Paratype, ¢, with the allotype. No. 839. 


Crane-flies 13.¢ 


Tipula arctica Curtis. 


Tipula arctica Curtis; Description of the insects brought home by Commander J. Clark 
Ross. Appendix to Ross’s Voyage to the Arctic regions, p. Ixxvii, Plate A, fig. 15; 1831. 


Maur.—Length, 13-17 mm.; wing, 13-5-17-5 mm. 
FEMALE.—Length, 20-21-5 mm.; wing, 16-17 mm. 


Palpi dark brown. Frontal prolongation of the head rather elongate, 
blue-grey; nasus stout. Antenne (PI. IT, fig. 17) deeply serrate, each segment 
of the flagellum deeply incised beneath, the apical enlargement being only a little 
smaller than the basal swelling but not provided with verticils. Head blue- 
erey. 
Mesonotal praescutum dull grey with three broad blue-grey stripes, the 
median one often narrowly split by a vitta of the ground-colour; these stripes 
are sometimes narrowly margined with brown; the thoracic interspaces with 
numerous black setigerous punctures; remainder of the thorax blue-grey includ- 
ing the coxee of the legs. Halteres brown, the knobs darker. Legs with the 
femora reddish yellow broadly tipped with dark brown; tarsi dark. brown. 
Wings subhyaline with conspicuous brown and grey markings, cells C and Se 
a little more yellowish; a small brown spot at the origin of /s; stigma large, 
sending a cloud down the cord to cell first Mz; greyish brown clouds in the anal 
cells, at the base of cell Cu, at midlength and at the end of M and in the apex 
of the wings; venation (PI. I, fig. 10). 

Abdominal tergites in the male with segment one, black; two to four, reddish 
yellow with broad sublateral stripes and an indistinct median stripe brownish 
grey; remaining segments dark brownish grey; sternites two to four, reddish 
yellow, broadly darkened laterally; terminal sternites brownish grey; the 
segments of the abdomen are very narrowly and indistinctly margined with paler. 
_ Male hypopygium with the ninth tergite (Pl. III, fig. 35) small with a deep and 
broad rounded caudal notch, the dorsum rounded into a saucer, the lateral 
lobes with four or five blunt teeth. The inner pleural appendage is illustrated 
(Plate III, fig. 37). 

The female is similar to the male in most respects, but the abdomen is 
differently coloured being dull grey with a broad, dark brown, interrupted, dorso- 
median stripe; the basal tergites a little brightened on either side of the dorso- 
median line; abdomen not excessively elongated as in the related T.  longi- 
ventris; dorsal shield jet-black, shiny; tergal valves of the ovipositor brownish 
black. The ovipositor (Pl. III, fig. 43) has the dorsal shield elongate, a little 
longer than the tergal valves of the ovipositor; these tergal valves have about 
fifteen teeth along the outer lateral margin; the sternal valves are very reduced 
as in this group of species, acicular, the pair forming a sublyriform organ (PI. III, 
fig. 40). 

This was the most abundantly represented species in the collection including 
nearly one-half of the material, as follows:— 

Localities: West of Konganevik, Camden bay, Alaska, July 4, 1914 (F. 
Johansen). Four o’s, Nos. 196-199. Port Epworth, mouth of Tree river, 
Coronation gulf, Arctic Canada, July 16, 1915 (J. J. O’Neill). Two «’s, Nos. 102 
and 104; one ¢, No. 103. Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, June 21, 
1915, one ¢, No. 13828; July 4,-1915, one ¢, No. 1076; July 7, 1915, one a, 
one ¢, Nos. 1233, 1234; July 12, 1915, two 9, Nos. 756, 789, one ~, No. 757; 
July. 19, 1915, , 9, Nos. 1266, 1267; July 22, 1915, 7, 9, Nos. 1062, 1063; 
July-August, 1915, six #, 9, Nos. 829-834; July 1-14, 1916, seven 2, 9, Nos. 
420, 421, 424, 426, 427, 428, and 430. 

- Unless stated otherwise the material was taken by Mr. Johansen. Pup 
are pinned with Nos. 197, 199, and 834. 

The immature stages of this interesting crane-fly will be considered on 

pages 18 and 19, under the second part of the report, on the immature stages. 


14c¢ Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1915-18 


Most species of the genus T7pula hold the wings outspread or divaricate 1m 
a position of rest.. Apparently but few hold them folded incumbent over the 
abdomen. Two excellent photographs by Mr. G. H. Wilkins, taken at Bernard 
harbour in July, 1915, show that 7. arctica falls in this latter group of species. 
These illustrations show the female fly crawling about over the Arctic vegeta- 
tion, possibly searching for a place in which to oviposit. (Plate VI). 


Tipula hewitti, n. sp. 


General colouration grey; mesonotal prescutum with three broad brown 
stripes; halteres tipped with yellowish orange; legs with the femora dull brownish 
yellow, broadly tipped with dark brown; wings very indistinctly marked with 
greyish clouds; male hypopygium with the ninth tergite very narrowly notched 
medially, the lateral lobes almost contiguous. 

Maue.—Length, 13 mm.; wing, 15 mm. 

Palpi black. Frontal prolongation of the head short, dark grey; nasus 
broad, prominent. Antenne black, the first segment of the scape dusted with 
erey; flagellum broken. Head grey, the disk of the vertex more brownish; 
vertex produced cephalad between the antennal bases into a flat tongue that is 
deeply spht by a median groove. 

Mesonotum grey, the presscutum with three dark brown stripes, the middle 
one very broad in front, rapidly narrowed to near the suture, indistinctly split 
by a grey median vitta; lobes of the scutum with a linear brown line. Pleura 
grey, the dorso-pleural membrane dull brownish. Halteres brownish yellow, 
the knobs dark brown tipped with dull yellowish orange. Legs with the coxe 
grey; trochanters dark brown; femora dull yellow, the tips broadly dark brown; 
tibize and tarsi dark brown. Wings dull grey; the costal and subcostal cells 
more yellowish; stigma brown; a yellowish spot beyond the stigma in cell second 
R,; indistinct grey clouds along vein Cu; venation: petiole of cell M, short; 
crossvein m-cu obliterated by the fusion of Cu; on M344. 

Abdomen dark greyish black, the terminal tergites ringed with paler, 
the lateral margins indistinctly paler. Male hypopygium with the ninth 
tergite (Pl. III, fig. 36) large, subquadrate, the caudal margin nearly transverse 
with a very narrow median notch, the adjacent lobes slightly produced caudally 
at their inner angle and almost touching one another. Ninth pleurite complete; 
outer pleural appendage (PI. III, fig. 30) elongate-oval, the apex broadly 
rounded, the basal two-thirds dusky, the apical third yellowish. Ninth sternite 
with a deep median notch. 

Locality: Holotype, 2, Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 1-14, 
1916 (F. Johansen). No. 418. 

I take great pleasure in dedicating this species to Dr. C. Gordon Hewitt, 
the Dominion Entomologist, to whom I am indebted for many favours. 


Tipula subpolaris, n. sp. 


Maur.—Length, 13-5 mm.; wing, 13-6 mm. 

In most respects very similar to 7. hewitti, but the male hypopygium is 
quite different. Unfortunately the type is badly discoloured. The antenne 
(Pl. II, fig. 18) have the flagellum black, the individual segments moderately 
elongated, the basal enlargement being about half as long as the rest of the 
segment. Tibial spurs long and slender. Basal abdominal tergites with 
indications of orange on the sides of the median black line. Male hypopygium 
with the ninth tergite (Pl. III, fig. 38) black, the caudal margin with a broad 
U-shaped notch. Ninth pleurite complete, black, broadly margined with 
yellowish; outer pleural appendage subelongate, narrowed toward the apex, 
dusky basally, passing into rather bright yellow beyond. 


Crane-flies  — lic 


Locality: Holotype, #, Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July- 
August 1915 (F. Johansen). No. 826. 

This species is certainly close to T. hewittz, but I cannot make the two 
agree. Unfortunately each species is represented only by the unique male 
type and I do not care to remove the abdomen to submit the male genitalia to 
the critical study that some day may be necessary. More neanerall from the 
Arctic north-west would probably decide the status of these two species which 
are closely allied but which certainly appear to be distinct. 


Tipula besselsoides, n. sp. 


General colouration grey; antenne rather short, black; body clothed with 
conspicuous erect hairs; femora light yellowish, tipped with black; ninth tergite 
of the male hypopygium with a small, U-shaped notch, the lateral lobes rounded. 

Maur.—Length, 12 mm.; wing, 15-5 mm. 

Palpi black. Frontal prolongation of the head greyish black; nasus pro- 
minent. Antenne (PI. II, fig. 19) black; first segment of the scape long and 
slender, clothed with numerous outspreading hairs; flagellar segments very short, 
the basal swelling of the individual segments being about equal to the remainder 
of the segment. Head broad, eyes rather small, widely separated; vertical 
tubercle low; head dark grey with scattered setigerous punctures. 

Thorax dark erey, the prescutum with three indistinct, darker grey stripes; 
thoracic interspaces with an abundant coarse, black hair. Halteres dull 
brownish yellow. Legs with the coxe grey clothed with numerous long pale 
hairs as in besselst O.S.; trochanters dark; femora light brownish yellow, the 
tips broadly black; tibice light brown, the tips broadly black; tarsi dark brown. 
Wings nearly hyaline, the subcostal cell more yellowish; stigma brown, oval; 
apex of the wings a little darkened; veins dark brown; obliterative streak extend- 
ing from before the stigma into cell M4; venation: crossvein m-cu not far beyond 
the fork of M. 

Abdomen dark grey, the segments conspicuously ringed with pale yellowish; 
lobes of the hypopygium yellow. Male hypopygium with the ninth tergite 
(Pl. III, fig. 39) rather extensive, the caudal margin somewhat rounded and 
with a deep, U-shaped, median notch; at the inner margin of the lateral lobes 
a small tubercle; entire sclerite black, clothed with numerous short, appressed 
hairs; suture between the tergite and sternite well-defined. Ninth pleurite 
small, incomplete, the suture indicated only beneath; outer pleural appendage 
(Pl TIT, fig. 31) a small, suboval flattened lobe, pale brownish yellow, the outer 
face with abundant long pale hairs; inner pleural appendage (PI. II, fig. 42) 
elongate, chitinized, at the base a rounded knob clothed with long, delicate 
pale hairs, the outer margin with four stout bristles. Penis-guard a long, straight 
chitinized point, gradually narrowed from the base to the acute apex. 

Locality: Holotype, 7, Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 1-14, 
1916 (F. Johansen). No. 422, Paratopotype, 7. No. 417. 

This species bears a strong superficial resemblance to T’. besselsi Osten- 
Sacken in the grey colouration with conspicuous long, erect pile; the legs are 
differently coloured and the hypopygium of the male is very differently con- 
structed in the two species. It also resembles Stygeropis parrii (Kirby) super- 
ficially in colouration and the erect pile, but the verticillate antenne and nearly 
hyaline wings of the present species offer easy points for separation. 


Tipula subarctica, n. sp. 


Related to T. pribilofensis Alexander; general colouration dark; abdomen 
reddish brown with a dark median stripe on both the tergites and sternites; 
ninth tergite of the male hypopygium prominent with flattened, acute, lateral 
arms; eighth sternite produced caudad into a broad, flattened, shovel-like, 
median lobe. 


162c , Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


Maue.—Length, 12-5 mm.; wing, 14 mm. 

Head discoloured. Antenne broken. 

Pronotal scutum dark, the scutellum dull yellowish. Mesonotal preescutum 
dark coloured, almost black in the type, but badly discoloured, the thoracic 
stripes, if present normally, being obhterated; normal specimens are almost 
certain to be very dark grey. Pleura blackish, grey pruinose; dorso-pleural 
membranes dull yellow. MHalteres brown, the knobs darker. Legs with the 
coxee black, grey pruinose; trochanters brown; femora reddish brown, the tips 
narrowly and indistinctly darkened; tibiz brown, the apices blackened; tarsi 
dark brown. Wings nearly hyaline, the costal and subcostal cells concolourous 
with the rest of the wing; veins brown; wings in the vicinity of the stigmal 
region injured; venation: R» persistent for its entire length; the m-cu crossvein 
inserted just beyond the fork of M. The fly is full-winged. 

Abdominal tergites reddish brown with a broad, black, median stripe; 
ninth tergite black; sternites dull brown with an interrupted blackish median 
stripe. Male hypopygium with the ninth tergite (Pl. III, fig. 41) very large 
and prominent, black, chitinized, the caudal margin with an acute, V-shaped, 
median notch, finely denticulate, the lateral angles produced far caudad into 
flattened ears. Ninth pleurite incomplete, the suture indicated beneath, an 
acute dorso-caudal arm of the pleurite runs beneath the tergal lobes. Eighth 
sternite with a broad, shovel-shaped, median lobe extending caudad and dorsad, 
its caudal margin evenly and gently notched and provided with short, delicate 
hairs. Eighth tergite completely concealed beneath the seventh tergite. 

Locality: Holotype, 7, west of Kongenevik, Camden bay, Alaska, July 4 
1914 (F. Johansen). No. 442. 

This interesting new species is related to T. pribilofensis Alexander from 
the Pribilof islands off the western coast of Alaska. It is an entirely distinct 
species, being full-winged and the male hypopygium quite differently constructed 
although both species have the curious spoon-like elongation of the eighth sternite. 
I have seen another species of the same group from Kamchatka, eastern Siberia 
Tipula kamchatkensis Alexander. 

Very recently I have received from Prof. Hine another specimen in much 
better condition. This specimen may be considered as ee and the 
following additional characters should be noted: 

Male:—Length, 14 mm.; wing, 13 mm. 

Frontal prolongation of the head dark purplish brown above, more aller 
laterally. Antenne rather long, the scape a very little paler than the dark 
brownish black flagellum; flagellar segments rather deeply incised beneath. 
Head light grey, a small brownish blotch on the disk of the vertex. Eyes small; 
gene prominent. 

Mesonotal stripes very indistinct, brown, ground-colour of the mesonotum, 
light grey. Pleura light grey, the dorso- pleural membranes light yellow. 

Paratype, #, Katmai, Alaska, July, 1917 (J. S. Hine). 

Specimen in the collection of Prof. Hine. 


Family RHYPHID. 
Subfamily TRICHOCERINA. 
Genus Trichocera Meigen. 
Trichocera Meigen; Illiger’s Magazine, vol. 2, p. 262; 1803. 


At the present time this genus of flies offers almost insuperable taxonomic 
difficulties. Some twenty-five or thirty species have been proposed, but that 
very many of these are synonyms of others is unquestioned. It seems now that 
the only hope of straightening this apparently hopeless tangle is for some 


Journ: il of the New Yovk Entomological Society, vol. 26, p. 72: 1918. 


Crane-flies 1% ic 


European student to critically study the existing types and compare the authen- 
ticated Palearctic species with a great series from America and elsewhere. If 
this is done it may be that the correct synonymy can be determined. It is 
scarcely possible for an American worker to attempt the problem, at least under 
present European conditions, chiefly because of the impossibility of studying 
the types of the European species still existant and the added difficulty of obtain- 
ing authentically named specimens of the European species, the European 
specialists, apparently, being as much in doubt concerning the true status of 
the group as are the American workers. 

Until a very recent date the genus T'richocera, together with the related 
genus Ischnothrix Bigot, from Cape Horn, was included as a member of the 
Tipulid tribe, Limnophilini. A critical study of the immature stages by Johann- 
sen, Keilin, de Meijere, Malloch, and others has shown the utter impossibility 
of such an assignment and it seems better to give it subfamily rank in the 
family Rhyphide. 

Trichocera sp. 


The present collection included three specimens of Trichocera sp., from 
Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, June 18, 1915, collected by F. Johansen; 
two males, Nos. 1301 and 1302 and a female, No. 1300 D. 


IMMATURE STAGES. 


The present collection of Canadian Arctic crane-flies included a surprising 
amount of life-history material. This was of very great interest since our knowl- 
edge of the younger stages of any Arctic crane-flies is almost negligible. Unfor- 
tunately, very little of the material had been reared and consequently the 
placing of the species has been attended with considerable doubt and difficulty. 
As a rule it scarcely pays to describe or figure undetermined larve or pup 
unless they show conspicuous points of difference in their structure, have a 
peculiar habitat, or else, as in the present case, come from a region where prac- 
tically nothing is known concerning the early stages. These Arctic crane-flies, 
especially of the Tipuline group, are sometimes as beautifully patterned in the 
larva as they are dull and obscure in the adult. The biological data that were 
supplied by the collector are incorporated with each species concerned. 


HEXATOMINI. 


In another paper, not yet published, I have endeavoured to correlate the 
present classification of crane-flies, based entirely on a study of the adult flies, 
with a eritical survey of all the immature stages that I could obtain. Among 
other things this study seems to indicate that the tribe Hexatomini is not as 
clearly set off from the related groups as a study of the adults alone would 
imply. Several of the groups that have hitherto been considered subordinate 
groups of the genus Limnophila, such as Ulomorpha, Lasiomastix, Dicranophrag- 
ma, Poecilostola, etc., all seem now to be more properly referable to the Hexato- 
mini, or at least closely allied to Eriocera, Penthoptera, etc. The present species 
has not been reared and its true affinities must be left in doubt, but I believe 
that the reference given below will be not entirely erroneous. 


Poecilostola supposition. 


This is a small group of flies including seven or eight species of the Palez- 
arctic region with representatives occurring in Japan. Although no adults of 
this group of flies or, indeed, any of its relatives have yet been taken in the 
Canadian Arctic I feel very little hesitation in referring the present larva to the 
neighbourhood of this genus. It may belong to the subgenus Phylidorea Bigat 
of the genus Limnophila Macquart. 

Vol. iii—46963—2 


18 c Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


Locality: One large larva taken in the melted ponds in the tundra at 
Demarcation point, Alaska, May, 1914 (F. Johansen). 

Length, 19-5 mm.; diameter, 2-4 mm. 

Form cylindrical, the anterior segments narrower, the abdominal segments 
just before the cauda swollen. Body with a covering of short and delicate 
appressed hairs. Head-capsule of the long narrow structure of the tribe; 
mandibles (Pl. V, fig. 55) long, sickle-shaped; maxilla (Pl. V, fig. 54) with the 
outer lobe projecting from the oral opening when the head is completely retracted. 
Colouration uniform light yellow throughout. Spiracular disk (PI. IV, fig. 
44) small, with four lobes, the lateral and ventral pairs. Lateral lobes rather 
short and blunt, the ventral edge with an irregular linear brown mark, the outer 
edge with a dense fringe of long hairs; ventral lobes longer with a long, arcuate, 
brown line down the inner face; outer edge with a dense fringe of long hairs, 
those at the tip being very elongate. Anal gills four, short, blunt, oval. 


LIPOEENT: 


A considerable number of Tipuline forms were included in the present 
collection. Only one of these, Tipula arctica Curtis, was reared and the generic 
reference of the remainder must be considered as being somewhat doubtful. 
I have studied each of these species, however, in the light of our knowledge of 
other life-histories, and have placed them as closely as the data will warrant. 


Tipula arctica Curtis. 


Locality: Larve in the ground at Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, 
May 27, 1916 (F. Johansen). 

A male collected as a larva on May 27 pupated about June 20. (Rearing 
No. 106.) 

Larva. Length, 23-25 mm.; diameter, about 4 mm. 

Form cylindrical. Mouth- oe with the mentum (see Pl. V, fig. 53) 
long and slender with a large, blunt, median tooth and two smaller teeth on 
either side; directly beneath these lateral teeth similar subequal teeth are 
(hypopharynx) visible. Labrum as in Pl. V, fig. 52. 

Chetotaxy: Dorsal surface, a transverse row of delicate hair-like sete 
across the dorsum of the last thoracic segment and the abdominal segments, 
there being usually four of these punctures on the first three segments occurring 
at about mid-length of the segments; on the abdomen they lie on the posterior 
ring of each segment (see Pl. V, fig. 56); the lateral puncture bears two bristles, 
the inner punctures a single seta’ they correspond exactly to the condition of 
the ventral segmerts except that here the solitary anterior bristle has moved 
caudad into alignment with the posterior paired bristles. In some there are 
a few weak supplementary bristles in the same line. Ventral surface (Pl. V, 
fig. 57) similar; two prominent widely separated setigerous punctures, each with 
two long bristle-like hairs nearer the caudal margin and two other smaller and 
more delicate bristles slightly cephalad and closer to the median line; these 
anterior ventral bristles are separated from one another by a distance that is 
a little less than the distance between them and the larger posterior bristles; 
on the lateral margin of the segment there is usually a more delicate hair. 

Colouration dull yellow, the howd ic segments with abundant, tiny, appressed 
dark hairs that give a darker appearance to the anterior end of the body. 

Spiracular disk (Pl. IV, fig. 45) surrounded by six short lobes, a dorsal 
pair, rather closely approximated medially, a dorso-lateral pair and a ventral 
pair. The dorsal pair are shorter than the lateral pair and the inner face in 
most specimens has a straight or slightly curved, dark brown, line. The lateral 
lobes are longer and more slender. The ventral lobes are short and broad. 

i 


Crane-flies 19'c 


The spiracles are very large and conspicuous, black. In some specimens there 
are two black dots just above each spiracle and two somewhat similar dots 
below the spiracles and on the ventral lobes; of these markings the ventral 
dots are the most constant. Anal gills, four in number, blunt, fleshy. 

Pups. Male: Length, 18-23 mm.; dorso-ventral depth, 3-8-4 mm.; dextro- 
sinistral width, 3-2 mm. Female: Length: 23 mm.; depth and width 4 mm. 

Mate. (Pl. V, fig. 50): Colouration brown, the abdomen more yellowish 
brown; the pleural membrane paler; the breathing-horns, appendages, and 
sheaths dark brown; spines on the abdomen black. 

Antennal bases situated on a high crest, elevated above the level of the 
breathing-horns. Pronotal breathing horns ‘not conspicuous, short, directed 
slightly forwards and slightly divergent. On the pronotum a small knob 
just before the breathing horns; on the preescutum two widely separated tubercles 
and just behind these but nearer the median line, two smaller tubercles, the 
space between these tubercles connected by a row of crenulations. Leg-sheaths 
reaching to the middle of the third abdominal segment; wing-sheaths reaching 
the base of the second abdominal segment. 

Abdominal tergites: segments 1 and 2 with a small tubercle on the caudal 
ring on either side of the median line; segment 3 with two tubercles on either 
side, the inner one largest; segments 4 to 6 with three or four tubercles on either 
side, the inner one largest; segment 7 narrowed, with two lateral spines and two 
separated blunt tubercles; segment 8 narrowed, the lateral angles ending in 
powerful tubercles with sharp points. Pleural integument coarsely punctured, 
on the edge nearest the sternites with a single sharp spime on the caudal ring 
of segment 1 and on segment 7 and two, one on each ring of segments 2 to 6. 
Sternites armed with circlets of powerful spines on the caudal ring, on segment 
3 there being two, small and widely separated; on segments 4 to 7 there are 
four such spines, larger and rather approximated. Segment 9 rounded, 
indistinctly bifid, each side with a small, acute spine at the tip. 

FEMALE. (Pl. V, fig. 51) similar to the male above described, the sexual 
differences being as follows: Sheaths of the tergal valves of the ovipositor 
elongate, powerful, lying parallel to one another, transversely wrinkled; sheaths 
of the sternal valves of the ovipositor tiny, located at the apex of the eighth 
segment. 

Mr. Johansen has recently called my attention to the description and 
figures of the immature stages of this species by Dr. T. C. Nielsen.! As there 
are some discrepancies between the descriptions and figures of the material 
from northeast Greenland and that from the Canadian Northwest, it is possible 
that more than one species is involved under the name of T7pula arctica. 


Stygeropis, possibly parrii (Kirby). 


Locality: Melted ponds in the tundra at Demarcation point, Alaska, 
May 1914 (F. Johansen). 

Two smaller specimens measure as follows: length, 20 to 24 mm.; diameter, 
2-2 to 2-5 mm. 

A larger larva (No. 5a), length, 38 mm.; diameter, 3-7 mm. 

Form cylindrical, moderately elongated. Head-capsule with the antenne 
long and slender, from three to four times as long as thick, cylindrical, yellowish. 

Cheetotaxy: Sete very weak and delicate, on the thoracic segments being 
tiny lateral hairs. Abdominal tergites (Pl. V, fig. 58) with no set on the anterior 
ring; on the posterior ring with the following bristles: a small lateral bristle 
nearest the false suture; just before the caudal margin of the segment a more or 
less impressed line, at its outer end with two or three bristles arising from 
individual punctures; on either side of the reddish dorso-median vitta a prominent 


1 The Insects of the ‘‘Danmark’’ Expedition: Meddele!ser om Grénland, vol. xliii, Copenhagen, 1910 
pp. 57-9, Pl, vii, figs. 1-7. 


Vol. iti—46963--23 


20 c Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


seta directed proximad; on the penultimate and antepenultimate segments 
of the abdomen the bristles are very long and delicate. The sternites (PI. 
V, fig. 59) similar, but the median bristles lie further cephalad and there is 
a smaller tiny bristle in its individual puncture just proximad of it; these median 
bristles are almost in alignment with the lateral bristles. The caudal bristles, 
three in number, are in alignment and rather widely separated. 

Colouration above dark brown, the thoracic region more reddish; a broad, 
conspicuous dorso-median stripe reddish brown; lower surface greyish with 
a reddish caste. Skin very smooth without tubercles or roughenings of any 
sort. The sutures between the individual segments are very well-marked but 
not conspicuously constricted, at about two-thirds the length of each abdominal 
segment with a pseudosuture dividing the segment into two rings or annuli. 

Spiracular disk (Pl. IV, fig. 46) surrounded by six very long, finger-like 
lobes, of which the ventral pair are slightly the longer. All the lobes are margined 
with dark brown and here develop long fringes of delicate pale hairs which are 
longest at the tips of the lobes, much shortened toward the base of the lobes; 
down the middle of the inner face of each lobe there is a long, narrow, black stripe 
extending from the tip back toward the centre of the disk, this mark longest on 
the ventral lobes; the lateral marks on the lobes are all expanded at their inner 
ends nearest the spiracles, the outer margins of the ventral lobes united with one 
another across the disk, between the spiracles, by a narrow, arcuated line. 
Spiracles large. Anal gills short but slender, inconspicuous, the inner pair very 
short. 

From its great resemblance to the larva of Stygeropis fuscipennis Loew of 
northeastern America I would refer this larva to Stygeropis without question. 
Which species it represents is somewhat doubtful, but very probably either 
parri or parrioides. The Tipula No. 1 of Malloch’s preliminary classification! 
is Stygeropis fuscipennis. 


Tipuline No. 1 (Stygeropis, supposition). 


Locality: Two larve from a lake near Bernard harbour, Northwest Terri- 
tories, June 25, 1915 (F. Johansen). 

Two additional specimens from Demarcation point, Alaska (melted ponds 
in- tundra, May, 1914. No. 7). 

Length, 20-5-23 mm.; diameter, 1-8-2 mm. 

Form cylindrical, moderately elongated, the anterior end abruptly tapering, 
the posterior end gradually tapering to the cauda; caudal lobes capable of close 
application to one another along their inner faces, protecting the spiracles. 

Chetotaxy: Dorsal segments (PI. V, fig. 60) with the setz all on the posterior 
ring, an anterior lateral pair located in the lateral yellow line, consisting of two 
punctures, the more lateral one of which has a tripartite bristle, the proximal 
one simple. Nearer the caudal margin of the segments three long lateral bristles 
in alignment and rather widely separated, the distal one located near the inner 
margin of the yellow stripe, the inner two closer together located in the black 
lateral stripes, the innermost on its margin. In alignment with these three and 
located nearer the mid-dorsal region of the segment, one on either side of the apex 
of the shield-shaped dorsal mark, are two long bristles. All of these caudal 
bristles are in alignment with the caudal sete of the ventral segments. 

Lateral sete: On the dark pleural stripe a group of three small, stout 
bristles on the posterior ring, arranged in a triangle; a single, longer hair on the 
anterior ring of the segment, much closer to the ventral edge than to the dorsal 
edge of the stripe. 

Sternal segments with the setz on the apical ring of the segment arranged ° 
as in Pl. V, fig. 61; there are two anterior sets on each side, and closer to the 


‘Malloch, J. R. ‘A preliminary classification of Diptera based upon larval and pupal 
characters,”’ Bull. Illinois State Laboratory of Natural History, vol. 12, pp. 199, 200, figs.; 1917. 


Crane-flies 21:¢ 


median line; of these the distal one is the longest, the proximal one usually very 
short; there are three posterior sete on either side, the two proximal being 
longest and in their own punctures, the third one distal in position, lying close to 
the black pleural stripe and located in a very small puncture on the margin of the 
adjoining larger puncture. 

Colouration: Dorsum (PI. V, fig. 60) dull yellow. Just inside the broad 
lateral stripe and separated from it by a narrow bright yellow line is a narrow 
dark brown line, almost continuous but slightly interrupted in places; this dark 
line begins on the mesothorax and continues to the last segment. The dorsum of 
the abdomen between these dark stripes is handsomely marked with dorsal 
shields of brown which are narrowly margined with darker brown, the narrow 
apex of the shield directed caudad; there are about seven of these dorsal shields, 
the integument on either side of them with three bright yellow dots in straight 
diverging lines, all of these dots lying on the cephalic ring of the segment. 
Pleural region dark brown, very broad but paler on the thoracic segments, 
gradually narrowed and becoming darker toward the end of the body, terminating 
near the anal gills. This dark pleural stripe is dotted with numerous yellowish 
spots. Ventral surface abruptly and conspicuously light yellow. 

Spiracular disk surrounded by six long, finger-like lobes, the dorsal lobes 
rather the shortest although still long and finger-like, lying parallel, the ventral 
lobes longest; all the lobes nar rowly. margined wi ith black and with a slender 
black vitta bisecting the inner face of the lobe from the tip inward toward the 
disk, at the distal end expanded into a blackish apex; the apex and lateral 
margins bear long fringes of hairs as in Sty tygeropis, these hairs being longest 
toward the tips of the lobes. Anal gills six, short but rather slender, incon- 
spicuous, the two lateral pairs longest, the inner pair much shorter. 

I would refer this to a position not far removed from Stygeropis 
although it is very differently coloured from the species last described under that 
name. However, the structure of the larve seems to indicate that it is more 
probably a Stygeropis than a Tipula or a Nephrotoma. If the generic reference 
is correct the larve probably belong to either S. parrii or S. parrioides. 

In the specimens from Demarcation point, Alaska, the anterior end of the 
body is pale and the median dorsal shields are continuous as a practically un- 
interrupted dorso-median line, only slightly constricted toward the posterior 
end of each segment; the lateral dorsal stripes are very dark. However, the 
structure of the spiracular disk and the chetotaxy are entirely the same and I feel 
sure that all the material pertains to the same species. 

In the vial containing the two larvee from Bernard harbour, described above, 
there was an additional Tipuline larva that is closest to the Tipuline No. 3 
described later, but probably represents a still different species. Because this is 
the only specimen included in the material it is not further discussed in this 
report. 


Tipuline No. 2. 


Locality: Three larve, taken at Demarcation point, Alaska, May, 1914. 
No. 4 (F. Johansen); melted ponds in the tundra. 

Length, 20-23 mm.; dextro-sinistral width, 3-3-3-6 mm.; dorso-ventral 
depth, 2-2-2 mm. 

Body moderately elongated, form strongly depressed; thoracic and first 
abdominal segments with the margins regular; abdominal segments 3 to 8 with 
a prominent false constriction or pseudo-suture at about two-thirds the length 
of the segment, the edges of the segments produced laterad to give a serrate 
appearance to the margins of the abdomen; the anterior ring of each segment 
has the serration larger than that of the posterior ring so that these alternate; 
penultimate segment of the abdomen with the caudal angles produced strongly 
caudad into long, slender lobes. 


22 C Canadian Arctic Kxpedition, 1913-18 


Cheetotaxy: Tergites (Pl. V, fig. 62) with sete on the posterior ring only, 
these bristles short and weak, the marginal group lying in or close to the dark 
lateral stripe, the outer one far removed from the inner pair. Bristles of the 
disk single, one on either side of the median dorsal stripe. Lateral bristles with 
two on the posterior ring, one on the anterior ring. Sternites (Pl. V, fig. 63) 
with no bristles on the anterior ring; posterior ring with two bristles on either 
side of the median line and at about mid-length of the ring, the distal bristle 
longest. Nearer the posterior margin and lying farther distad, three sete 
almost in a line, rather closely approximated but each one in its own distinct 
puncture, the proximal two longest, the distal one small and weak. 

Colouration: A beautiful larva (Pl. IV, fig. 47), light yellow in colour, 
the thorax and lateral margins of the abdomen dusky. Three interrupted 
dark-brown stripes on the dorsum, on the individual segments shaped as follows: 
on the anterior ring the median mark i is rectangular, in front not attaining the 
segment preceding, connected at its caudal end with the lateral stripes which 
are dotted with yellow, on the proximal edge clear-cut, laterally passing into 
the dusky of the margins of the abdomen; posterior ring of each segment with 
three marks more irregular and diffuse. Sternites dull yellowish with an indis- 
tinct irregular dusky square on the anterior ring, this dusky area with an arcuated 
line of four oval spots across the anterior third and two larger yellow blotches on 
the posterior two-thirds, one on either side of the median line; on the posterior 
ring of each segment the dusky marks are irregular, shaped somewhat like an 
hour-glass. 

Spiracular disk (Pl. IV, fig. 48) small, surrounded by six small lobes; dorsal 
lobes very small but slender, shghtly divergent; lateral and ventral lobes long 
and slender, in some the lateral lobes notably shorter than the ventral pair; 
inner faces of the lobes unmarked with darker. Ventral lobes with a few long, 
sensory bristles at the apex; a single long bristle on the ventral face at about 
mid-length; lateral lobes with a similar group of bristles near the tip and a 
longer one on the outer face near the apex. Spiracles small, widely separated. 
Gills six in number, small, slender, inconspicuous, the caudal pair longest, the 
cephalic pair with a short lobule on the basal inner side so it appears there are 
six gills of which four are long, two short. 

I have no idea to which species this handsome larva belongs. This species 
and the last are amongst the most beautifully patterned larve that I have ever 
seen. The present species exhibits an unusual degree of depression for this 
tribe of Tipulidz and in some respects gives strong indications of how the even 
more accentuated conditions in the Cylindrotominze may have been brought 
about. It seems probable that this larva belongs to the genus Tipula rather 
than to any of the related genera. 


Tipuline No. 3. 


Locality: Tundra at Nome, Alaska, August, 1916 (F. Johansen). Three 
larve, two large and one smaller specimen. 

Two additional badly shrunken larve bearing the following label: “T7pula 
larvee ©, about one-fourth inch below the plant-covering of the tundra behind 
the winter house, Collinson point, Alaska, September 20, 1913.” 

Length, 27-5-30 mm.; diameter, 4-5 mm. 

Form plump and robust: colouration brow n, the body clothed with an abun- 
dant appressed dark pubescence, the dorsal ring of each segment that bears the 
setze darkest in colour; each segment is divided by 4 or 5 pale transverse false 
sutures so the abdomen appears multisegmented. The is limits of each seg- 
ment are readily determined by the caudal row of sete. 

Chetotaxy: Tergites (Pl. V, fig. 64) with four long, powerful bristles in 
alignment, the median pair closer to one another than either is to the lateral 
seta; extending proximad from each seta is a narrow, semi-impressed line 


Crane-flies 23 C 


destitute of pubesence; each of the outer setigerous areas bears two closely 
approximated sete. Lateral setae two, one on each primary ring at about mid- 
length, the anterior one lying closer to the ventral margin, the posterior one 
closer to the dorsal margin. Sternites (Pl. V, fig. 65) with four setigerous areas, 
the median pair a little anterior to the posterior pair, one on either side of the 
median line, each area with two stout bristles. The above pertains to the 
abdominal segments. On the dorsum and lateral portions of the anterior ring 
of the prothorax at about mid-length there are about ten setigerous areas, the 
median pair close together and bearing a single seta, the next pair more 
widely separated, each with two short setz; the third pair closer to the 
second pair than they are to one another, likewise with two setzw, one long 
slender bristle and a shorter slender one; lateral setz solitary, long and stout, 
two on each side of the prothorax. The meso- and meta-thoraces at about 
midlength and almost in alignment have about ten setigerous punctures, the 
inner six close together and shortest (the innermost simple, the outer two pairs 
double); lateral bristles longer and more widely separated. 

Spiracular disk (Pl. IV, fig. 49) surrounded by six short lobes, not con- 
spicuous. Dorsal lobes short, conical, situated close together on the dorso- 
median line, divergent apically, broad at the base, tapering rapidly to the acute 
tip. Lateral lobes longest, elongate-conical, tapering to the rather acute apex. 
Ventral lobes short, broad, and blunt with a broad blackish blotch on the inner 
face, in the smaller specimen occurring as two parallel transverse lines beneath 
each sptracle. Gills short, blunt, dark in colour. 

This is probably a species of Tipula rather than the related genus, Neph- 
rotoma, but the immature stages of the two genera are very similar to one another. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE I. 


Fig. a. (Wi ing of Dicranomyia alascaensis, n. sp. 
Et Lete. Erioptera (Erioptera) angustipennis, n. sp. 
aco: yy Limnophila (Dactylolabis) rhicnoptiloides, n. sp. \ 
eS « Tricyphona brevifurcata, n. sp. 
ae. T. frigida, n. sp. 
eG. ss Nephrotoma arcticola, n. sp. 
ane “ Stygeropis parrvi (Kirby). 
eiretey “ _ S. parrioides, n. sp. 
ee Tipula diflava, n. sp. (pattern omitted). 
SiN) e T. arctica Curtis. 
Na iD te se T. johanseni, n. sp. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE II. 


Bio.» 12. Antenna of Stygeropis parrii; basal and apical segments. 


Grae aye S. parrioides; the same. 

eae A: oy Nephrotoma arcticola; basal segments. 

ee lliay = Tipula johanseni; the same. 

Ee Peal: : T. diflava; the same. 

anes! Lis es T. arctica; the same. 

AO Altes ss T. subpolaris; the same. 

era} oe T. besselsoides; the same. 

eae AO Hypopygium of Tricyphona frigida; pleurite and appendages, dorsal aspect. 
All T. diaphana (Doane); the same. 

ty Pe <f Stygeropis parrioides; outer pleural appendage. 
a3 )e es S. parrii; the same. 

Ste eA sf S. parrii; inner pleural appendage. 

2D es S. parrioides; the same. 

ek 20 & S. parrii; ninth tergite, dorsal aspect. 

re lie ss S. parrioides; the same. 


24 ¢ 
Fig. 28 
Se29: 
30: 
Soares 
“ 32 
“ce 30 
“84. 
LVS SHS) 
a4 SO. 
Hig, 37. 
COIN 
39: 
“< 40. 
“Ad. 
ree AD. 
oie ay 
Fig. 44. 
‘S--vAD. 
sf AG. 
SAT. 
dae Sy 
AY. 
Fig. 50. 
“ 51 
e752: 
oor 
seg COA: 
ie iy. 
= 700; 
catia 
“ce 58, 
TOO: 
oS (G0): 
en Gilt: 
“62: 
* - 63. 
se GA 
2 (a15), 
Figs. 1, 2. 


Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE III. 


Hypopygium of Nephrotoma arcticola; ninth tergite, dorsal aspect. 
N. arcticola; outer pleural appendage. 
ES Tipula hewitti; the same. 
Pr besselsoides; the same. 
T. johanseni; ninth tergite, dorsal aspect. 
- T. diflava; the same. 


9s. ninth sternite. 

Tipula arctica; ninth tergite, dorsal aspect. 
a T’. hewitti; the same. 
Hy popygium of T. arctica; inner pleural appendage. 
Ti. subpolaris; ninth tergite, dorsal aspect. 
T. besselsoides; the same. 
Ovipositor of 7’. arctica; female sternal valves. 
Hypopygium of T. subarctica; ninth tergite, dorsal apsect. 
ile: besselsoides; inner pleural appendage. 

Ovipositor of ZT’. arctica; dorsal aspect. 


“ 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV. 


Larva of Pecilostola, supposition; spiracular disk. 
Tipula arctica; the same. 

Stygeropis, supposition; the same. 

4 Tipuline No. 2; dorsal aspect of entire larva. 
Tipuline No. 2; spiracular disk. 

Tipuline No. 3; the same. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE V. 


Pupa of Tipula arctica; male, lateral aspect. 

s T. arctica; female, dorsal aspect. 
Larva of Tipula arctica; labrum, dorsal aspect. 
T arctica; mentum, ventral aspect. 
Poecilostola, supp.; outer lobe of maxilla. 
Poecilostola, supp.; mandible. 
Tipula arctica; cheetotaxy of third abdominal tergite; dorsal aspect. 
T. arctica; the same, third abdominal sternite; ventral. 
Stygeropis, supp.; the same, third abdominal tergite; dorsal. 
Stygeropis, supp.; the same, third abdominal sternite; ventral. 
Tipuline No. 1; the same, third tergite; dorsal. 
Tipuline No. 1; the same, third sternite; ventral. 


Tipuline No. 2; the same, third tergite; dorsal. 
% Tipuline No. 2; the same, third sternite; ventral. 
os Tipuline No. 3; the same, third tergite; dorsal. 


Tipuline No. 3; the same, third sternite; ventral. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI. 
Female of Tipula arctica Curtis (Photos. by Geo. H. Wilkins) 


T. diflava; lateral aspect; 9t. ninth tergite; 9 pl. ninth pleurite; 


Crane-flies 


Crane-flies of the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-16. 


Puate I. 


Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


26 


Crane-flies of the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-16. 


Puate II. 


41 


Crane-flies 


42. 


Crane-flies of the Canadian Aretic Expedition, 1913-16. 


Prarn sli, 


43 


28 c 


Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


Crane-flies of the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-16. 


Puate IV. 


Crane-flies 29 c 


PLATE V. 


Crane-flies of the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-16. 


30 © Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1915-18 


Prats VI. 


Tipula arctica Curtis. (Photograph by G. H. Wilkins). 


The Mosquitoes collected by the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 
1913-18. 


(Diptera, Culicidee.) 
By Harrison G. Dyar. 


INTRODUCTION. 


Many stories are current about the extraordinary abundance of mosquitoes 
in the Arctic regions, rivalling the tropics in this respect. That these stories 
are not overdrawn, is shown by the accompanying photographs, taken in the 
deltas of the Colville and Slave rivers by Dr. R. M. Anderson of the Canadian 
Arctic Expedition. Nevertheless, the number of species present is small in the 
northern regions, though individuals may be abundant. Along the Arctic coast 
of the Northwest Territories, here considered, but two species are identified, 
whereas a collection of an equal number of specimens in the tropics might 
include thirty or forty species. 


Head net, as used in the North for pro- Mosquitoes on back of man’s hooded coat. 
tection against mosquitoes. Delta Near Nigalik, delta of Colville river. 
of Slave River, Great Slave lake, Arctic coast of Alaska. July 3, 

N.W.T., June, 1908. 1909. 


The collection before me was made during the years 1913, 1914, 1915, and 
1916; but it is disappointingly a small one (134 specimens), and the material is 
in very poor condition. The region, however, is interesting, embracing the 
Arctic coast of Alaska and the Canadian Northwest Territories. 


32 C Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


Aédes (Ochlerotatus) nearcticus, n. sp. 


FrmMALE.—Proboscis long; palpi one-fifth the length of proboscis; sete 
long and abundant on head, thorax, coxee, femora, and abdomen, black, becoming 
whitish in old specimens. Mesonotum with coarse, narrow, curved, dark 
bronzy brown scales. Abdomen with broad basal segmental dull whitish bands; 
venter wholly grey-scaled. Integument entirely black. Wing-scales_ black, 
some white ones along the costa, subcostal, and first veins. rather numerous 
toward base. 

MaLE.—Similar to the female, with the usual sexual differences. Palpi 
about as long as the proboscis, the last joint slightly thickened; end of long 
joint and last two joints hairy. Antenne weakly plumose. The genitalia have 
the side pieces conical, about three times as long as wide; apical lobe small, 
conical, nearly bare; basal lobe conical, with long setz on its lower side, shorter 
ones without, the margin sometimes seen as a crenulate tuberculous line running 
upward obliquely from the lobe. Harpes narrow, chitinized on the margins, 
the tips pointed in a blunt tooth. Harpagones with curved columnar stems, 
thickened at the basal half, hirsute. with two sete at the base, the outer part 
smooth; filament sickle-shaped, widened smoothly at base, the wide part 
tapering to the middle of the filament. Unci forming a pair of hooks simila. to 
the harpes, but smaller. Basal appendages very small, with stiff spines. 

Types and Locality: Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 9, 1915 
(Frits Johansen), Canadian Arctic Expedition, No. 1395; ~, with the same 
data, No. 1391. According to the notes of the collector, these were bred from 
pup found in a pond (Rearing 59 A). Larve were collected June 18, 1915, 
and adults emerged July 14-23. (Rearing 59). 

Also eighty-four specimens from the same locality, bred June 21-July 1, 
1916 (Rearings 109, 121), and caught, the latter all ¢¢. Apparently the same 
species from the following localities: 8 99, West of Bernard harbour, Dolphin 
and Union strait, Northwest Territories, July 14, 1916 (F.J.); one ¢, Young 
point, Northwest Territories, July 18, 1916 (F.J.); 3 99, Herschel island, Yukon 
Territory, July 29, 1916 (F.J.); 6 99, cape Bathurst, Northwest Territories, 
July 26, 1916 (F.J.); 19 99, Konganevik, Camden bay, Alaska, July 4, 1914 
(F.J.); 1 ¢, Cockburn point, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Territories, 
September 5, 1914 (F.J.). Also bred July 22, 1914, from larve collected at 
Collinson Point, Alaska, June 23, 1914, (Rearing 21). 

The species is allied to A. innuitus Dyar and Knab, of Greenland; but the 
male genitalia differ in the shape of the harpes and the filaments of the harpa- 
gones. Also allied to nigripes Zetterstedt from Lapland, for a discussion of 
which see Dyar and Knab, Ins. Ins. Mens., v, 167, 1917. 

Larva.—Head rounded, wider than long; antennze small, uniform, with 
sparse spicules, the tuft situated near the middle, composed of three short hairs. 
Head hairs single, at least the lower pair are so, the upper pair are broken in all 
the specimens; ante-antennal tuft in fours. Body with the skin glabrous; 
trachee thick and uniform, narrowing only in the end of the airtube, where 
there is a short closing apparatus. Air-tube short, about two and a half times 
as long as the basal width, tapering outwardly; pecten of 11 to 16 teeth, usually 
about 14, the single tooth finely pointed and with a rounded branch, followed 
closely by a three- to four-haired tuft. Lateral comb of the eighth segment of 
ten to fourteen scales in a patch, the single scale elongate conical from an oval 
base, with long central thorn and few small lateral spinules. Anal segment 
with a dorsal plate reaching to about the middle of the side, its edge even but 
bulging a little posteriorly; barred area preceded by one or two hair tufts, the 
area situated posteriorly; dorsal hairs a long hair and three-haired tuft on each 
side. 

Locality: Specimens taken from a pond, Bernard harbour, Northwest 
Territories, June 28, 1915 (Frits Johansen), not isolated, but present in dom- 
inating numbers, so that they dovbtless belong to the abundant species, 
nearcticus. 


Mosquitoes ao C 
Aedes, n. sp. 
(Ochlerotatus. ) 


A few larve collected with Aédes nearcticus Dyar at Bernard harbour, 
Northwest Territories, represent an apparently undescribed form, but as there 
is no way of associating an adult, a name is not proposed. — 

Head hairs single; ante-antennal tuft in two; antenne long, slender, a two- 
haired tuft at the middle. Skin glabrous. Lateral comb of the eighth segment 
of fifteen scales in a narrow patch; single scale with long terminal thorn. Air 
tube about three times as long as wide, tapered on the outer half; pecten reach- 
ing beyond the middle, the last three teeth detached; hair tuft in four, situated 
within the last tooth. Anal segment ringed by the plate, the brush posteriorly 
directed; anal gills four, tapered, rather short. 


Aedes (Ochlerotatus) sp. 


A dozen females from Seward peninsula, Alaska, of an Aédes with dark- 
‘brown scales over. the mesonotum, the pile apparently less abundant than in 
A. nearcticus. No advantage would be gained by attempting to apply a name 
to this form, which must await the collection of males, or at least more perfect 
specimens. 

Locality: Three ¢¢, Teller, Alaska, July 29, 1913 (Frits Johansen); nine 9 ¢, 
Nome, Alaska, August 24-25, 1916 (F.J.), Canadian Arctic Expedition. 


Vol. iii 469633 


The Diptera collected by the Canadian Expedition, 1913-1918. 
(Excluding the Tipulide and Culicide.) 
By J. R. Matiocu. 


INTRODUCTION. 


This paper deals with the Diptera collected by the Canadian Arctic Expedi- 
tion 1913-16, and belonging to the following families: Sciaride, Chironomide, 
Simuliide, Leptide, Empidide, Dolichopodide, Phoride, Borboride, Syrphide, 
Oestride, Tachinide, Calliphoride, Anthomyide, Scatophagide, Helomyzide, 
Piophilide, Ephydride, and Chloropide. The number of species in the paper 
is ninety-three, representing fifty-five genera.! 

Some of the genera and species included in this list are new to science, but 
others are recorded for the first time from Arctic America, having been previously 
known from the Arctic regions of the Old World. It is probable that many 
of the forms are circumpolar in their distribution, but the difficulties attendant 
upon their collection in the latitudes where they occur make it almost impossible 
to obtain representative collections from many regions. 

Collections of Diptera from the far north present characteristics that 
are unmistakable to the eye of one who has previously studied material in other 
Arctic collections, since in both the remarkably uniform dull colours and in the 
genera comprising such collections they differ very strikingly from those of tem- 
perate regions. The predominating body-colour is a deep black, relieved 
occasionally with blue-black species such as the flesh-flies, and as a general rule 
the flies are hairy or bristly. Most of the forms are scavengers, living on decay- 
ing animal or vegetable matter, but a few are parasitic or predaceous. The 
phytophagous forms are rare, and from the far northno Trypetide are recorded, 
the most northern locality for that family being the Pribilof islands. 

The work upon this collection was undertaken with the consent of Dr. 
Stephen A. Forbes, Chief of the Division of Natural History Survey of Illinois. . 


SCIARID. 


The larvee of this family live in decaying vegetable matter, sometimes in 
fungi, and occasionally in vegetation that has been attacked by other larve. 

There are three species in this collection, none of which it is possible to 
identify specifically on account of their being represented only by females, and 
also owing to their defective condition. 


Sciara, sp. 1. 


This species has a peculiar wing venation which will enable some future 
student to associate the specimen with others that may be subsequently obtained. 

The first vein ends in the costa midway between the cross-vein and the 
furcation of media, the latter originates about twice the distance of cross-vein 
proximad of the latter, runs very close to the upper branch of cubitus to the 
fork, the anterior branch then runs abruptly forward (towards costa) at almost 
a right angle to lower branch, curves round when about one-third of the distance 
to radius and runs to apex of wing, the cell it encloses being narrowed apically. 


| Types. The types of the new species described in this report aré deposited in the National 
Collection of Insects, Ottawa. 


/ : 
a Diptera alae 


The radial vein is setose. Costa extends almost to apex of upper fork of media. 
The posterior branch of media runs nearly straight from fork to wing margin. 
Length, 3 mm. 
Locality: Teller, Alaska, August 3, 1913 (F. Johansen). 


Sciara, sp. 2. 


Two females in poor condition. These differ from the preceding species 
in having the first vein ending in costa slightly before furcation of media, the 
latter originating midway from cross-vein to base of radius, and gradually diverg- 
ing from anterior branch of cubitus, the cell between the anterior branch and 
radius, and narrowed basally. 

Length, 2-75 mm. 

Locality: Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Terri- 
tories, August 22, 1915 (F. Johansen). ' 


Sciara, sp. 3. 


This species differ from the preceding one in having the first vein ending in 
costa a little over midway from cross-vein to fork of media, the latter originating 
one-third of the distance from cross-vein to base of wing and the third branch 
of radius ending closer to apex of wing, nearly in vertical line with apex of pos- 
terior branch of cubitus. 

Length, 3 mm. 

Locality: Nome, Alaska, August 21, 1916 (F. Johansen). One female. 


CHIRONOMID. 


There are a number of specimens, representing several species, in the collec- 
tion, but their condition is very bad so that specific identification is not possible 
except in a few cases. A number of larve and pup in alcohol lend themselves 
more readily to description and to generic classification than do the imagines, 
but so little is known of the immature stages of the many species occurring in 
the Arctic regions that it is impossible to give specific identifications for the 
specimens in this collection. 


TANYPIN. 


There are two species of this subfamily in the collection, neither of which is 
in very good condition. They apparently represent distinct genera. 


Tanypus Meigen. 


There is one species of this genus in the collection, some specimens of which 
are in sufficiently good condition to.assure their identification. 

The larvee of this genus are met with in both swiftly flowing streams and in 
standing water, such as lakes and pools, or even in water-barrels or other tem- 
porary receptacles. 


Tanypus alaskensis, n. sp. 


Ma.e.—Black, subopaque. Legs fuscous. Wings slightly greyish; cross- 
vein infuscated, but not broadly so. Halteres brown. Plumes of antennz 
and hairs of body and legs fuscous. 

Palpi long, antepenultimate joint distinctly longer than penultimate, the 
latter longer than ultimate. Dorsum of thorax with numerous long hairs in the 

Vol. iii—46963—33 


36 C Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 * 


slightly sunk lines between the areas usually occupied by vittz in other species, 
the same areas slightly grey pruinescent. Fore tarsi without conspicuously 
long hairs, basal joint three-fifths as long as fore tibia and twice as long as second 
joint; fourth tarsal joint on all legs distinctly longer than fifth. Wings narrow, 
costa extending well round apical curve of wing but falling considerably short of 
reaching apex. 

Length, 6 mm. 


Tanypus, sp. 1. 


A pupa which may be that of the species described in this paper is very 
similar to that of monilis Meigen. It differs in having the thoracic respiratory 
organs more elongate, about 2-25 as long as thick, paler in colour, and with 
a short apical rounded projection. All the abdominal segments have a dark 
brown line at incisions, both on dorsum and venter; the lateral marginal hairs 
are very fine and number one or two on each segment near base, the seventh 
segment has three stronger hairs on each side and the eighth has five or six 
stronger flattened hairs; caudal fins pointed at apices, with four or five 
flattened hairs on basal half of outer margin and a slight protuberance at apex, 
giving each fin a sharply pointed appearance. 

Length, 7 mm. 

Locality: Inland lake at Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, 
Northwest Territories, August 10, 1915 (F. Johansen). 


Along with this specimen there is one which evidently belongs to the species 
described as Psilotanypus sp. in this paper. 


Psilotanypus, sp.? 


Pupa.—Testaceous, with the thoracic markings of the enclosed imago 
showing through. ; 

Head without tubercles between bases of antenne. Thorax smooth, 
the respiratory organs like those of Procladius concinnus Loew, but com- 
paratively broader (Pl. VII, figs. 10 and 11). Lateral margins of abdominal 
segments with narrow flat hairs, each side of eighth segment with 5-6 hairs 
which are regularly spaced; apical processes very similar to those of Protenthes 
bellus Loew, but broader and less rounded at apices (Pl. VII, fig. 5). 

Length: 7-8 mm. 


Imaco.—Head yellowish testaceous, scape of antennz fuscous, antennal 
plumes largely fuscous. Thorax testaceous; dorsum with a centrally divided 
median, and 2 broad, anteriorly interrupted lateral vitte; scutellum black 
on base above; sternopleura entirely fuscous; mesopleura and metapleura 
including postnotum largely fuscous. Abdomen with each dorsal segment 
with a fuscous spot on each side posteriorly, the spots becoming progressively 
larger to apex of abdomen; segments 6, 7 and 8 each with a narrow fuscous 
band across base. Legs testaceous, the knees narrowly fuscous. Wings 
apparently with a dark area surrounding the cross-veins. 

Fore tarsi similar to those of occidentalis, from middle of basal joint 
to apex of fourth with rather long hairs; mid and hind tibize and tarsi with 
moderately long hairs; fourth tarsal joint on all legs longer than fifth. _Venation 
very difficult to make out, but the cross-vein like branch of radius between the 
first and third branches is not distinguishable, and the cubitus forks about 
midway from cross-vein to margin of wing; in occidentalis, the petiole of 
cubitus is very short. 

Length, 7-5 mm. 

Locality: From pond at Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, 
Northwest Territories, July 3, 1916 (F. Johansen). 


Diptera SEC 
CHIRONOMIN~. 


There are representatives of several genera of this subfamily in the collection, 
some of them represented by larval and pupal stages and some by imagines. 


Diamesa Meigen. 


This genus is represented in the collection by one species which does 
not agree in structure with any species known to me. 

The larvee of Diamesa species are generally found in fast running water 
and normally on rock surfaces. I have seen females that were collected while 
in the act of ovipositing in water caused by the melting of snow on mountains 
in Montana. 


Diamesa arctica, n. sp. 


FrMAaLeE.—Black, subopaque. Wings subfuscous, veins thick and dark, 
cross-vein infuscated. Halteres brown. 

Eyes very widely separated, width of frons equal to one-half the width 
of head; antennx with 8 joints, the apical one four times as long as preapical, 
surface hairs long and rather numerous. Pronotum with a deep, moderately 
wide central, wedge-shaped incision; dorsum of mesonotum and scutellum 
with rather long fuscous hairs. Abdomen stout, with shaggy fuscous hairs. 
Legs stouter than in Waltlii Meigen, and with much more conspicuous hairs; 
fore tarsi with the basal joint very little more than one-half as long as fore 
tibia; fourth tarsal joint on all legs ‘sub-equal to or very little shorter than fifth; 
mid tarsi with a series of minute erect setulae on ventral surface of at least 
the basal two joints. Venation similar to that of Waltlz. 

Length, 4-5 mm. 

Type locality: Colville mountains, Wollaston peninsula, Victoria island, 
July 22,1915 (D. Jenness). Paratype, lake Angmaloktok, Colville mountains, 
Wollaston peninsula, Victoria Island, July 29, 1915 (D. Jenness). 


Chironomus. 


There are larve and pupe of one species and one imago of possibly another 
species of this genus in collection. 


Chironomus, sp. 1. 


A male in rather poor condition resembles closely several species I have 
described from Pribilof islands. It is entirely black and has the fore tarsi 
long-haired, characters common to nearly all males of this genus I have seen 
from the far north. Structurally the specimen agrees very well with one 
I have described as conformis in a paper now in press, but more specimens 
are necessary to ensure an authentic identification. 

Length, 7-5 mm. 

Locality: Barter island, Arctic coast of Alaska, July 2, 1914 (D. Jenness). 


Chironomus, sp. 2 


Larva.—Bright red in life. Labium very similar to that of tentans 
Fabricius, but the median tooth is regularly rounded and the small submedian 
one larger than in that species:- the mandible has three teeth in addition to the 
large apical one. The ventral and respiratory filaments are absent, the dorsal 
papille are small, each with eight long hairs, and the four apical respiratory 
protuberances between the caudal pseudopods are about three. times as long as 
thick. 

Length, 17-19 mm. 


38 C Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


Pupa. Similar to that of tentans. The second abdominal segment has a 
transverse line of minute chitinized spinules on posterior margin, and almost 
the entire dorsal surface covered with small brown scale-like eleva- 
tions, which are most conspicuous posteriorly; a rather long hair is present 
on each side of median line posteriorly, and the elevations are absent round the 
bases of those as well as on a number of small round areas on anterior half of dise; 
segments 3 to 5 without transverse line posteriorly, but in other respects as 
second, though the elevations, or scales, become progressively weaker to fifth 
segment and are present only near posterior margin on sixth and seventh as two 
small brown patches; eighth segment. with each postero-lateral angle armed 
with a chitinized process similar to that of decorus Johannsen. 

Length, 14 mm. 

Locality: Pool at Collinson point, Alaska, June 22, 1914 (F. Johansen). 


Chironomus, sp. 3. 


Larva. ‘This species differs from the previous one only in being smaller, 
11 mm., and in having a dark brownish vitta on dorsum of head, and the sub- 
median labial tooth attached to median one so that it appears more like a pro- 
tuberance from the side of the latter than a distinct tooth. 

Locality: Brackish pond, Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union: strait, 
Northwest Territories, August 4, 1915 (F. Johansen). 


Tanytarsus Van der Wulp. 
“ 
There are several imagines and some larvee of this genus in the collection. 
Tanytarsus, sp. 1. 


Five males in poor condition resemble in most particulars viridiventris 
Malloch. The thorax is black, abdomen fuscous, though probably greenish in 
life, and legs pale fulvous. The fore tarsi have no long hairs and the basal joint 
is about 1-5 as long as second. The wings are not in “good enough condition to 
give an accurate idea of the venation. 

Length, 3-5 mm. 

Locality: Teller, Alaska, August 3, 1913 (F. Johansen). 


Tanytarsus, sp. 2. 


One male without fore tarsi. Larger than foregoing. Entirely black, 
including the legs, halteres, and antennal plumes. Wings with very short 
surface hairs; radius extending to beginning of apical curve of wing; cross-vein 
slightly before middle. 

Length, 4-5 mm. 

Locality: Lake Angmaloktok, Colville mountains, Wollaston peninsula, 
Victoria island, July 22, 1915 (D. Jenness). 


Tanytarsus, sp. 3. 


Larva. Orange in life; alcoholic specimens, greenish yellow, head brown. 

Base of antenne pedunculate; basal antennal joint about five times as long 
as thick, second joint about one-fourth as long as basal, third and fourth joints 
pale, their combined lengths not equal to length of second and distinetly less than 
that of the long pair of filaments at apex of second joint, the filament at apex of 
basal joint not longer than second joint; mandibles stout, with a rather strong, 
and not very sharp apical tooth, and three small teeth along inner margin: 


Diptera 39 


labium with nine distinct teeth, all of which are rounded at apices, the central 
one much broader than the first lateral and slightly shorter; surface of the head 
with the usual hairs. Dorsum of each thoracic segment with four to six long 
hairs; thoracic pseudopods stout, armed at apices with weak, pale hairs. Dorsal 
apical papille very slightly elevated, each armed with six dark brown hairs; 
four short, stout, respiratory protuberances caudad of dorsal papillze and between 
anal pseudopods, the latter stout and short, the apical armature consisting of 
rather stout pale thorns. 

Length, 8-9 mm. 

Locality: Brackish pond at Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, 
Northwest Territories, June 6, 1916 (F. Johansen). 

Along with this species is one of Orthocladius sp. 2. There are no well- 
defined larval cases in the vial with the larvee, and only one rude cylindrical 
‘runway ”’ similar to those of Chironomus species. 


Tanytarsus, sp. 4. 


This species is much smaller than the preceding, being about 5-6 mm. in 
length, and forms a cylindrical case which is very little longer than the larva and 
is entirely covered with fine particles of sand. There are no filament-like pro- 
tuberances on the cases before me such as are on cases of some members of this 
genus found in streams in the more temperate portions of this continent. 

Structurally the larva resembles the preceding species, but the labium is not 
so straight on its anterior outline laterally, being more like that of Orthocladius 
nivoriundus Fitch, the central portion being almost transverse, with broad, 
poorly defined teeth, and the lateral portions sloping backward, with sharp teeth. 
The antenne are almost as in the preceding species. 

Locality: Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Territories, 
from bottom of big lake (20 feet), middle of February, 1916 (F. Johansen). 
Another vial with date December, 1915, station 42v, contains a large number of 
these larvee. 


Camptocladius Van der Wulp. 


Four specimens in the collection appear to belong to this genus. They are 
all males, but their condition is too poor to enable me to make certain of even 
their generic status. They, however, have the habitus of Camptocladius and 
probably belong here. 

Length, 2-5 mm. 

Locality: Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Territories, 
June 18, 1915 (F. Johansen). 


Orthocladius Van der Wulp. 
® 
- This genus is well represented in northern latitudes; the species occur in the 
United States very early in the year, March and April being the months in which 
they are most abundant. 
There is one imago of a species in this collection and the larve of one, which 
may or may not be the same species. 


Orthocladius, sp. 1. 


A male in poor condition closely resembles nivoriundus Fitch, but the fore 
tarsi have much longer hairs, the basal fore tarsal joint is slightly less than three- 
fifths as long as fore tibia, the wings are milky, and the cross-vein is oblique. 

Length, 6 mm. 

Locality: Collinson point, Alaska, June 22—23, 1914 (F. Johansen). 


40 ¢ Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


This may be the species recorded as pubitarsis Zetterstedt, from Greenland, 
by Lundbeck, but so many of the northern species of Orthocladius and Chirono- 
mus have the same habitus and general characters of colour and hairing of the 
fore tarsi that it is not possible to say definitely whether Zetterstedt’s species 
occurs there or not without a careful comparison of a series of specimens of species 
from Europe and Greenland. 


Orthocladius, sp. 2. 


A species represented by a number of specimens to which I have given 
this name may not belong to Orthocladius in the restricted sense, but is related 
to that genus. 

The colour of the larva in life is greenish or yellowish. In general form 
the body resembles that of Campocladius, tapering to the apex and being without 
dorsal papille and permanently protruded blood-gills. The head is small, 
tapered anteriorly, about as long as its greatest width, with very minute, un- 
protruded antennez, and well developed, distinctly toothed mandibles. The 
labial plate is armed with about eight rounded teeth, the anterior four being 
in an almost transverse line. Thoracic pseudopods very small, armed with a 
few black hairs at apices. Anal pseudopods at extreme apex of last segment, 
even smaller than the thoracic pair, armed with a few black hairs and some 
curved thorns at apex. Body without surface hairs. 

Length, 3-5-4-5 mm. 

Locality: Demarcation point, Alaska, May 16, 1914, in mud of freshwater 
ponds (F. Johansen). 


Genus incertus. 


A larva and pupa from the stomach of the Great Lake-trout (Cristivomer 
namaycush) belong to a genus unknown to me. It is my opinion that the genus 
belongs to Tanypine, but so little is known of the immature stages of the aberrant 
genera of Chironomine that I cannot be absolutely certain of the relationship 
of the rather imperfect specimens before me. 

Larva. Testaceous; posterior margin of head, apices of mandibles, and 
lateral portions of labium dark brown. 

ilead with sparse, long, erect pale hairs; antenne either retracted or missing; 
mandibles very long, apex terminating in a long, slender, sharp tooth, inner 
margin with three widely spaced, short, truncated teeth; maxillary palpus 
short, not over 1-5 as long as thick; labium without distinct teeth, minutely 
irregularly serrated anteriorly, its anterior outline produced anteriorly in centre; 
hypopharynx with eight to ten small teeth on each side above lateral dark 
areas of labium; ventral surface of head with a narrow pale central stripe, bor- 
dered on each side with blackish brown. Anterior pseudopods short and stout, 
armed apically with many stiff hairs; body without noticeable hairs; anal 
pseudopods stout, with apical retractile claws; dorsal paptlle about three times 
as long as thick, each with about six apical hairs; two apical respiratory pro- 
tuberances at base of pseudopods dorsally, their length about three times their 
width, apices sharp. 

Length, 15 mm. 

Pupa. Testaceous. Head missing. Prothoracie respiratory organs not 
elevated (possibly missing); wings extending to middle of second abdominal 
segment; none of the tarsi exceeding apices of wings, the fore and hind legs with 
the tibiz and tarsi straight, the mid pair with the tibis and tarsi forming a 
double curve. Incisions between abdominal segments marked by a dark brown 
line on dorsum and venter; each segment except first and last with three long, 
slightly flattened hairs on each side; penultimate segment with two large down- 
wardly projecting, posteriorly flattened, projections on posterior margin, which 
are separated by a distance about equal to their own width; apical segment 


Diptera | 4lc 


flattened on dorsum, laterally sloping ventrad and mesad, armed along the basal 
two-thirds of its lateral margins with slender, slightly flattened hairs, and with 
four long, flat hairs on apical third, venter of apical segment with a large bifid 
protuberance. 

Length, 13 mm. 

Locality: Lake at Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, June 26, 1915 
(F. Johansen). 

In the vial with the specimens is a large sack-shaped cocoon or pocket 
of a very tough consistency which may belong to this species. It is open at 
one end and shaped somewhat like the cocoon of Simulium except that it does 
not taper so much at bottom. The surface is coated in part with small pieces 
of rotten wood. 


SIMULIID. 


There are several lots of larve, pup, and imagines of this family in the 
collection. The imagines, with few exceptions, are in very poor condition. 

The larva and pupa of one species, obtained at Bernard harbour, very closely 
resemble those of Simulium vittatum Zetterstedt, but as is shown in the text 
following it is specificially distinct. 

The larve of this family are found only in running water, some species 
preferring very swift streams with rocky beds, and particularly those parts of 
the streams where there are falls or declivitous rock-surfaces over which the 
water moves at an accelerated speed. Other species are found in streams with 
only a moderate current, and since in these streams the bed is generally more 
or less muddy and gives an opportunity for a weedy or grassy growth, the 
larvee and cocoons are usually found attached to this growth or to roots or 
fallen branches of trees in the stream. 

The imagines are predaceous, usually feeding upon the blood of mammals, 
and are a great pest in certain parts of North America and Europe. As a general 
rule the flies do not bite man, but they cause great discomfort by flying precipi- 
tately against the face, and by getting into the hair. Their bite is more painful 
than that of a mosquito. 

. There are imaginal representatives of two genera and three species in the 
collection. 


Prosimulium Roubaud. 


The only species of this genus in the collection is apparently undescribed. 


Prosimulium borealis, n. sp. 


Mate. Black, opaque. Thorax and abdomen with yellowish white hair. 
Wings clear. Halteres brown. 

Head as in hirtipes Fries, the antenne rather slender, postocular cilia dark. 
Thorax with long, but not very dense, subdepressed hairs, those on posterior 
margin and scutellum longer than those on disc; mesopleura with a few long 
hairs near upper margin. Fore tarsus with basal joint slender, not so thick 
but 1-5 as long as basal joint of mid tarsus; basal joint of hind tarsus almost 
as thick as hind tibia, and nearly four times as long as second, not produced 
at apex; second joint thickest a short distance before apex, three times as long 
as its greatest diameter, and twice as long as third. Venation similar to that 
of pecuarum Riley, the radial vein with third branch thickened at apex but not 
distinctly furecate. 

Length, 3 mm. 

Type locality: Wollaston peninsula, Victoria island, summer, 1915 (D. 
Jenness). 


42¢ Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


This species resembles pleurale Malloch in having the mesopleura hairy 
on the supper portion. The third branch of radius in plewrale is very distinctly 
furcate, which is not the case in borealis. , 

A female which is in rather poor condition appears to belong to this species. 
In colour it is identical with the male, but it is not possible from the condition 
of the specimen to say whether the mesopleural hairs are present or not. The 
claws are bifid, as in pleurale, but the third branch of radius is as in the male 
of borealis. The basal joint of the hind tarsus is of equal thickness throughout 
its length, its apex is not produced on posterior side, and its length equals 2-5 
the length of second. 

Locality: Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, August 25, 1916 (F. 
Johansen). 


Simulium Latreille. 


There are imagines of two species of this genus in the collection. It is not 
possible to definitely associate the larval and pupal material in the collection 
with the adults as no specimens were reared. It is highly probable that the 
pup I describe in the following pages belong to species represented in the adult 
forms, but there appear to be three distinct species in the former and only two 
in the latter. Unless the species which has sixteen-branched respiratory organs 
is that of Prosimulium borealis, which does not appear probable from what I 
know of the pup of that genus, there must be a third species that occurs at 
Bernard harbour. 


Simulium, sp. 1. 


This species closely resembles venustum Say in colour, but is larger than the 
average for that species, being nearly 3 mm. in length. The specimen is in such 
poor condition that it is impossible to tell whether the scutum is marked or not. 
The abdomen has the characteristic colouring of the venuwstwm group, the basal 
four segments being opaque black and the apical five shining black dorsally. 
The legs are black, with the fore cox, trochanters, bases of all femora (narrowly), 
basal half of all tibie, basal two-thirds of hind metatarsus, and basal half of 
second joint of hind tarsus pale yellow. Mid tarsi missing. Wings clear. 
Halteres yellow. 

It is impossible to say anything about the structure of the tarsal claws as 
the only pair that are left are stuck fast in the mounting medium, and are not 
visible to the extent of showing if they are simple or not. 

Locality: Hood river, Arctic sound, Northwest Territories, August 28, 1915 
(R. M. Anderson). 


Simulium similis, n. sp. 


FEMALE.—Similar to arcticum Malloch in general coloration and in structure 
of tarsal claws. 

Black, subopaque, covered with whitish pruinescence. Antenne, palpi, 
and proboscis entirely black; front and face with dense whitish pruinescence, 
the former very faintly shining; hairs of face and frons whitish yellow, those on 
vertex and upper part of occiput partly brown. Dorsum of thorax, when seen* 
from the front, with an indistinct, broad, whitish pruinose vitta on each side of 
median line, when viewed from behind with the vittze less distinctly whitish 
than the area behind each anterior lateral angle; pile of dorsum all hair-like, 
rather short and depressed; no erect dark hairs distinguishable. Abdomen with 
basal four segments opaque; the apical five segments very faintly shining; 
surface hairs all yellowish. Legs black, basal two-thirds of fore tibiz dorsally, 
basal third of mid and hind tibiz, basal third or basal joint of mid tarsi, basal 
two-thirds of basal and basal third of second joint of hind tarsi yellowish. The 
tarsal claws are similar to those of arcticum Malloch, but besides the differences 


Diptera 43 ¢ 


in colour evident from the above description there are no long erect dark hairs 
on thoracic dorsum as in that species. 

Length, 2-3 mm. 

Type locality: Hood river, Arctic sound, Northwest mertieoues August 28, 
1915 (R. M. Anderson). Paratypes, Bathurst inlet, Northwest Territories, 
September 1, 1915 (R. M. Anderson). 

This species is closely related to arcticum Malloch, described from British 
Columbia, but the points mentioned in the description should serve to separate 
the species. ; 


Simulium, sp. 2. 


Pupa.—This species is similar to johannsent Hart in having the thoracic 
respiratory organs each four-branched (Pl. VI, fig. 4). There is also a Euro- 
pean species with this characteristic. From johannseni the present species 
differs in the armature of the abdomen. The third and fourth dorsal segments 
each have eight stout anteriorly directed thorns near the posterior margin, in a 
transverse series, four on each side, the space between each series of four about 
three times as wide as the space between the thorns of each series; dorsal seg- 
ments five to eight inclusive, each with a transverse series of weak, backwardly 
directed spines near anterior margin, the series of fifth segment much shorter 
than that on sixth, those on other segments becoming progressively longer and 
stronger as they near apex; apical segment with two short spines; fourth, fifth, 
and sixth ventral segments each with two short spines on each side. 

Length, 3 mm. 

Loeality: Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Terri-~ 
tories, August 16, 1915, in bed of river (F. Johansen). 


Simulium, sp. 3. 


Pupa.—Differs from the foregoing in having the thoracic respiratory organs 
each with twelve or thirteen baminelnes) (BE VE fig. 13) and the armature of the 
abdomen as follows. Third and fourth dorsal segments each with eight very 
small recurved thorns arranged as in the previous species, fifth segment with 
the anterior transverse armature almost imperceptible, that on sixth, seventh, 
and eighth consisting of a series of very small, closely placed spinules that 
extends entirely across the surface from side to side; apical segment with. two 
very conspicuous upwardly curved thorn-like processes, fifth ventral segment 
with a pair of small thorns on each side near posterior margin, sixth and seventh 
-each with one such thorn similarly located. 

Length, 3-5 mm. 

Locality: Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Terri- 
tories, July 10, 1916 (F. Johansen). 


Simulium, sp. 4. 


Pupa.—Differs from the previous species in having sixteen-branched 
thoracic respiratory organs (Pl. VI, fig. 12). The abdominal armature is as 
follows: second dorsal segment with eight minute spines on each side—three in 
a submedian transverse group, three in a sublateral similarly disposed group, 
and two midway between these groups; third and fourth segments each with 
the same number of spines as second, but they are stronger, more appreciably 
recurved apically, and the submedian and intermediate series are not so distinctly 
separated and appear as a single rather irregular series of five thorns; fifth and 
sixth segments without well- developed spinules anteriorly; -seventh and eighth 
each with a complete series of spinules near anterior margin; apical segment 
with two to three small spines on each side; third ventral segment with two 
thorns on each side, fourth with three, fifth with two, and sixth with one. 


44 ¢ Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1915-18 


Length, 4-5 mm. 

Locality: Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Terri- 
tories, August 16, 1915, in bed of river; same locality, July 10, 1916 (F. Johan- 
sen).: 

With this last lot there a number of larvee of which I dissected the heads 
of two. In most respects these larve resemble the larva of johannseni Hart, 
but the anal respiratory gills are withdrawn in all the examples so that it is 
not possible to say what they are like structurally. 

I have drawn some of the cephalic parts as a better index to their structure 
than a written description. One striking feature in the species is the very 
conspicuously darkened third antennal joint. In most species the antenne 
are uniformly coloured. Structurally the larva is a true Szmuliwm and very 
likely that of the last described pupa; both probably belong to borealis sp. n. 
For details of mandibles, labium, antenne, and maxilla, see Pl. VII, figs. 7, 
3, 2, and 1, respectively. 

In all specimens of the pup of this species there are either fifteen or sixteen 
thoracic respiratory branches, usually with two or three much shorter than the 
others, and the arrangement differs noticeably from that in vittatum which 
always has the branches paired to near base and very regular in arrangement 
and length. 


LEPTID. 


There is one specimen of a species of Ptiolina in the collection. I have 
already described this species in a paper on the Diptera of Pribilof islands which 
is now in press. 


Ptiolina arctica Malloch. 


One male, Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Territories, 
July 18, 19, 1915 (F. Johansen). 


EMPIDID#. 


This family is usually well represented in collections from northern latitudes 
and in the material before me there are over twenty specimens representing 
six species of the genus Rhamphomyza. 

The larvee of the species which I have found in Illinois are predaceous, and 
live in earth and decaying wood or leaves. Some species are aquatic in the 
larval and pupal stages. The imagines of the genera Hmpis, Rhamphyomyia, 
and Hilara are met with in swarms similar to those of Chironomide and Culicide, 
performing a rhythmical aerial up and down flight generally in the lee of a bush 
or tree, but some species, especially of Hilara, fly over water, notably close to 
the surface of pools in streams. The imagines of most species are predaceous, 
and in some cases the males capture the prey, fly past a swarm of females with 
it, inducing females to pursue them, and in the process of transference of the 
prey to the female copulation takes place. 


Rhamphomyia Meigen. 


This, the only genus of the family in the present collection, is represented 
by six species and twenty-two o specimens. I have experienced so much trouble 
in attempting to identify species of this genus through the lack of synopses 
in the papers I have used that I have drawn up a key to those dealt with in 
this paper in the hope that subsequent students may find it useful in identifying 
collections from this region. With one exception I have failed to associate 
the species before me with any previously described, and even in the case of the 


ey 


Diptera A5c 


one I have identified I have a slight doubt as to the correctness of my identifi- 
cation because I haye not the male before me, and it was from that sex that 
the species was originally described. 


Kry To SPECIES. 


MALES. 


ihn tlalteressblackworsblack=browilercvccesttosp as ccbcie + «cuckoo sieacha, LAS sheen ci a oie yiteneinette ae ok 2 
bisticenese yellow cucu te An meet, ric SERN SARS G A ORRR AN, ON ay, ea ee + 
Femora very distinctly thickened; eyes separated by width across posterior ocelli; sixth 
vein extending to margin of wing; hairs on thorax and abdomen thick 

erinacioides, n. sp. 

Femora not appreciably thickened, little stouter than tibise; eyes contiguous or sub- 
contiguous: sixth vein not extending to wing margin; hairs on thorax and abdomen fine 3 

3. Hind tarsi with the basal joint thicker than tibiz at apices, and very much thicker than 

basal jot of fore and mid tarsi; all tibis and basal two joints of all tarsi with 
rapherncaensewlong ume inaims GOorsallly iwc. cule eee cai caeel Es osteo ok ursind, Nn. sp. 

Tarsi not as above, legs without long dense hairs on tibie and basal two joints of all tarsi, 

several of the hairs on basal joint of tarsi on all legs conspicuously stronger than 


bo 


Ghesouherss oristleslike: Mh Lie hese Cees he eh 8 Bee Cte ae ek auch yey oe similata, n. sp. 
Ay Hairs obsthorax sand abdomen, .yellowishiss.. 5.6). tout + ost dessins « albopilosa Coquillett. 
Hairsionkuhoraxsand abdomen iolack seis ose sna eo be ee conservativa, n. sp. 


epee Ta POTS a LA Cee tact pe gence rece seen cies cree oR TPs Cameo Ee gst Ar ecibeAer gaits a a pera ea 2 
PValoresyellow ctor aes kvte- oases hye Nahe eae Nw het he creat eben Se tbl TELS Se ISUED 20 t 
2. Mid and hind femora with a series of squamule along the postero-ventral margins¢ basal 
joint of hind tarsi at least as thick as apices of tibiz; sixth vein extending to margin 
Olam pier ache reat a cn none rer hen te oa tems AR nee ly wal eh Cee herschelli, n. sp. 
Femora devoid of squamule, at most with hairs or bristles; sixth vein not extending to 
TAAL AUG Ore Will etre wena yeah Wea Oe SL awe em DR SU NOL Po TAC ee aN EL Ua Pa 3 
Tibiz and tarsi with dense short hairs of uniform strength, which nowhere exceed in 
, length the diameter of the part upon which they are situated........... ursind, N. sp. 
Tibi and tarsi with sparse, stout bristles, many of which exceed in length the diameter 
of tibize or tarsi, those on dorsum of basal joint of tarsi very unequal in length... ... 
. similata, n. sp. 
4. Ventral plate between bases of fore cox with long pale hairs; hairs on thorax and abdo- 
mienn yellowish =eueclecrats sesiag sph ioasad > Dave Busse od GES Mains 3 albopilosa Coquillett?.. . 
Ventral plate between bases of fore coxxe bare; hairs on thorax and abdomen black... .. . 
conservativa, n. sp. 


oo 


Rhamphomyia erinacioides, n. sp. 


Maun. Black, subopaque. Wings slightly brownish, veins dark brown. 
Halteres black-brown. Hairs on entire insect fuscous. 

Eyes separated by as great a width as distance across posterior occlii; 
antenne with basal two joints subequal in length, third joint broad at base, 
tapered from near base to apex, its entire length slightly more than twice its 
greatest width and 1-5 as great as first and second combined; apical style thick, . 
one-third as long as third joint; proboscis slender, tapered to apex, its entire 
length equal to 1-5 the height of head; palpi short; occiput with long, rather 
thick hairs. Dorsum of mesonotum covered with long, rather dense, upright, 
thick hairs; ventral prothoracic plate between fore coxe bare, the portions of 
thorax immediately above base's of fore cox with long hairs; hairs in front of 
-halteres numerous; scutellum with a closely set fringe of upright hairs along 
posterior margin (24-30). Abdomen with dense erect stout hairs on entire 
surface except on the hypopygium; hypopygium large, upper processes long, 
directed cephalad over dorsum, as shown in PI. VII, fig. 6, the filament not visible 
except near base. Femora very noticeably thickened, tibiz and tarsi more slen- 
der than usual; all femora with rather dense hairs, which are not so thick as 
those on abdomen, hind pair with the ventral surfaces devoid of long hairs except 
on basal third, beyond that with dense microscopic pile; all tibize with short 
hairs on dorsal surfaces and dense erect microscopic pile on ventral surfaces; 


46 ¢ Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


tarsi not noticeably bristly; claws very long and much curved. Diseal cell 
closed, normal in size, vein closing lower portion of apex much curved; sixth 
vein faint, but traceable to margin. 

Length, 5 mm. 

Type locality: West of Kongenevik, Camden Bay, Alaska, July 4, 1914 
(F. Johansen). Paratype, Barter island, Arctic coast of Alaska, July 11, 1914 
(D. Jenness). 


Rhamphomyia ursina, n. sp. 


Mate.—Black, slightly shining. Wings slightly brownish, veins black- 
brown. Halteres brown, knobs black. Hairs on entire insect fuscous. 

Eyes contiguous; third antennal joint longer and narrower than in the 
preceding species; proboscis slender, slightly longer than height of head; palpi 
small; occiput with numerous slender hairs. Hairs on dorsum of mesonotum 
very fine, erect, and moderately dense; pleura and prothorax as in preceding 
species; scutellum with marginal fringe of long hairs (12-16). Abdominal hairs 
fine and short, moderately dense; hypopygium in type badly crushed, but in 
general structure similar to that of preceding species, differing essentially in 
having the two stout anteriorly directed processes covered with soft short hairs. 
Femora slender, barely stouter than tibiz, fore and mid pairs with moderately 
long hairs, hind pair almost bare; all tibiee and the basal two joints of all tarsi 
with dense, long, fine hairs dor sally ; basal joint of fore tarsi slender, thinner than 
tibia and as long as joints two and three combined; basal joint of mid tarsi thicker 
and distinctly shorter than that of fore tarsi; basal joint of hind tarsi twice as 
thick as mid pair, and distinctly thicker near apex than hind tibize at apices. 
Diseal cell normal, the vein closing it on lower portion at apex nearly straight; 
sixth vein not extending to margin. 

Length, 4 mm. 

Type locality: On sandy beach Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union 
strait, Northwest Territories, July 19, 1915 (F. Johansen). 

There are two females in the collection which probably belong to this species. 
One of them is in fair condition and is described herewith. 

Identical in colour with the male. 

Eyes separated by a space greater than distance across posterior ocelli; 
antenne similar in structure to those of male of erinacioides. Thorax less densely 
hairy than in male, the scutellum with about eighteen to twenty bristly hairs. 
Abdomen pointed apically. Legs slender, tarsi not so much thickened as in the 
male, the basal joint of the hind pair equal to hind tibia in thickness; hairs on 
legs short, the longest ones not as long as diameter of tibia; no outstanding bristles 
on basal joints or tarsi. Venation as in male. 

Localities: Sandy beach, Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, 
Northwest Territories, July 19, 1915; Bernard harbour, July, 1916 (F. Johansen). 


Rhamphomyia similata, n. sp. 


Ma.n.—Similar to the preceding species in colour. 

Eyes closely contiguous for a considerable distance below ocelli; third 
antennal joint about four times as long as its basal width; style short, about equal 
in length to greatest width of third joint; proboscis nearly twice as long as height 
of head; oeciput with long slender hairs. Dorsum of pronotum with dense, long, 
erect, slender hairs; pleura and prothorax as in preceding species; scutellum with 
ten to twelve long es on margin. Abdomen with rather sparse hairs, which are 
longer and more numerous on posterior margins of segments; hypopygium similar 
to that of ursina. Legs rather stout; all femora with short sparse hairs, those 
on apical half on antero-ventral surface of hind pair more dense and setulose; 
basal joint of hind tarsi thicker than that of other pairs; all tibiz with numerous 


Diptera 47 c 


long hairs dorsally, which exceed in length the diameter of tibiz, those on the 
anterior sides less numerous and bristle-like; basal joint of all tarsi with two or 
more of the hairs on dorsum conspicuously stronger than the others, ventral 
surfaces with numerous erect setulae among the hairs. Venation similar to 
that of ursina. 


FEMALE.—Agrees in colour with the male. 

Eyes separated by about twice the distance across posterior ocelli; antenne 
asinthe male. Thorax less conspicuously hairy than in male, the dorsum slightly 
brown pruinescent, centrally indistinctly bivitate, between the vittsze with two- 
rowed acrostichals; scutellum with eight slender bristles. | Abdomen pointed 

-apically, the ovipositor very slender. Legs similar to those of male, except that 
the basal joint of hind tarsus is not as thick as tibia, and that the hairs are less 
numerous and more bristly, noticeably so on mid and hind tibize and tarsi. 
Venation as in male, the wings darker. 

Length, 4-5 mm. : 

Type locality: Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest 
Territories, July 18, 1915 (F. Johansen). 

A male in the collection lacking abdomen differs slightly from the type, and 
may belong to a different species. 

Locality: Cockburn point, Dolphin and Union strait, Northw ast Territories, 
Canadian Arctic coast, September 5, 1914 (F. Johansen). 


Rhamphomyia herschelli, n. sp. 


FremMaLe.—Black, shining. Wings slightly and evenly browned. Halteres 
black. Hairs throughout fuscous. 

Eyes separated by distinctly more than twice the width across posterior 
ocelli; third antennal joint three times as long as its basal width; style one-_ 
third as long as third antennal joint; proboscis 1-5 as long as height of head; 
occiput with numerous hairs. Hairs on dorsum of mesonotum short, confined to 
anterior half of disc, acrostichals two-rowed; scutellum with about ten bristles. 
Abdomen pointed apically; ovipositor very slender. Legs rather stout, basal 
joint of fore and mid tarsi each as thick as tibiw at apices; basal joint 
of hind tarsus thicker than hind tibia at apex; mid and hind femora with a 
series of squamule along the postero-ventral margin; tibial bristles very weak 
and sparse, none nearly equalling diameter of tibiz. Vein closing lower portion 
of apex of discal cell very much curved; sixth vein extending to wing margin. 

Length, 5-6 mm. 

Type locality: Herschel island, Yukon Territory, July 29, 1916 (F. Johansen) 
Two specimens. 

This may be the female of erinaciodes, but it does not agree with the male in 
such characters as the very slender tibiz and tarsi as, from previous experience, 
I should judge it ought to do if it were the male of that species. 


Rhamphomyia albopilosa Coquillett. 


* 


Rhamphomyia albopilosa Coquillett. Proce. Wash. Acad. Sci., vol. 2, 1900, p. 418. 


What I take to be this species is represented in the collection by two females. 
As the species was originally described from two males, taken at Berg bay, Alaska, 
the female is described herewith. 

FremMALEe.—Black, slightly shining, distinctly grey pruinescent, especially on 
pleura and abdomen. Wings slightly and uniformly brownish, veins dark brown. 
Halteres pale yellow. Hairs on thorax, abdomen, and coxe and femora pale 
yellow, scutellar bristles, most of the hairs on occiput, and all of those on palpi 
and antenne black; tibial and tarsal bristles and hairs black. 


~ 


48 c Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


Eyes widely separated; third antennal joint conical, about 2-5 times as long 
as its basal width; style shghtly over one-third as long as third antennal joint; 
proboscis fully twice as long as height of head. Hairs on thorax long and soft, 
the acrostichal series in two to three irregular rows; plate on venter between 
fore coxze long-haired; scutellum with four bristles. Abdomen rather acutely 
pointed apically. Legs very slender; femora with very short surface hairs; fore 
tibiz without differentiated bristles; mid and hind tibize with a few short bristles 
on dorsal surfaces which are not as long as the diameter of the tibie; tarsi 
slender, all joints with stiff black setule ventrally, and a few differentiated 
setulee on dorsum of at least the basal joint. Wing venation normal; the vein 
closing lower portion of apex of discal cell very oblique, almost straight; sixth 
vein thick to apex, extending to margin of wing. 

Length, 7 mm. 

Localities: Herschel island, Yukon Territory, July 29, 1916; Cockburn 
point, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest. Territories, September 3, 1914 
(F. Johansen). 


Rhamphomyia conservativa, n. sp. 


Maus. Black, subopaque. Wings brownish, more distinctly so basally. 
Halteres yellowish. Hairs and bristles black. 

Eyes contiguous; third antennal joint nearly three times as long as its 
width at base; style stout, rather more than one-third as long as third antennal 
joint; proboscis about 1-25 as long as height of head. Dorsum of mesonotum 

rather densely hairy, the hairs upright, slender, and of moderate length; ventral 

plate between bases of fore coxe bare; hairs in front of base of halteres long and 
dense; scutellum with eight to twelve fine hairs on posterior margin. Abodmen 
with rather sparse short hairs, whichare longer near posterior margins of segments; 
hypopygium of the same general typeas that of erinacioides, but the portion that 
is directed cephalad over ‘dorsum reaches about three-four ths of the way to base 
and is pale yellow in colour, contrasting strikingly with the dark abdomen; 
lower posterior angle of hypopygium produced caudad in the form of a short 
subtriangular process; hypopygial filament very thick for a short distance at 
base, then becoming abruptly setiform, hidden for the greater portion of its 
length. Legs slender, femora with a number of very short setule on ventral 
surfaces, which are confined to basal third on hind pair; apical two-thirds of 
hind femora and the whole of hind tibiz ventrally with very dense microscopic 
pile, intermixed on the tibiz with short erect spinules; basal joint of hind tarsus 
nearly as long as the next four joints combined, the entire tarsus much shorter 
than tibia; dorsum of tibiz and tarsi with short setulz; tarsal claws very much 
curved, sickle-shaped, of good size. Venation as in previous species except that 
the vein closing lower portion of discal cell is distinctly curved. 

FreMALE. Similar in colour to the male, the wings more distinctly brownish. 

Eyes separated by nearly twice the width across posterior ocelli. Dorsum 
of mesonotum with fewer and shorter hairs than in the male, the anterior 
acrostichals four to six-rowed. Abdomen pointed at apex. Legs more setulose 
than those of the male, the hind femora with setulose hairs on their entire ventral 
surface; ventral surface of hind tibize with short regular setule instead of erect 
pile; basal joint. of hind tarsus longer than next four combined; tarsal claws 
much shorter than in male. Wings broader than in male, the venation similar, 
but vein ee lower portion of apex of discal cell less curved. 

Length, 6-5-7-3 mm. 

Type locality: West of Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, North- 
west Territories, July 14, 1916. Paratypes, Herschel island, Yukon Territory, 
July 29, 1916; Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 10, 18, 19, and 
August 1-7, 1915; Young point, Northwest Territories, July 18, 1916 (F. Johan- 
sen). Nine specimens. 


Diptera 49 c 
Rhamphomyia sp. 


Two larve of a species belonging to this genus are in the collection. 

In length they are 13 mm., and in colour pure white, with the exception of 
the cephalic parts which are black. The general structure of the head is the 
same as that of Rhamphomyia dimidiata Loew, a species I have figured and 
deseribed from I[llinois.; 

The mandibles are sharp and much curved, when fully protruded extend- 
ing beyond apex of the sharply pointed labrum. The prothoracic spiracles are 
small, rounded, and slightly protruded. Apical segment of abdomen ending in 
four short, pointed processes, the two upper distinctly smaller than the two 
lower; spiracles rather small, round, situated on the under side of base of upper 
processes. No distinguishable hairs on body. 

Localities: Demarcation point, Alaska, in wet moss-pillow, May 
Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, June 28, 1915 (F. Johansen). 


DOLICHOPODID. 


20, 1914: 


The larvee of the dolichopodid genera in this collection are, as far as I 
know, found in muddy streams or pools. The imagines are predaceous, those 
of Hydrophorus and Scellus almost exclusively so, though Dolichopus is most 
frequently found feeding upon the nectar or honeydew on plants. 


Dolichopus Latreille. 


There are only two specimens of this genus in the collection, one male 
and one female, possibly representing only one species. 


Dolichopus dasyops, n. sp. 


Matur.—Blue-black, with a distinct cupreous tinge. Antenne and arista 
black; face black, with dense yellowish brown pile; palpi yellow; proboscis 
black; postocular cilia entirely black; hairs on eyes yellow. Dorsum of thorax 
with coppery tinge; fringes of squame black. Hypopygium black, lamell 
white, blackened on apical margins and with black hairs. Legs yellow, fore 
coxe slightly infuscated at bases, mid and hind pairs black; apices of hind tibie, 
apices of basal three, and all of apical two, joints of fore tarsi, all but base of 
mid tarsi, and entire hind tarsi fuscous. Wings clear, veins dark brown. 
Halteres yellow. 

Eyes hairy; antenne not elongated, third joint pointed, shorter than high 
(Pl. VII, fig. 8); arista with second joint much elongated, third densely pubescent; 
face parallel-sided, about one-sixth the head-width at its middle, not descending 
to lowest level of eyes. Scutellum with two strong bristles and two weak hairs. 
Hypopygial lamella as in Pl. VII, fig. 9. Fore coxze with short black hairs, 
and a few long bristles near apex; fore tibia with three to four antero-dorsal, 
two postero-dorsal, and three to four posterior bristles; fourth joint of fore 
tarsi dilated from base to apex, fifth very much broadened, its width about 
equal to its length; mid tibia with one ventral, two to three antero-ventral, 
four to five antero-dorsal, and five to six posterior bristles; mid tarsi simple, 
with a few short bristles on apical half of basal joint, one of which on dorsal 
surface is conspicuous; hind femora with inconspicuous black hairs on apical 
portion of postero-ventral surface; hind tibia with short regular hairs on basal 
two-thirds of antero-ventral surface and one long bristle beyond these, antero- 
and postero-dorsal surfaces each with about eight long bristles; postero-dorsal 
surface with a slit at apex which runs forward on to dorsum; posterior surface 
densely black setulose on apical half; basal joint of hind tarsus with about 


1 Bull. III, State Lab. Nat. Hist., vol. 12, art.3, p. 401, 1917. 
Vol. iii—46963—4 


50 c Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


eight bristles in two irregular series. Curve of fourth vein distinct but not 
abrupt; apices of third and fourth veins subparallel; costa not noticeably swollen 
at apex of first vein. 

Length, 5-25 mm. / 

Type locality: Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest 
Territories, July 10, 1916 (F. Johansen). 

This species is most closely allied to brevipennis Meigen, but differs in 
having the hind femora without long pale hairs on ventral surface. 


Dolichopus, sp. 


A female in collection which is in very poor condition may belong to dasyops. 
It agrees very well in colour with the male above described. The wing has a 
knot-like swelling on the costa at end of first vein. The hind tibia has on basal 
half of the postero-dorsal surface a distinct groove or channel which is evanescent 
at its extremities, and at apex on dorsal surface another short groove; the bristles 
on hind tibia are as follows: five almost exactly on the dorsal surface, six to 
seven on antero-dorsal surface, and four to five on antero-ventral surface which 
are very weak but increase in strength to apex. 


Locality: Nome, Alaska, August 21, 1916 (F. Johansen). 


Scellus Loew. 


The flies of this genus are predaceous. There are six described North 
American species. The single species in the present collection was originally 
described from northern Europe and was recorded from Fort Resolution, Hudson 
Bay territory, by Loew. There are no subsequent records for North America. 


Scellus spinimanus (Zetterstedt.) 


Hydrophorus notatus Zetterstedt, Ins. Lapp., sp. 701, 1838. 

Hydrophorus spinimanus, Zetterstedt, Dipt. Scand., vol. 2, p. 445, 1843. 

Two males and ten females, Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, August 
26, 1915; two females, Cockburn point, Arctic coast, Northwest Territories, 
September 7, 1914 (F. Johansen). 


- 


Hydrophorus Fallen. 


There are three species of this genus in the collection. The imagines are 
predaceous and run with great facility upon water surfaces. The genus is 
northern in its distribution. 


Hydrophorus innotatus Loew. 
Hydrophorus innotatus Loew, Mon. N. Am. Dipt., vol. 2, p. 212, 1864. 


Represented in the collection by three specimens: two males, Bernard 
harbour, Northwest Territories, June, 1915; and one female, Collinson point, 
Alaska, June 20, 1914 (F. Johansen). 

Originally described from Sitka, Alaska. I have seen examples from 
Pribilof islands. 


Hydrophorus signiferus Coquillett. 


_ _Hydrophorus signiferus Coquillett. The fur seals and fur seal islands of the north Pacific 
Ocean, vol. 4, p. 344, 1899. 


I identify as this species twelve specimens, representing both sexes. 

The species was originally described from a female specimen, and several 
important characters are omitted. I, therefore, redescribe the species from 
both sexes. 


Diptera 51 ¢ 


Mate AND FEMALE.—Black, with a distinct greenish lustre. Frons opaque 
black-brown; antennz black; face greenish above, the surface with dense brown- 
ish pollen which rarely obscures the entire surface in either sex, face, below, 
entirely silvery pilose in the male, but in the female the greater portion is brownish 
pilose with normally a whitish area on each side; postocular region with numerous 
black bristles and yellow hairs. Thorax almost black, with a cupreous stripe: 
along line of dorso-centrals and a broad sublateral vitta each side. Abdomen 
with a more pronounced greenish tinge than thorax and usually slightly cupreous 
on dorsum at base. Legs black, distinctly green-tinged, especially on dorsal 
surfaces of tibie. Wings clear, with a distinct brown spot on cross-vein and 
another before middle of last section of fourth vein. Squame with pale fringes. 

Mauz.—Third antennal joint short, obtuse at apex; face in both sexes 
broad, slightly widened below, the upper half slightly vertically rugose. Pro- 
pleura with a group of bristly black hairs above coxa, among which the normal 
bristle is barely distinguishable. Scutellum with four strong bristles. Fore 
femora in male excavated at apex below, and with four to five short stout bristles 
basad of the excavation, on the anterior side; base of femur slightly swollen, 
and near its antero-ventral edge with a series of five to seven widely-placed 
setulz; ventral surface of fore tibia with a series of closely placed spines; fore 
tarsi normal; mid and hind femora not swollen, both pairs with a few bristles 
on apical half of antero- and postero-ventral surfaces; mid and hind tibize 
with a few widely placed bristles. 

' FEMALE.—Similar to male except that the fore femora are not excavated 
near apex and lack the group of bristles on the antero-ventral side, and the 
fore tibia has less regular and slightly longer ventral bristles. 

Locality: Teller, Alaska, two specimens, July 29, 1913, and ten specimens, 
August 6, 1913 (F. Johansen). 

Originally described from Commander islands, Bering sea. 


Hydrophorus pilitarsis, n. sp. 


Mage AND FEMALE.—NSimilar in colour to the preceding species, differing 
only in having the postocular cilia on lower half almost entirely yellow, and the 
fore cox with long yellow hairs and only a pair of black bristles at middle and 
a few black setule at apex instead of being almost entirely black setulose. 

Maun.—F ace widest below middle, slightly narrowed at lowest extremity; 
antenne as in szgniferus. Propleura with one black bristle and a number of 
long yellow hairs. Fore femora more noticeably swollen than those of szgniferus, 
not. excavated at apex near base, with seven to eight stout, closely placed, 
rather short bristles on the ventral surface; a number of long black hairs on 
apical half of posterior surface; fore tibia thickened on apical half, the antero- 
ventral surface with dense microscopic pile and very minute spinules; fore tarsi 
with long black hairs on antero-ventral margin of basal and dorsal surface of 
next three joints; mid femora with four to five long, black bristles at base on 
antero-ventral surface and moderately long, black hairs on apical two-thirds of 
postero-ventral surface, the femora slightly bent; hind femora slender, straight, 
with short setulose hairs; mid and hind tibize with a few short bristles. Last 
sections of veins three and four conspicuously convergent apically, the dark 
spot on last section of four nearer middle of that section than it is in szgniferus. 

FEMALE.—Similar to male except that the fore femora are less thickened, 
lack the basal series of strong bristles, and have the apical series of hairs on 
postero-ventral surface less closely placed. The mid femora have two to three 
strong bristles near base. The fore tarsi have only the normal hairs. 

-Length, 3-5-4-5 mm. 

Type locality: Teller, Alaska, five specimens, July 29, 1913; one specimen, 
August 6, 1913 (F. Johansen). 


Vol. i1i—46963—44 


52°C Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 

This species may be distinguished from any previously described from 
North America by thé hairy fore tarsi of the male and the presence of bristles 
near base of mid femora in both sexes. 


PHORID#. 


The larvee of the group in the present collection are found in fungi, manure, 
or decaying vegetation. 
Aphiochaeta Brues. 


Aphiochaeta alaskensis, n. sp. 


Maue.—Black, subopaque. Legs black, fore tibize and tarsi, except tip, 
brownish yellow, bases of mid and hind tibie brown. Wings clear, veins dark. 
Halteres black, knobs testaceous yellow. 

Post- antennal bristles four in number, the lower pair nearly as large as the 
upper, lower frontal bristles in a nearly straight transverse line; antenne 
above the normal size, third joint round, slightly less than half as large as eye; 
palpi large, conspicuously setose; clypeus projecting, pointed; arista almost 
bare, longer than width of frons; bristles on cheek long and strong. Dorsum 
of thorax with rather dense setulose hairs; scutellum with. two long apical 
bristles and two weak lateral hairs; mesopleura with a number of weak, hair- 
like bristles on upper posterior angle. Abdomen tapered to apex, with a few 
bristles on apical segment; hypopygium rather large, with a long bristle on each 


side near base, apical process large, oval. Legs slender; fore tarsi broad, hind’ 


femora with short close fringe at base ventrally; hind tibia with a fringe of 
six to seven short setule on the apical three-fourths. Costa extending just 
short of middle of wing, first division slightly longer than the other two combined, 
third, half as long as second; costal fringe very long and widely spaced, the 
bristles nearly twice as long as fork of third vein; fourth vein leaving just beyond 
fork of third, gently curved at base, nearly straight for the remainder of its 
length, slightly deflected at tip and ending slightly nearer to apex of wing than 
does. fifth. 

FEMALE.—Similar to male. Differs in having the abdomen pointed at apex, 
the antenne and palpi smaller, and the fore tarsi slender. 

Length, 2 mm. 

Type Locality: Nome, (Meee August 24, 25, 1916 (F. Johansen). Eight 
specimens. 

This species closely resembles vulgata Malloch, to which species it runs 
in my key to North American species.! It differs, however, in the much darker 
palpi, large antenne, and shorter costa, and in several other characters. 


Aphiochaeta platychira, n. sp. 


Matr.—Similar in colour to the preceding species except that the halteres 
are entirely black. 

Cheetotaxy of head as in alaskensis except that the lower post-antennal 
bristles are very little more than half as large as the upper pair; antenne normal 
in size; palpi not as strongly bristled as in alaskensis. Mesopleura bare; scutel- 
lum with two long bristles. Abdomen narrow, apices of segments laterally with 
a few long bristles, sixth with a number of bristles on posterior margin; hypo- 
pygium small, with one to two short bristles on each side, anal process small. 
Legs slender; fore tarsi broad, basal joint as broad as apex of tibia, and not 
over twice as long as broad; hind tibia with very short setulose hairs on postero- 
dorsal surface. Costa to very slightly short of middle of wing, first division 
1-25 as long as next two together, third about two-thirds as long as second; 
costal fringe very long, the bristles twice as long as fork of third vein; fourth 
vein leaving beyond fork of third with a slight curve and running nearly straight 
to margin af wing, ending distinctly nearer to apex of wing than does fifth. 


1 Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 43, p. 452, 1912. 


Diptera 53 C 


Length, 2 mm. 

Type Locality: Nome, Alaska, ahienee 21, 24, and 25, 1916 (F. Johansen). 

This species runs down to perplexa Malloch in the paper previously referred 
to, but the colour of the legs, and the weaker tibial setule are sufficient to warrant 
their separation. 
Aphiochaeta, sp. 


A female in poor condition appears to be distinct from the previous species. 
It has the hind tibial characteristics of that species as well as the bare meso- 
pleura, but in venation it agrees more nearly with alaskensis. It is not possible 
to satisfactorily describe the species. 

Locality: Nome, Alaska, August 24, 25, 1916 (F. Johansen). 


BORBORID. 


The larve of this family live in manure, fungi, decaying vegetation, or, 
rarely, in putrid water in which there is decaying animal or vegetable matter. 
Several species are commonly found in marshy spots, and I have seen the 
imagines running upon the surface of stagnant water. In winter and early spring 
some species occur under dry grasses amongst dead leaves, and when disturbed 
jump violently about much as do springtails found in similar situations. 
There is only one species of the family in the collection. 


Leptocera Olivier. 
The species in this collection seems to be undescribed. 


Leptocera transversalis, n. sp. 


FEMALE (alcoholic specimen).—Head yellow, ocellar triangle, upper half 
of occiput, greater portion of third antennal joint, arista, and clypeus black. 
Thorax black, lateral margins, centre of scutellum, and the pleural sutures 
broadly, yellowish. Abdomen brownish black dorsally, venter largely yellow. 
Legs black, trochanters, apices of femora, bases of tibie, and*the tarsi yellowish. 
Halteres pale. Wings clear. 

Ocellar triangle large, sharp anteriorly, extending over midway from 
vertex to anterior margin of frons; orbital bristles three to four on each side, 
short but strong; interfrontalia with short setulose hairs, antenne rather large, 
third joint rounded apically; arista very much shorter than in typical Leptocera, 
not twice as long as antenna, thickened at base, distinctly tapered, microscopi- 
cally pubescent; vibrissa weak, genal bristle absent, the marginal bristles very 
short; cheek about one-third as high as eye. Thorax with numerous discal 
setulose hairs and only one distinct pair of bristles in dorso-central series, just 
in front of scutellum; posthumeral bristles absent; secutellum rounded, with a 
few very short discal hairs and four moderately long marginal bristles. Legs 
slender, without any distinct bristles, even on femora; hind tarsi with basal 
joint twice as long as second. Wing venation asin Pl. VIII, fig. 20, differing from 
that of most species of this genus in having the cross-veins very nearly directly 
below apex of first vein. 

Length, 2-5 mm. 

Type Locality: Pond at Collinson point, Alaska, June 13, 1914 (F. Johansen). 
Two specimens. 

This species differs so strikingly from others in Leptocera that it might be 
placed in a new genus, but as several workers are now engaged in revising the 
family I prefer to leave its removal from or retention in the genus to their decision. 


SYRPHID. 
The larve of the species in the present collection are either aphidophagous 
(Syrphus, etc.) or feed in sewage or decaying vegetable matter such as is found in 
swampy places (Helophilus). 


54 c Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


Melanostoma Schiner. 


There are at least two species referable to this genus in the collection. 


Melanostoma trichopus Thomson. 


Syrphus trichopus Thomson, Kongl. Svensk. Fregatten Eugenies Resa Pmk., 1868. 
Jordan’s Diptera, p. 502. 
Four specimens agree with the description of this species, which was originally 
described from California and has since been recorded by Coquillett from Alaska. 
Locality: Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 10 and 18-19, and 
August 16, 1915 (F. Johansen.) 


Melanostoma, sp. > 


A female differs from the preceding species in having the hind tarsi with the 
apical four joints much flattened and in being larger—8-5 mm. in length. 
Locality: Herschel island, Yukon Territory, July 29, 1916 (F. Johansen). 


Melanostoma, sp. 


One male and one female, taken at Bernard harbour along with trichepus, 
differ from that species in being slightly smaller, 4-5 mm. in length, in having the 
long hairs absent on the fore and mid tibize and fore metatarsi, and the hind 
metatarsi less swollen in both sexes. The head of the male is missing, and that 
of the female is so much crushed that it is impossible to tell what the profile is 
like. 

Locality: Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Territories, 
July 15, 1915 (F. Johansen). 


Scaeva Fabricius. 


Scaeva pyrastri Linne. 


Musca pyrastri Linne. Syst. Nat., Ed. 10, p. 549, 1758. 


This European species seems to be generally distributed througho t the 
northwestern and western portions of this continent. It is represented in the 
present collection by two specimens from Barter island, Alaska, June 10, 1914 
(D. Jenness). 

Sphaerophoria cylindrica Say. 


Syrphus cylindricus Say, Am. Ent., vol. 1, pl. 11, 1824. 


A single male specimen from Herschel island, Yukon Territory, Canadian 
Arctic coast, August 13, 1914, differs from the normal North American form in 
the much darker abdomen and legs, the former having the second, third, and 
fourth segments each with a narrow, centrally interrupted yellow band, and the 
fifth segment with two small dorsal spots. Structurally the specimen differs not 
at all from specimens taken in Illinois and other parts of the United States and 
Canada. 


Syrphus sodalis Williston. 
Syrphus sodalis Williston, Synop. N. Am. Syrphide, p. 741, 1886. 


This species was originally described from Colorado. There are three 
specimens in the present collection, one from Collinson point, Alaska, June 17, 
1914, and two taken west of Kongenevik, Camden bay, Alaska, June 27, 1914 
(F. Johansen). 

The specimens agree in all particulars with the original description except 
that the third antennal joint is not distinctly reddish at base in the two last- 
mentioned examples. 


Diptera 5 


or 
Q 


Syrphus sodalis, var., interruptus var. n. 


A female taken west of Kongenevik, Camden bay, Alaska, July 4, 1914, 
differs from the other specimens in having the abdominal yellow marks much 
smaller, the basal segment having two short, spot-like marks which do not reach 
the lateral margins, and the other segments having narrow, almost linear, marks. 
The antenne are entirely black, and the tibize yellow. In other respects coloured 
as type form. 

Length, 8 mm. 

Helophilus Meigen. 


The larvee of species of this genus are as far as known found in mud and 
decaying vegetable matter in or along the margins of ponds or streams. 


Helophilus dychei Williston. 
Helophilus dychei Williston, Can. Ent., vol. 29, p. 185, 1897. 


Two specimens of this species are in the collection from Nome, Alaska, 
August 24 and 25, 1916, and in that from Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, 
on Dryas flower, July 6, 1916 (F. Johansen). 

The species has previously been recorded from Alaska, being originally 


deseribed from Sitka. 
OESTRID. 


Only three imagines of this family are in the present collection, but there 
are a number of larve of two species. 


(Edemagena tarandi (Linné.) 
Oestrus tarandi Linné. Faune Suecia, p. 1731, 1761. 


FremaLe.—Three females of this species were taken. 

The species superficially resembles Hypoderma lineata De Vill., but the 
distinct palpi, and larger size, 15 mm, in addition to the differently coloured 
abdominal hairs readily separate it from that species. <A brief description of 
the species is given as few descriptions in English are available to students.! 

Head black, apex of second antennal joint and arista brown; hairs on frons, 
parafacial, and the upper half of face black, on occiput except along margin 
of eyes, on cheeks, and lower half of face pale yellow; palpi and proboscis black. 
Thoracic dorsum with long, erect, pale yellow hairs in front of suture and on 
postalar callosity, with black hairs caudad of suture; disc opaque black, with 
two submedian linear vittae in front of suture which are evident behind suture 
as two small spots, and with two broad lateral vittae behind suture which are 
present in front of suture as two small spots; pleura and scutellum with long 
pale yellow hairs. Abdomen with long pale yellow hairs on first segment, 
and similar hairs of a bright reddish orange colour on segments 2, 3, and 4 
both on dorsum and venter. Legs black, tibiae except bases, and the tarsi 
tawny; all parts with black and yellow hairs intermixed, the pale hairs longer 
and more conspicuous at bases of femora and on apical halves of tibaie. 
Posterior basal cross-vein of wing distad of anterior; fourth vein continuing 
parallel to third for a considerable distance beyond outer cross-vein before 
eurving forward. 

Localities: Teller, Alaska, July 31, 1918; one specimen; Bernard Harbour, 
Northwest Territories, July 14, 1916, two specimens (I. Johansen). 

Larva.—lI identify as of this species larve taken from under the skin of 
Barren Ground caribou. The species was originally described from northern 
Europe and has been recorded from Alaska. The recorded host is the reindeer, but 


1 For an account of Gidemagena tarandi see G. H. Carpenter, Tonon. Econ. Biol., vol. 5, pp. 149-156, 1910. 


56 ¢ Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


I have no doubt that the specimens before me, all of which were taken from 
caribou, belong to tarandi;. E 

Localities: Read island, Dolphin and Union strait, southern side of 
Wollaston peninsula, Victoria island, May 4, 1915 (D. Jenness); Bernard 
harbour, Northwest Territories, May 21, 1915 and Richardson sound, Corona- 
tion gulf, between Richardson island and Victoria island, March 21, 1916 (F. 
Johansen). 

The mouth-parts of this species are very much aborted, the chitinized 
hooks so prominent in the larve of Gastrophilus being entirely absent. The 
only chitinized portions of the cephalopharyngeal skeleton that I find by dissec- 
tion are two short rods that connect with the oral opening on its sides, and a 
poorly chitinized plate which covers the upper portion of the mouth and shields 
the opening of the oesophagus. The larve of Hypoderma and those of this 
genus are very similar, the only noticeable distinction being in the spinal arma- 
ture of the body—the spines on dorsum of Hypoderma being much stronger than 
those on venter, whereas in (idemagena they are of equal strength. 

The antenne in (idemagena are small, their bases blackened, the distance 
between their bases about four times the width of their diameter; immediately 
above the antenne there is an irregular transverse series of strong thorns, 
the bases of which are black and the apices yellow. Each segment has a circle 
of strong backwardly directed thorns anteriorly and another of much weaker 
forwardly directed ones posteriorly, both of which are interrupted at the trans- 
verse depressions which run the entire length of the body. (Pl. VIII, fig. 17). 
Posterior spiracles large, black, narrowly separated, structure as in Pl.” VII, 
fig. 14, the minute pale dots more regularly rounded than in drawing. 

Length in final stage, 25 mm.; width, 10-12 mm. 


Cephenomyia Latreille. 


There are several larvee of a species from the nasal passages of caribou 
which I identify as belonging to this genus. I can not identify the species 
from the material before me, but possibly it is undescribed in the imago stage. 


Cephenomyia, sp. 


Larva. Whitish testaceous, the spinose armature black or black-tipped; 
posterior spiracles and mouth-hooks black. A few dots on segments of abdomen, 
most conspicuous and numerous on apical three segments. 

Body much more slender than in ee shghtly tapered at both ex- 
tremities. Mouth-parts well developed, dorsal view asin PI. VIII, fig. 16, the hooks 
long and slender, curved, and sharp at apex. Bach segment of body with stout, 
backwardly directed thorns on anterior half; posterior half of each dorsal seg- 
ment bare on greater portion of its width, with two small oval swellings on 
each side, -audad of which there is a transverse series of stout thorns; mesad 
of these swellings, on each side, there is another, less conspicuous ‘swelling 
behind which are no thorns; ventral segments similar to dorsal, but the sub- 
median swellings are as distinct as the lateral; posterior spiracles in a very 
distinct depression, the upper and lower margins of the segment produced, 
the latter very decidedly elongated, and both evidently capable of retraction 
so as to shield the spiracles; caudal view as in Pl. VIII, fig. 18. 

Length in final stage, 30 mm.; width, 9 mm. 

Locality: Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, May 25, 1916 (F. Johan- 
sen). 

The larve closely resemble specimens before me named by C. H. T. Town- 
send Cephenomyia pratti Hunter. They differ, however, in having on 
most of the ventral abdomina! segments a small median raised area, cephalad 
of the broad band of spines, upon which there are several strong spines. The 


Diptera STC 


penultimate ventral segment in the arctic species has more numerous anterior 
spines than has prati?, and there are several spines along the latero-ventral 
margin which I do not find in the latter. The apical spines are much more 
numerous in the arctic species than in prattz. 


TACHINID#. 


The larve of nearly all of the species of this family are internal parasites 
in other insects, mostly in the larve or pupe. 
There are only two species in the collection. 


Euphorocera gelida Coquillett. 


Euphorocera gelida Coquillett, Revision of the Tachinidae. Tech. Ser., No. 7, U.S. Dept. 
Agr., Bur. Ent., p. 101, 1897. 


There are thirteen specimens of this species in the collection. 

Four of the specimens differ from the others, and from the original descrip- 
tion, in having only three pairs of postural dorso-centrals. In other respects 
the specimens of both lots agree perfectly. 

Pinned with several of the imagines is the empty puparium from which the 
insect emerged. A comparison of these puparia with those of Huphorocera 
claripennis Macquart shows that the two species are not congeneric. The 
characters of the puparium of gelida are as follows:— 

Brownish red, subopaque; posterior spiracles black-margined, glossly. 

Surface microscopically, transversely striated; incisions between segments 
defined by a single series of short stitch-like impressions; each abdominal 
segment with three small depressed areas on centre of side, in each of which 
there is an irregular line of minute elevations visible only under a high-power 
lens; no respiratory elevations at base of abdomen; anal opening minute, concider. 
ably proximad of apex of abdomen, surrounded by a poorly defined granulose 
area; spiracles large, slightly elevated, especially above, general appearance and 
shts as in Pl. VIII, fig. 15. 

Length, 8-9-5 mm.; width, 3-38-75 mm. 

The puparium of claripennis differs 1 in having the posterior spiracles with 
openings very pronouncedly sinuous, almost W-shaped as in Muscide, the 
segments with distinct though miscroscopic locomotor spinules, and the respira- 
tory organs at base of abdomen in the form of stalks. 

Locality: The specimens of gelida are from Camden bay, and Demarcation 
point, Alaska, June and July, 1914 (F. Johansen). 

The puparia were from inside of the cocoons of a lepidopteron, Dasychirus 
sp. (?), sometimes as many as sixin one cocoon. The records show that the larvee 
of the host do not succeed in pupating. (Rearing 10). 


Peleteria Robineau-Desvoidy. 


This genus is represented in the collection by a single female. 


Peleteria arctica, n. sp. 


FEMALE.—Black, shining. Head black, cheeks except near posterior margin, 
face and its sides reddish yellow, densely white pruinose; interfrontalia reddish ; 
orbits black, shining, but obscured by grey pruinescence; antenne and arista 
black; proboscis black, palpi ferruginous. 

Thorax slightly grey pruinose, not distinctly vittate; scutellum reddish 
yellow. Abdomen black, slightly grey pruinescent on bases of segments; sides of 
second and third segments broadly reddish. Legs black, hind tibiz reddish. 
Wings slightly greyish. Calyptre white. Halteres dark brown. 


58 © Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


Frons bristled as in robusta; cheek with four well-differentiated bristles, 
two of which are much stronger than the others, the normal hairs strong; third 
antennal joint very little shorter than second; arista short, thickened to distinct- 
ly beyond middle; profile as in Pl. VIII, fig. 21. Dorso-centrals irregular in type, 
three strong ones on one side and three strong and one weak one on the other; 
three sternoplurals. Abdominal segments two to four with discal macrochaete. 
Wings as in robusta. Fore tarsi dilated. 

Length, 9-75mm. 

Type Locality: Cockburn point, Northwest Territories, Canadian Arctic 
coast, September 5, 1914 (F. Johansen). 

The only species I find record of from the arctics is aenea Staeger, described 
from Greenland. This species has the abdomen entirely black and is apparently 
distinct from arctica. 


CALLIPHORID. 


This family contains a number of genera the larvee of which feed normally in 
carrion. The flies are popularly known as flesh-flies, bluebottles, and blow-flies. 

Originally the genera now included here formed part of the family Muscide 
but within recent years the latter has been divided, several families now contain- 
ing genera that at one time formed part of the Muscide. It is at present, accord- 
ing to some entomologists, a debatable point whether our concept of the Muscidz 
should not be revised to the extent of applying the name to what is now called 
Anthomyiidz and dropping the last name entirely. With this view I do not 
agree, but the present paper is not the proper place to discuss the question, more 
especially as there are no true Muscide in the collection. 


Cynomyia Robineau-Desvoidy. 
There is but one species of this genus in the collection. 


Cynomyia cadaverina Robineau-Desvoidy. 
Cynomyia cadaverina Robineau-Desvoidy. Essai sur les Myodaires, p. 365, 1830. 


Twenty-four specimens with data as follows: thirteen specimens, Bernard 
harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Territories, May, June and July, 
1915 and 1916 (F. Johansen); six specimens, Barter island, Arctic coast of Alaska 
June, 20 and 23, and July 2, 1914, and June 15, 1914 (D. Jenness) three speci- 
mens, west of Kongenevik, Camden bay, Alaska, June 4, 1914 and two speci- 
mens, Nome, Alaska, August 24, 25, 1916 (F. Johansen). 


Calliphora Robineau-Desvoidy. 
There is one species in the collection, represented by three specimens. 
Calliphora viridescens Robineau-Desvoidy. 
Calliphora viridescens Robineau-Desvoidy. Essai sur les Myodaires, p. 537, 1830. 


This species occurs in Europe and North America. Like the preceding 
species it is generally distributed throughout North America, and has been pre- 
viously recorded from Alaska. 

Data on specimens: Nome, Alaska, June 21, 1916 (F. Johansen). 


Phormia Robineau-Desvoidy. 
There are two species in the collection, one of which, terre-nove, occurs 


generally throughout North America, and has been reported from Greenland and 
Alaska. 


‘ Diptera 59 c 
Phormia terrz-nove Robineau-Desvoidy. 
Phormia terre-nove Robineau-Desvoidy. Essai sur les Myodaires, p. 467, 1830. 


Thirty-eight specimens with data as follows: sixteen specimens, Bernard 
harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Territories, June, July and August, 
1915; one specimen, same locality, July 10, 1916; eight specimens, same locality, 
June and July, 1916; three specimens, Nome, Alaska, August 24, 25, 1916; 
five specimens, Teller, Alaska, July and August, 1913; three specimens, Collin- 
son point, Alaska, June, 1914; two specimens, Demarcation point, Alaska, 
May 13, 1914 (F. Johansen). 


Phormia caerulea, n. sp. 


MALE AND FremaLe.—Dark metallic blue, without pruinescence. Head 
black, frons opaque, orbits slightly shining; third antennal joint sometimes 
brownish; palpi yellow, usually fuscous at apices in male. Dorsum of thorax 
with two slender, widely separated vittz on anterior portion mesad of dorso- 
centrals. Legs black. Wings clear, slightly infuscated at extreme bases. 
Squamz brown. Halteres fuscous, paler in female. 

Mauer.—Frons narrowest at centre, where it is one-fifth the head-width, 
orbit at widest part, just below ocelli, narrower than interfrontalia; orbits 
hairy, bristles differentiated but not very strong; arista rather short-plumed, 
apical third bare; profile as in Plate VIII, figure 19. Thorax not so noticeably 
depressed as in other species, the postsutural dorso-centrals sometimes well 
- developed, the posterior pair usually so; both spiracles very large, the prothoracic 
one extending from close to upper margin of pleura to within a short distance 
of coxa, the covering of both spiracles deep black; lower margin of anterior 
spiracle with many long bristly hairs; upper calypter with long ‘hairs on upper 
side, when closed. Hypopygium small: fifth sternite as in terre-nove. Legs 
as in terre-nove. Inner cross-vein very little proximad of apex of first vein; 
outer cross-vein less distinctly curved than in terre-nove; fourth vein almost 
rectangularly bent, usually with a short appendiculate vein at angle. 

FEMALE.—Similar to the male in colour. 

Differs in structure by having the frons two-fifths the head-width, the orbit 
half as wide as interfrontalia, with two distinct supraorbital outer bristles. 

Length, 6-8-5 mm. 

Type locality: Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, May 24, 1915 
(F. Johansen). Paratypes, same locality, May, June, and July, 1915, 1916 
(F. Johansen). 

This species resembles Phormia terre-nove very closely in some respects, 
but is undoubtedly distinct. Zetterstedt described a species from Greenland 
under the name groenlandica, which has been sunk as a synonym of terre-nove. 
As both species probably occur in Greenland it is not possible to decide the 

validity of the accepted synonymy without an examination of the type of 
Zetterstedt’s species. 

The appended key gives a summary of the distinguishing characters of the 
species. 

KEY TO SPECIES. 
MALES. 


1. Eyes separated by a narrow line; anterior thoracic spiracle with yellow-haired covering- 
LSD Sp Ree E Saree ra nee teh A Se eek EL oon sone oe ieameks See regina Meigen. 
Eyes separated above by a space at least twice as broad as distance across posterior ocelli; 
anterior thoracic spiracle with black-haired covering-flaps....................005 2 
2. Narrowest part of frons about one-half as great as width of eye seen from above; anterior 
thoracic spiracle very large; outer cross-vein of wing very slightly curved .caerula, n. sp. 
Narrowest part of frons not over one-fourth as great as width of either eye; anterior 
thoracic spiracle not very large; outer cross-vein of wing abruptly bent.......... 
terre-nove Robineau-Desvoidy . 


60 ¢ Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


FEMALES. 

1. Anterior thoracic spiracle with yellow-haired covering-flap; calyptree white. .regina Meigen. 
Anterior thoracic spiracle with black-haired covering-flap; calyptre brown............. 2 

2. Anterior spiracle very large; orbit about one-half as wide as interfrontalia, face much. 
produced! below Hihle cane TaN tate Re te SSI Tee Ie naga ei renee eae caerula, n. sp. 
Anterior spiracle not very large; orbit less than one-third as wide as interfrontalia below 
anterior ocellus; face moderately produced below...... terre-nove Robineau-Desvoidy . 

ANTHOMYIID-. 


The larve of this family are in most cases either scavengers or phytophagous, 
the greater number belonging to the former category. A few species are aquatic 
in the larval and pupal stages, and some in the present collection belong to this 
group. 

The imagines of the genus Fucellia, and those of the subfamily Coenosiinze 
are predaceous, feeding upon other insects, especially Diptera. 

Recently I published a key to the subfamilies of Anthomyiide in The 
Canadian Entomologist, which key may be used to advantage in connexion with 
the present paper, as the characters used in the key are the basis for the sub- 
family groupings in this paper. 

As two of the genera dealt with in this paper are now described for the 
first time I have given a key to the genera dealt with as an aid to the recognition 
of the new forms.— : 


Krys TO GENERA OF PHAONINA ‘IN COLLECTION. 


MALES. 
1. Hind tibia with a long bristle beyond middle on the postero-dorsal surface....... Phaonia. 
Hind tibia either without any bristle as above, or there are several of equal length in a 
series on postero-dorsallisurfacesy. 557 ore een rae peek eee 2 
2. Hind tibia with several long bristles on postero-dorsal surface................... Ate t 3 
Hind tibia with at most a few short bristles on postero-dorsal surface. ................- 4 
3. Pteropleura hairy; anterior intra-alar bristle absent or very weak; joints of fore tarsi 
without long bristles at. apices ventrally.) 2 2.2: ..0 056. 2 Pogonomyiordes. 
Pteropleura bare or with one or two weak hairs; anterior intra-alar bristle strong; basal 
four joints of fore tarsi with long bristles at apices ventrally............. Pogonomyia. 


4. Third antennal joint very little longer than second; arista much thickened and densely 
short-haired basally; facalia hairy more than mid-way to antenne; bristles on tibize 


very weak; lower scale of calyptera attenuated posteriorly................ Mydaeina. 
Third antennal joint much longer than second; species without the above combination of 
Characters. sab he ee SAE otis we ae ay Ar ee whee Be, tS See leah ete ee 5 
5. Abdomen with dorso-central stripe; mid tibize with a number of bristles on posterior and 
postero-ventral .surlacese is i vai. nok ak peel iter Tape ne leat Ae eee et Aricia pt. 
Abdomen with paired spots on dorsum; mid tibixe with two or three postero-dorsal bristles 
Limnophora. 
FEMALES, 
1. None of the orbital bristles directed forward; cruciate frontals absent................. 2 
At least the lower one of the supraorbital bristles directed forward; cruciate frontals 
PICSENG on. 65 AGES Lo ict ee epsy Seba tS API Es tee re oa RS eee 5 
2. -Hind tibie with long, preapical postero-dorsal bristle..................0..++05- Phaonia. 
Hind tibize without a long, preapical postero-dorsal bristle, sometimes a few short bristles 
PT OSCIUG 5 occ oss lsc tes cia, os Rese Saee e eee te Ree) ORC tRNA ee ne 3 
3. Orbits hairy and with long, slender bristles in two series, the outer series on upper portion ° 
of fons directed’ Gutward). |) yo. set ate ee cake ke ee Mydeina. 
Orbits hairy or almost bare, with only one series of bristles................ 0000 eee eeee 4 
4. Mid tibize without short bristles on postero-ventral surface.................-. Limnophora. 
Mid tibize with one or two bristles on poster-ventral surface.................-.%- Aricia. 
5. Pteropleura hairy on centre; anterior intra-alar bristle absent.......... Pogonomyiotdes . 


2 
Pteropleura bare, rarely with a few hairs on disc; anterior intra-alar bristle strong. Pogonomyia 


1 Can. Ent. vol. 49, p. 406, 1917. 


fo) 


Diptera 61 
Phaonia Robineau-Desvoidy. 


The larvee of this genus are very little known. The species that have been 
reared are scavengers in the larval stages, feeding in decaying vegetable matter. 

There are several specimens in the collection that are referable to this genus, 
accepting as the criterion the character furnished by the bristling of the hind 
tibia. 


Phaonia minima, n. sp. : 

Matre.—Black, shining. Thorax in type so badly crushed that it is impos- 
sible to say whether or not it is vittate. Abdomen with slight pruinescence 
and a dark central longitudinal stripe. Legs black. Squame and _ halteres 
yellow. Wings yellowish brown on anterior half. 

Kyes bare, narrowly separated above, interfrontalia linear on upper half, 
not wider than orbit; antenne short, third joint not twice as long as second; 
arista microscopically pubescent on basal half; cheeks high, but the head is in 
such poor condition that their armature and comparative height can not be 
definitely ascertained; palpi broader than normal. Presutural acrostichals 
strong, with one to two series of shorter hairs between the series; postsutural 
dorso-centrals four; prealar bristle very small; hypopleura and pteropleura 
bare. Abdomen narrow, subcylindrical; hypopygium small. fifth ventral 
sclerite with a rounded excavation, the lateral extensions small, glossy at apex. 
Legs rather slender, the tarsi noticeably so, and especially the basal joint of 
fore pair; fore tibia without bristles; mid tibia with one bristle near apex on 
posterior surface; hind femora slightly curved, thickened apically, the apical 
third on antero- and postero-ventral surface with a graduated series of long 
bristles; hind tibia with two antero-ventral, one antero-dorsal, and one long 
postero-dorsal bristle. Costal thorn small; outer cross-vein straight; last 
section of fourth vein barely twice as long as preceding section. 

FrMALE.—Colour as in the male except that the wings and calyptre are 
more conspicuously yellowish. 

Eyes more than one-third the head-width, orbits shining, each one-fourth 
the width of inter-frontalia, orbital bristles normal, rather weak above, strong 
below; antennz as in male; cheeks one-fourth as high as eye, invaded on lower 
half by the bristles of margin, those on margin of moderate length, vibriss 
well differentiated, one strong bristle below vibrissa. Thorax as in male. Legs 
similar to those of male but the tarsi stouter, the hind femora less distinctly 
swollen apically, and with fewer bristles. 

Length, 4-5 mm. 

Type Locality: Nome, Alaska, August 21, 24, and 25, 1916 (F. Johansen). 

This species is the smallest known to me. 


Phaonia imitatrix, n. sp. 


Mautr.—Black, distinctly shining, thorax and abdomen unmarked. Frontal 
and facial orbits with dense, silvery pile; cheeks and face very slightly pilose; 
inter-frontalia opaque black. Wings slightly fuscous, noticeably so at base. 
Squame white. MHalteres black. 

Kyes hairy, separated by about one-sixth the head-width, orbit about one- 
third as wide as interfrontalia, bristles strong, with the exception of the upper 
backwardly directed one, direeted inward; antennez short, not extending below 
lowest fourth of face, third joint 1-5 as long as second; arista subnude, with an 
elongate tapered swelling at base; orbits in profile projecting beyond eye as 
far as width of third antennal joint; cheek as high as one-third the eye-height, 
protruding at anterior angle further than frons at base of antenne, marginal 
bristles numerous, of average strength, a few weak hairs above margin; palpi 


62:C Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


about as long as apical portion of proboscis, slender. Dorsum of thorax with 
long setulose hairs; presutural acrostichals long but not strong, irregularly 
four-rowed; postsutural dorso-centrals four; prealar bristle very long. Abdo- 
men narrow, subcylindrical, slightly tapered posteriorly; hypopygium small; 
fifth ventral segment almost transverse apically; dorsum with strong setulose 
hairs, apical and discal bristles on segments three and four. Legs stout; fore 
tarsi similar to those of Trichopticus, short, and densely short pilose ventrally ; 
fore tibia unarmed; mid femora with slender bristles on postero-ventral s rface 
which are longest on centre; mid tibia with two or three posterior bristles; hind 
femora with short bristles on basal half ventrally, and an antero-ventral series 
of long, stout bristles; hind tibia with four to five short antero-ventral, two to 
three longer antero-dorsal, and one long postero-dorsal, bristles. Costal spine 
short but distinct; third vein bare, outer cross-vein nearly straight; last section 
of fourth vein less than 1-5 as long as preceding section. 

Length, 7-5 mm. 

Type Locality: Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest 
Territories, July, 1916 (F. Johansen). 

This species resembles in general appearance species of Trichopticus, but 
the hind tibiz are not fringed, the tibiz of all legs are less bristly, and the mid 
femora are normal in shape. 


Mydaeina, n. gen. 


Generic Characters: Mautn.—Eyes distinctly separated, narrowest part of 
frons about one-sixth as wide as head, orbits with long hairs on entire length 
from base of antenne to vertex; face and frons slightly projecting; antenne 
short, third joint equal in length to second; arista tapered, second joint much 
thickened, as broad as long, third much thickened at base, gradually tapering 
to a hair at apex, the pubescence dense and short; facial ridges with moderately 
long hairs which are carried upward half-way to base of antenne; vibriss 
poorly differentiated from the long bristly hairs; proboscis stout; palpi slender. 
Dorsum of thorax with long hairs among which the dorso- centrals are hardly 
distinguishable; lower scale of calyptree much larger than the upper, narrowed 
posteriorly. Abdomen subcylindrical, with four distinct dorsal segments; 
hypopygium small (Pl. IX, fig. 31); fifth ventral segment with a broad central 
emargination (Pl. IX, 29), Legs stout, with few distinct bristles, ventral 
surface of fore tarsal joints with dense erect pile, the bristles sparse short, con- 
fined to margins; preapical dorsal bristle of hind tibize absent or represented 
by a weak setula. Wing venation as in Mydaea, the veins without bristles. 

FremaLe.—Differs from the male in having the frons nearly half the head- 
width, each orbit nearly as wide an interfrontalia and with numerous long hairs, 
an inward series directed inward, and an outer series, directed outward, longer 
than the others; head in other respects as male, but the arista is slightly less 
conspicuously swollen and less hairy. Thorax with the dorso-centrals more 
distinct than in male. 


Mydaeina obscura, n. sp. 


Mare AND FrMALE.—Black, opaque, the surface obscured by brownish 
pruinescence. Calyptre in male subfuscous, in female yellowish. Halteres 
yellow. Wings slightly greyish, subfuscous at base. 

Head of male as in Pl. 1X, fig. 28. Four poorly distinguished postsutural 
dorso-centrals present; dise of scutellum hairy, margin with four bristles; sterno- 
pleura with one large posterior bristle and many long hairs. Legs with very few 
bristles, those on femora long but hair-like, the tibiae without well-developed 
apical bristles, one near apex of dorsal surface of hind pair about as long as 
diameter of tibia; the bristles on tibiee that are sometimes distinct are as follows: 


Diptera 63 C 


—one on the posterior side at middle of fore pair, one to two on antero-ventral, 
one to two on antero-dorsal, and one to two on postero-dorsal surface of mid 
pair, one on antero-ventral, one on antero-dorsal, and one on posterior surface 
of hind pair. Outer cross-vein in male at its own length from inner and at more 
than that length from end of fifth vein, in female it is shightly more than its own 
length from inner, and at its own length from end of fifth; last section of fourth 
vein four times as long as penultimate in male, three times in female. 

Length, 6-7 mm. 

Type Locality: Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest 
Territories, June, 1916, one male specimen (F. Johansen). Paratypes, same 
locality, August A, 1915 (F. Johansen); and Colville mountains, Wollaston 
peninsula, Victoria island, July 22, 1915 (D. Jenness). 

In the collection I find one larv va, and several puparia that agree with the 
puparium mounted on the pin with the type specimen. These puparia (Pl. IX, 
fig. 22) differ from any others in the family that I have seen. Descriptions of 
larva and puparium follow. 

Larva.—Whitish testaceous. Cephalopharyngeal skeleton, locomotor 
spines, and posterior spiracles black. 

General form similar to that of Anthomyiine but the apical segment is 
slightly more elongate, noticeably tapered towards apex, and the spiracles are 
pedunculate, and situated upon two rounded fleshy elevations (Pl. IX, fig. 25). 
Antenne very minute; cephalopharyngeal skeleton well developed, mouth- 
hooks paired, long and slender (Pl. IX, fig. 24). Prothoracic spiracles not 
developed; body very minutely striated, the segments well differentiated; 
lateral fusiform area well defined; each segment except apical with four short 
lateral longitudinal series of dark spot-like markings showing through the skin 
(Pl. IX, fig. 26); apical segment unmarked, anal. opening at anterior margin, 
with a pseudopod-like protuberance on each side which is about as long as its 
basal diameter, tapered apically, and armed at apex with numerous short 
thorns; the ventral surface of each of the other segments with three short 
transverse series of dark spots, about three in number, the two outer situated 
at middle, the central one slightly cephalad of these; locomotor spinules on all 
except apical segment not noticeably elevated. 

Length, 10 mm. 

Puparium (Pl. IX, fig. 22). Reddish brown, slightly shining, posterior 
spiracular region black. 

Surface minutely transversely striated, and with much less distinct and less 
regular wrinkles transversely on segments; anterior spiracles not distinguishable; 
thoracic segments much less distinctly striated than abdominals, and with 
microscopic locomotor setule; each abdominal segment with an oval clump of 
short black thorns on each side of median line on ventral surface, on each side of 
the incisions also with a band of more minute spinules; antepenultimate segment 
much constricted and more closely and distinctly longitudinally striated than the 
others; anal opening in the form of an elongate slit “surrounded by a slight rim 
which encloses a broadly rounded dark brown area 1-5 times as w ide as lone: on 
each side of the anal opening and at a considerable distance from it there is ¢ 
small clump of short, black spines on a slight eminence; posterior spiracles 
elevated, surrounded by : coarsely granulose blackened area, the openings small, 
as shown in PI. IX, fig. 2: 

Length, 12-5 mm. 

The larve live in ponds and are truly aquatic. The principal characteristics 
of the larvee are the clumps of locomotor spines on abdomen, the pseudopod-like 
anal locomotor organs, and the absence of prothoracic spiracles. The caudal 
part beyong the constriction in puparium is not occupied by any part of the 
enclosed imago after the induration of the larval skin, and forms an air chamber 
which serves to keep the puparium at the surface, the posterior spiracles being in 
this position and so held that they have direct contact with the atmosphere. 


64 c Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


Johansen in his notes sketches one of the puparia so curved that the cephalic 
extermity extends to or almost to the surface, which is assumably the position 
immediately before the emergence of the imago, but all the empty puparia in the 
collection are nearly straight. (Rearing 78). 

The puparium of Hydrophoria, an aquatic genus, is not conspicuously 
dissimilar from those of terrestrial Anthomyide, showing no caudal modification 
or specialization such as is shown in the present genus. 

The imago bears a resemblance to some species of Arica, but differs in 
having the facalia hairy for a greater length above the vibrisse, the third antennal 
joint much shorter, the under scale of calyptree much narrower, and the fore tarsi 
without spines on ventral surfaces. The female resembles Arzcza also, but has, 
in addition to the differences present in the males, the orbits much more hairy, 
the upper portion with a double series of long, hair-like bristles, the outer series 
directed out over the eyes. 

In some respects the genus resembles Trichophthicus, especially in the 
character of the fore tarsi, but the tibie in Trichophthicus are strongly spinose, 
the third antennal joint is much longer than the second, and the hind coxe 
have hairs above at apex. 


Aricia Robineau-Desvoidy. 
I refer one species in this collection to this genus, although the male differs 
in many respects from the genotype, and in general habitus resembles T'rich- 


opticus Rondani. From Trichopticus the present species differs in having the 
posterior coxze bare above at apices. 


Aricia borealis, n. sp. 


Mauet. Black, shining. Interfrontalia opaque black, orbits silvery pilose. 
Thorax very slightly greyish priunescent, not distinctly vittate. Abdomen 


when viewed from behind, with brownish pruinescence and a black median 


longitudinal stripe. Legs ‘black. Wings slightly greyish, fuscous at. bases. 
Squame yellow. Halteres black. 

Eyes bare, separated by about one-seventh the head-width; orbits linear 
above, not one-third as wide as interfrontalia at its narrowest point; antennz 
short, third joint 1-5 as long as second; arista almost entirely nude; cheek with 
many long hairs; vibrissa poorly differentiated; orbit in profile projecting 
beyond eye farther than width of third antennal joint. Presutural acrostichals 
irregularly four-rowed; postsutural dorso-centrals four in number; prealar 
bristle weak but distinguishable; sternopleura with long hairs and two strong 
bristles; pteropleura and hypopleura bare. Abdomen subcylindrical, slightly 
tapering to apex; fifth sternite with small rounded central excavation in posterior 
margin. Fore tibia with three to four bristles in a single series on apical third of 
postero-ventral surface; mid femora slightly attenuated apically, with two to 
three long bristles at base on anterior side; mid tibia with almost the entire 
length of the postero-dorsal surface with short bristles, two to three on posterior 
surface, and three to four on postero-ventral surface beyond middle; hind 
femora with bristles on entire length of antero-ventral surface, the postero- 
vental surface unarmed; hind tibia slightly curved, the apex on ventral side very 
distinctly produced, anterior and posterior surfaces with short, regular, setulose 
hairs, those on postero-dorsal surface longest (Pl. IX, fig. 27): hind tarsi with 
a pair of bristles at base of first joint noticeably longer than the others. Last 
sections of third and fourth veins parallel; outer cross-vein slightly curved, last 
section of fourth vein 2-5 as long as preceding section. 

Length, 7-5 mm. 

Type locality: Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union, strait, Northwest 
Territories, July, 1916 (F. Johansen). 


Diptera 65 ¢ 


With the male are several females which I consider to be of this species. 
The description is as follows:— 

Black, less distinctly shining than the male, the thorax very densely pruin- 
escent, the centre with two narrow, pale grey vitte, and the lateral margins 
broadly pale grey. Abdomen immaculate. Wings slightly greyish. Calyptre 
white. Halteres yellow. 

Frons, at vertex, about two-fifths the head-width, slightly broadened 
anteriorly, each orbit at middle about one-third as wide as interfrontalia, the 
surface with many short hairs, four to six incurved bristles on lower portion 
and two slightly outwardly-directed ones on upper portion; cheeks higher 
than in male and with very few short hairs above the marginal bristles. Thorax 
much less hairy than in the male, the prealar bristle absent. Abdomen pointed 
at apex. Bristling of the tibie very variable, fore pair with zero to three pos- 
terior and zero to three postero-ventral bristles, and very rarely one antero- 
dorsal; mid pair usually with one or more ventral, two to four antero-dorsal, 
three to four postero-dorsal, and three to four postero-ventral bristles; hind 
pair with from two to five bristles on antero-ventral, antero-dorsal and postero- 
dorsal surfaces. 

Localities: one specimen with same data as male; one specimen same 
locality as foregoing but with date of July 10, 1916; one specimen, Young point, 
Northwest Territories, July 18, 1916; one specimen, cape Bathurst, Northwest 
Territories, July 26, 1916; one specimen, west of Konganevik, Camden bay, 


“Alaska, July 4, 1914 (all F. Johansen). 


This species differs from any member of this genus known to me in the 
structure and armature of the hind tibie, the bare eyes, almost bare arista, and 
black halteres. 


Limnophora Robineau-Desvoidy. 


There are two specimens in the collection referable to this genus, a male 
and a female, neither of which it is possible to identify conclusively because 
of the poor condition. The only species of the genus which I have previously 
seen from the arctics of this continent is nobilis Stein. Neither of the specimens 
before me belongs to that species, and apparently they differ specifically from 
each other also. 

The immature stages of the genus are unknown. The flies are commonly 
found close to water, being usually abundant on the shores of lakes and rivers, 
and some of the most aberrant forms occur on the seashore. 

I have found one species in Scotland feeding upon insects, but whether it 
killed. the specimens itself or merely appropriated the discarded prey of other 
predators I can not say as I did not see it catch any flies. The proposcis is 
not adapted for piercing, though armed at apex with chitinous rods which may 
serve to abrade the integument and so enable the insect to feed in a predatory 
manner. 


Limnophora, sp. 1. 


A male specimen taken at Cockburn point, Dolphin and Union strait, 
Northwest Territories, September 7, 1914 (F. Johansen), has the eyes separated 
by slightly more than the distance across posterior ocelli, the orbits narrower 
than interfrontalia at its narrowest point; arista pubescent; thorax with three 


strong pairs of postsutural dorso-centrals; presutural acrostichals irregularly 


four-rowed; abdomen with large, subtriangular, separate, brown spots; fore 
tibia with one posterior bristle; mid tibia absent; hind tibia with two antero- 
dorsal, and two weak postero-dorsal bristles; third vein bare at base; veins three 
and four divergent apically, last section of four about 2-5 as long as preceding 
section; outer cross-vein straight. 
Length, 4-5 mm. 
Vol. iti—16963—5 


66 ¢ Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1915-18 


This species differs from any I have seen from North America, but owing 
to the very close resemblance between species of this genus and the poor state 
of preservation of the specimen I do not consider it advisable to give it a name. 


Limnophora, sp. 2. 


A female taken on Herschel island, Yukon Territory, July 29, 1916 (F. 
Johansen), differs from the foregoing in having four pairs of postsutural dorso- 
centrals, the acrostichals two-rowed, dorsum of thorax distinctly trivittate, 
mid tibia with two antero-dorsal and three postero-dorsal bristles, hind tibia 
with one antero-ventral, two antero-dorsal, and two postero-dorsal bristles, 
and the last section of fourth vein comparatively longer. 

Length, 4-75 mm. 


Pogonomyia Rondani. 


This genus has much in common with Trichopticus. In fact it is difficult 
to separate the males of some species from those of Phaonia and Trichopticus. 
The male of Pogonomyia nitens Stein was described as a Spzlogaster, though 
the author of that description recognized the female as a Pogonomyia—an 
error which led me into describing the species in that genus under the name 
Pogonomyta flavinervis. 

The characters which are of service in separating Pogonomyia from Tri- 
chopticus are summarized as follows :— 

Maun.—Eyes bare; prealar bristle long; fore tarsi short and with erect. 
short pile ventrally, the other tarsi spinose ventrally; hind tibiz not curved, 
with long and short bristles, without fine hairs; hind coxe bare above at apices. 

FrMALE.—Diiffers from the male by the widely separated eyes; in other 
respects similar, but with the lower supraorbital bristle directed forward and 
with cruciate frontal bristles, characters which separate the genus from both 
Phaonia and Aricia. 

There is one species in the collection, represented by one female, which 
lacks the abdomen but is otherwise in good condition. The species resembles 
alpicola Rondani, a European species reported as occurring in North America. 


Pogonomyia quadrisetosa, n. sp. 


Fremaute.—Black, shining. Orbits, ptilimum, and upper portion of cheeks 
silvery pilose, face and lower portion of cheeks less distinctly silvery. Dorsum 
of thorax slightly greyish brown pruinescent, with three poorly defined vitte 
anteriorly. Abdomen missing. Legs black. Wings clear, veins yellowish 
except costa and base of first. Calyptre whitish yellow. Halteres black. 

Cruciate frontal bristles strong; orbitals as in nitens Stein, except that 
the weak hairs are more numerous; orbits in profile projecting as far beyond 
eye as half the length of eye—much farther than in nitens: anterior angle of 
cheeks protruding farther than frons at base of antenn; third antennal joint 
shightly longer than second; arista microscopically pubescent; vibrissa very | 
little stronger than the other bristles, the latter covering a larger area than in | 
nitens; palpi much shorter than in nitens. Thorax with presutural acrostichals 
weak, irregularly two or three-rowed; postsutrual dorso-centrals four in number 
rather weak; prescutellars. as strong as dorso-centrals; pteropleura in type | 
with a long hair near middle. Fore tibia with three to four bristles on apical 
half of postero-ventral surface; mid femora with a series of long bristles on 
antero-ventral surface; mid tibia .with three to four antero-ventral, four to | 
five antero-dorsal, five to six postero-dorsal bristles, and three to four | 
postero-ventral bristles; hind femora with a series of long bristles on antero- | 
ventral surface; hind tibia with five to seven long bristles on antero-ventral, | 


antero-dorsal, and postero-dorsal surfaces. Venation as in nitens. 
Length, 6-7 mm. 


Diptera 67 Cc 


Type locality: West of Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union straits, 
Northwest Territories, July 14, 1916 (F. Johansen). 

The type specimen differs from any previously described species of the 
genus in having four postsutural dorso-centrals. If the specimen is abnormal 
in this respect it can be separated from nitens by the presence of the long bris!les 
on the antero-ventral surface of the mid femora; from the species identified by 
Stein as alpicola Rondani, by the yellowish wings, almost bare arista, and the 
mid-femoral bristles. 

A third species which occurs in the United States, and which resembles 
alpicola, is separable from quadrisetosa by the more loosely pilose fore tarsi, the 
more widely spaced and longer bristles on latero-ventral margins of the mid 
and hind tarsi, the darker wings, and the shorter papli, the latter being less than 
half as long as the apical portion of the proboscis. 

A fifth, and probably a sixth species, found in Colorado, are very distituct 
from quadrisetosa. 


Pogonomyioides, n. gen. 
Generic Characters. 


FrMaLe.—Resembles Pogonomyia, differmg principally ,1 the prealar 
bristle being weak or absent and in having the pteropleura with a number of 
long hairs on centre. The only species of Pogonomyia in which I have seen 
any hairs on the pteropleura is the one described in this paper. In addition to 
the above characters the intra-alar bristles are practically absent in Pogonomy- 
ioides, usually only the posterior one being distinguishable and that very 
weak, and there is no long bristle at apex of fore tibia on venter, nor are there 
any conspicuous bristles at apices of fore tarsal joints ventrally. 

In other respects as Pogonomyva. 

Type, Pogonomyiordes atrata, n. sp. 


Pogonomyioides atrata, n. sp. 


FrEMALE.—Puparium: Brownish red, slightly shining. Surface microscopic- 
ally granulose, almost without strie above, finely but very distinctly transversely 
striate ventrally, becoming more coarsely so posteriorly. Posterior portion of 
cephalopharyngeal skeleton very slender, as shown in Pl. IX, fig. 30; dorsal 
half of thoracic segments absent; apex with a concentrically ridged rim sur- 
rounding a small but deep cavity; locomotor processes apparently lacking, 
except in center of each ventral segment, where there is a single transverse 
series of microscopic elevations extending nearly across the segments; a single 
series of small, stiteh-like impressions between all segments, which is duplicated 
and surrounds the lateral fusiform area, three or four, short, irregular, longitudinal 
series of minute elevations on each segment laterally; base of abdomen with 
the pair of respiratory tubercles well developed, slender, about six times as 
long as thick at base; apical segment irregularly shrunken (possibly abnormal), 
a large depression caudad of spiracles and extending forward to posterior margin 
of penultimate segment, a subtriangular depression situated in extreme apex, 
and a large one on lateral area; spiracles slightly elevated, separated by less 
than three times their own diameter, the openings directed. dorsad, ventrad, 
and laterad respectively. 

Length, 6-5 mm. 

Imago: Black, slightly shining. Orbits and upper part of cheeks silvery 
pilose. Thorax with slight greyish pruinescence,-distinctly but not conspicu- 
ously quadrivittate. Abdomen slightly and evenly grey pruinose. Wings clear. 
Calyptr yellowish. Halteres black. 

Frons about two-fifths the width of head, each orbit above about one-fifth 
as wide as interfrontalia; interfrontal! cruciate bristles strong; orbitals as in 

Vol. iii—46963—53 


68 c Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 
Pogonomyia quadridetosa; antenne short, third joint less than twice as long 
as second; arista bare, second joint as long as thick, third swollen for about 
one-third of its length; cheek about one-fourth as high as eye, densely haired 
on lower half, the bristly hairs almost uniform in length and strength, vibrissz 
well differentiated; palpi slender, nearly as long as apical portion of proboscis. 
Dorsum of thorax not very conspicuously hairy; presutural acrostichals weak, 
irregularly four-rowed; postsutural dorso-centrals four, prealar bristle very 
small; a group of numerous bristly hairs above fore cox; sternopleura with 
very long hairs and two strong bristles, one in front and the other behind. 
Abdomen with short bristly hairs and no long bristles. Legs similar to those of 
Pogonomyia in form; fore coxze without stout bristles; fore tibia with two to 
three weak posterior bristles, apical spines short ventrally; mid femora with a 
few weak bristles on basal half of antero-ventral surface; mid tibia with two 
to three antero-ventral, two to four antero-dorsal, four to six postero-dorsal, 
and two to three postero-ventral bristles on surface; hind femora with rather 
weak bristles on greater portion of antero-ventral surface; hind tibia with 
three to four antero-ventral, three to five antero-dorsal, and six to eight postero- 
dorsal bristles, none of which are very long; mid and hind tarsi with short, 
rather closely placed bristles. Costal thorn indistinct; outer cross-vein straight; 
last section of fourth vein about 1-75 as long as preceding section. 

Length, 7 mm. 

Type locality: Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest 
Territories, July 7, 1915 (F. Johansen). 

I have seen a series of specimens of this species from the arctic region in 
another collection, and find that -the pteropleural hairs are rarely absent. The 
characterization here given holds good throughout the series. 


COENOSIIN 2. 


There are two imagines of this sub-family in the collection. Both belong 
to the genus Coenosia and represent different species, but only one is in good 
enough condition to permit of its identification. 


Coenosia octomaculata Zetterstedt. 
Coenosia octomaculata Zetterstedt. Ins. Lapp., p. 141, 1840. 


This northern European species has not hitherto been recorded from this 
continent. Although very closely resembling geniculata Fallen, it is very 
readily separated from. it by the much smaller lower squama, which barely 
projects beyond the upper. In the specimen before me the mid tibiz have the 
antero-dorsal and postero-dorsal bristles at the same height, whereas in my 
specimens of geniculata from Hlinois the antero-dorsal one is much nearer apex 
of tibia. 

Locality: Nome, Alaska, August 24 and 25, 1916 (F. Johansen). 


Coenosia, sp. 


One female in very poor condition. The legs appear to be black or fuscous, 
with only the bases of the tibiz pale. 

Locality: Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Terri- 
tories, July 10, 1915 (F. Johansen). 


ANTHOMYIIN/. 


There is one genus in this collection which has been previously known from 
aretic Europe only, and another has been listed as belonging to Anthomyia. In 


Diptera 69 c 


order to make clear the generic relations of these I have drawn up an abridged 
key to genera which is presented herewith. 


Kery To GENERA IN COLLECTION AND THE GENERA MOST CLOSELY ALLIED THERETO. 


TERM EV CSA eee pete are rie ect oan ee skosavataae carey nase esmageve’s! ate < otiba sme Sou ea ees, oa 2 
[Biv CSMD AT CN ere Tre KReaNe ects c aiets he RRR A PY SAIS Sh, 5,4) Seber? roe Ibis yctend ar al hak dae tata ake oon 3 

2. Abdomen broadly ovate, little longer than broad; eyes in male distinctly separated; in 
female the width of frons is very little more than that of male... .Alliopsis S. and D. 
Abdomen narrow, almost parallel-sided, much longer than broad; eyes in male contiguous, 

in female separated by at least one-third the width of head......... Lasiops Meigen. 

3. Calyptra decidedly unequal in size, the under one projecting beyond upper............. 4 
Calyptra not as above, the lower one not projecting....................00eec seen eee 5 

4. Lower calypter very much longer than upper; arista plumose........ Hydrophoria R.-D. 
Lower calypter not much longer than upper; arista almost bare.............. Egle R.-D. 

dem bercrplacks) arista pubescent) Gr bare. 20) 2 )of he). . 6Pa56 Se aE eos Phorbia R.-D. 
Legs black, or with tibie pale; arista hairy or plumose.............. Hylemyia Meigen. 
Legs with at least the tibie pale; arista pubescent or bare.............. Pegomyia R.-D. 


The last three genera are poorly defined and overlap considerably, but my 
studies of the family have not been brought to the point where I am prepared to 
publish reliable characters for their differentiation, so I use the generally accepted 
characters. I have in preparation a generic synopsis of this and other sub- 
families which I hope to publish shortly. 


Hydrophoria Robineau-Desvoidy. 


The only species of this genus on which I possess information concerning the 
early stages is aquatic. The flies are always found in the vicinity of rivers or 
ponds. 

There is only one species in the present collection,which is described as new. 


Hydrophoria arctica, n. sp. 


Mauz.—Black. Frontal triangle opaque black, orbits, cheeks, and face 
white pilose. Legs black, tibie shghtly brownish. Wings greyish, veins black. 
Squame white, with yellow margins. Halteres brownish yellow. 

Interfrontalia obliterated below ocelli, the orbits at this point linear; third 
antennal joint about 1-5 as long as second; arista tapered on basal half, long- 
haired to middle, bare apically; orbit in profile extending beyond eye as far as 
width of third antennal joint; cheek 1-5 as high as width of orbit; vibrissa long, 
marginal bristles on cheek long and strong. Presutural acrostichals weak, 
hardly distinguishable among the irregularly four rowed hairs, prescutellars hair- 
like; prealar bristle about one- fourth as long as the bristle behind it; sternop- 
leurals two: two, the lower anterior one weak; upper margin of hypopleurz 
hairy proximad of spiracle. Abdomen short and broad, cylindrical, segments 
with long bristles on posterior margins; hypopygium with basal segment polished, 
the apical, recurved one slightly prominent, armed with many long strong bristles; 
fifth ventral segment densely covered with setulose hairs. Fore tibie ‘with tw 0 
bristles; mid tibia with two to three antero-ventral, three to four antero-dorsal, 
two to three postero-dorsal, and three to four postero- -ventral bristles; almost the 
entire length of mid-femora with long bristles on the antero and postero-ventral 
surfaces; hind tibia with five to six short bristles on antero-ventral surface, 
seven to eight irregular ones on antero-dorsal, seven to eight on postero-dorsal 
surface, one beyond middle being very long. Costal thorn at least as long as inner 
cross-vein; outer cross-vein véry much flexed; last section of fourth vein about 
1-5 as long as preceding section. 

FEMALE.—Similar in colour to the male. 

Frons opaque black, densely brown pruinescent, nearly half as broad as head; 
orbits broad, each at broadest part nearly as broad as orbit at same part; cruciate 
bristles strong; supra-orbital bristles four in number, the lower one directed 


(hile, Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


slightly outward and forward, the others directed outward; orbital hairs 
‘numerous and nearly as long as the bristles; one to two long bristles situated 
above vibrissa. Abdomen tapered at apex; last segment not exposed, making 
it impossible to say if it is armed with curved thorns. Legs and wings as in male. 

Length, 6 mm. 

Type locality: Cockburn point, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest 
Territories, September 5, 1914 (F. Johansen). Allotype, Bernard harbour, 
Northwest Territories, June 1915, (F. Johansen). 

This species agrees with divisa Meigen in having the hypopleura with hairs 
on upper portion, but differs from it and all other species known to me in having 
the orbit in the female armed with long hairs in addition to the bristles, and in the 
very conspicuously bristly hypopygium and long costal thorn. 

A female specimen, in very poor condition, from Collinson point, Alaska, 
June 22-23, 1914, may represent a distinct species. The mid tibia on one side is 
gone, but the one remaining is reddish and less bristly than in arctica, but without 
better preserved examples it is impossible to say definitely as to its specific 
identity. 

Alliopsis Schnabl and Dziedzicki. 


Generic Characters. 


Maun.—Very robust. Head large, eyes long-haired, narrowly separated 
above; antenne shorter than face; arista almost bare; cheeks with very 
numerous long bristles on lower margin and anteriorly, the vibrisse not 
differentiated. Thorax with three pairs of postsutural dorsocentrals; 
calyptre of moderate size, lower scale not projecting. Abdomen broad ovate, 
its length barely exceeding its greatest width; hypopygium small; apical 
visible ventral segment with a “wedge- shaped central incision. Legs stout, 
strongly bristled. Sixth vein extending to margin of wing. 

FeMALE.—Head as in male but the eyes are more widely separated; orbital 
bristles numerous, hair-like, erect and slightly inwardly directed, outer supra- 
orbitals and cruciate interfrontal bristles absent. In other respects similar 
to male, the abdomen not so broad and more pointed apically. 


Alliopsis obesa, n. sp. 


Maun.—Black, shining. Wings slightly greyish, fuscous at base. Squamz 
grey, margins brown. Halteres yellow, knobs brown. 

Narrowest part of frons as wide as distance across posterior ocelli, the orbits 
linear above and not over one sixth as wide as interfrontalia; profile as in Pl. X, 
fig. 33; hairs on eyes pale. Dorsum of thorax with long hairs; acrostichals 
long and hair-like, irregularly four rowed cephalad of suture; posthumeral and 
presutural bristles strong, the latter duplicated on both sides, and the former on 
one side, in type; prescutellar bristles weak; scutellum with four long marginal 
bristles, numerous long discal hairs, and very distinet ventral pile; propleura 
above cox with a conspicuous clump of long bristly hairs; sternopleurals three 
in number; hypopleura bare. Abdomen with long setulose hairs on entire 
surface, those at apices of segments bristle-like; fourth segment the shortest; 
hypopygium very small, globose, glossy. Legs rather densely covered with 
moderately long setulose hairs: bristles on fore and mid tibiw hardly distinguish- 
able from the hairs but apparently as follows: fore tibize with two to three on 
postero-dorsal surface; mid tibiz with two to three on each of the following 
surfaces—antero-dorsal, postero-dorsal, and postero-ventral; hind femora 
with long bristly hairs from base to well beyond middle of postero-dorsal sur- 
face,’ and much stronger bristles on the whole length of antero-ventral surface; 
hind tibize with four to five short bristles on apical half of antero-ventral sur face, 
six to eight longer bristles on entire length of antero-dorsal surface, and six to 
seven long slender bristles on postero-dorsal surface, the so-called preapical bristle 
very long, and very siender at apex; tarsi normal. Wings greatly exceeding 


Diptera male 


apex of abdomen, the length of wing equal to that of entire insect; costa with 
short black setulz, the costal spine not differentiated; outer cross-vein curved; 
last section of fourth vein twice as long as preceding section. 

Length, 8 mm. 

Type locality: Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest 
Territories, June, 1915-16 (F: Johansen). 


Alliopsis, sp. 


FEMALE.—Similar in colour to obesa. 


Frons at narrowest part about one-eighth the width of head, the orbits 
linear and about one-fifth as wide as interfrontalia, bristles as in preceding species; 
profile as Pl. X, fig. 32, Thorax much less conspicuously haired than in obesa, 
the dorso-centrals stronger and well differentiated; presutural acrostichals 
irregularly four-rowed, presutural bristle single; prealar as in obesa, nearly as 
long as the bristle behind it; scutellum with a differentiated discal pair of bristles 
in addition to the marginals. Abdominal hairs very long on lateral margins of 
segments and on apical two, short on disc, the contrast more striking than in 
obesa; apical genital segment without thorns. Legs less hairy than in obesa, the 
bristles on tibize strong and distinct; fore tibiz with three long bristles, one on the 
anterior dorsal surface and two on the posterior; mid tibize with three antero- 
dorsal, four to five postero-dorsal, and three postero-ventral bristles; hind 
femora as in obesa, but hind tibiz with four to five long bristles on the basal half 
of posterior surface in addition to those on the other surfaces, the latter stronger 
than in obesa. Wings as in obesa, but the costal setule are longer, the costal spine 
is distinct, and the outer cross-vein is straight. 

Length, 7-5 mm. 

Locality: Camden bay, Alaska, June, 1914 (F. Johansen). 

It is possible that the two foregoing forms represent only one species. 

The genus Alliopsis was erected for the reception of the European arctic 
species glacialis Zetterstedt, and is closely allied to Lasiops Meigen, both having 
the eyes very distinctly hairy, but it may be separated from that genus in the 
male by much more widely separated eyes, those of Lasiops being subcontiguous, 
and by the very broad abdomen. The female of Lasiops has the frons similar to 
that of Phorbia, whereas that of Alliopsis is not much wider in the male and all 
the orbital bristles are directed slightly inward, none directed forward. 


Egle Robineau-Desvoidy. 


This genus contains several species that have been placed in Anthomyia by 
most authors. From the type of the latter Hgle differs—at least the species 
known to me—in having the prothorax bare below and in front of the spiracle. 

One species is present in this collection. 


Egle radicum (Linné). 
Musca radicum Linné, Fauna Suec., 2d ed., p. 454, 1756 


Six specimens, with data as follows: Nome, Alaska, August 21, 1916, two 
specimens, and August 24~25, 1916, three specimens; and Teller, Alaska, July 
29, 1913 (F. Johansen). 
This is a European species which occurs throughout North America and 
has previously been recorded from Alaska. 
Schnabl and Dziedzicki have erected the genus Paregle for the reception of 
the above species and several others, but I do not think the separation warranted. 


12 Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


Hylemyia Robineau-Desvoidy. 


This genus is not well defined, and it is very difficult, in fact almost im- 
possible, to separate some species from the genus Phorbia by the application of 
characters given in published keys to the genera of the family. 

The larve are very little known; those that are known live either in decaying 
vegetation or, rarely, in living plants such as wheat. 


Hylemyia variata (Fallen.) 
Musca variata Fallen. Dipt. Suec., Musc., p. 59, 1820. 


There is one female of this species in the collection, taken at Nome, Alaska, 
August 24 and 25th, 1916 (F. Johansen). 

There are records of this European species from many states in North 
America, its range extending from Massachusetts to Idaho, and south to 
Louisiana. It has also been recorded from Ontario and Alaska, so that in all 
probability it is to be found throughout the entire area of North America. 


Hylemyia acrostichalis, n. sp. 


Maur.—Black, shining. Wings clear. Calyptra white. Halteres yellow. 

Eyes separated by not more than width of anterior ocellus; frons not 
buccate; antenne nearly as long as face, third joint narrow, about twice as long 
as second; arista with short, rather dense hairs, the longest hairs longer than 
diameter of arista at base; cheek not much higher than width of facial orbit in 
profile, and about one-seventh as high as eye, bristles confined to margin, one 
short bristle above vibrissa; proboscis not very stout. Prealar bristle long and 
strong; two pairs of long presutural acrostichals present. Abdomen in type 
crushed; fifth sternite with a deep central excision, the lateral extensions with a 
fringe of front hairs on inner margin, and a number of bristles on surface, the 
longest of which does not exceed in length the lateral extension (Pl. X, fig. 39); 
hypopygium small (Pl. X, fig. 40). Legs slender; fore tibia with one posterior 
and a weaker antero-dorsal bristle near middle, and a small sharp bristle at apex 
on posterior side which is directed downward and slightly backward; fore tarsi 
slender, longer than tibia; mid femur with five to six bristles on basal half of 
postero-ventral surface; mid tibia with one to two bristles on each of the following 
surfaces :—antero-dorsal, postero-dorsal, and postero-ventral; mid tarsus normal, 
not longer than tibia; hind femur with long widely-spaced bristles on antero- and 
postero-ventral surfaces, those on the latter weaker and not carried to apex; hind 
tibia with three to four bristles on each of the following surfaces—antero-ventral, 
antero-dorsal, and postero-dorsal, those on the latter surface much stronger 
than the others, especially the one nearest apex, posterior surface with one 
bristle near middle; hind tarsus normal, shorter than tibia. Costa with weak 
setule, the costal thorn distinct but not very long; last section of fourth vein 
1-75 times as long as preceding section. 

FrEMALE.—Similar to male in colour. 

Frons nearly one-half the head-width; cruciate bristles long; each orbit 
with one strong bristle below the forwardly directed supraorbital; cheek narrower 
than in male. Thorax as in male, the bristles stronger. Genital segments not 
armed with strong spines. Legs similar in armature to those of male. Costal 
thorn longer than in male, the upper exceeding the inner cross-vein in length; 
last section of fourth vein very little longer than preceding section. 

Length, 6-5 mm. 

Type locality: Nome, Alaska, August 21, 1916 (F. Johansen). 

This species bears a resemblance to marginata Stein, but differs in armature 
of fifth abdominal sternite, almost contiguous eyes, and armature of legs. From 
simpla Coquillett, an Alaskan species, it is readily separated by the bristling of 
the hind tibia. 


Diptera 73.¢ 


Phorbia Robineau-Desvoidy. 


There are apparently four species of this genus in the collection, none o 
which are in good condition. 


Phorbia brevitarsata, n. sp. 


Mauge.—Black. Anterior portion of interfrontalia, facial orbits, and the 
greater portion of cheeksrufous. Wings clear. Calyptra yellow. Halteres yellow. 

Eyes separated at narrowest part of frons by a distance more than equal 
to width across posterior ocelli; cruciate bristles long and hair-like; antenne 
short, third joint 1-5 as long as second; arista much swollen at base, tapered 
to near apex of basal third, almost bare; facial orbit in profile nearly as broad 
as height of cheek, the latter one-third as high as eye; vibrissal angle weak, 
almost on a level with lower margin of eye, the portion ventrad of it nearly verti- 
cal; cheek with a few weak marginal hairs. Prealar bristle very short; three to 
four pairs of weak acrostichals in front of suture. Abdomen subcylindrical, but 
little tapered posteriorly. Legs rather short and stout; mid tibia with one to 
two bristles on antero-dorsal and postero-dorsal surfaces; hind femur with an 
almost complete series of widely spaced bristles on antero-ventral surface and 
a number of similarly disposed bristles on basal half of postero-ventral surface; 
hind tibia with long slender bristles on antero-ventral, antero-dorsal, and postero- 
dorsal and postero-ventral surfaces, those on the dorsal surfaces stronger, more 
irregular, and more widely spaced than those on ventral surfaces, the postero- 
ventral surface with the bristles very fine and hair-like and in a double series 
on basal half; hind tarsus distinctly shorter than hind tibia, the basal joint 
less than one-third the tibial length. Outer cross-vein of wing oblique; last 
section of fourth vein about 1-5 as long as preceding section. 

FEMALE.—Similar to the male in colour. 

Interfrontalia not much wider than orbit; cruciate bristles long and strong; 
two bristles proximad of anterior supraorbital; facial orbit in profile nearly 
as wide as height of cheek, the latter half as high as eye. Thorax showing traces 
of pollinose vittz, a slender one on each side of anterior acrostichals. Abdomen 
tapered posteriorly; apex of last genital segment with numerous short stout 
bristles. Fore tibia with one posterior and one antero-dorsal bristle; hind 
tibia with fewer hair-like bristles on ventral surfaces than male, those on postero- 
ventral surface confined to basal half. Costal and radial veins noticeably 
paler than others; costal thorn of moderate length. 

Length, 5 mm. 

Type locality: West of Konganevik, Camden bay, Alaska, July 4, 1914, 
and June 1914 (F. Johansen). 

The much-protruded face, pale colour of orbits and cheeks, and armature 
of the hind tibia of male separates this species from any known to me. 


Phorbia, sp. 1. 


This species closely resembles substriata Stein, but differs in having the 
facial orbits in profile about as wide as height of cheek, the presutural acrostichals 
more numerous and much weaker. None of the specimens are in good enough 
condition to ensure accurate identification. 

Locality: Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Terri- 
tories, July 18-19, 1915, and July 1916 (F. Johansen). 

Two males and three females. 


: Phorbia, sp. 2. 


Closely resembling the preceding species. Differs in having the frons 
entirely black, the wings less conspicuously yellow at base, and the costal 
thorn much shorter. 


74 a Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


Locality: Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Territories, 
August 1-7, 1915, and July, 1916 (F. Johansen). 


Phorbia, sp. 3. 


One male in very poor condition. Resembles brevitarsata in armature 
of the legs, but differs in having the abdomen depressed, and the hind tarsi 
about as long as the tibia. 

Locality: On sandy beach, Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, 
Northwest Territories, July 19, 1915 (F. Johansen). 


Phorbia, spp. 


Five specimens belonging to this genus are in such poor condition that 
I cannot satisfactorily assign them to any of the preceding species or to any 
known to me. 

Locality: Herschel island, Yukon Territory, July 29, 1916, one female; 
Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 10, 1915, one male, one female; 
same locality, June 18, 1915, one female; Collinson point, Alaska, June 20, 
1914 (F. Johansen). 


Pegomyia Robineau-Desvoidy. 


This genus as at present constituted contains species which are very dissimilar 
in habitus, and my knowledge of the larval habits of a number of the species 
leads me to consider certain that such species as unicolor Stein, affinis Stein, 
and bicolor Wiedemann are not congeneric. The first-named I have reared 
from mushrooms, and the larva resembles much more closely that of Anthomyia 
pluvialis Linné than that of bicolor, which is a leaf-miner. The larve of 
affinis are found in burrows of rodents and in caves or holes in the ground which 
mammals or birds frequent and are essentially scavengers; their structure 
is unknown to me. Both species in the present collection are more closely 
related to wnicolor than to bicolor and may have the same larval habits. 


Pegomyia flavipes (Fallen.) 


Anthomyia flavipes Fallen. Dipt. Suec., Musc., p. 90, sp. 125, 1820. 
Anthomyia pulchripes Loew. Zeitschr. f. Ges. Naturwiss, 104. 1857. 
Pegomyia flavipes (Fallen) Stein, Wien Ent. Zeitg., vol. 25, p. 69, 1906. 


This species has the general habitus of wnicolor Stein, but is considerably 
darker in colour and is separable from its congeners by the remarkably long 
bristles on the antero-ventral surface of the hind femora, the longest one being 
at least three times as long as the diameter of the femora where it is situated. 
The lower bristle on the postero-dorsal surface of the hind tibia is about half 
as long as the tibia. 

One male specimen in very poor condition, Nome, Alaska, August 21, 
1916 (F. Johansen). 


Pegomyia albimargo Pandell. 


Pegomyia albimargo Pandell, Rev. Ent. France, vol. 20, p. 296, 1901. 
Phorbia obscura Meade (nee Macquart). Ent. Month. Mag., vol. 19, p. 216, 1883. 


This species is one of the smallest and most variable in colour in the group. 
Sometimes the whole insect, including the legs, is black, but commonly the 
abdomen and at least the tibie are reddish, or translucent. The thorax is always 
black and in front is marked with four short vittz, between which the dorsum 
is conspicuously white pruinescent. The black antenne and palpi serve to 
distinguish the species from vittigera Zetterstedt, which it most closely resem- 
bles in the chetotaxy of the legs. 


Diptera 75.C 


Locality: Three male specimens, Nome, Alaska, August 21 and 24, 1916 
(F. Johansen). 

Both these European species are recorded herein for the first time from 
North America. 


FUCELLIN~. 
Fucellia Robineau-Desvoidy. 


The species of this genus are found along the margins of streams, on the 
seashore, and on the shores of lakes. 


Fucellia punctipennis Becker. 


Fucellia punctipennis Becker, Middel. om Gronland, vol. 29, p. 411, 1908. 


This species was described from east Greenland and has not since been 
recorded. All the specimens in the present collection were obtained at Bernard 
harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Territories, May 1916, and June 
18, 1915. Eleven specimens (F. Johansen). 


Fucellia ariciiformis Holmgren. 
Fucellia ariciiformis Holmgren, Kongl. Vetenskap..Forhandl., 1872, No. 6, p. 103. 


This species was originally described from Greenland. I have seen examples 
from Pribilof islands. There are twenty-nine specimens in the present collec- 
tion: nine from Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Terri- 
tories, taken May 19, 1916, May 20 and 22, June 25, and July 11, 1915; nineteen 
from Demarcation point, Alaska, May 15, 1914; and one from Collinson point, 
Alaska, June 20, 1914 (F. Johansen). 


SCATOPHAGID~. 


The larve of most species of this family feed upon decaying vegetable 
matter and manure. One North American species, Hydromyza confluens Loew, 
mines, in the larval stage, in the stems of Nymphaea americana. The imagines 
of many species are predaceous, feeding upon other small insects, and most of 
them are found near water, particularly on the shores of rivers, lakes, and on 
the seashore. Many species can-be obtained only by very thorough sweeping 
with an insect net over grasses and other herbage growing in ponds and along 
their extreme margins. 

The literature on this family is in deplorable condition from the point of 
view of one who has to identify species, and in order to make clear the generic 
concepts of the writer I have drawn up a key to the genera, which is included 
in this paper. 

Very many species of the family occur in northern latitudes—in fact the 
family is essentially a northern one—and this key will be found useful in future 
work on arctic Diptera. 

Some of the genera are proposed herein for the first time, and several are 
recorded for the first time from this continent. 


Key To GENERA. 


1. Species with three sternopleural bristles...........0...0000ccaeceeeee eee c eee eee es 2 
Speclespmiuhetworsvennopleunalibristlesas4 satin sade cceren socusersac. ode) Mavcital saa aesele lela erteehe « 5 
a SPecesswith One rsternopleynaly pris tletan cei. 5 sicic ieee ais cid el RAS ee Ee aielbneysteralg Meus ove 2 7 


2. First wing-vein bristly on apical half; palpi without long apical britsle; arista short- 
haired or pubescent; scutellum with two or four bristles; fore femora without 
closely placed or very strong antero-ventral bristles............. Orthochaeta Becker. 

First wing-vein bare, or the species does not have all of the above characters........ 3 


Or 


io) 


10a. 


10b. 


10e. 


11. 
12. 


13. 


14. 


Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


Key TO GENERA—Con. 


Palpi with long apical bristle which is about ‘as long as the palpus; scutellum with 


Six bristles 5... 3 c.t) ASE bats a ATs GA cree en ete Plethochaeta Coquillett. . 
Palpi without long apical bristle; scutellum with two or four bristles............... 
Arista, plum Ose: 75,5, Pee hi. sete hme eee ret aete Weeks nak Pe aan aaa ot, EL ae Pycnoglossa Coquillett. . 
‘Arista, alomos tare’. cis.s seis Sete eee horas bic Pe totes (ee anceps oweteg net oi ca eee ae a me 4a 

_ Fore femora with anterior and antero-ventral surfaces armed with closely placed 

blaelk” bristles .3.5.0..¢ bc 2. deo ae pe eee wee GEE bE ae Amaurosoma Becker. . 

Horevfemora without suchworistlesic se «a tae me nee oe ars ae ee Pselaphephila Becker. 


Third antennal joint with apex rounded; scutellum with two bristles Hexramitocera Becker. 
Third antennal joint with upper portion of apex acute or angulate; scutellum with 


four bristles... 425, ¢ oi tbetbe cap tie ars cae pr eco eng eee teen eee ee eee 6 
Arista much thickened on basal half, the second jomt much longer than thick, genicu- 
lated? waths third} sisson hee coe oc me ee ae eee ee Gonatherus Rondani. 


Arista thickened at base, second joint about as long as thick, not geniculated apically 
Trichopalpus Rondani, pt. 
(Chaetosia Coguillett) 
Ptaropleurd (Dar. c.ccielos vis, avd eet Senasa Gedetens elated ele meas oe Nee) ata ee ae 
Pteropleura: hairy jon jat least’ partcol its surfaces... 222i: 2 3s Ses ee oe ee ee 2 
Head much longer than high, face much retreating below; palpi with long apical 
bristle, third antennal joint with a long hair on outer side near base of arista. 
Acicephala Coquillett. 
Head at least as high as long, face not much retreating below; third antennal joint 
withoutone hair as abOver«. ca. sc e.ctam ac ak ee vopetens cts ake 5 co ore cen Seo ee 
Orbital bristles very short, distinguishable only with strong lens; cross-vein absent 
irom),-base-olediscalcelllsy sewione sri trsnss h ae cle eeseneeseetinl ore chaiees ~Hydromyza Fallen. 
Orbital bristles long; discal’ cell: closed:.at bases =.jj5:'57. 5). .s) ost a. corre eee 1 
Fore tibie with a short, stout, rectangular spine near apex on under side........... 
Acanthocnema Becker. 
Fore tibise without such rectangularly projecting spine......./.................0:- 10a 
Fore femur and fore tibie each with a series of strong bristles on antero- and postero- 
Vienitrallsurtaces nts. ttithig 2 oe esd Weak Pahachs rea eine oath ee Norellia Robineau-Desvoidy. 
Fore femur without strong bristles on antero-ventral surface; bristles on tibia not im 
TWO SORIOS 6 ev aches cots a tented tacee Uae. chore Fics hein See eek ie ee 10b 
Third and fourth wing-veis curved downward on their penultimate sections, the first 
posterior cell proximad of inner cross-vein distinctly broader than at any other 
point; stigmatal bristle absent; arista pubescent; palpi with long apical ‘bristle; 


first veur (bristlysat capex Aeer ete pais Soe eine Chie nae Scoliaphleps Becker. 
Wing venation normal, first posterior cell proximad of inner cross-vein not broader 

than at any other point ie Wa cen Ts ero a ore ee Ore the mera Sait Indo ot 10¢ 
inst wine=vieint bristhynonea pra leleiiie sete i sceeiesys avec cnn ale ree e/a sa cae eames 11 
Birsixwing-vemibarevonvapical halt ei. 1s See tes ee e F oe eet Ea eet 16 
Palpi long and slender, armed at apices with a long bristle; arista plumose........... 12 
Palpi not armed at apex with a long bristle, or if so the arista is bare or almost so.. 13 
Presutrual dorso-central, prothoracic, stigmatal, humeral, and tibial bristles strong; 

HOPS ES LOU i atete. Fda cece ome oro Sse ane le Fae Cordylura Fallen, pt.. 


Presutural dorso-central bristles weak or absent, prothoracic and stigmatal bristles weak; 
humeral usually absent; tibize usually with very weak bristles. Paralleloma Becker, pt. 


Scutellum with six bristles; lower margins of cheeks with numerous long bristles... . 
Bucephalina, n. gen. 
Scutellam with two, or four bristles!..<%.... 0. st..c + sae ueiy hee io ee eee eee 14 
Male genitalia with very long curled bristles on each side which are directed upward 
and slightly forward; fore tibiz with short, black spines on inner side.......... 
Pogonota Zetterstedt. 
Male genitalia without such bristles; fore tibiz without short black spines on inner side 15 
Arista, subnude; intra-alar bristles absent... 20.0: ...00.00 00000... Gimnomera Rondani. 
Arista plumose, the hairs widely separated; intra-alar bristles distinect............. 
Megophthalma Becker. 
Sixth wing-vein not extending to margin: «<a -<p2.24. om onc sce Se are eee fica ge 
Sixth ‘wing-vein' extending tovmarpin, [0 5. hvaqcac. ote ate Coes foe cnn aeons emer 18 


Arista plumose; eyes concave on lower BORE margin; legs long and slender. ...... 
Paralleloma Becker, pt. 
Arista almost bare; eyes rounded; legs short AIRES ee Cordylurella, n. gen. 
Prealar bristle more than half as long as the bristle behind it; thoracic and leg bristles 
Jong: and "atrone és. 6ci kd Sigg ad ois) 2 IS Se ese eee 
Prealar bristle much less than half as long as the one behond it; thoracic and leg 
btistles of moderate length:< oa i4 Jee OTS ee ee ee 20a 


*This last character does not apply to the European species. 


. Diptera Lee 


Kry To GENERA—COn. 


19. Cheek much less tnan half as high as eye; palpi with very long apical bristle 
Cordylura Fallen, pt. 
Cheek about half as high as eye; palpi without a long apical bristle................ 20 
20. Mid femur with a long stout bristle at middle on anterior surface. .Ceratinostoma Meade. 
Midi femurawirihout Such. Dristlecss. nis a2 ec 5 boo cows ie does, tals Sactophaga Fallen, pt. 
20a. Third ‘antennal joint rounded at apex; arista almost bare; fore tibie with short 
bristles, the inner surface with minute black setule...........1 Microprosopa Becker. 
Third antennal joint angulate or pointed on upper side at apex..................... 21 
21. Area between dorso-centrals cephalad of suture with more than two series of setule. . 
Spathiophora Rondani. 
Area between dorso-centrals cephalad of suture with only two series of setule...... 
Trichopalpus Rondani, pt. 
(Opsiomyia Coquillett) 
22. Fore tibize with ventral surfaces armed with short stout spines on their entire length; 
male with a large bifid chitinous plate on each side of apical exposed sternite... . 
Allomyia, n. gen. 
Fore tibia without short stout ventral spines; apical abdominal sternite not as above. 23 
23. Apical half of first wing-vein bristly; sixth vein not extending to margin.......... 
Dasypleuron, n. gen. 
Apical half of first wing-vein bare; sixth vein extending to margin................. 24 
24. Wings with a number of dark spots, those between third and fourth veins usually 
enclosmparudimentanyavelmletsas.4e0. a2) 5 8l oss ue feet ok Ernoneura Becker. 
Wings clear, sometimes with the cross-veins clouded, but never with small dark spots 
enclosing VCINLETS AS NAD OMEh cas eed eran Gh escde cue atina tata tices Scatophaga Fallen, pt. 


The genotype of Bucephalina, gen. nov., is Cordylura megacephala Loew, 
a species originally described from the District of Columbia, which I have seen 
from Illinois, and from Plummer’s island, Maryland. 


Gonatherus Rondani. 


I refer one species to this genus. It agrees with the general description 
of the genotype very well except that the female genital segments are not com- 
pressed. Nothing has been known up to this time of the immature stages of 
this genus. 


Gonatherus atricornis, n. sp. 


PupariuM.—Terra-cotta, almost opaque; apices of posterior spiracles 
glossy black. 

Cephalic and thoracic segments missing. Surface rather closely covered 
with slight, linear, discontinuous, transverse ridges. No protuberances on base 
of dorsum of abdomen; each segment with a broad transverse band of very 
minute locomotor spinules on dorsum and venter; apical segment irregularly 
rugose on surface, viewed from behind with eight distinct marginal and sub- 
marginal protuberances, as follows: a large one slightly below transverse line 
of spiracles, a smaller one below it on margin and “another, still smaller, sub- 
marginal one slightly ventrad of the lower one, and a large mar ginal one laterad 
of anus; spiracles elevated, their height equal to their apical diameter, separated 
by about three times the width of their diameter, the openings three in number, 
the upper and lower ones directed straight dorso-ventrad, the outer directed 
straight laterad, on inner side of dise there is a rounded depression. 

Length, 5 mm. 

Imago. FrmMAute.—Black, densely grey pruinose, only the abdomen and 
legs slightly shining. Head yellowish testaceous, densely whitish pruinose, 
upper part of occiput and greater portion of frons fuscous, anterior portion 
of interfrontalia slightly reddish; antenne deep black; proboscis glossy black; 
palpi whitish yellow, fuscous at apices. Dorsum of thorax with two poorly 
defined, narrow vittze on anterior half between the acrostichals and dorso- 
centrals. Legs black; apices of femora below, and all of tibie reddish, tarsi 
fuscous. Wings clear, veins dark brown. Calyptre white. Halteres brown. 


13.C Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


Frons about half the width of head, each orbit nearly half as wide as inter- 
frontalia; lower supraorbital bristle directed forward, the upper two slightly 
backward; antenne large, third joint broad, its width over half that of eye, 
apex not acute, entire length on inner side nearly four times that of second; 
arista microscopically pubescent, second joint about one-fourth as long as 
third, the latter swollen on its basal two-fifths; profile as in Pl. X, fig. 34; 
hairs of lower part of occiput mostly white. Dorsum of thorax with two+ 
three dorso-centrals; acrostichals irregularly two-rowed before suture; discal 
setulae sparse and long; scutellum with four long bristles and a number of long 
setulose discal hairs; sternopleura with two long posterior bristles placed verti- 

cally and many long strong hairs; prothoracic and stigmatal bristles strong. 
pares, with numerous long hairs, those on posterior margins strong but not 
macrochaete. Legs normal; fore tibia with two antero-dorsal, two postero- 
dorsal, and one posterior bristle; mid tibia with one ventral, two antero-dorsal, 
two postero-dorsal, and one posterior bristles; hind tibia with one large and 
one to two small antero-ventral, three antero-dorsal, and four to five postero- 
dorsal bristles. Costa with fine setule and more widely spaced spinules; outer 
cross vein straight, situated at nearly its own length from end of fifth vein, 
last section of fourth vein nearly twice as long as preceding section. 

Length, 5-5 mm. 

Type locality: Bernard harbour and cape Krusenstern, Dolphin and Union 
strait, Northwest Territories, July 3, 1916 (F. Johansen). 

I have seen a specimen which I consider belongs to Gonatherus planiceps 
Fallen, the genotype, in another collection from Alaska. From atricornis it 
differs in having the palpi entirely whitish, the legs paler, the wings conspicuously 
brown along costa and on each side of longitudinal and cross-veins, and in being 
much less strongly bristled, the acrostichals in front of suture being less numerous 
and weaker. The two species are very closely related but in my opinion readily 
separable by the characters indicated herein. 


Cordylurella, n. gen. 
Generic Characters 


FrMALE.—Head, viewed from above, subspherical, shghtly flattened 
posteriorly; frons one-third or more than one-third the head-width; orbits 
differentiated; the bristles well developed, similar to those of Cordylura; antenns 
slightly shorter than face, third joint rounded apically, arista pubescent; palpi 
without strong apical bristle. Thoracic chactotaxy as in Cordylura. First 
wing-vein bare; sixth not reaching margin of wing. Legs similar to those of 
Cordylura. 

Genotype: Cordylura nebulosa Coquillett. 

There is a male specimen of a species which I refer to this genus in the 
collection. I can not identify it as any previously described species, and describe 
it herewith as new. 


Cordylurella subvittata, n. sp. 


Ma.e.—Black, glossy. Head yellow; occiput, ocellar triangle, and greater 
portion of frontal orbits glossy black, the orbits and triangle slightly pollinose: 
face and cheeks with distinct white pruinescence; antenn yellow; arista black; 
palpi yellow; proboscis yellow at base, becoming brown at apex. Thorax glossy 
black, lateral margins, a narrow line along coursé of dorso-centrals, and a broad 
central vitta covered with very short grey pile, giving the dorsum a subvittate 
appearance. Abdomen glossy black; surface with long but not dense yellow 
hairs, bristles on penultimate dorsal segment black; hypopygial forceps yellow 
except at base. Legs yellow, mid and hind coxe brown. Wings clear, veins 
brown. Halteres brown. 


Diptera 79 ¢ 


Frons over one-half the width of head, orbits narrowed anteriorly; arista 
much swollen on basal fifth of third joint, microscopically pubescent; palpi 
slightly dilated, weakly bristled. Thorax without presutural acrostichals; dorso- 
centrals weak. | Scutellum with two apical bristles. Abdomen somewhat 
incrassated apically, the hypopygium large, forceps long, curved forward, rather 
slender. Legs normal, so placed in type that it is not possible to say definitely 
what the arrangement of the bristles is, but they are weak and not numerous, the 
fore tibia lacking them on posterior surface. Wings extending beyond apex of 
abdomen, inner cross-vein slightly beyond apex of first vein and almost exactly 
at middle of discal cell; penultimate section of fourth vein three-fifths as long as 
ultimate section. 

Length, 4 mm. 

Type Locality: Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest 
Territories, July 18-19, 1915 (F. Johansen). 

This species agrees better with Cordylurella than with any other in the 
appended key to genera though with better material and both sexes available it 
may be necessary to separate it generically from nebulosa. The latter is readily 
distinguished from subvittata by its densely pruinose thorax, more strongly 
spined legs, the antero-dorsal bristles on the femora being noticeably stronger and 
more numerous, and the presence of a strong posterior bristle on the fore tibia. 
The scutellum in nebulosa has four bristles. 


Dasypleuron, n. gen. 
Generic Characters. 


Head in type-species so badly crushed that it is not possible to give full 
description; in general it appears to resemble that of Cordylurella but the 
antenne are not visible owing to the face being crushed in, the apical portion of 
one arista, which is distinctly ‘pubescent, alone being visible. The thorax has the 
same chetotaxy as Cordylura latifrons Loew., but the pteropleura has a 
number of long soft hairs on the middle. Abdomen short and stout, hypopygium 
occupying over half of the ventral surface, the forceps chitinized and stout, 
similar to, but larger than, those of Cordylurella subvittata. Legs normal. First 
wing-vein bristly on apical portion; sixth vein incomplete. 

Genotype: Dasypleuron tibialis, n. sp. 


Dasypleuron tibialis, n. sp. 


Mau4,—Glossy black. Head black; frons brownish red, orbits and triangle 
black, shghtly grey pruinose; palpi black; proboscis glossy black. > Thorax 
shghtly pruinose on dorsum, not vittate. Abdomen entirely glossy. Legs 
black; apices of fore femora, and all tibiee reddish yellow, the mid and hind pair 
darker apically. Wings clear, veins black. MHalteres black. Bristles black, 
hairs fuscous, those on ventral surfaces of femora paler. 

Orbital bristles long and slender; palpi spindle-shaped, with rather weak 
bristles; proboscis normal. Dorsum of thorax with numerous long setulose 
hairs on front margin laterally. and laterad of presutural dorso-centrals; 
presutural acrostichals strong; anterior postsutural dorso-central duplicated 
in type so that there appears to be two strong and two weak post-suturals; 
scutellum with four subequal bristles; hairs on pleurae long; prothoracic 
and stigmatal bristles long and slender; almost entire surface of mesopleura 
hairy. Abdomen with rather long hairs, basal hypopygial segment with a 
number of strong bristles; apical visible ventral segment armed with long 
hairs. Legs normal; femora with long hairs on the ventral and anterior surfaces, 
those on anterior surface of mid pair and antero-ventral surface of hind pair 
bristle-hke; fore and hind tibi# apparently without bristles, mid pair with one 


80 c Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


bristle on dorsal surface near apex. Inner cross-vein distinctly beyond apex of 
first vein and at three-sevenths from apex of discal cell; penultimate section of 
fourth vein about half as long as ultimate section. 

Length, 4-5 mm. 

Type Locality: Collinson point, Alaska, June 20, 1914 (F. Johansen). 


Allomyia, n. gen. 


I described this genus in a paper, which was completed some time ago, on 
Pribilof Island Diptera, but it will not go to press until after this paper. I had in 
that collection the female only. The generic synopsis in this paper and the 
following description may be aecepted as embodying characters of the genus, 
though it is possible that the furcate processes of the fifth abdominal sternite are 
not present in the male of the other species. 


Allomyia unguiculata, n. sp. 


Mauez.—Black, thorax and abdomen greyish pruinose. Head brownish, 
black, anterior portion of frons, lower half of face, and anterior part of cheeks 
vellowish; antenne black; palpi yellow; proboscis black. Legs black, tibiz 
brownish, yellow at bases, tarsi brown. Wings clear. 

Orbital bristles rather weak; antenne large, third joint about twice as long 
as second, subangulate at apex on upper side (PI. X, fig. 37); arista bare, tapered 
on basal third of apical joint; cheek about one- fourth the eye-height. Dorsum 
of thorax with five well-developed dorso-centrals; scutellum with short discal 
hairs and four strong marginal bristles; pteropleura with hairs on centre; sterno- 
pleura with long hairs and one strong bristle. Abdomen subcylindrical, narrow, 
fifth sternite with a large bifid plate on each side (Pl. X, fig. 38), hypopygium 
small (Pl. X, fig. 36). Legs as in Dasypleuron, but the fore tibize with short 
ventral spines; tibiz with the bristles as follows—fore tibia with one antero- 
dorsal and one to two posterior, mid tibia with one antero-dorsal, one postero- 
dorsal, and one posterior, hind tibia with two antero-ventral near apex, two 
antero-dorsal, and one postero-dorsal. Inner cross-vein well beyond apex of 
first and at less than two-fifths from apex of discal cell. 

Length, 3-5 mm. 

Type locality: Chantry island, Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union 
strait, Northwest Territories, June 17, 1916 (F. Johansen). 

This specimen was in very poor condition, and in order to get the structures 
into condition for examination I had to boil it. Originally pinned, it is now 
preserved in alcohol, in a fragmentary condition. 

The foregoing species differs from the genotype in the colour of head and 
legs, in having the palpi narrower, and the wings longer and with thinner veins. 


Ernoneura Becker. 


This genus has only once previously been recorded from the western hemis- 
phere. There is only one species of the genus, which was originally described 
by Zetterstedt from the European arctics. 


Ernoneura argus Zetterstedt. 


Represented by five specimens taken at Bernard harbour, Dolphin and 
Union strait, Northwest Territories, three specimens, July 19, 1915, and two 
specimens, July, 1916. 

Becker states that there is no sternopleural bristle present, but it is well 
developed in the specimens before me. 


Diptera 8lc 


Scatophaga Fallen. 


~The members of this genus are much more common in temperate latitudes 
than in subtropical or tropical, and are, judging from collections I have examined, 
particularly abundant both in individuals and species in the extreme northern 
portions of the western hemisphere. In the present collection there are three 
species represented by thirty-seven specimens. 

The larve feed upon decaying vegetable matter dia in manure; the flies 
are predaceous, but also feed on the same substances as the larve. 

In order to make it possible for students of the order to recognize the species 
before me, I give a key for their identification, using characters similar to those 
used in 2a key to part of the same genus in a paper written for the U. 8. Bureau 
of Biological Survey on Pribilof Island Diptera, which at time time of writing 
is ready to go to press. 


KeEry TO SPECIES, 


1. lid and hind tibie with a number of strong outstanding bristles in addition to the 
long, SONtuMAIPSe ny ech ponerse We miANE otis ee mene Dom) Cauley Alem aR I Reruns ella, 


Mid and hind tibize without strong bristles, with only soft hairs..... (Group unreprese nted) 
2. Cross-veins of wings not infuscated; legs almost entirely blacks #2127)... (Unrepresented ) 
Cross-veins of wings very noticeably infuscated; legs almost entirely, or entirely, yellow- 
ISHROR MCU CIS epe geod Se ee Lo Nays on cee Ate Geena eras ea eee Pe AMBER, 3 
3. Arista long haired at base; antenne entirely reddish yellow; apical ventral abdominal 
segment of male as in Pl. X, fig. 35; pteropleura bare...............5 swilla Fabricius. 


ANTE SUE Hs] CRN Ets teed ae ensve eS Babak eohe NRT ES De RIES Gales oo i arnt aan er IR arate SASS ce eae 
4. Hind femur -with several long bristles on antero-dorsal surface of apical half; ptero- 


wepleurapand inypopleuranlare sss... ee tos, sce thee ae 2 aes sete alt furcata Say. 
Hind femur without such bristles; pteropleura sometimes with a few long hairs on 
centre; upper portion of hypopleura with a few long hairs....... rubicunda Malloch. 


Scatophaga suilla (Fabricius). 
Musca suilla Fabricius. Ent. Syst., vol. 4, p. 348, 1794. 


One male and one female, Nome, Alaska, August 21, 1916 (F. Johansen). 

A European species previously reported from Alaska. 

I have figured the fifth sternite of swzlla and lutaria Fallen to illustrate 
the specific distinction (Pl. X, fig. 5, 35 and 35a). Lutaria occurs in Alaska, 
Ohio, and New Hampshire. 


Scatophaga furcata (Say). 
Pyropa furcata Say. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vol. 3, p. 98, 1823. 


Thirty-two specimens from the following localities: Nome, Alaska, August 
21-25, 1916, eight specimens (F. Johansen); Barter island, Alaska, July 2, 
1914, twelve specimens, June 8, 1914, twelve specimens (D. Jenness); Collinson 

_point, Alaska, June 15, 1914, twelve specimens (F. Johansen); point Pullen, 
Wollaston peninsula, Victoria island, August 18, 1915, one specimen (D. Jenness). 

This very common species occurs throughout North America well: into 

the arcties, and is equally common in Europe. 


Scatophaga rubicunda Malloch. 
Scatophaga rubicunda Malloch, in press. 


This species is represented in the collection by three specimens, one male 
from Cockburn point, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Territories, Canadian 
Arctic coast, September 7, 1914, and one male and one female from Bernard 
harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Territories, June 17, 1915, and 
June 20, 1916 (F. Johansen). 

I have previously seen it from Pribilof islands, Bering sea. 


Vol. iti—46965—6 


82¢ Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 
HELOMYZID%. 


The larve of this family live in carrion and manure. Some of the species 
are found in caves and in underground nests of rodents. 

The family is represented in this collection by imagines only. In order to 
facilitate the indentification of the genera in this paper a generic synopsis is 
given herewith. 

Kery To GENERA. 


1: omeral bristle présente: 2. fm. 2 shrew sod yates tp ie ote helencens Gs pecan aoe eerie gee mee 2 
Humieral Bristle AbSents..c2 ois av. gh Sek eeieety crers a ge eG taen ehecene Catal eames eae ge Sime ana 3 
oo Thorax’ with. fives dorso-centrals. 22% Gay. 25 cnet eete ois tae PLA ara rye eae Helomyza Loew. 
"Thorax: with: two dorse-centralsis).: 29 5. rij. ee tee ete cheese Achaetomus Coquillett. 
3.0 ‘Thorax with-one pair of dorso-centrals. 00227254... seee eee sete Porsenus Darlington. 
Thorax with atleast two pairs of. dorso-centrals. ¢, (0.4.05 +s cgless ch be sei mud 4 
4.1 Mid tibizee with long bristles: on middle... 7 -. 2o bigs eet e ie eee Oecothea Haliday . 
Mid: tibize without bristles except) at.apex? cimnc2 4G ./e fe ne ree eer are eee 5 
5. Thorax with five or more pairs of dorso-centrals........... SURE state masta nee eee 6 
Thorax-with*two pairs of Gorso-centrals. 2.05: 6 a. g asim ays “iets. ger tee Neoleria, gen. n. 
Thorax with three pairs of dorso-centrals............2220.-.20 500. Tephrochlamys Loew. 


Thorax with four. pairs of.dotse-centrals...2 1. 22 -fecae 2 owe tern ais artalthors esatetotyeneloj2 peiaureeaen 
6. Scutellum with six bristles; inner cross-vein much before end of first vein; mesopleura 
IEE Sp Pen, ote ety ieee techie suckere ons Ge are gee te ase EE Anorostomoides Malloch. 
Scutellum*waith tow bristles-s.2 5,01 e aces cigs tar hed ee err Lee eet eee ae ee 
7. Inner cross-vein distinctly before end of first vein; frons in male very narrow; propleural 


and. mesopleural, bristles present. i..). 8s nts Ake e lee ae ee te Heteromyza Fallen. 
Inner cross-vein at or beyond end of first vein; propleural and mesopleural bristles 
absent; eyes of male:widely: separated }3.. .cfiss 2 40s. Gh tna eae: Allophyla Loew. 
8. Eyes very small, not much larger than antenne; arista remarkably long; vibrisse 
SELOM PA. 2s & Cate Ske esaom Tek Khe eg ee ae cee eee Eccoptomera Loew. 
Eyes much larger than antenne; arista short; vibrissee short and weak; face receding, 
oral marein not developed: qc ssces 4 iets ao 4 ce Shee tosce tla Mele estar: Anorostoma Loew. 
Eyes large; arista long; vibrisse strong; mouth margin well developed....... Leria Loew. 


Oecothea Haliday. 


There is a large series of a species of this genus in the collection. I cannot 
identify it with any of the previously described European species and it differs 
essentially from fenestralis Fallen—a species occurring in Europe and North 
America. 


Oecothea aristata, n. sp. 


MALE AND Fema.e.—Head, anterior lateral angles of thorax, greater portion 
of scutellum, hypopygium of male, genital segments of female, and the legs 
reddish testaceous; upper portion of head and greater portion of occiput, thorax 
abdomen, cox, sometimes median portion of femora, and whole of tarsi fuscous. 
Wings yellowish, cross-veins not infuscated. 

Frons about two-thirds the width of head, orbits with one bristle near 
middle; interfrontalia with sparse, short hairs; antenne small, third joint barely 
longer than second; arista very slender, nearly bare, about 2-5 as long as head, 
with a very short swelling at base; face with a broad central carina which is 
flattened and broadened below, covering the entire centre of face, cheeks with 
one strong vibrissa and a number of short setule; eye about equal in height 
to cheek at posterior margin. ‘Three pairs of postsuturals present; propleura 
with one bristle; a few short setule below anterior spiracle; mesopleura with 
or without a short bristle; sternopleura with one long bristle and a number of 
short setule; pteropleura bare; hypopleura with a number of minute setule 
below spiracle; scutellum bare on disc, margin with four bristles. Abdomen 
of male subcylindreal, fifth sternite with short, stubby setulz on apical half; 
hypopygium large, knob-like; abdomen of female more flattened, genital 
segments small. All femora of male slightly thickened, their antero- and postero- 
ventral surfaces each with a series of short black bristles; femora of female not 


, Diptera 83 C 
so stout and with much weaker and more widely spaced bristles; mid tibe 
in both sexes with one to four strong antero-dorsal bristles and three to five 
irregularly placed unequal-sized posterior bristles; hind tibia of male slightly 
curved, with a very pronounced apical callosity on ventral surface, the entire 
ventral surface with dense, short, erect hairs; hind tibia of female without a 
pronounced apical callosity and with much less distinct ventral hairs. Costal 
spines long and widely spaced; last section of fourth vein about 1-5 as long as 
preceding section. 

Length, 5-7 mm. 

Type locality: Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest 
Territories, July 10, 1916 (F. Johansen). Paratypes, same locality as type, 
August 1-7 and 14, 1915, and September, 1915 (F. Johansen). Thirty-five 
specimens. 

Differs from fenestralis Fallen, in being much larger and, in the male, 
in having the hind tibze with a very decided apical production or callosity, and 
in both sexes in having the cross-veins not infuscated. 


Leria Robineau-Desvoidy. 


Represented by one species in the collection. 


Leria fraterna (Loew). 
Scoliocentra fraterna Loew. Berl. Ent. Zeitschr., 1863, p. 27. 


A male specimen, with data as follows: Nome, Alaska, August 24, 26, 1916 
(F. Johansen). 

This species has previously been recorded from Alaska, and is generally 
distributed in the United States and Canada. 


Neoleria, n. gen. 
Generic Characters. 


Similar to Leria, differimg in having only two pairs of well-developed, 
postsutural, dorso-central, thoracic bristles. 
Genotype: Neoleria rotundicornis, n. sp. 


Neoleria rotundicornis, n. sp. 


MALE.—Reddish testaceous, subopaque, upper portion of frons, occiput, 
dorsum of thorax except humeri and scutellum, greater portion of pleure, and 
abdomen except the hypopygium, fuscous, with grey pruinescence. Wings 
faintly yellowish, veins pale brown. 

Frons less than one-half the head-width, orbits differentiated, each with 
two strong bristles and a few short setule, interfrontalia with short setule; 
antenne large, third joint almost orbicular, second very small; arista about 
as long as length of frons, with a short swelling at base, apical part not as slender 
as in Oecothea, with microscopic pubescence; eyes almost round, of moderate 
size; face almost perpendicular; cheek about half as high as eye, with a few 
short marginal bristles and one long vibrissa; proboscis stout; palpi normal. 
Dorsum of thorax with numerous moderately long setulose hairs and two pairs 
of postsutural, dorso-central bristles; scutellum short and broad, rounded in 
outline and subconvex on disc, bare except for the four marginal bristles; pro- 
pleural bristle strong; mesopleura bare except for a few setule on anterior 
lower angle; sternopleura with one strong bristle and a few setulose hairs; 
pteropleura’ and hypopleura bare.. Abdomen with short setule and a few 


Vol. ii—46963— 


84 ¢ Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1915-18 


longer bristles on posterior margins of segments; hypopygium of moderate size, 
subglobose. Legs with a few bristles but with numerous short setulose hairs; 
fore femora with long bristles on postero-dorsal and postero-ventral surfaces; 
mid femur with at least one moderately strong bristle on anterior surface at 
middle; mid and hind tibiz with preapical dorsal: bristle, fore pair not visible. 
Inner cross-vein before extreme apex of first vein and shghtly beyond middle 
of discal cell; outer cross-vein straight, at more than half its own length from 
end of fifth; last section of fourth nearly 1-5 as long as preceding section; costal 
spines very little longer than diameter of costal vein. 

Length, 4 mm. 

Type locality: Nome, Alaska, August 24 and 25, 1916 (F. Johansen). 


PIOPHILID. 


The larvee of all species of this family known to me feed in carrion, or on 
preserved meats, cheese, etc. I have found some species in numbers on dead 
animals, especially on the seashore and on the banks of rivers. There is only 
one specimen in the present collection, which is herein described as new. 


Piophila borealis, n. sp. 

Maue.—Glossy black. . 

Head black, interfrontalia, lower part of orbits, face, cheeks, and palpi 
reddish yellow. Thorax black, humeri, lateral portions of scutellum, and 
posterior lateral angles of mesonotum translucent red; propleura grey pruinose. 
Abdomen black. Legs black, trochanters, extreme apices of femora, bases 
(broadly) and apices (narrowly) of all tibize, basal four joints of mid, and three 
joints of hind, tarsi reddish yellow. Wings clear, veins yellow. Halteres 
yellow. 

Frons plain, with weak setule proximad of triangle; anterior orbital bristle 
very small; central postvertical pair of bristles twice as long and strong as 
laterals; vibrissa strong; cheek almost as high as eye. Thorax smooth, rather 
densely covered with short dark hairs; scutellum subtriangular, convex in centre 
of disc; apical bristles distinctly longer than laterals; propleural bristles of 
moderate length. Abdomen broad, the surface granulose and armed with 
rather closely placed short setulose hairs; hypopygium small. Legs normal 
both in strength and armature. Inner cross-vein slightly beyond apex of first; 
sections of fourth vein 6: 5 : 7 from base to apex. 

Length, 3 mm. 

Type locality: West of Konganevik, Camden bay, Alaska, July 4, 1914 
(F. Johansen). ; 

This species differs in the colour of the humeri and scutellum from any 
described in the recent paper on the family by Melander and Spuler,. 


EPHYDRID. 


The members of this family are found in the vicinity of water, the larve 
being almost without exception aquatic. y 
There is only one species in this collection. 


Scatella brunnipennis Malloch. 


I described this species in the paper on Pribilof Island Diptera previously 
referred to, but which has not yet appeared in print. 

Localities: Demarcation point, Alaska, and Collinson point, Alaska, May 
16, and June 20, 1914; Collinson point, Alaska, September, 22, 1913; Bernard 
harbour, Northwest Territories, July, 1915 (F. Johansen). 


1 Bull. 143 Wash. Agr. Exper. Station, 1917. 


S 
It 
2 


Diptera 
CHLOROPID. 


There is only one species of this family in the collection. 
The larve of this species feed in stems of wheat and grasses. 


Botanobia (Oscinis) frit (Linné). 
Musca frit Linn. Fauna Suecia, 1761, p. 1851. 


One specimen in very poor condition. 

This European species occurs throughout the United States and Canada, 
extending into Alaska. 

Locality: West of Konganevik, Camden bay, Alaska, July 4, 1914 (F. 
Johansen). 


86 C 


lll eel etl onl : 
GON HS O90 NI STB OO NS 


cunuucan Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


/ 
EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII. 


Simuliwm, sp. 4, maxilla of larva. 

Same, labium of larva. 

Same, mandible of larva. 

Simulium, sp. 2, thoracic respiratory organ of pupa. 
Psilotanypus, sp.? caudal fin of pupa. 

Rhamphomyia erinacioides, apex of abdomen of male, lateral view. 
Simulium, sp. 4, antenna of larva. 

Dolichopus dasyops, antenna of male. 

Same, hypopygial lamella of male. 

Psilotanypus, sp.? thoracic respiratory organ of pupa, front view. 
Same, lateral view. 

Simulium, sp. 4, thoracic respiratory organ of pupa. 

Simulium, sp. 8, same as above. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII. 


Oedamagena tarandi, anal spiracles of larva, one outlined only. 

Euphorocera gelida, spiracles of puparium. 

Cephenomyia sp.? cephalopharyngeal skeleton of larva, dorsal view of one-half. 
Oedamagena tarandi, larva, dorsal view. 

Cephenomyia sp.? caudal end of larva. 

Phormia cerulea, lateral view of head of male. 

Leptocera transversalis, wing. 

Peleteria arctica, head of female, lateral view. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX. 


Mydeina obscura, puparium, lateral view. 

Same, anal spiracles. 

Same, cephalopharyngeal skeleton of larva, lateral view. 

Same, apical segment of larva, dorsal view. 

Same, antepenultimate segment of larva, lateral view. 

Aricia borealis, posterior tibia of male, lateral view. 

Mydeina obscura, head of male, lateral view. 

Same, fifth sternite of male, ventral view. 

Pogonomyioides atrata, posterior portion of cephalopharyngeal skeleton of larva, 
lateral view. 

Mydeina obscura, apex of male adbomen, lateral view. 


EXPLANATION FOR PLATE X. 


Alliopsis, sp.? head of female, lateral view. 

Alliopsis obesa, head of male, lateral view. ; 
Gonatherus atricornis, head of female, lateral view. 
Scatophaga suilla, fifth sternite of male, ventral view. 


. Scatophaga lutaria, same as above. 


Allomyia unguiculata, apical segments of abdomen of male, ventral view. 
Same, antenna, leteral view. 

Same, apical segments of abdomen of male, lateral view. 

Hylemyia acrostichalis, fifth abdominal sternite of male, ventral view. 
Same, hypopygium of male, one side, caudal view. 


Di plera 87 ¢ 


Prate VII; 


Diptera collected by the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-16. 
(Excluding the Tipulidz and Culicide). 


88 C Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1915-18 


Puiate, VIII. 


ST Sijete sep sees LT 
Pte hy 


gos. laa tage 


Diptera collected by the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-16. 
(Exeluding the Tipulidae and Culicide). 


Diptera 


Diptera 


collected by the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-16. 


(Exeluding the Tipulide and Culicids). 


PuatTe IX. 


89 ¢ 


Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1915-18 


5 PLATE X. 


Diptera collected by the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-16. 
(Excluding the Tipulide and Culicide). 


\ 


REPORT 


OF THE 


7 


“ANADIAN ARCTIC EXPEDITION 


, \ 


1913-18 


\ 


' VOLUME III: INSECTS 


PART A: COLLEMBOLA 


\ 


By JUSTUS W. FOLSOM 


SOUTHERN PARTY—1913-16 


OTTAWA 


J. de LABROQUERIE TACHE 
PRINTER TO THE KING’S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY 


1919 


Issued July 10th, 1919 


spat 
; { aR Ag 
h ie 


REPORT 


OF THE 


CANADIAN ARCTIC EXPEDITION 
1913-18 


VOLUME III: INSECTS 


PART A: COLLEMBOLA 


By JUSTUS W. FOLSOM 


SOUTHERN PARTY—1913-16 


OTTAWA 


J. de LABROQUERIE TACHE 
PRINTER TO THE KING’S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY 
1919 
Vol. iii—54697—1 Issued July 10th, 1919 


+ 4 i. ¢ 
BF = hon Se Pas 
oe, SES 


Collembola of the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18. 


By Justus W. Fotsom 
Of the University of Illinois. 


This is a report on the Collembola obtained by the Canadian Arctic Expe- 
dition, 1913-16. The material, collected by Mr. F. Johansen, consisted of 
numerous well-preserved specimens, in excellent condition for study, and com- 
prised the following twelve species :— 


Podura aquatica L. 

Achorutes tullbergi Schaf. 
Achorutes sensilis, n. sp. 
Achorutes armatus (Nic.) 
Onychiurus duodecimpunctatus, n. sp. 
Tetracanthella wahlgrent Axels. 
Folsomia quadrioculata (Tull.). 
Isotoma viridis Bourl. 

Tsotoma palustris (Mill.). 
Entomobrya comparata, n. sp. 
Lepidocyrtus cyaneus Tull. 
Sminthurides aquaticus (Bourl.). 


The types and other specimens upon which this report is based are deposited 
in the National Collection of Insects, Ottawa. 


Podura aquatica Linnaeus. 
Plate 1, figs. 1-3. 


: Podura aquatica- Linnaeus, 1758.—Nicolet, 1841.—Tullberg, 1871, 1872.— 

Lubbock, 1868, 1873.—Packard, 1873.—Parona, 1879, 1882.—Dalla Torre, 
1888, 1895.—Uzel, 1890.—MacGillivray, 1891.—Schétt, 1894, 1902.—Reuter, 
1895.—Schiffer, 1896, 1900a,; 1900b. —Lie-Pettersen, 1896—Poppe and Schaffer, 
1897.—Scherbakov, 1898b.—Carl, 1899, 1901.—Wahlgren, 1899c, 1906a.— 
Carpenter and Evans, 1899.—Absolon, 1900, 1901.—Willem, 1900.—Borner, 
1901a.—Krausbauer, 1901.—Agren, 1903.—Guthrie, 1903.—Axelson, 1906.— 
(Axelson) Linnaniemi, 1907, 1912.—Folsom, 1916. 


H ypogastrura aquatica Bourlet, 1839. 
Hydropodura aquatica Borner, 1901b, 1902. 
Podura granulata MacGillivray, 1893. 


Blackish blue; antennae and legs reddish brown; furecula pale brown. 
Head hypognathous. Eyes 8 + 8. Ocular areas with conical elévations 
_between the eyes. Postantennal organs apparently absent, represented extern- 
ally by minute rudiments. Antenne shorter than the head, stout, cylindrical, 
with segments about as 4:5:6:7.in relative lengths. Olfactory hairs of fourth 
antennal segment absent. Sense organ of third antennal segment consisting of 
a pair of short stiff sete. Body short and stout. A dorsal subsegment occurs 
on the anterior part of each body segment except the ninth. Unguis (fig. 1) 
very long, longer than the tibio-tarsus, slender, curving, unidentate behind the 

54697—14 ; 


4A Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


middle of the inner margin. Unguiculus represented only by a toothlike rudi- 
ment. Tenent hair single, unknobbed. Rami of tenaculum quadridentate. 
Furcula very long, extending as far as the first pair of legs, clearly appended to 
the fourth abdominal segment. Manubrium short. Dentes long, strongly 
bowed outward, apically convergent, with an obsolete transverse suture two- 
fifths from the base, and with the tubercles of the distal third arranged in trans- 
verse rings. Mucrones (figs. 2, 3) three-fifths as long as hind ungues, with outer 
and inner lamelle, and with a prominent dorsal rounded-triangular basal lobe. 
Anal spines absent. Body clothing of few minute curving setae; dens with 12 
to 17 long curving dorsal sete, most of which are in two longitudinal series. 
Integument tuberculate. Length, 1.3 mm. 

Podura aquatica, one of the most abundant collembolans in Europe and 
North America, occurs on the surface of standing water on the margins of ponds 
and streams, having special structural adaptations for a semi-aquatic life. It 
swarms on vegetation or rubbish along the shore, and at times is blown against 
the shore in masses of enormous numbers. This species often appears in fresh- 
water aquaria, and is essentially a fresh-water species, though it has been found 
occasionally in pools of brackish water on the seashore. 

The species has been recorded from Siberia. From Canada, I have speci- 
mens taken at Arnprior, Ont., May 19, 1917, by Mr. Charles Macnamara. 

Great numbers on ponds, Demarcation point, Alaska, May 16, 1914; 
abundant, large and small, at Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, 
Northwest Territories, June 25, 1915. F. Johansen. 


Achorutes tullbergi Schaffer. 


Plate 1,. figs. 4-10; plate 2, fig. 11. 


Achorutes dubius Tullberg, 1876.—Uzel, 1890.—Schott, 1894.—Dalla Torre, 
1895.—Schiffer, 1896.—Skorikow, 1900. 

Achorutes dubius, var. concolor Carpenter, 1900. 

Achorutes tullbergi Schaffer, 1900a. 

Achorutes tullbergi, var. concolor Schaffer, 1900a.—Wahlgren, 1907.— 
Folsom, 1916. 

Pigmented with irregular patches of dark blue pigment (typical form) or 
uniformly pigmented (var. concolor). Eyes (fig. 4) eight on each side. Postan- 
tennal organs (fig. 4) with four (sometimes five) peripheral tubercles. Antenne 
shorter than the head, with segments es 6:7:9:9 in relative lengths. Sense organ 
of third antennal segment as in fig. 5. Ungues (fig. 6) stout, slightly curving; 
inner margin unidentate one third from apex. ag nguiculi with setaceously 
prolonged outer margin and with the basal lamella suboblong on the second and 
third pairs of feet. Tenent hairs knobbed; 2,3,3, as a rule; occasionally 3,3,3, 
or 1,3,3. . Mucrones (figs. 7-9) one-third dentes in length, apically rounded, with 
narrow outer lamella. Rami of tenaculum quadridentate. Anal spines (figs 
10, 11) two, half as long as hind ungues, arcuate, on prominent contiguous 
papillae. Clothing: of sparse short curving sete, with longer sete on the 
posterior part of the abdomen. Length, 2 mm. 

The specimens collected by the Expedition belong to the variety concolor 
Carp., which has been taken hitherto in Franz Jesef Land, Ellesmere land, 
Bohemia and Massachusetts. The typical form of the species has been reported 
from Nova Zembla, Spitzbergen and Siberia. 

Several specimens on ponds and from rotten driftwood, Bernard harbour, 
Northwest Territories, May, 25, 1916, June 18, 19, 1915; also several under 
driftwood, Demarcation point, Alaska, May 16, 1914. F. Johansen. 


Collembola 5A 


Achorutes sensilis, n. sp. 
Plate 2, figs. 12-18. 


Uniform dark blue. Eyes 8 + 8. Postantennal organs (fig. 12) small, 
slightly longer than the diameter of an eye, with four peripheral tubercles. 
Antenne shorter than the head, with segments in relative lengths about as 
5:6:7:7.. Third antennal segment with ‘ many distal lateral sensory sete (fig. 13). 
Unguis (fig. 14) long, slender, feebly curving, unidentate two-fifths from the 
apex. Unguiculus extending one-half as far as the unguis, with proximal half 
subovate and distal half acuminate. One long knobbed tenent hair. All the 
distal tibio-tarsal setae are apically bent and minutely knobbed. Rami of 
tenaculum tridentate. Dentes three times as long as mucrones, each with a 
long curving subapical dorsal seta. Mucro about as long as hind. unguiculus, 
variable in form (figs. 15, 16), with broad outer lamella and narrow inner lamella. 
Anal spines (fig. 17) short, stout, feebly curving, one-fifth as long as hind ungues, 
on contiguous papillze one-third as long as the spines. Clothing (fig. 18) of few 
short stout curving sete and longer stout suberect seta, the latter often feebly 
dentate. Maximum length, 2.2 mm. 

I regarded this form as being A. viaticus Tullberg, until I found the peculiar 
sense organs of the third antennal segment. In viaticus, of which I have many 
European specimens, the sense organ of the third antennal segment is as in 
figure 19, with a pair of sense rods, a single finger-like accessory seta, and one 
guard seta. In this new species there are, however (fig. 13), two pairs of sense 
rods, each pair with the usual basal ridge; also a distal ovate petiolate papilla, 
seated in a pit and covered basally with an integumentary fold; and in addition 
as many as nine lanceolate accessory sensory sete, with five guard setee—a 
wide departure from the condition typical for the genus. The other differences 
between the two species are of minor importance. In sensilis, as compared 
with viaticus, there are not three long knobbed tenent hairs; the tenaculum is 
not quadridentate; and the anal spines are somewhat shorter, stouter, and less 
curving. The clothing is of the same general type in the two species; the stout 
suberect setze of the body being, however, somewhat shorter than in viaticus 
(compare fig. 18 with fig. 20). 

This species occurred in masses on the surface of a pond at Bernard harbour, 
Northwest Territories, July 5, 1916. F. Johansen. 


Achorutes armatus (Nicolet). 
Plate 3, figs: 21-25. 


Podura armata Nicolet, 1841. 

Achorutes armatus Gervais 1844.—Nicolet, 1847. Lubbock, 1868, 1873— 
Tullberg, 1871, 1872, 1876—Parona, 1879, 1882, 1888, 1895—Témésvary, 
: ans, 1890—Uzel, 1890, 1891—MacGillivray, 1891—Schétt, 
1891, 1894, 1896, 1902—Moniez, 1894.—Dalla Torre, 1895.—Reuter, 1895.— 
Meinert, 1896.—Schiffer, 1896, 1897, 1900a, 1900b.—Carpenter, 1897.—Lie- 
Pettersen, 1896, 1898.—Poppe and Schiiffer, 1897.—Scherbakov, 1898b, 1899a.— 
Carl, 1899, 1901.—Carpenter and: Evans, 1899.—Wahlgren, 1900a.—Bérner, 
1901a.—Krausbauer, 1902.—Willem, 1902.—Agren, 1903, 1904.—Axelson, 
1905a, 1905b, 1906.—(Axelson) Linnaniemi, 1907, 1909.—C ollinge and Soe 
botham, 1910.—Imms, 1912.—Shoebotham, 1914.—Folsom, 1916. 

Achorutes boletivorus Packard, 1873.—MacGillivr ray, 1891.—Dalla Torre, 
1895.—Guthrie, 1903. 

“Achorutus marmoratus Packard, 1873.—MacGillivray, 1891.—Harvey, 1893. 

Achorutes texensis Packard, 1873.—MacGillivray, 1891.—Dalla Torre, 1895. 
Rs Achorutes pratorum Packard, 1873.—MacGillivray, 1891.—Dalla Torre, 

95. 


6A Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


Hypogastrura armata (Axelson) Linnaniemi, 1911, 1912.—Carohi, 1914. 


Very variable in colouration. General colour vinaceous, pale violet, greenish - 


grey, or dark blue. One variety is canary yellow marbled with lavender, with 
two dorsal stripes of the latter colour. The dorsum is commonly mottled or 
marbled, and the pleura and sternum are pale yellow with round spots made by 
hypodermal nuclei. A large interocular spot occurs. Ocular patches con- 
spicuous, black. Eyes eight on each side. Postantennal organs (fig. 21) large, 
with four unequal peripheral tubercles. Antenne shorter than the head; 
segments in relative lengths as 5:4:5:6; fourth segment with seven sensory 
hairs: two outer, two inner, and three dorsal. Between the third and fourth 
antennal segments is a large ventral eversible bilobed sac. Body stout; abdo- 
men feebly dilated. Unguis (fig. 22) long, slender, slightly curving, unidentate 
near the middle of the inner margin; lateral margins each unidentate one-fourth 
from the base. Unguiculus with suboblong basal lamella and setaceous apex, 
extending almost as far as the tooth of the opposite claw. One long tenent hair, 
unknobbed. Dentes stout, subeylindrical. Mucrones (fig. 23) half as long as 
dentes, apically rounded; inner lamella narrow, simple; outer lamella with a 
large subtriangular dorsal lobe. Anal spines (fig. 24) long, a little longer than 
the ungues in “adult specimens, slender, curving, on large contiguous papille, 
which are one-third to one-half as long as the spines. Clothing (fig. 25) dense, 
consisting of abundant short ae and numerous long hairs and sete, which 
are frequently serrate. Length, 1.5 mm. 

The synonymy of this species T have: discussed in a previous paper (Folsom, 
1916). 

The specimens collected by the Expedition were all of the dark blue variety. 

Achorutes armatus, one of the most abundant species of its genus, occurs in 
large colonies in a great variety of situations; under the loose moist bark of logs, 
on damp soil under wood or dead leaves, underground among the roots of grasses 
or other plants, in moss, on pools of fresh water. This species is the one com- 
monly found on fungi, particularly agarics, though it occurs on Boletus, Poly- 
porus, Morchella and other genera as well. 

This is one of the most widely distributed species of Collembola. It occurs 
in all parts of Europe, in Siberia, Spitzbergen, Greenland, Northern Africa 
(Tripoli), Sumatra, Ceylon, New Zealand, Brazil, Paraguay, Uruguay, Chile, 
and doubtless throughout the United States. In Canada it has been taken at 
Arnprior, Ont., in September, by Mr. Charles Macnamara. 

Several specimens on ponds, Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, 
May 25, 1916; June 18, 25, 1915. Abundant in moss in swamp, Pihumalerksiak 
island (Cockburn point), Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Territories, 
July 15, 1916. F. Johansen. 


Onychiurus duodecimpunctatus, n. sp. 


Plate 3, figs. 26-30; plate 4, figs. 31, 32. 


White. Postantennal organs (fig. 26) elongate, with simple tubercles 


numbering 32 in one example and 44 in another. Pseudocelli of antennal bases 
(fig. 27) 6 + 6 (two specimens) or 5 ae 5 (one specimen); of posterior border of 
head 4 + 4 (two specimens) or 5 + 5 (one specimen). Antenne subequal to 
head in length. Sense organ of third antennal segment (fig. 28) with five 
papillae, five guard setae, a pair of sense rods, and two capitate tuberculate 
sense clubs. Pseudocelli of body (fig. 29) as follows—Prothorax: dorsal, O; 
lateral, 1 + 1. Mesothorax: dorsal, 2 + 2; lateral, 1 + 1. Metathorax: 
dorsal, 2 + 2; lateral, 1 + 1. First abdominal segment: dorsal, 4 + 4. Second 
abdominal, 4 + 4 (two specimens) or 5 + 5 (one specimen). Third, 5 + 5 (2 
spms.) or 4 + 4 (1 spm.). Fourth, 6 + 6 (2 spms.) or 5 + 5 (1 spm.). Fifth, 
5 + 5 (2 spms.) or 4 + 4 (1 spm.). Sixth, 0 


Collembola Tk 


Unguis (fig. 30) slender, curving, unidentate beyond the middle of the inner 
margin. Unguiculus exceeding the unguis, slender, gradually tapering from the 
base into a fine filament. Anal spines (fig. 31) two, feebly curving, half as long 
as hind ungues, on separated papillae, one-fourth as long as the spines. Clothing 
(fig. 32) of short curving simple setze, with long erect simple sensory sete. 
Length, 2.4 mm. 

_ This species belongs near the common armatus Tullberg, and comes nearest 
to octopunctatus Tullberg, a rarely recorded species that has never been fully 
described. If the form here described proves to agree with octopwnctatus in 
respect to pseudocelli and the minute structure of the antennal sense organs, it 
should be regarded as a variety of that species. 

Three cotypes, from rotten driftwood at Bernard harbour, Northwest 
Territories, June 19, 1915. F. Johansen. 


Tetracanthella wahlgreni Axelson. 
Plate 4, figs. 33-37; plate 5, figs. 38-41. 


Tetracanthella pilosa Schott, 1894 (part), 1902 (part).—Lie-Pettersen, 1896. 
Wahlgren, 1899b, 1900b, 1906b.—Axelson, 1900. 

Tetracanthella coerulea Schaffer, 1900a, 1900b. 

Tetracanthella wahlgreni (Axelson) Linnaniemi, 1907, 1912. Bagnall, 1914. 

Dark blue. Body elongate, narrowing posteriorly (fig. 33). Eyes on 
black patches, 8 + 8 (fig. 34); the two inner proximal eyes of each side smaller 
than the others; the three posterior eyes in a group apart from the five anterior. 
Postantennal organs (fig. 34) elongate, subelliptical, eight or nine times as long 
as broad, and four times as long as the diameter of an adjacent eye; sometimes 
constricted near the middle. Antenne shorter than the head, with segments in 
relative lengths about as 9:13:10:19. Sense organ of third antennal segment 
(fig. 35) consisting of a pair of slender curving sense rods, subtended by a thick 
chitinousridge, and covered with an integumental fold. Fourth antennal segment 
with subapical papilla and with slender curving sensory setae. Second, third, 
and fourth abdominal segments subequal in length dorsally. Genital and anal 
segments confluent, bearing two pairs of spines (figs. 36, 37). Posterior spines 
a little. longer than hind ungues, feebly curving, on stout papillae almost half as 
long as the spines. Anterior spines similar to the posterior, but a little shorter. 
Ano-genital segment with long stiff hairs projecting beyond the apex of the 
abdomen, which are simple in some specimens but apically bent and knobbed 
in others. Anus ventral. Unguis stout, untoothed (fig. 38). Unguiculus 
extending half to three-fifths as far as the unguis, lanceolate, acuminate. Clavate 
tenent hairs two, extending as far as, or farther than, the unguis. Femur with 
a single long clavate hair (fig. 33). Furcula short, appended to the fourth 
abdominal segment, and extending to the posterior margin of the third. Manu- 
brium stout, with several pairs of dorsal setz (fig. 39). Mucro and dens not 
demarkated from each other. Mucro-dentes convergent, in form as in figs. 39 
and 40; each with three sets: two dorsal and one ventral. Rami of tenaculum 
bidentate (fig. 39); corpus with a single stout seta. General clothing of few 
short equal curving simple sete in the middle region of each segment, with Tong 
outstanding simple sensory sete in a single transverse series on most of the body 
segments (fig. 41). Cuticula not tuberculate, but figured. Length, 1.8 mm. 

The term figured, as applied to the cuticula, means that the integument is 
divided into minute polygonal areas. 

In two specimens the long distal hairs of the abdomen were simple; in one 
specimen, however, they were distinctly bent apically, with a minute terminal 
knob, as in my fig. 36. Linnaniemi (712, p. 104), not having seen these clavate 
hairs as described by Schott, suggested that the appearance of terminal knobs 
was due to adherent particles of foreign matter. 


8A Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


As Linnaniemi (712, p. 102) has shown, the original descriptions of Tetra- 
canthella pilosa by Schott were based upon two distinct species; now known 
respectively as pilosa and wahlgreni. The specimens that I have studied agree 
accurately with ¢he description and figures given by Linnaniemi of the latter 
species. 

He says that in Finland 7. wahlgreni lives under moss and lichens, as well 
as under stones, on the rocky summits of the mountains, where it may almost 
always be found, not infrequently in considerable numbers. Sometimes it can 
be taken also on the surfaces of pools of water. It has made its appearance 
early in summer, before the snows have melted on the mountain tops. Common 
as the species is on the summits of the mountains, it is seldom found in the 
timber region, but oftener, however, in the subalpine zone. 

T. wahlgrent has been reported from Norway, Sweden, Finland (north of 
the Arctic circle), Spitzbergen and Bear island, and is essentially Arctic in its 
distribution. 

Four specimens (one spoiled by dissection), on the surface of a pond ina 
swamp, Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, June 18, 1915. F. Johansen. 


Folsomia quadrioculata (Tullberg). 
Plate 5, figs. 42-47. . 


Isotoma quadrioculata Tullberg, 1871, 1872, 1876.—Stuxberg, 1887.—Uzel, 
1890.—MacGillivray, 1891, 1896.—Moniez, 1891.—Sch6tt, 1894, 1902.—Dalla 
Torre, 1895.—Reuter, 1895.—Lie-Pettersen, 1896, 1898, 1907.—Meinert, 
1896.—Schiffer, 1896, 1900a, 1900b.—Poppe and Schaffer, 1897.—Lubbock, 
1898.—Scherbakov, 1898a, 1898b.—Carl, 1899, 1901.—Wahlgren, 1899b, 1900a, 
1900b, 1906a, 1906b.—Absolon, 190 Skori 1900.—Borner, 1901la.— 
Krausbauer, 1902.—Agren, 1903, 1905.—Guthrie, 1903.—Axelson, 1904, 1905b, 
1906.—Evans, 1908. 

Isotoma (Folsomia) quadrioculata Axelson, 1905a. 

Folsomia quadrioculata (Axelson) Linnaniemi, 1907, 1909, 1911, 1912.— 
Collinge and Shoebotham, 1910. 

Dull grey to greyish black, pigmented with blackish spots of irregular form, 
size and distribution. Small specimens may be white, or white with scattered 
spots of greyish blue. Large specimens are often blackish, mottled with white, 
or unpigmented, spots; pale across the intersegmental regions and ventrally; 
with antenne, legs and manubrium pigmented, and dentes unpigmented. Eyes 
2+ 2 (fig. 42), one behind the other, each with its separate pigment spot, the 
posterior eye being the smaller. Postantennal organs (fig. 42) long, narrow, 
with parallel sides, feebly curving. Antenne varying from a little shorter to a 
little longer than the head; second segment a little longer than the third; fourth 
segment two to three times as long as the first. Sense organ of third antennal 
segment as in fig. 43. Fourth antennal segment with slender curving sensory 
sete, much like the other sete. Body stout. Fourth, fifth, and sixth abdominal 
segments ankylosed; with a trace of a dorsal suture between the fourth and 
fifth segments. Anus ventro-caudal.’ Unguis (fig. 44) stout, curving, simple, 
without teeth. Unguiculus small, extending a little less than half as far as the 
unguis, lanceolate, pointed, untoothed. Tenent hairs absent. Furcula append- 
ed to the fourth abdominal segment, short, extending almost to the posterior 
margin of the second abdominal segment. Manubrium (fig. 45) with two pairs 
of ventro-apical chitinous hooks between the bases of the dentes. Dentes (fig. 
46) stout, slightly tapering, with a few crenulations near the middle of the dorsal 
region. Mucrones (fig. 46) bidentate; apical tooth hooked; anteapical tooth 
usually larger than the other, erect or curving slightly forward. Rami of 
tenaculum See ee eae corpus with a single stout curving seta. Clothing 
of simple. sete (fig. 47) of three kinds: (1) moderately long stiff dense sete, 


Collembola QA 


slanting backward; absent on the anterior and posterior regions of the inter- 
mediate body segments; (2) fewer sete, suberect or curving forward; (3) long 
slender outstanding sensory sete. ‘Length, 1.5.mm. 

The specimens collected by the Expedition agree with my European exam- 
ples of the species. 

Folsomia quadrioculata occurs on damp ground under stones, wood or fallen 
leaves, in humus and in moss, under loose bark, in flower pots, and on the sea- 
shore under driftwood, stones or seaweed. The species is easily recognized by 
its broad body, characteristic dirty grey colour and slow movements. When 
disturbed it springs actively, in spite of its short furcula. In Finland it winters 
full grown and comes to life now and then on mild days; never appearing on 
the snow, however, but remaining among leaves or in moss in the woods (Lin- 
naniemi, 712). 

This species, one of the commonest collembolans in northern and middle 
Europe, has been reported from the following Arctic localities: Nova Zembla, 
Spitzbergen, King Charles land, White island, Bear island, Jan Mayen and 
Greenland. 

From Canada, I have received specimens recently from Mr. Charles Mac- 
namara, taken by him in dead leaves, October, 1917, at Arnprior, Ont. 

In the United States, the species has been recorded from Minnesota by 
Guthrie, some of whose specimens I have studied through the courtesy of Prof. 
Henry F. Nachtrieb. 

Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, on the surface of a pond, June 
18, 1915 (2 specimens), July 9, 1915 (1 specimen). F. Johansen. 


Isotoma viridis Bourlet. 
Plate 6, figs. 48-52. 


Isotoma viridis Bourlet, 1839.—Gervais, 1844.—Nicolet, 1847.—Lubbock, 
1873.—Parona, 1879, 1883.—Schott, 1891, 1894, 1902.—Dalla Torre, 1895.— 
Reuter, 1895.—Lie-Pettersen, 1896, 1898, 1907.—MacGillivray, 1896.—Meinert, 
1896.—Schaffer, 1896, 1900a, 1900b.—Poppe and Schaffer, 1897.—Scherbakov, 
1898a, 1898b, 1899a.—Carl, 1899, 1901.—Absolon, 1900.—Carpenter and 
Evans, 1899.—Evans, 1901a, 1901b.—Wahlgren, 1899a, 1899b, 1900a, 1900b, 
1906a, 1906b, 1907, 1909.—Kieffer, 1900.—Skorikow, 1900.—Willem, 1900.— 
Borner, 1901a, 1903, 1906.—Folsom, 1902.—Krausbauer, 1902.—Voigts, 1902.— 
Agren, 1903, 1904.—Axelson, 1903, 1904, 1905a, 1906.—(Axelson) Linnaniemi, 
1907, 1909, 1911, 1912.—Guthrie, 1903.—Carpenter, 1907.—Collinge, 1910.— 
Collinge and Shoebotham, 1910.—Shoebotham, 1914. 

Isotoma caerulea Bourlet, 1839.—Gervais, 1844. 

Desoria virescens Nicolet, 1841.—Gervais, 1844. 

Desoria cylindrica Nicolet, 1841.—Gervais, 1844. 

Desoria viatica Nicolet, 1841.—Gervais, 1844. 

Desoria pallida Nicolet, 1841.—Gervais, 1844. 

Desoria ebriosa Nicolet, 1841.—Gervais, 1844. 

Desoria annulata Nicolet, 1841.—Gervais, 1844. 

Podura viridis Bourlet, 1843. 

Podura annulata Bourlet, 1848. 

Heterotoma chlorata Gervais, 1844. 

Isotoma Desmarestii Gervais, 1844. 

Isotoma virescens Nicolet, t847. 

Isotoma cylindrica Nicolet, 1847. 

Isotoma viatica Nicolet, 1847. 

Isotoma ebriosa Nicolet, 1847. 

Isotoma annulata Nicolet, 1847.—Lubbock, 1873.—Parona, 1883. 

Isotoma anglicana Lubbock, 1862, 1873 


104 Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


Isotoma palustris Tullberg, 1871, 1872, 1876.—Uzel, 1890. 

Isotoma Belfragei Packard, 1873.—MacGillivray, 1891. 

Isotoma tricolor Packard, 1873 (part).—MacGillivray, 1891 (part). 

Isotoma purpurascens Packard, 1873.—MacGillivray, 1891. 

Isotoma plumbea Packard, 1873.—MacGillivray, 1891. 

Isotoma capitola MacGillivray, 1896. 

Tsotoma glauca MacGillivray, 1896. 

Colour very variable: dark green, greenish yellow, dull yellow, lilac, 
blackish blue, reddish purple, leaden purple or dark brown; usually with small 
pale dorsal spots. Without longitudinal lines, in the typical form. Eyes 
8 + 8, subequal (fig. 48). Postantennal organs (fig. 48) broadly elliptical, oval, 
or circular; shorter, to a little longer, than the diameter of an eye. Antenne 
one and one-half to two times as long as the head, with segments in relative 
lengths about as 4:7:7:8. Sense organ of third antennal segment consisting of 
a pair of slender rods. Abdominal segments without ankylosis. Fourth 
abdominal segment slightly shorter than the third. Ungues (fig. 49) long, 
slender, slightly curving, with a pair of large lateral teeth, with inner margin 
bidentate, and with parallel basal folds. Unguiculus extending two-fifths to 
two-thirds as far as unguis, lanceolate, unidentate near the middle of the inner 
margin. Tenent hairs absent. Furcula strongly developed, appended appar- 
ently to the fifth abdominal segment. Dentes slender, gradually tapering, 
more than twice as long as manubrium, crenulate dorsally, with a distal bristle 
extending beyond the mucro. Mucrones (fig. 50) faleately and subequally 
tridentate; second and third teeth opposite each other. Rami of tenaculum 
quadridentate (fig. 51); corpus with numerous ventral sete. Clothing (fig. 52) 
of dense simple or feebly serrate sete; with long outstanding fringed sensory 
sete. Maximum length, 6 mm. (typical form); 7 mm. (var. arctica). 

The specimens of this well-known species collected by the Expedition 
agree with my examples from Europe and the United States, but are under the 
maximum size, being not more than 3 mm. in length. In colour they are clear 
green with pale spots, or dark blue. 

Having examined Packard’s types in the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, 
Cambridge, Mass., I agree with MacGillivray (’96, p. 58) that [sotoma Belfragez, 
purpurascens, plumbea, and the Massachusetts specimens of tricolor, all belong 
to viridis Bourlet. The Texas specimens, for which MacGillivray retained the 
name of tricolor, are palustris Miller. 

Isotoma capitola MacG. is synonymous with viridis Bourl., as I have found 
from a cotype sent to me by MacGillivray. 

The form referred by MacGillivray to glauca Packard is also viridis Bourl., 
and is specifically distinct from Packard’s glauca. 

Isotoma viridis is one of the most abundant collembolans, is the largest 
known species of its genus in North America and Europe, and may easily be 
recognized with the naked eye» It belongs primarily to the fauna of the humus, 
and occurs in almost any soil that is not too dry—in grass lands, woods, swamps, 
or cultivated fields—congregating under stones, pieces of wood, dead leaves or 
other protection, and in piles of garbage or manure. It occurs in moss, on 
pools of water, on the seashore under driftwood or seaweed, and in winter on 
the snow. 

The typical form of Isotoma viridis, ranging throughout Europe and the 
United States, including Alaska, has been reported from the following Arctic 
localities: Siberia, Spitzbergen, Bear island, Jan Mayen, Iceland and Greenland. 

One specimen under old drift-wood logs in tundra behind house at Collinson 
Point, Alaska, Sept 27,1913. F. Johansen. 

Two specimens, under driftwood, Demarcation point, Alaska, May 16, 
1914. F. Johansen. 

A few specimens, under loose stones, Bernard harbour, Northwest Terri- 
tories, May, 1915. F. Johansen. 


Collembola Tex 
Isotoma viridis var. riparia Nicolet. 


Desoria riparia Nicolet, 1841.—Gervais, 1844. 

Isotoma riparia Nicolet, 1847. 

Isotoma palustris var. riparia Tullberg, 1871. 

Isotoma palustris Tullberg, 1872 (part). 

Tsotoma viridis var. aquatilis Schott, 1891. 

Isotoma viridis var. riparia Schott, 1894, 1896, 1902.—Dalla Torre, 1895.— 
Reuter, 1895.—Schaffer, 1896, 1900a.—Poppe and Schaffer, 1897.—Lie-Petter- 
sen, 1898.—Scherbakov, 1898a, 1898b.—Carl, 1899.—Wahlgren, 1899a, 1906a, 
1906b.—Absolon, 1900.—Borner, 190la.—Voigts, 1902.—Agren, 1903, 1904. 
Axelson, 1903, 1905a, 1906.—(Axelson) Linnaniemi, 1907, 1909, 1911, 1912. 

Ground colour yellowish, greenish or brownish. The principal charac- 
teristic of this variety is a dark blue or blackish median dorsal stripe. Dark 
spots on the sides of the body segments may or may not be present. Maximum 
length, 5 mm. 

The specimens of J. viridis riparia collected by the Expedition are yellowish 
or greenish, pale ventrally, with or without the lateral dark spots and with the 
median stripe complete, or fading out posteriorly. Length, 2.5 mm. 

This variety prefers humid situations, and is found under damp wood, in 
moss, on the surface of fresh water, along the shores of ponds or streams and on 
the seashore under seaweed, driftwood or stones. 

The variety riparia ranges over north and middle Europe, and has been 
recorded from Arctic Siberia. 

In Canada, Mr. Charles Macnamara has taken this variety at Arnprior, 
Ont., in March and April. 

In the United States, the variety is known to me from New Hampshire, 
New York, Virginia, and Texas, at present. 

A few specimens under loose stones, Bernard harbour, Northwest Terri- 
tories, May, 1915. F. Johansen. 


Isotoma palustris (Miiller). 
Plate 6, figs. 53-57. 


Podura palustris Miller, 1776.—Gmelin, 1778-93.—Bourlet, 1843. 

Isotoma palustris Lubbock, 1873.—Reuter, 1876 (part), 1890, 1891, 1895.— 
Reuter, L. and O. M., 1880.—Témésvary, 1882.—Parona, 1885, 1895.—Oude- 
mans, 1888.—Dalla Torre, 1888, 1895.—Uzel, 1890, 1891.—Parfitt, 1891.— 
Schott, 1891, 1894, 1896, 1902.—Lie-Pettersen, 1896, 1898, 1907.—MacGillivray, 
1896.—Schiaffer, 1896, 1898, 1900a, 1900b.—Poppe and Schaffer, 1897.— 
Scherbakov, 1898a.—Carl, 1899, 1901.—Carpenter and Evans, 1899.—Absolon, 
1900.—Borner, 1901la, 1902.—Krausbauer, 1902.—Agren, 1903.—Guthrie, 1903. 
Wahlgren, 1906b, 1907.—Collinge, 1910.—Collinge and Shoebotham, 1910.— 
Shoebotham, 1914. 

Isotoma tricolor Packard, 1873 (part) —_MacGillivray, 1891 (part), 1896. 

Isotoma aquatilis Lubbock, 1873 (part).—Parona, 1883. 

Isotoma Stuxbergi Tullberg, 1876 (part). 

Isotoma Tullbergi Moniez, 1889. 

Isotoma Stuxbergi Moniez, 1891. 

Isotoma aequalis MacGillivray, 1896. 

Isotomurus palustris Borner, 1903, 1906.—Axelson, 1905a, 1906.—( Axelson) 
Linnaniemi, 1911, 1912.—Imms, 1912. 

Very variable in colouration. The typical form is yellowish or greenish 
with blue, purple or blackish pigment; having a median dorsal stripe with 
irregular margins; and frequently lateral spots, which may coalesce to form a 
stripe on each side of the body. Head often with a dorsal lunate or anchor- 


124 Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


shaped spot. Eyes 8 + 8 (fig. 53) subequal; or two inner proximal eyes of 

ach group a little smaller than the others. Postantennal organs (fig. 53) near 
the eyes, elliptical, slightly longer than, to twice as long as, the diameter of an 
adjacent eye. Antenne once and one-half to twice as long as the head, with 
segments in relative lengths about as 3:4:5:6. Sense organ of third antennal 
segment with a pair of linear feebly curving sense rods, a thick basal ridge, and 
two guard sete. Very short curving sensory sete occur on all the antennal 
segments as follows: segment 1, 2-5; 2, 3-7; 3, 3-7; 4, 10-15. On the first 
three segments these are on the under side near the distal outer end; on the 
fourth segment they occur on the distal half along the outer side (Agren, 02). 
Mesonotum almost covering the pronotum. Third abdominal segment a little 
longer than the fourth (about as 5:4). Abdominal segments without ankylosis. 
Unguis (fig. 54) stout, curving, with a pair of small lateral teeth, and with inner 
margin untoothed. Unguiculus broadly lanceolate, with inner lamella roundly 
dilated basally, untoothed as a rule, extending a little beyond the middle of the 
unguis. Tenent hairs absent, represented by a single long simple hair. Furcula 
apparently appended to the fifth abdominal segment, and extending to the 
anterior border of the ventral tube. Dentes twice as long as manubrium, 
slender, gradually tapering, crenulate dorsally. Mucro two- thirds as long as 
hind unguis, quadridentate (fig. 55). Apical tooth small, at the base of the 
second tooth; second and third teeth dorsal, large, subequal, subconical, slightly 
hooked, in longitudinal alinement; fourth tooth lateral, oblique, acute, extending 
almost half the length of the mucro. Basal lateral mucronal seta present. 
Rami of tenaculum quadridentate (fig. 56); corpus with many (fifteen or more) 
ventral sete. General clothing of abundant short simple set (fig. 57). Long 
outstanding feathered sensory sete occur on the last five abdominal segments; 
there being one or two pairs of these on each of the segments, and sometimes 
three pairs on the fourth abdominal segment. Length, 3 mm. 

Packard’s six cotypes of his Isotoma tricolor, from Waco, Texas, in the 
Museum of Comparative Zoédlogy, Cambridge, ’Mass., for which MacGillivray 
(96, p. 48) retained the name of tricolor, I found to be palustris. In the same 
tube with them were five specimens of [sotoma viridis, from Salem, Mass. 

I. aequalis MacG. is also palustris, as I have found from a study of a cotype 
sent to me by MacGillivray. 

Tsotoma palustris lives in moist places, and is especially abundant along the 
edges of ponds and streams, frequenting the vegetation in preference to the 
water, though it is at home on the surface of the water, where it leaps vigorously 
and repeatedly. The species occurs on the seashore also, under seaweed, drift- 
wood or stones, and is sometimes found on the snow. 

This is one of the dominant species of its order. It is cosmopolitan in 
distribution, everywhere common, and highly variable in colouration, several 
varieties having received names. The typical form of the species is known 
from all parts of Europe, from Canada and the United States, Azores islands, 
India, and Java; the recorded Arctic distribution being as follows: Siberia, 
Nova Zembla, Spitzbergen, Bear island. 


Isotoma palustris var prasina Reuter. 
Plate 6, figs. 53-57. 


[sotoma Stuxbergi var. prasina Reuter, 1891. 

Isotoma palustris var. prasina Schott, 1894.—Dalla Torre, 1895.—Reuter, 
1895.—MacGillivray, 1896.—Schaffer, 1896, 1898, 1900a, 1900b.—Poppe and 
Schaffer, 1897.—Carl, 1899, 1901.—Carpenter and Evans, 1899.—Wahlgren, 
1899c, 1906b.—Borner, 1901a.—Krausbauer, 1902.—Agren, 1903. 

[sotoma palustris var. pallida Schaffer, 1896—Roérner, 1901a.—Krausbauer, 
1902. : 


Collembola IZA 


Tsotomurus palustris var. prasina Axelson, 1905a, 1906.—Wahlgren, 1907.— 
(Axelson) Linnaniemi, 1907,-1911, 1912. 

Yellowish green or pale yellowish, varying sometimes into yellowish red or 
brownish; unicolorous, or with a trace of the median dorsal stripe. Length as 
great as 4.5 mm. 

The specimens collected by the Expedition are uniform olive green in 
colour, with paler furcula. In some specimens the median dorsal stripe is 
represented, varying from a mere trace to a well-developed line, on head and 
body. In some instances the posterior borders of the body segments are edged 
narrowly with blackish. Maximum length, 3 mm. 

These specimens, which I feel obliged to refer to the species palustris, differ 
from typical European and North American examples of the species in having 
more slender ungues, relatively shorter mucrones, unidentate unguiculi, and 
particularly in lacking the characteristic long fringed sensory sete. Further- 
more, some of the largest of the curving body-setz are feebly denticulate. In 
other respects the specimens agree. with palustris, as is evident from my figs. 


(03-07. 


The variety prasina has been recorded from northern and middle Europe, 
Bismarck archipelago, Siberia, Nova Zembla, and Ellesmere land. 

Many specimens: on ponds at Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, 
May 25, 1916, June 16, 18, 25, July 9, 1915; under driftwood, Demarcation 
point, Alaska, May 16, 1914. F. Johansen. 


Entomobrya comparata, n. sp. 
Plate 7, figs. 58-63. 


This form, like most other species of its genus, varies greatly in colouration. 
Though the colour varieties intergrade, I have placed them in the following 
three groups for the purposes of description :— 

(1) Pale lemon yellow, including antenne and legs; furcula white. Eye- 
spots black; also basal antennal ring and a transverse band connecting the eye- 
spots and the bases of the antenne. 

(2) Lemon yellow, with black antennal rings and interecular band, and 
black median subcrescentic spot behind the eyes (fig. 58). Anal segment black 
dorsally. Antenne purplish distally. Legs and furcula yellow. This is the 
commonest form in the collection. 

(3) General colour brownish yellow, faintly and minutely mottled with 
pigment. Segments bordered narrowly with black, as well as the posterior 
border of the fourth abdominal segment, as in fig. 59. Anal and genital seg- 
ments black dorsally. Fourth and fifth abdominal segments with a variable 


amount of pigment ventrally. First antennal segment blackish apically; 


remaining segments blackish. Femora and tibio-tarsi pigmented distally, and 
the manubrium dorsally. 

Kyes 8 + 8, unequal (fig. 60). Antenne a little more than twiceas long 
as the head, with segments in relative lengths about as 4:10:9:12. Abdominal 
segments in relative lengths as 13:19:14:40:6:4. Fourth abdominal segment 
therefore about three times as long as the third. Unguis (fig. 61) with a pair of 
lateral teeth and with inner margin tridentate in profile; all three teeth being 
actually doubled, however. Unguiculus extending a little beyond the middle of 
the unguis, broadly lanceolate, simple. One clavate tenent hair. Dentes one 
third longer than manubruim. .Mucrones half as long as hind unguiculi, of the 
usual form (fig. 62). Rami of tenaculum quadridentate; corpus with one stout 
curving seta (fig. 63). General clothing of dense short curving fringed sete. 
Dorsum of head and body with dense clavate fringed sets, less abundant on the 
last three abdominal segments. Antenne and legs densely setaceous. <A few 
long fringed sensory setze occur as usual. Length, 1.7 mm. 


144 Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


It is possible that this form is simply a variety of one of. the numerous 
described species of Entomobrya, though it does not agree accurately with any 
published description that I have seen, or with any of the numerous European 
species in my collection. 

Several specimens under driftwood on tundra, Demarcation point, Alaska, 
May 16, 1914. F. Johansen. 

Many specimens under loose stones, Bernard harbour, Northwest Terri- 
tories, May 1915. F. Johansen. 


Lepidocyrtus cyaneus Tullberg. 
Plate 7, figs. 64-66. 


Lepidocyrtus cyaneus Tullberg, 1871, 1872, 1876.—Reuter, 1876.—Reuter, 
L. and O. M., 1880.—Moniez, 1891.—Schétt, 1894, 1902.—Dalle Torre, 1895.— 
Lie-Pettersen, 1896, 1898, 1907.—Schaffer, 1896, 1900a, 1900b.—Poppe and 
Schaffer, 1897.—Scherbakov, 1898a, 1898b.—Carl, 1899, 1901.—Carpenter and 
Evans, 1899.—Borner, 1901la.—Krausbauer, .-—Voigts, 1902.—Axelson, 
1903, 1904, 1905a, 1906.—Agren, 19038, 1904.—Wahlgren, 1906a, 1906b.— 
Carpenter, 1907.—Collinge and Shoebotham, 1910.—(Axelson) Linnaniemi, 
1907, 1911, 1912. 

Lepidocyrtus purpureus Lubbock, 1873.—Oudemans, 1887.—Reuter, 1890, 
1895.— Uzel, 1890.—Parfitt, 1891.—Guthrie, 1903. 

Lepidocyrtus violaceus ‘Lubbock, 1873.—Parona, 1882, 1888.—Oudemans, 
1887.—Uzel, 1890, 1891. Témésvary, 1883. 

Lepidocyrtus metallicus Packard, 1873.—MacGillivray, 1891. 

Lepidocyrtus assimilis Reuter, 1890, 1895.—Schaffer, 1898. 

Lepidocyrtus pallidus Schott, 1893.—Reuter, 1890, 1895.—Lie-Pettersen, 
1896.—(Axelson) Linnaniemi, 1912. 

Lepidocyrtus cyaneus var. pallidus Schétt, 1894.—Wahlgren, 1906. 

Lepidocyrtus cyaneus var. assimilis Schott, 1894. Dalla Torre, 1895.— 
Wahlgren, 1908. 

Lepidocyrtus elegantulus Meinert, 1896. 

Dark blue or violet with iridescent scales. Denuded of scales, dull blue or 
violet. Legs yellow beyond the coxae; dentes or entire furcula yellow; first 
and second antennal segments yellow with purple apices; third and fourth 
antennal segments purple; dorsum of head, and sometimes the mesonotum, 
yellow; fifth and sixth abdominal segments and the anterior region of the fourth 
often yellow. Narrow yellow intersegmental bands are often present. The 
unpigmented regions may be white instead of yellow. Body stout. Mesonotum 
arched, concealing the pronotum and projecting moderately over the head. 
Eyes (fig. 64) 8 + 8, on black patches; the two inner proximal eyes of each 
group smaller than the others. Antenne one-fourth to one-half longer than 
the head. Antennal base black. Second and third antennal segments subequal 
in length; fourth segment one-half to two-thirds longer than the third. Unguis 
(fig. 65) with a pair ‘of large lateral teeth, and with two pairs of inner teeth, the 
proximal pair being at the middle of the inner margin. Unguiculus narrow, 
sublanceolate, pointed, untoothed, extending three-fifths as fae as the unguis 
on the third pair, and about half as far on “the first and second pairs of feet. 
One clavate tenent hair. Fourth abdominal segment three to four times as 
long as the third. Dentes a little longer than the manubrium. Mucro (fig. 66) 
about as long as hind unguiculus, with long apical tooth and well developed 
basal spine. Anterior region of head with short stiff fringed clavate sete. 
Anterior border of mesonotum with a dense cluster of stiff clavate sete. Anten- 
ne, legs and posterior region of abdomen with dense fringed sete. Dentes 
with two dorsal rows of subclavate fringed sete. Manubrium and dentes 
scaly, the ventral scales more numerous than the dorsal. Length, 1 mm. 


Collembola LON 


The preceding description is based upon numerous specimens of typical 
L. cyaneus from Europe and the United States. 

Packard’s L. metallicus is this species, as I have found by a study of his 
cotypes in the Museum of Comparative Zoédlogy, Cambridge, Mass. 

The specimens of this species collected by the Expedition are all typical as 
regards structural details, but most of them are atypical in respect to colouration. 
Thus, in a heavily pigmented specimen, all four antennal segments are yellow; 
and most of the denuded specimens are olivaceous, the effect of the yellow 
ground colour in combination with minute spots of violet pigment. 

L. cyaneus is primarily a species of the humus, but occurs also in other 
situations, as under loose dead bark or in moss. The species is common under 
sticks or stones on the ground, and is often found on soil that is too dry for the 
existence of collembolans without scales. 

Lepidocyrtus cyaneus has been reported from northern Siberia, Greenland, 
most parts of Europe, the United States, Africa (Egypt, Kamerun, German 
East Africa) and the Bismarck archipelago. : 

Nine specimens, under driftwood on higher, dry tundra, Demarcation 
point, Alaska, May 16, 1914. F. Johansen. 


Sminthurides aquaticus (Bourlet). 
Plate 8, figs. 67-72. 


Smynthurus aquaticus Bourlet, 1843.—\Lubbock, 1873.—Oudemans, 1887.— 
Uzel, 1890. 

Sminthurus apicalis Reuter, 1880.—Levander, 1894. 

Smynthurus apicalis Uzel, 1890. 

Sminthurus aquaticus Reuter, 1891, 1895.—Schétt, 1894.—Lie-Pettersen, 
1896, 1898.—Schaffer, 1896.—Poppe and Schaffer, 1897.—Scherbakov, 1898a, 
1898b.—Carl, 1899.—Krausbauer, 1902.—Evans, 1908. 

Smynthurus amicus Folsom, 1896. 

Sminthurus (Sminthurides) aquaticus Borner, 1900. 

Prosminthurus aquaticus Willem, 1900. 

Sminthurides aquaticus Borner, 1901a, 1906.—Agren, 1903.—Axelson, 1904, 
1905a.—Wahleren, 1906a.—1906b.—Lie-Pettersen, 1907.—\(Axelson) Linnan- 
iemi, 1907, 1909, 1911, 1912.—Collinge, 1910.—Collinge and Shoebotham, 1910. 

General colour yellow, brownish yellow, greenish, rose, or violet. Eye- 
spots large, black. Eyes 8 + 8, two in each group being smaller than the others 
(fig. 67). Antenne purple, slightly longer than the head, with fourth segment | 
not subsegmented. Antenne of male with second and third segments modified 
to form clasping organs. Abdomen segmented dorsally. Unguis of first and 
second feet (fig. 68) slender, with inner margin unidentate a little beyond the 
middle; unguiculus extending two-thirds as far as the unguis, lanceolate, acute, 
with a subapical filament as long, to twice as long, as the claw proper, and extend- 
ing often a little beyond the unguis. Ungues of third feet (fig. 69) three-fourths 
as long as those of the other feet, slender, feebly curving, without teeth; ungui- 
culus extending not quite as far as the unguis, broadly lanceolate, untoothed, 
with apical filament exceeding the unguis. Tenent hairs absent. Third tibio- 
tarsi with a peculiar distal sense organ (fig. 69) consisting of a pair of slipper- 
shaped structures, with a stout seta extending beyond the tibio-tarsus. Ventral 
tube emitting a pair of short rounded sacs. Fureula reaching beyond the mouth. 
Dentes three times as long as mucrones. Mucrones convergent, spoon-like in 
general form (figs. 70,71) elliptical from above, with stout pigmented midrib, 
and. three colourless lamelle as follows: (1) inner dorsal, with radiating ribs 
terminating in marginal teeth; (2) outer dorsal, with faint radiating ribs due 
to dorsal ridges, but with entire margin; (3) ventral lamella, narrow and entire. 
Basal lateral mucronal seta present. Rami of tenaculum tridentate (fig. 72); 


164 Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


corpus with a large anterior lobe extending below the rami, and bearing a pair 
of long anterior setz and a pair of short apical sete. Clothing of curving sete 
of moderate length, longer on the posterior part of the abdomen. Ano-genital 
segment with two slender simple sensory setz on each side. Integument tuber- 
culate. Length: female, 1 mm.; male, 0.5 mm. 

In small specimens the antenne are shorter than the head. The number 
of teeth of the inner dorsal lamella increases with age. Thus a female specimen 
4 mm. in length had seven teeth, and one 0.9 mm. had seventeen. 

The many specimens that I have seen from the United States and Canada 
agree with the examples that I have received from Europe. 


Sminthurides aquaticus var. levanderi Reuter. 


Sminthurus apicalis var. Levanderi Reuter, 1891. 

Sminthurus aquaticus var. levandert Schott, 1894.—Krausbauer, 1902. 

Sminthurides aquaticus var. levanderi Borner, 1901a.—Axelson, 1904, 
1905a.—Wahlgren, 1906a, 1906b.—(Axelson) Linnaniemi, 1907, 1909, 1911, 
LOT: 

Light or dark violet in colour; in other respects like the typical form. 

The specimens collected by the Expedition belong to this variety, levanderi, 
and were all females, about half-grown. 

The genus Sminthurides compr ises a few species, that are of special interest 
in several . ways. In this genus, as illustrated by S. aquaticus, the persistence of 
traces of segmentation in the abdomen, an archaic character (Willem, ’00), helps 
us to understand the mor phology of the trunk in the more specialized sminthurids. 
The antennz of the male, with their peculiar hooks and tubercles, are modified 
to encircle and to hold those of the female at copulation, as described by Reuter 
(80) and Levander (’94). 

S. aquaticus, like the other species of its genus, lives on the surface of the 
water of ponds and streams, where it skips about in a lively manner, owing to 
structural adaptations of the furcula, particularly the large paddle-like mucrones. 
The species frequents the leaves of various aquatic plants, but occurs sometimes 
on pools where there is no visible vegetation. A few specimens that I examined 
at one time had desmids in the alimentary tract. This species is not limited to 
fresh water, but has been taken on pools of salt water also. 

S. aquaticus is a common species in most parts of Europe, and is common 
also in many parts of the United States. 

Fourteen ppecunens, from the surface of ponds, Bernard harbour, Northwest 
Territories, May 25, 1916, July 9, 1915. F. Johansen. 


REFERENCES. 


Absolon, Ik. 1900. Studie o jeskynnich siipmuskach. Vestnik Klubu prirodoy. Prostéjové, 
vol. 3, pp. 1-39. 

———1901. Ueber Neanura tenebrarum n. sp. aus den Hoéhlen des mihrischen Karstes; tiber 
die Gattung Tetrodontophora Reuter und eimige Simnesorgane der Collembolen. 

; Zool. Anz., vol. 24, pp. 575-586. 

Agren, H. 19038. Zur Kenntniss der Apterygoten-Fauna Siid-Schwedens. Stett. ent. Zeit., 
vol. 64, pp. 113-176. 

———1904. Lapplindische Collembola. Arkiv Zool. K. Svenska Vetensk., vol. 2, pp. 1-30. 

Axelson, W. M. 1900. Vorliufige Mittheilung tiber eimige neue Collembolen-Formen aus 
Finnland. Medd. Soc. Fauna Flora Fennica, vol. 26, pp. 105-123. 

———1903. Beitrige zur Kenntniss der Collombolen-Fauna Sibiriens. Ofv. Finska Vet.-Soc. 
Forh., vol. 45, pp. 1-13. 

———1904. Verzeichniss einiger bei Golaa, im sudéstlichen Norwegen eingesammelten Collem- 
bolen. Ent. Tidskr., vol. 25, pp. 65-84. 

———1905a. Zur Kenntniss der Apterygotenfauna von Tvirminne. Fests. Palmén, No. 15, 
pp. 1-46. 

———1905b. Einige neue Collembolen aus Finnland. Zool. Anz., vol. 28, pp. 788-794. 

———1906. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Collembolenfauna in der Umgebung Revals. Acta Soe. 
Fauna Flora Fennica, vol: 28, No. 2, pp. 1-22. 


Collembola 17 A 


Bagnell, R. S., 1914. The British Species of the Genus Tetracanthella (Collembola). Journ. 
Econ. Biol., vol. 9, pp. 5-S. : 

Borner, C.. 1900. Vorliufige Mittheilung zur Systematik der Sminthuridae Tullb., insbesondere 
des Genus Sminthurus Latr. Zool. Anz., vol. 23, pp. 609-618. 

———190la. Zur Kenntnis der Apterygoten-Fauna von Bremen. Abh. Nat. Ver. Bremen, 
vol. 17, pp. 1-141. 

———1901b. Neue Collembolenformen und zur Nomenclatur der Collembola Lubb. Zool. 
Anz., vol. 24, pp. 696-712. 

——-—1902. Ueber das Antennalorgan III der Collembolen und die systematische ptellung der 
Gattungen Tetracanthella Schott und Actaletes Giard. Zool. Anz., vol. 25, pp. 92- 
116. 

1903. Neue altweltliche Collembolen nebst Bemerkungen zur Systematik der Isotominen 
und Entomobryinen. Sitzb. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berlin, pp. 129-182. 

———1906. Das System der Collembolen. Mitth. Naturh. Mus. Hamburg, vol. 23, pp. 147- 

188. ; 
Bourlet. 1839. Mémoire sur les Podures. Mém. soc. sc. agr. arts Lille, pt. 1, pp. 877-417. 
1843. Mémoire sur les Podurelles. Mém. soc. agr., ete., Nord. Sep. Douai, pp. 1-78. 
Carl, J. 1899. Ueber schweizerische Collembola. Revue suisse Zool., vol. 6, pt. 2, pp. 273-362. 
1901. Zweiter Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Collembolafauna der Schweiz. Revue suisse 
Zool., vol. 9, pp. 248-278. 
Caroli, E. 1914. Np Collemboli raccolti nella Libia italiana. Ann. Mus. Zool. R. Univ. 
Napoli (n.s.), vol. 4, pp. 1-10. 

Carpenter, G. H. i807, The Collembola of Mitchelstown Cave. Irish Nat., vol. 6, pp. 
225-233. 

———1900. Collembola from Franz-Josef Land. Sc. Proc. R. Soc. Dublin, vol. 9 (n.s.), pt. 3, 
pp. 271-278. 

———1907. \ Aptera. drish Nat., vol: 16, pp. 54-56. 

Carpenter, G. H., and Evans, W. 1899. The Collembola and Thysanura of the Edinburgh 
District.. Proc. R. Phys. Soc. Edinb., vol. 14, pp. 221-266. 

Collinge, W. E. 1910. The Fauna of the Midland Plateau. Birmingham Nat. Hist. Soe. 
Sep., pp. 1-14. : 

Collinge, W. E. ., and Shoebotham, J. W. 1910. The Apterygota of Hertfordshire. Journ. 
Keon. Biol., vol. 5, pp. 95-132. 

Dalla-Torre, K. W.v. 1888. Die Thysanuren Tirols. Ferd. Zeits., ser. 3, vol. 32, pp. 147-160. 

1895. Die Gattungen und Arten der Apterygogenea (Brauer). Sep. 46 Prog. k. k. St.- 

Gym. Innsbruck, pp. 1-23. 

Evans, W. 190la. Some Records of Collembola and Thysanura from the Clyde Area. Scott. 
Nat., pp. 154-157. 

——1901b. A Prelimin: ary List of Perthshire Collembola and Thysanura. Trans. Perthshire 
Soc. Nat. Se., vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 150-154. 

Folsom, J. W. 1896. New Smynthuri, including Myrmecophilous and Aquatic Species. 
Psyche, vol. 7, pp. 446-450. 

———1902. Papers from the Harriman Alaska Expedition, XXVII. Apterygota. Proce. 
Wash. Acad. Sc., vol. 4, pp. 87-116. 

———1916. North American Collembolous Insects of the Subfamilies Achorutinae, Neanurinae, 
and Podurinae. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 50, pp. 477-525. 

Gervais, P. 1844. In Walckenaer: Histoire naturelles des insectes. Aptéres, vol. 3, pp. 
377-456. 

Gmelin, J. F. 1788-93. In Linné: Systema Naturae, ed. 13, vol. 1. Lipsiae. 

Guthrie, J. E. The Collembola of Mianesota. Rept. Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv. Minn., Zool. Ser., 
No. 4, pp. 1-110. 

Harvey, F. L. 1893. -A New Achorutes. Ent. New§, vol. 4, pp. 182-184. 

Imms, A. D. 1912. On Some Collembola from India, Burma, and Ceylon; with a Catalogue 
of the Oriental Species of the Order. Proc. Zool. Soc., London, pp. 80-125. 

Kieffer, J. J. 1900. Beitrag zur. Jsenntniss der um Bitsch vorkommenden Collembolen. Berl. 
ent. Zeits., vol. 45, ptss 1-2) pp. 113-114. 

Krausbauer, T. 1902. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Collembola in der Umgegend von Weilburg 
a. Lahn. Sond. 34 Ber. Oberhess. Ges. Nat. Heilk. Giessen, pp. 29-104. 

Levander, K. M. 1894. Einige biologische Beobachtungen tiber Sminthurus apicalis Reuter. 
Acta Soe. Fauna Flor: a Fennica, vol. 9, No. 9, pp. 1-10. 

Lie-Pettersen, O. J. 1896. Norges Collembola. Bergens Mus. Aarborg, No. 8. pp. 1-24. 

———1898. Apterygogenea in Sogn und Nordfjord 1897 u. 1898 eingesammelt. Bergens Mus. 
Aarborg, No. 6, pp. 1-18. 

———1907. Zur Kenntnis der Apterygotenfauna des nérdlichen Norwegens. =Troms ¢ Muse- 
ums Aarshefter, vol., 28, pp- 51-76. 

Linnaeus, C. 1758. Systema Naturae. Ed. X, vol. 1, pt. 1, pp. 608-609. Holmiae. 

Linnaniemi (Axelson), W.M. 1907. Die Apterygoten-fauna Finlands. I. Allgemeiner Teil. 
146 pp. Helsingfors. 

1909. Zur Kenntnis der Collembolen-fauna der Halbinsel Kanin und benachbarter 
Gebiete. Acta Soc. Fauna Flora Fennica, vol. 33, No. 2, pp. 1-17. 


54697—2 


ISA Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


1911. Zur Kenntnis der Apterygotenfauna Norwegens. Bergens Mus. Aarbok, No. 1, 
pp. 1-28. L ; 

1912. Die Apterygoten Finlands. II. Spezieller Teil. Acta Soc. Sc. Fennicae, vol. 40, 
pp. 1-361. 

Lubbock, J. 1862. Notes on the Thysanura. Pt. 2. Trans Linn. Soc. London, vol. 23, 
pt. 3, pp. 589-601. x 

1868. Notes on the Thysanura. Pt. 3. Trans. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 26, pt. 1, pp. 
295-304. 


1873. Monograph of the Collembola and Thysanura. 255 pp. London. Z 
1898. On Some Spitzbergen Collembola. Journ. Linn. Soc. London, Zool., vol. 26, pp. 
616-619. 


MacGillivray, A. D. 1891. A Catalogue of the Thysanoura of North America. Can. Ent., 
vol. 23, pp. 267-276. 
1893. North American Thysanura. IV. Can. Ent., vol. 25, pp. 313-318. 
1896. The American Species of Isotoma. Can. Ent., vol. 28, pp. 47-58. 
Meinert, F. 1896. Neuroptera, etc.,Groenlandica. Vid. Meddel. naturh. For. Kjobenhavn, 
pp. 167-173. 
Moniez, R. 1889. Notes sur — Thysanoures. I. Espéces qui vivent aux Agores. Rev. 
biol. Nord: France, vol. 2, pp. 24-31. 
1891. Notes sur les Pee V. Espéces nouvelles pour la Faune francaise. Rev. 
biol. Nord France, vol. 3, pp. 68-71. 
1894. Sur quelques Arthropodes trouvés dans les fourmiliéres. Rey. biol. Nord France, 
vol. 6, pp. 201-215. 
Miller, O. F. 1776. Zoologiae Danicae Prodromus, pp. 183, 184. Havniae. 
Nicolet, H. 1841. Recherches pour servir 4 l’histoire des Podurelles. Nouv. Mém. Soc. Helv. 
Sc. Nat., vol. 6, pp. 1-88. 
1847. Essai sur une classification des insectes aptéres de l’ordre des Thysanoures. . Ann. 
Soc. Ent. France, sér. 2, vol. 5, pp. 835-395. 
Oudemans, J. T. 1888. Beitraige zur Kenntniss der Thysanura und Collembola, pp. 147-226. 
Packard, A. 8. 1873. Synopsis of the Thysanura of Essex County, Mass. Fifth Ann. Rept. 
Trust. Peabody Acad., pp. 23-51. 
Parfitt, E. 1891. Devon Collembola and Thysanura. Trans. Devonshire Assoc. Adv. Sc. 
Lit. Art, vol. 23, pp. 322-352. 
Parona, C. 1879. Collembola. Saggio di un Catalogo delle Poduridi italiane. Atti Soe. ital. 
Se. nat. vol. 21, pp. 559-611. 
1882. Di aleune Collembola e Thysanura raccolte dal Professore P. M. Ferrari, ete. 
Ann. Mus. Civ. St. Nat. Genova, vol. 18, pp. 453-464. 
1885. Collembola e Thysanura di Sardegna. Atti Soc. Ital. se. nat., vol. 28, pp. 32-53. 
1888. Res Ligusticae. VI. Collembole e Tisanuri finora riscontrate in Liguria. Ann. 
Mus. Civ. St. Nat. Genova, ser. 2, vol. 6, pp. 133-154. 
1895. Elenco di aleune Collembole dell’ Argentina. Ann. Mus. Civ. St. Nat. Genova, 
ser. 2, vol. 14, pp. 696-700. 
Poppe, C. A., and Schaffer, C. 1897. Die Collembola der Umgegend von Bremen. Abh. 
Naturw. Ver. Bremen, vol. 14, pp. 265-272. 
Reuter, L. and O. M. 1880. Collembola and Thysanura found in Scotland in the Summer of 
1876. Scottish Nat., vol. 5, pp. 204-208. 
Reuter, O. M. 1876. Catalogus precursorius Poduridarum Fenniae. Medd. Soc. Fauna 
Flora Fennica, vol. 1, pp. 78-86. 
1880. Etudes sur les Collemboles. J-III. Acta Soc. Se. Fennicae, vol. 12, pp. 1-20. 
1890. Collembola in caldariis enumeravit novasque species descripsit. Medd. Soc. 
Fauna Flora Fennica, vol. 17, pp. 17-28. 
1891. Podurider fran nordvestra Sibirien, samlade af J. R. Sahlberg. Ofv. Finsk. Vet. 
Soc. Férh., vol. 33, pp. 226-229. 
1895. Apterygogenea Fennica. Acta Soc. Fauna Flora Fennica, vol. 11, No. 4, pp. 1-35. 
Schaffer, C. 1896. Die Collembola der Umgebung von Hamburg und benachbarter Gebiete. 
Mitt. naturh. Mus. Hamburg, vol. 13, pp. 147-216. 
1897. Apterygoten. Hamb. Magalh. Sammel., pp. 1-48. 
1898. Die Collembola des Bismarck-Archipel nach der Ausbeute von Prof. F. Dahl. 
Arch. Naturg., vol. 64, pp. 393-425. 
1900a. Die arktischen und subarktischen Collembola. Fauna Arctica, vol. 1, pt. 2, 
pp. 237-258. 
1900b. Ueber wiirttembergische Collembola. Jahresh. Ver. Naturk. Wirtt., vol. 56 
PP 245-280. 
Scherbakov, A. M. 1898a. Einige Bemerkungen iiber Apterygogenea, die bei Kiew 1896-1897 
ge Badia wurden. Zool. Anz., vol. 21, pp. 57-65. 
1898b. Materials for the Apterygogenea-Fauna of the Vicinity of Kief, pp. 1-31. ief. 
[In Russian.| 
1899a. Zur Collembolen-Fauna Spitzbergens. Zool. Anz., vol. 22, p. 47. 
1899b. Collembola of Spitzbergen, pp. 1-6. Kief. [In riaeen 
Schott, H. 1891. Beitrige zur Kenntnis Kalifornischer Collembola. Bih. Svenska Vet.-Akad. 
Handl., vol. 17, No. 8, pp. 1-25. 


Collembola 19a 


1894. Zur Systematik und Verbreitung palaearctischer Collembola. IK. Svenska Vet.- 
Akad. Handl., vol. 25, (1893), No. 11, pp. 1-100. 
1896. North American Apterygogenea. Proc. California Acad. Sc., ser. 2, vol. 6, pp. 
169-196. 
1902. Etudes sur les Collemboles du Nord. Bih. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl., vol. 28, 
No. 2, pp. 1-48. 
Shoebotham, J. W. 1914. Notes on Collembola. Pt. 2. Some Irish Collembola and Notes 
on the Genus Orchesella. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ., ser. 8, vol. 13, pp. 59-68. 
Skorikow, A. 1900. Zoologische Ergebnisse der russischen Expedition nach Spitzbergen im 
Jahre 1899. Collembola. Ann. Mus. Zool. Acad. Imp. Sc. St. Petersburg, vol. 5, 
pp. 190-209. 
Stuxberg, A. 1887. Faunan pa och kring Novaja-Semlja. In Nordenskiéld: Vega-Expedi- 
tionens Vetenskapliga Jaktagelser, vol. 5 
Tomosvary, O. 1882. Adatok hazink Thysanura-fauné jAhoz. Math. term. kézlem, Magyar 
Ak., vol. 18, pp. 119-130. i 
Tullberg, T. 1871. Forteckning 6fver Svenska Podurider. Ofy. K. Vet.-Akad. Férh., vol. 28, 
No. 1, pp. 1438-155. 
1872. Sveriges Podurider. IK. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl., vol. 10, No. 10, pp. 1-70. 
1876. Collembola borealia. Ofv. K. Vet.-Akad. Férh., vol. 33, No. 5, pp. 23-42. 
Uzel, J. 1890. Thysanura Bohemiae. Sitzber. k. boh. Gesell. Wiss., vol. 2, pp. 8-82. 
1891. Verzeichniss der auf Helgoland gefundenen Apterygogenea. Zool. Jahrb., Abt. 
Syst. Geogr. Biol., vol. 5, pp. 919-920. 
Voigts, H. 1902. Verzeichnis der i. J. 1901 um Géttingen gesammelten Collembolen. Zool. 
Anz., vol. 25, pp. 523, 524. 
Wahlgren, E. 18992. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Collembola-Fauna der ‘iusseren Schiren. 
Ent. Tidskr., vol. 20, pp. 183-193. 
1899b. Ueber die von der Schwedischen Polar expedition 1898 gesammelten Collem- 
bolen. Ofv. K. Vet.-Akad. Forh., vol. 56, No. 4, pp. 335-340. 
On some Apterygogenea collected in’ the Volga- -delta and in Transcaspia by 
Dr. E. Lénnberg. Ofv. K. Vet.-Akad. Forh.,E vol. 56, No. 8, pp. 847-850. 
1900a. Collembola, wiihrend der schwedischen Grénlandsexpedition 1899 auf Jan Mayen 
und Ost-Gronland eingesammelt. Ofv. K. Vet.-Akad. Foérh., vol. 57, No. 3, pp. 
353-375. 
1900b. Beitriage zur fauna der Biren-Insel.  Bih. IX. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl., vol. 26, 
No. 6, pp. 3-8. 
1906a. Collembola fran Torne lappmark och angriinsande trakter. Ent. Tidskr., vol. 
27, pp. 219-230. 
1906b. Svensk insektfauna. Ent. Tidskr., vol. 27, pp. 233-270. 
1907. Collembola from the 2nd Fram Expedition 1898-1902, pp. 1-6. ristiania. 
1908. Apterygogenea. 1. Collombola. Wiss. Ergeb. schwed. zool. Exped. Iilimand- 
jaro, ete., pp. 1-10. Uppsala. 
1909. Islindska Collemboler. Ent. Tidskr., vol. 30, p. 180. 
Willem, V. 1900. Recherches sur les Collemboles et les Thysanoures. Mém. cour. Mém. sav. 
étr. Acad. roy. Belgique, vol. 58, pp. 1-144. 
——1902. Note préliminaire sur les Collemboles des Grottes de Han et de Rochefort. Ann. 
Soc. ent. Belgique, vol. 46, pp. 275-283. 


54697—22 


20 A 


Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1915-18 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES. 


All the figures except Nos. 19, 20, 67, 70 and 71 are from specimens collected by the Expedition. 


Fig. 


Fig. 


Fig. 


Fig. 


Fig. : 


SIO Ore Hb et 


co 00 


10. 


PLatTE 1. 


. Podura aquatica, right hand foot, X 337. 
. Podura aquatica, dorsal aspect of left mucro, X 577 
. Podura aquatica, left mucro, X 577 


Achorutes tullbergi, eyes of left side, X 577. 


. Achorutes tullbergi, sense organ of third antennal segment of right side, X 908. 
. Achorutes tullbergi, right mid foot, X 577. 


Achorutes tullbergi, left mucro, X 577. 


. Achorutes tullbergi, right mucro, X 577. 


Achorutes tullbergi, left mucro, X 577. 
Achorutes tullbergi, anal spines, X 908. 


PLATE 2. 


. Achorutes tullbergi, right anal spine, X 577. 
. Achorutes sensilis, postantennal organ and two eyes of left side, X 577. 


Acharutes sensilis, sense organs of third antennal segment of left side, X 577. 
Achorutes sensilis, left hind foot, X 341. 
Achorutes sensilis, right mucro, X 577. 


. Achorutes sensilis, left mucro, X 577. 


Achorutes sensilis, left anal spine, X 560. 


. Achorutes sensilis, dorsal setze of second abdominal segment, X 297. 
. Achorutes viaticus, sense organ of third antennal segment of right side, from a European 


specimen, X 908. 
Achorutes viaticus, dorsal sete of second abdominal segment, from a European speci- 
men, X 337. 


PLATE 3. 


Achorutes armatus, left postantennal organ, X 505. 
Achorutes armatus, right fore foot, X 300. 


. Achorutes armatus, left mucro, X 505. 


Achorutes armatus, left anal spine, X 505. 
Achorutes armatus, ‘dorsal setze of first abdominal segment, X 295. 


. Onychiurus duodecimpunctatus, right postantennal organ, X 505. 
7. Onychiurus duodecimpunctatus, pseudocelli of right antennal base, X 295. 


28. Onychiurus duodecimpunctatus, sense organ of third antennal segment of left side, X 800. 
29. Onychiurus duodecimpunctatus, dorso-lateral aspect, to show pseudocelli, X 35. 


. Onychiurus duodecimpunctatus, left hind foot, X 505. 


PLATE 4. 


. Onychiurus duodecimpunctatus, right anal spine, X 635. 

. Onychiurus duodecimpunctatus, dorsal setee of second abdominal segment, X 295. 

. Tetracanthella wahlgreni, X 42. 

. Tetracanthella wahlgreni, eyes and postantennal organ of right side, X 252 

. Tetracanthella wahlgreni, sense organ of third antennal segment of left side, X 825. 
. Tetracanthella wahlgreni, extremity of abdomen, X 185: 

. Tetracanthella wahlgreni, dorsal aspect of anal spines, X 250. 


PLATE 5. 


. Tetracanthella wahlgrent, left hind foot, X 505. 

. Tetracanthella wahlgreni, furcula and tenaculum, X 505. 

. Tetracanthella wahlgreni, dorsal aspect of mucrodentes, X 505. 

. Tetracanthella wahlgreni, dorsal sete of first abdominal segment, X 295. 

. Folsomia quadrioculata, eyes and postantennal organ of left side, X 505. 

3. Folsomia quadrioculata, sense organ of third antennal segment of right side, X 825. 
. Folsomia quadrioculata, right hind foot, X 505. 

5. Folsomia quadrioculata, portion of furcula, X 505. 

. Folsomia quadrioculata, left aspect of furcula, X 295. 

. Folsomia quadrioculata, dorsal setee of second abdominal segment, X 295. 


Collembola 


PLATE 6. 


Fig. 48. [sotoma viridis, eyes and postantennal organ of left side, X 185. 
49. Isotoma viridis, left hind foot, X 295. 
50. Isotoma viridis, left mucro, X 635. 
51. Isotoma viridis, left aspect of tenaculum, X 185. 
52. Isotoma viridis, dorsal sete of third abdominal segment, X 145. 
53. Isotoma palustris, eyes and postantennal organ of left side, X 166. 
54. Isotoma palustris, left hind foot, X 495. 
55. Isotoma palustris, left mucro, X 505. 
56. Isotoma palustris, left aspect of tenaculum, X 250. 
57. Isotoma palustris, dorsal setae of second abdominal segment, X 250. 


- 


PLATE 7. 


Fig. 58. Entomobrya comparata, dorsal pattern of head, X 77. 
59. Entomobrya comparata, to show pigmentation, X 34. 
60. Entomobrya comparata, eyes of right side, X 278. 
61. Entomobrya comparata, left hind foot, X 475. 
62. Entomobrya comparata, left mucro and end of dens, X 748. 
63. Entomobrya comparata, left aspect of tenaculum, X 237. 
64. Lepidocyrtus cyaneus, eyes of left side, X 282. 
65. Lepidocyrtus cyaneus, left hind foot, X 748. 
66. Lepidocyrtus cyaneus, left aspect of left mucro and end of dens, X 748. 


PLatTe 8. 


Fig. 67. Sminthurides aquaticus, eyes of left side, X 400. 
68. Sminthurides aquaticus, right mid foot, X 1010. 
69. Sminthurides aquaticus, left hind foot, X 1010. 
70. Sminthurides aquaticus, dorsal aspect of right mucro, X 513. - 
71. Sminthurides aquaticus, left mucro, X 513. 
72. Sminthurides aquaticus, right aspect of tenaculum, X 673. 
Figures 67, 70 and 71 are from Massachusetts specimens. 


rere? 


¥2 2329399372 


Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


Puate 1 
J. W. FOLSOM 


7p NIN 


23%% 


Collembola 


PLATE 2 


18 


—~ 
20 
a) 


AA nanan nnann 


ate bn Sein aS / ad 
Ms Y] 
AS 
G7 
<4 
= \ 
5 
Hy 
| ee 


Ppet alma 
PARA ARR LL OR OP 


16 
Lay 
19 


J. W. FOLSOM 


Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


PuaTe 3 


244 


Ss 


DOM OQOK 
tt 


SY 
COO 


NS 


2 Ww. ronson 


Collembola 


PuaTe 4 


PAI 


26 A Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


Collembola 


PLATE 6 


PLATE 7 


Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


Collembola 


= 


ES 


es 


~—-? 


= 


aa 


- = (REPORT 


: OF THE 


CANADIAN ARCTIC EXPEDITION | 
1913-18 


VOLUME III: INSECTS 


PART D: MALLOPHAGA AND ANOPLURA 


‘“Mallophaga 


Anoplura 


A. W. Baker 


. G. F. Ferris and 
G. H.F. Nuttall. 


OFTAWA 


J. de LABROQUERIE TACHE 
PRINTER 1 TO THE KING’S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY 


1919 
Issued September 12, 1919 . 


Rie ORT 


OF THE 


CANADIAN ARCTIC EXPEDITION 
1913-18 


VOLUME III: INSECTS 


PART D: MALLOPHAGA AND ANOPLURA 


Mallophaga ‘ : : ; 5 5 : F A. W. Baker 


Anoplura : ; , ; : : : : ; . G. F. Ferris and 
G, Ho FP. Nuttall 


OTTAWA 
I J. de LABROQUERIE TACHE 


PRINTER TO THE KING’S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY 
1918 
~ Vol. iii—62183—1 Issued September 12, 1919 


/ 


' 7 eee 


* 


= Seer RasK tes 


Mallophaga of the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18. 


A. W. Baker, Ontario Agricultural College, Guelph. 


The Mallophaga taken on the Canadian Arctic Expedition comprise a 
small collection of twenty species occurring in eleven genera. These parasites 
were taken from thirteen species of bird hosts and one mammal. The collection 
shows three new records for America, and a considerable number of new host 
records. The specimens were collected by Mr. Frits Johansen and other 
members of the expedition. 

In preparing this lst I have followed Harrison’s generic classification, and 
also have followed his specific synonymy. The result is that a number of 
common species appear under names which have not previously been given 
them in papers from this continent. I have also followed Harrison in 2iving 
the original bibliographical record for Nitzschian species. 

Since the districts where the collections were made are so infrequently 
worked over I have included the dates of collections for the possible benefit of 
future collectors. Considerable collections of Mallophaga from Alaskan birds 
have been worked over by Kellogg and others, and where these workers have 
‘made previous records from Alaskan birds of one of the species occurring in 
this collectioi, I have made mention of the record. 

I append figures of several forms which are new American :ecords or of 
which descriptions and figures may not be readily available to Canadian students. 

I am much indebted to Mr. G. F. Ferris, of Leland Stanford Junior Uni- 
versity, for examining a number of species in the collection and comparing them 
with material in the University collections. I am also indebted to Mr. H. G. 
Crawford, of the Department of Entomology, Ontario Agricultural College, for 
preparation of the material for microscopic examination. 


Genus Menopon. 


Menopon striatum Kellogg 


oOo) 

New Mallophaga III, 1899, p. 44, Pl. IV, f. 6. 

Numerous specimens, males and females, from Rock Ptarmigan, Lagopus 
rupestris (Gmel.), taken at Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest 
Territories, in October, 1915, and from Willow Ptarmigan, Lagopus lagopus 
(Linn.), taken at Bernard harbour, in March, 1915. 

Recorded by Kellogg from Lagopus lagopus taken at Kodiak island, Alaska. 


Menopon sp. 


One specimen too immature for specific identification from a Horned Lark, 
Otocoris alpestris (Linn.), taken at Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, in 
August, 1915. 


Genus Myrsidea. 


Myrsidea brunnea Nitzsch. 
Zeit. f. ges. Nat. X XVII, 1866, p. 120. 


Numerous specimens, males and females, from American Raven, Corvus 
corax principalis (Ridgw). ,taken at Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, in 
August, 1915. 


62183—2 3D 


4p Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


The expedition specimens under this record approach most nearly to the 
above species, which was described by Nitzsch from a Nutcracker, Nucifraga 
caryocatactes Linn. 


Genus Trinoton. 


Trinoton anserinum Fabricius. 
Syst. Antl., 1805, p. 345. 


One female from a Hutchins Goose, Branta canadensi hutchinsi (Richardson), 
taken at Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, in June, 1915. 

Recorded by European writers (7. conspurcatum N.) from various species 
of geese and swans. Recorded by Carriker from a Whistling Swan, Olor colum- 
bianus (Ord), taken in Nebraska. 


Trinoton querquedulae Linné. 
Sys. Nat., 1758, p. 612. 


One female from a Pintail, Dafila acuta (Linn.), taken at Barter island, Alaska, 
in June, 1914. 

Recorded by various writers (7. luridum N.) from this and many other 
species of ducks. 


Genus Ricinus. 


Ricinus clypeatus Mjéberg. 
Arkiv. f.'Zool., VI-A910; p260,Pl. UU, tek. 


One female from a Horned Lark, Otocoris alpestris (Linn.), taken at Bernard 
harbour, Northwest Territories, in August, 1915. 

Described by Mjéberg from two females from the same host in the Museum of 
Gothenburg. 


Genus Trichodectes. 


Trichodectes sp. 


Included in the records of the collection is a statement that a red fox, 
Vulpes alascensis (Merriam), taken along the Sadlerochit river, in northern 
Alaska, had a species of Trichodectes (?) in its fur. Unfortunately no specimens 
were preserved. 


Genus Goniodes. 


Goniodes mammillatus Rudow. 
Zeit, f. ges. Nat. XX XV, 1870, p. 483. 


Numerous specimens, males and females, from Rock Ptarmigan, Lagopus 
rupestris (GQmel.), taken at Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, in June, 
1915,and May, 1916, and at Demarcation point, Alaska, in May, 1914; and from 
Willow Ptarmigan, Lagopus lagopus (Linn.), taken at Bernard harbour, 
Northwest Territories, in February, 1915, and March, 1915, and at 
Demarcation point. Alaska, in May, 1914. 

Recorded by Kellogg from Lagopus lagopus taken at Kodiak island, Alaska. 


Mallophaga 5D 
Genus Lipeurus. 


Lipeurus protervus Kellogg. 


New Mallophaga, III, 1899, p. 31, Pl. III, f. 4. 


Many specimens, males and females, from Rock Ptarmigan, Lagopus rupestris 
(Gmel.), taken at Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, in November, 1915, 
and May, 1916, and at Demarcation point, Alaska, in May, 1914; and from 
Willow Ptarmigan, Lagopus lagopus (Linn.), taken at Bernard harbour, in 
February, 1915, and March, 1915, and at Demarcation point, Alaska, in May, 
1914. 
Also several malesand one female from a Lapland Longspur, Calcarius 
lapponicus (Linn.), taken at Demarcation point, Alaska, in May, 1914. Since 
the species is typically a parasite of grouse, one is led to question the 
authenticity of this record. 

Recorded by Kellogg, and Kellogg and Kuwana from Lagopus lagopus from 
Alaska. 

From a comparison of the expedition specimens with the descriptions of 
European writers, I am led to the conclusion that L. protervus is closely related 
to, 1f not identical with, the Nirmus quadrulatus of Nitzsch. This species, 
which Harrison looks on as a synonym of Degeeriella camerata Nitzsch., has 
been recorded by a number of European writers from various species of Tetrao 
and Lagopus. 


Genus Philopterus. 


Philopterus ceblebrachys Nitzsch. 


In Denny, Anoplur. Brit., 1842, p. 92, Pl. I, f. 3. 


Numerous specimens, males and females, from Snowy Owl, Nyctea nyctea 
(Linn.), taken at Barter island, Alaska, in June, 1914. 

Recorded by Kellogg from the same host taken at point Barrow, Alaska. 

I have numerous specimens of this species from the same host taken in 
Ontario. These specimens are uniformly paler and stouter and the clypeal front 
‘more broadly truncate than the expedition specimens. The latter approach 
more nearly to the descriptions and dimensions given by European writers, 
especially Piaget, than do my southern specimens. It is doubtful, however, if 
the two can be separated. 


Philopterus cursor Nitzsch. 
In Burmeister Handbuch IT, 1838, p. 426. 


Mature male and female and numerous immature specimens of both sexes 
from Short-eared Owl, Asio flammeus (Pontoppidan), A. accipitrinus (Pall.), 
taken at Barter island, Alaska, and Demarcation point, Alaska, in May, 1914. 

Recorded by Kellogg from the same host taken at point Barrow, Alaska. 


Philopterus dentatus Scopoli. 
Ent. Carn. 1763, p. 383. 


One female from a Hutchin’s Goose, Branta canadensis  hutchinsi 
(Richardson), taken at Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, in June, 1915. 

Recorded by European and American writers (P. 7cterodes) from various 
species of ducks and geese; by Kellogg from Merganser serrator Linn., taken 
_at Kodiak island, Alaska. 


6D Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 4 
Philopterus pustulosus Nitzsch. 


In Giebel, Zeit. f. ges. Nat., XXVIII, 1866, p. 365. 


Two mature males and one female and numerous immature specimens 
of both sexes froma Parasitic Jaeger, Stercorarius (Lestris) parasiticus (Linn.), 
taken at Camden bay, Alaska, in June, 1914. 

Recorded by various European writers from the same host. 


Philopterus subflavescens Geoffroy. 
Hist. Abr. Ins., II, 1762, p. 599. 


Numerous specimens, males and females, from Snow Bunting, Plectrophenax 
(Emberiza) nivalis (Linn.), taken at Demarcation point, Alaska, in May, 1914, and | 
at Bernard harbour. Northwest Territories, in June, 1916; from Lapland Long- 
spur, Calcarius lapponicus (Linn.), taken at Demarcation point, Alaska, in May, 
1914; and from Gambel’s Sparrow, Zonotrichia leucophrys gambeli (Nuttall), 
taken at Demarcation point, Alaska in May 1914. The latter form is somewhat 
smaller than those from the other two hosts. 

Recorded by European and American writers (P. communis) from many 
species of passerine birds. 


Philopterus sp. 


One immature female from Baird’s Sandpiper, Pisobia (Actodromas) bairdi | 
(Coues), taken at Bernard Harbour, Northwest Territories, in June, 1916. 

The above specimen is too immature for final specific identification. It 
may be Philopterus fusiformis Denny, recorded by different writers from various 
Sandpipers. 3 


Philopterus sp. 


One specimen too immature for specific identification, from a Horned Lark, 
Otocoris alpestris (Linn.), taken at Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, in 
June, 1915. 


Genus Degeeriella. 


Degeeriella complexiva Kell & Chap., 
New Mallophaga III, 1899, p. 75, Pl. VI, f. 3. 


Two mature males and one immature specimen from Baird’s Sandpiper, | 
Pisobia (Actodromas) bairdi (Coues), taken at Bernard harbour, Northwest | 
Territories, in June, 1916. | 

Recorded by Kellogg and Kuwana from Tringa canutus, from Alaska and | 
by Kellogg and Chapman from T'ringa (Arquatella) couest from Alaska. 


Deégeeriella vulgata Kellogg. 
New Mallophaga II, 1896, p. 496, Pl. LX VII, f. 3. 
One female of this common parasite of Passeres taken from a Gambel’s | 


Sparrow, Zonotrichialeucophrys gambeli (Nuttall), at Demarcation point, Alaska, | 
in May. 1914. | 


Mallophaga 
Genus Ornithobius. 


Ornithobius goniopleurus Denny, 


Anoplur. Brit. 1842, p. 184, Pl. XXIII,-f. 2. 


Two females from Hutchin’s Goose, Branta canadensis hutchinsi (Richardson) { 


taken at Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, in June, 1915. 


Recorded by several writers from Branta canadensis and other species of 


geese and swans. 


Genus Esthiopterum. 


Esthiopterum anseris Linné, 


Syst. Nat. 1758, p. 612. 


One femalefrom a Hutchin’s Goose, Branta canadensis hutchinsi (Richardson), 


taken at Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, in June, 1915. 


Recorded by European and American writers (H. jejunum N.) from various 
species of geese, including Branta canudensis. 


Birps— 


Stercorarius parasiticus (Linn.). 
Philopterus pustulosus Nitzsch. 


LIST OF HOSTS WITH PARASITES. 


a 


Dafila acuta (Linn.). 
Trinoton querquedulae Linné. 
bBranta canadensis hutchinsi (Richardson). 
Trinoton anserinum Fabricius. 
Philopterus dentatus Scopoli. 
Ornithobius goniopleurus Denny. 
Esthiopterum anseris Linné. 
Pisobia bairdi (Coues). 
Philopterus sp. 
Degeeriella complexiva Kell & Chap. 
Lagopus lagopus (Linn.). 
Menopon striatum Kell. 
Goniodes mammillatus Rudow. 
Lipeurus protervus Kell. 
Lagopus rupestris (Linn.) 
Menopon striatum Kell. 
Goniodes mammillatus Rudow. 
Lipeurus protervus Kell. 
Asio flammeus (Pontoppidan). 
Philopterus cursor Nitzsch. 
Nyctea nyctea (Linn.). 
Philopterus ceblebrachys Nitzsch. 
Otocoris alpestris (Linn.). 


Menopon sp. 


Ricinus clypeatus Mjoberg. 
Philopterus sp. 
Corvus corax principalis (Ridgway.) 
Myrsidea brunnea Nitzsch. 
Plectrophenax nivalis (Linn.). 
Philopterus subflavescens Geoffroy. 


8D Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1915-18 


Calcarius lapponicus (Linn.). 
Lipeurus protervus Kell. 
Philopterus subflavescens Geoffroy. 
Zonotrichia leucophrys gambeli (Nuttall). 
Philopterus subflavescens Geoffroy. 
Degeeriella vulgata Kell. 
MamMALs— 
Vulpes alascensis (Merriam.) 
Trichodectes (?) sp. 


Mallophaga 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE. 


Myrsidea brunnea Nitzsch. 
Philopterus pustulosus Nitzsch. 
Ricinus clypeatus Mioberg. 
Ornithobius goniopleurus Denny. 


9p 


i 


. 
vt 


Anoplura of the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18. 
G. F. Ferris, Stanford University, California. 


The material submitted to me for examination contains two species, in 
addition to specimens ot the human louse Pediculus humanus capitis which have 
been examined by Prof. G. H. F. Nuttall and are recorded in this report. The 
species are as follows :— 


Linognathus setesus (Olfers). 


Great numbers taken from a white fox, Alopex lagopus innuitus (Merriam), 
Cross island, north coast of Alaska, January 18, 1918, by A. Castel. 

This is the first published record of the occurrence of this species from 
fox, as it had previously been recorded only from the domestic dog, but I have 
at hand specimens from a captive fox in Massachusetts. |The specimens from 
foxes differ not at all from those taken from the dog. The species ordinarily 
passes under the name of Linognathus piliferus (Burm.). 


Echinophthirius horridus (Olfers). 


Specimens from Phoca hispida, Schreber. Collected by F. Johansen. 

Beaufort sea, Alaska, April, 1914. 

_ These specimens are quite inseparable from others from Phoca vitulina 
‘Linneus, Shetland islands, and Phoca richardii geronimensis Allen, coast of 
California. The species was ordinarily passed under the name of Echinophthirius 
phoce (Lucas). 


REPORT ON Pediculus COLLECTED FROM ESKIMOS. 


On the 22nd of November, 1917, I received six specimens of lice from Dr. 
C. Gordon Hewitt, Dominion Entomologist, Department of Agriculture, Ottawa, 
the same bearing a label stating that they had been collected from the head 
hairs of Copper Eskimos, Dolphin and Union straits, Coronation Gulf region, 
by F. Johansen, of the Canadian Arctic Expedition during the winter of 1915— 161. 

On -examination they provedto be3 malesand3 females Pediculus humanus 
capitis, typical specimens and fairly dark in respect to pigmentation. So farit has 
been impossible to detect any difference between these and other head lice 
from different parts of the world. 
Gal Er. NUTTALL; 
| Quick Professor of Biology, Cambridge, England. 
November 30, 1917. 


- 


} . 
1Specimens of Pediculus were also collected on Copper Eskimo by Mr. D. Jenness, ethnologist, of 


the expedition. 
llp 


12D _ Canadian Ardtic Expedition, 1913-18 


FLEAS. 


A small collection of fleas, of great interest on account of the meagre char- 


acter of our knowledge of the fleas of the Canadian Arctic, was sent to Hon. 
N. Charles Rothschild, London, England, for identification and report. Un- 
fortunately, however, they have been lost, and consequently no report on this 
group has been prepared. They were collected from the following hosts: 

Continental Arctic Fox, Alopex lagopus innuitus (Merriam). 

Parry’s Ground Squirrel, Citellus parryi (Richardson). 

Keewatin Arctic Hare, Lepus arcticus canus Preble. 


; C. Gorpon HEwiIrt, 
Dominion Entomologist. 


ee REPORT 


CANADIAN ARCTIC EXPEDITION 
isis. 4... 


‘VOLUME III: INSECTS 


\ 


PART E: COLEOPTERA 


Forest Insects, including Ipidz, Cerambycide, and Buprestide J. M. Swaine 


Carabide and Silphidz é . H.C. Fall 

Coccinellidze, Elateridz, Chrysomelider aa Rhynchophora 
(excluding Ipide) . : ; C. W. Leng 

Dystiscide . 5 : : i 5 z i , . J.D.Sherman, Jr. 


7 


OTTAWA 


; J. de LABROQUERIE TACHE 
PRINTER TO THE KING’S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY ~ 


1919 | 
Issued December 12, 1919. 


REPORT 


OF THE 


CANADIAN ARCTIC EXPEDITION 
1913-18 


VOLUME III: INSECTS 


PART E: COLEOPTERA 


| Forest Insects, including Ipidz, Cerambycide, and Buprestide J. M. Swaine 


/Carabide and Silphide ; 5-H: €:-Fall 
Coccinellide, Elateride, Chrysomelidar, andl Rhynchophors 

(excluding Ipide) . : : C. W. Leng 
|Dystiscide . ; : : ; ; s , : 2): Sherman, jr: 


OTTAWA 


J. de LABROQUERIE TACHE 
PRINTER TO THE KING’S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY 


1919 


Issued December 12, 1919 
65861—1 


Aer 


bate e 
te 


Risa ad 


The Coleoptera collected by the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 
1913-18. 


FOREST INSECTS. 


The Families IPIDAE, CERAMBYCIDAE and BUPRESTIDAE. 


By J. M. SwaIne, 


Chief, Division of Forest Insects, Entomological Branch, Department of Agriculture, Ottawa. 


The forest insect collection was made principally at ‘‘ Camp creek ”’ and 
along the adjoining river banks, on the east side of the Coppermine river, 
Northwest Territories, just below Sandstone rapids. Only a few isolated 
specimens were obtained in other localities. Along the river near Sandstone 
rapids is the northern limit of forest trees and to examine this Mr. 
Johansen made a special trip of over 50 miles. The trees here are white 


spruce, mostly stunted and growing in a very open stand, as is well shown 


in the accompanying illustration. Plate I. The examination was made in 
February at a temperature of about 50 degrees below zero. In addition to 
pieces of bark containing many dead beetles a section of a trunk and part of a 
dying branch were brought back by Mr. Johansen. 

A large number of trees were dead or showed dead and dying parts, and a 
superficial examination of these suggested that many of the dead standing 
trees had been killed by the bark-beetles whose galleries were extremely abundant 
on the wood surface wherever this was laid bare. 

Of the bark-beetles a species of Dendroctonus was found at the base of 
one dead tree; Polygraphus rufipennis Ky. and Pityophthorus nitidus Sw. appar- 
ently occurred in abundance, while an undescribed species of Carphoborus 


was probably less numerous and is represented in the collection by only two 


Specimens exposed in a tunnel in one of the specimen sticks while removing 
the bark in the laboratory. Polygraphus rufipennis and Pityophthorus nitidus 
were the most numerous in the dead trees and occurred throughout the trunk. 
Usually they were well chitinized and dark in colour. These species were 
found chiefly in timber of medium size, rarely in very young or very old trees. 
The Dendroctonus beetles came entirely from the base of one large spruce which 
also carried the two smaller species (Polygraphus and Pityophthorus) in the 
upper part. There were many adult Dendroctonus beneath the bark, chiefly 
in cells in a compressed layer of frass lying upon the surface of the wood. They 
were all very light in colour and had died before maturity. Mr. Johansen 
believes that all these beetles were dead when he collected the wood. The 
cause of their death was not apparent, but was probably due to adverse weather 
conditions. 

Cerambycid tunnels cut by larve of several species were also abundant 
in these dead trees, and had apparently been responsible, in part, for their 
death. The larger trees were usually quite without bark or had retained it 
only in patches, particularly about the base of the trunk. The wood surface 
showed many surface tunnels of cerambycid larve, and although no living 
larvee were found, several dead adults of Merewm proteus Ky. were taken from 
these tunnels beneath the bark. Larval skins were found and dead larvee 
Which had apparently been killed by parasitic hymenoptera whose cocoons, 
usually empty, were found beside them. The galleries of wood-boring ceram- 
bycid larve were also numerous in these trees, and several dead adults were 
taken from the tunnels by Mr. Johansen. 


45 Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


In his field notes Mr. Johansen says of these tunnels: ‘‘ The origin of this 
burrow could always be traced to a wound on the tree, a branch broken off 
by storms, a fire wound, or bare patch on which the bark had been killed by 
bark-beetles.”’ 

Many of the living trees were examined by Mr. Johansen, and although 
the young trees and those growing in a close stand were but little affected by 
insects, numbers of the others had dead and dying parts attacked by bark- 
beetles or cerambycid grubs. 

Dendroctonus was not found at all in these living trees and the tunnels of 
Polygraphus and Pityophthorus were less numerous than in the dead timber 
just described. The cerambycid larvee appeared to be more destructive. Trees 
were found with the top dead and the base sound, with fresh cerambycid tunnels 
in the area between the dead and the healthy wood and extending down into 
the latter. Many of these tunnels were apparently confined to the inner bark 
and surface of the wood, while others were started on the wood surface and 
extended deep into the wood itself. 

From the surface tunnels six larvee were taken, varying in length from 
6 mm. to 20 mm. These were kept frozen for eventual rearing; but when 
thawed out in May, 1916, only two (10 mm. and 15 mm. long) were alive, and 
these died later before transforming. Dead adults of Meriwm proteus Ky. 
were found in pupal cells at the ends of these surface tunnels, or in exit tunnels 
leading from them, so that this species was apparently responsible. Many 
empty hymenopterous cocoons were found in these tunnels beneath the bark. 
Mr. Johansen says: “‘ often I would find, instead of the cerambycid larva and 
adjacent to the larval skin, the cocoon of the parasitic hymenopter; these cocoons 
were empty or contained dead pups, excepting one which held a living larva.” 

The tunnels extending into the wood were of two sizes and doubtless made 
by distinet species. The larger of the two was like those in the dead trees 
already described from which adults of Xylotrechus undulatus Say were taken. 
Only two living larve of this wood borer were found; these were lying frozen 
stiff in the inner ends of the burrows. These Xylotrechus tunnels always 
originated at a wound or other exposed surface. They lie on the outer surface 
for a short distance and are there filled with boring dust, but extend later 
deep into the wood, eventually becoming longitudinal; there was practically 
no boring dust in the part of these uncompleted tunnels lying below the wood 
surface. This species was also heavily parasitized. In the ends of the larval 
galleries Mr. Johansen often found, instead of the beetle larva, an empty cocoon 
of a hymenopterous parasite, and the large number of these, together with 
the scarcity of the cerambycid larve, indicated that the parasites were exerting 
effective control. 

Several sawfly larvee were using these wood tunnels as a winter retreat. 
They are discussed elsewhere in the reports of this expedition. 

The smaller wood tunnels just referred to were cut by Neoclytus muricatulus 
Ky. One dead adult of this species was removed from a tunnel below the wood 
surface after the material reached our laboratory. These tunnels, in so far as 
represented in the collection, are on a dead stub projecting from a branch still 
living when it was collected, but containing tunnels of the Xylotrechus. 

In closing his field notes Mr. Johansen states that forest insects, including 
bark-beetles and cerambycid larvee, have caused serious and extensive injury 
to the white spruce, even in that region, practically the northern limit of trees 
on the Coppermine river. He considers that those insects had killed the majority 
of the numerous dead trees he saw in that locality; and he suggests that the 
injuries to the most northern trees previously ascribed by Richardson and 
others to fires and unfavourable climatic conditions may have been really 
caused by similar insect outbreaks. 


Coleoptera 5 5B 
Family IPIDAE (Scolytide). 


Four species of this family were taken by Mr. Johansen in white spruce 
on the Coppermine river in latitude 67° 30’, and another in hemlock bark at 
Latouche, Alaska. 


Genus Dendroctonus Erich. 


Erickson, Weig., Archiv., 1: 52, 1836. 


Dendroctonus johanseni, n. sp. 


Plate II, figure 6. 


Length 7 mm.; width 3 mm.; colour yellowish brown (immature); rather 
abundantly clothed with reddish hairs of moderate length; closely allied to 
punctatus Lec. 

The head has the front convex, broadly transversely impressed towards 
the epistoma, coarsely, closely irregularly rugosely punctured and hairy; the 
dorsal process of the epistoma with the sides oblique, not attaining the epistomal 
margin, followed behind by a short, acute, median, longitudinal carina; the 
vertex with the longitudinal line impressed; the eyes narrow, wider above; 
the antennal club slightly longer than wide, the first segment nearly as long 
as the rest united. 

The pronotum wider than long, slightly narrower than the elytra, the sides 
nearly straight on the caudal two-thirds narrowed from the hind angles con- 
stricted in front on the sides and dorsum bisinuate on the front margin with 
wide, oblique, impressions behind the middle; moderately closely and deeply 
punctured, the punctures irregular, of medium and small sizes, closer on the 
sides; with a narrow, acute, median carina from the base nearly to the front 
margin clothed with subrecumbent, short, reddish hairs. 

The elytra one and one-half times as long as wide; the strise impressed 
moderately throughout more strongly towards the suture and on the sides; 
the strial punctures rather coarse, not deep, rather close, smaller at the base, 
_very little reduced in size on the declivity; the interspaces moderately convex, 
hardly wider or sometimes narrower than the strize confusedly roughened with 
acute granules, moderate in size, becoming more numerous, larger, transverse 
asperities at the base, and sparse and acute behind; the larger granules uniseriate 
towards the declivity, reduced in size upon the declivital face with irregular 
small, feebly granulate punctures on the declivital interspaces; the granules 
smaller and the punctures more numerous on the lateral interspaces than on 
the disc; the suture wider with the granules confused throughout; the punctures 
of the declivital strie distinct, almost as large as upon the dise; rather sparsely 
clothed throughout with long, erect, reddish hairs longer upon the declivity. 
The ventral surface finely granulate punctate. The proepisternal area dis- 
tinctly moderately punctured, not strongly granulate. 

The male declivity is brightly polished with the strial punctures somewhat 
smaller. 

Type No. 152, Sandstone rapids, Coppermine river, Northwest Territories, 
F. Johansen, collector; Feb. 15, 1915, 2510. Host, Picea canadensis. 

This species together with micans, of Europe, and punctutas Lec., of the 
Kastern States, forms a sharply isolated group, distinguished by the coarse 
strial punctures of the elytral declivity. It is closely allied to punctatus Lee. 
but appears to be distinct. The pronotal carina is barely indicated in pwnctatus, 
the elytral strie are only feebly impressed on the disc, the strial punctures 
smaller and the elytral interspaces wider than the striz and less coarsely granu- 

65861—2 


6 5 Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


late than in Arctic species. D. punctatus Lec. has been recorded from West 
Virginia, New York, and Pennsylvania, but has apparently never been taken 
in Eastern Canada. 

Described from about sixty immature adults, taken by Mr. Johansen, 
dead, in the dried bark at the base of a large dead tree, in February. The 
beetles had evidently been dead sometime and were brittle, so that many are 
in poor condition. Mr. Johansen considers these beetles the primary cause 
of the death of the tree. It appears that some agency, probably abnormal 
weather conditions, had killed the broods that he found before they emerged 
from the bark. 


Genus Carphoborus Eichh. 
Eichhoff, Berl. Ent. Zeit., 8: 27, 1864. 


Carphoborus andersoni, n. sp. 
Plate II, figure 1. 


Length, 2-5 mm.; width, 1 mm.; colour, pale reddish (immature). 

DESCRIPTION OF THE FEMALE: The head has the front flattened and densely 
clothed with a brush of rather short yellow hairs; the antenne slender, the club 
longer than wide. 

The pronotum is slightly wider than long, with the sides arcuately narrowed 
from base to apex, only feebly constricted in front; the front broadly rounded; 
the dise closely and deeply but not coarsely punctured, the median line very 
faint; the pubescence very small, scale-like, not concealing the surface. 

The elytra are elongate, the sides subparallel, broadly rounded behind; 
the bases very strongly elevated and rugose as usual; the striz distinctly im- 
pressed, as wide as the interspaces, the strial punctures coarse and closely 
placed; the interspaces convex, feebly granulate, clothed with abundant rather 
slender pale scales which do not entirely hide the surface; the declivity with 
the 1st interspace but little more elevated than the 2nd and only feebly granulate, 
the 2nd interspace convex, nearly smooth, narrower behind; the 3rd interspace 
rather strongly elevated and armed with 5 or 6 rather coarse acute serrations; 
5th and 7th interspaces united in a rather broad curve slightly elevated behind 
and together bearing 3 or 4 acute serrations. This species will go in my key, 
Dom. Ent. Br. Bull. 14, pt. 2, p. 57, under AA, BB, but is widely separated 
from bicristatus and bifurcus by the large size, coarse declivital serrations, less 
elevated declivital alternate interspaces, and characters of the front. 

Type No. 153, Sandstone rapids, Coppermine river, Northwest Territories, 
F. Johansen, collector; Feb. 15, 1915; 1 paratype (a few fragments); lot 2908. 
Host, Picea canadensis. 

One set of tunnels was found in a white spruce limb about one inch in 
diameter. The nuptial chamber is 6 mm. in diameter with the entrance tunnel 
indicated and three egg-tunnels; one of these is possibly complete, 6 cm. long, 
1 mm. wide, with 28 egg-niches and larval mines developed from 16 of these. 
The second egg-tunnel is 1 em. long, with 3 egg-niches cut, and the third tunnel 
is only started. The egg-niches are small and alternately arranged. The 
mines are probably not completed; the longest is slightly more than 2 cm 
in length. Some are moderately elongate and some widen very rapidly. All 
are filled with white boring dust mixed with red excrement. The species had 
overwintered as immature larve and two young immature adults. The stick 
was collected in February, 1915. 


Coleoptera | 7E 


Genus Polygraphus Erich. 
Erichson, Weig. Archiv., 1:57. 


Polygraphus rufipennis Ky. 
Plate II, figure 2. 


Kirby, Faun. Bor. Amer., 4:1938, tab. 8, fig. 2, Apate (Lepisomus) 1837, 
Apate (Lepisomus) nigriceps Ky. Wieby, loc. cit. 194, Polygraphus saginatus 
Mannh. Mannerheim, Bul. Mosc., 237, 1853; Apate (Lepisomus) brevicornis 
Ky. Kirby, loc. cit., 194, (Probably not rufipennis, but injured and unrecog- 
nizable.) 


A stout cylindrical species, clothed with scales. Length, 2 mm. to 3 mm., 
colour black, elytra very dark piceous. 

DESCRIPTION OF THE FEMALE.—The head has the front flat, shining, 
finely and closely punctured, and rather densely clothed with short yellow 
hairs, denser in a subcircular fringe about the margin of the front, extending 
about the base of the mandibles and between the sections of the eyes; the vertex: 
and gen with dense and minute punctulations and a few large, shallow punc-- 
tures, almost glabrous; the eyes completely divided and surrounded by a narrow 
shining border; the epistomal margin raised, shining, and very broadly emar- 
ginate; the antennal funicle usually with six segments, the pedicel large, the 
club unsegmented, subacute at the tip, closely pubescent. The pronotum is 
two-thirds as long as wide; the caudal margin subtruncate, bisinuate, the sides 
on caudal half straight, slightly convergent, deeply, suddenly constricted in 
front of the middle, front margin broadly arcuate, feebly emarginate at middle 
line; closely finely granulate-punctate and clothed with short scale-like hairs; 
with a very fine indistinct median raised line. 


The elytra are two and one-half times as long as wide; as wide as the 
pronotum at the base; the bases individually moderately arcuate, finely raised 
and crenulate, the striz very faintly indicated; the elytra closely, finely asperate- 
punctate, with a row of coarser asperities along each interspace and _ these 
larger asperities confused and numerous towards the base of the disc; the strial 
punctures with minute slender inconspicuous sete; the numerous punctures of 
the interspaces with short, blunt, stout, scale-like hairs, with those from the 
row of coarser asperate punctures longer, particularly towards and upon the 
declivity and on the sides; so the pubescence is rather closely subscale-like, 
with a row of longer, lighter coloured, stout hairs on each interspace, and the 
finely asperate surface showing through. 


THe Maur.—The male has the front convex above with two small approx- 
imate tubercles arranged transversely on the middle line; impressed cephalad of 
the tubercles; the pronotum usually shorter, and more deeply constricted in 
front. 


VaRIATIONS.—The size varies from 2 mm. to 3 mm. in length. The colour 
varies from piceous to nearly black. The front of the male has sometimes. 
only one frontal tubercle and the anterior impression varies in depth. The 
most interesting variation is in the segmentation of the antennal funicle. This 
18 typically six-segmented, with the second segment small and the distal segments 
widened. Not infrequently however, we find a reduction in the number. Two 
more common conditions are with four segments on the outer part of the funicle 
of which the second segment is partly divided by a deep suture, or with the 
second and third segments almost entirely fused. It is very evident that the 
segmentation of the antennal funicle is a variable character in this species, 
as in other allied species. This subject is further referred to under the Genus 
Polygraphus, Dom. Ent. Br., Bull. 14, Part 2. 

65861—2} 


SE Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1915-18 


This species is abundant throughout the spruce forests of Canada, from 
the Pacific Coast eastward to Newfoundland. It is rare in pine, and rather 
commonly found in larch. 

About forty specimens were received in the bark of a section from a dead 
white spruce trunk collected by Mr. Johansen at Camp creek, below Sandstone - 
rapids, Coppermine river, Northwest Territories, February. 15, 1915. 

The tunnels of this species, associated with those of Pityophthorus, were 
numerous on the exposed wood surface of dead standing trees and beneath 
the patches of bark which remained, particularly.on the upper portions of the 
trunk; numbers of dead adults were taken in the tunnels beneath these patches 
of bark. On the dead and dying parts of the living trees these Polygraphus 
and Pityophthorus tunnels were also found, but they were not so numerous 
here as on the old dead trees, and were not found at all in some of the dying 
branches and trunks examined. It was evident that cerambycid larve had 
been more injurious than bark-beetles during the season previous to the exam- 
ination. 


Genus Pityophthorus Eichh. 
Eichhoff, Berl. Ent. Zeit., 8; 39, 45, 46, 1864. 


Pityophthorus nitidus Sw. 
Plate II, figures 3, 4, 5. 


Swaine, Dom. Ent. Br., Dept. Agric. Bull. 14, pt. 1, p. 26, 1917. 


DESCRIPTION OF THE FEMALE.—The length, 2.1 mm.; 2% times as long 
as the width; the elytral strie not impressed, the strial punctures small; the 
declivity suleate-retuse, not acuminate. 

The head has the front flattened, the flat area bounded by a semi-circular 
line behind, very densely, minutely punctured and densely pubescent with 
short yellow hairs; the median carina nearly obsolete except the cephalic end which 
forms a rather prominent carinate tooth on the epistoma; the eyes rather finely 
granulate, deeply narrowly emarginate; the antennal club very wide, short 
oval almost subcircular, the sutures broadly arcuate the third most strongly, 
the first two segments each distinctly shorter than either of the last two; rather 
closely pubescent. 

The pronotum is as long as wide; very broadly rounded behind, strongly 
arcuate on the sides behind; moderately constricted before the middle, broadly 
rounded on the front margin which is finely serrate, the asperities slightly 
stronger at the middle; the summit slightly in front of the middle with a wide 
transverse impression across the disc immediately behind the summit; finely 
subconcentrically asperate in front, rather coarsely, very densely, subgranulately 
punctured behind, the punctures smaller towards the lateral margins; with a 
small impunctuate spot on the middle of the side, and a smooth median space. 

The elytra are slightly less than twice as long as the pronotum, 9:5, faintly 
narrower than the pronotum; truncate at the base; the sides subparallel for 
over two-thirds the length then narrowed and rather broadly rounded behind, 
very faintly sulecate-retuse as viewed from above; the upper part of the declivity 
distinctly sulcate-retuse; the sutural strie finely impressed; the remaining 
strie only very faintly indicated, except near the lateral margins the last two 
strongly impressed, especially behind; the strial punctures small, fairly close 
and deep, in only moderately regular rows; the interspaces not convex, sparsely 
uniseriately punctured in the interspaces of the disc, more closely punctured 
about the base and lateral margins; the ninth interspace moderately convex 
behind. The declivity is broadly suleate above, the sulcus wide, not deep, 
not widened behind, shining, the sides feebly retuse, with a row of minute 


Coleoptera OR 


granules on the suture and along the region of the third interspace; the whole 
declivity smooth and brightly shining, with the punctures extremely minute, 
hardly visible except towards the sides. The dise and the declivity are almost 
glabrous, with only minute very sparse pubescence; the pubescence about the 
lateral margins very short but distinct. The last sternite is rather deeply, 
broadly emarginate. 

The male has the front flattened as before, but coarsely, fairly closely 
punctured with a well-developed median carina, and the pubescence almost 
invisible, the last ventral is emarginate as in the female. 

Described from Quebec Province, Tullochgoram; Picea canadensis. Other 
localities: Ste. Anne de Bellevue, Que.; Truro, N.S. 

About fifty specimens were received from the bark of a section of a dead 
white spruce trunk, collected by Mr. Johansen at ‘Camp creek,’”’ below Sandstone 
rapids, Coppermine river, Northwest Territories, February 15, 1915, in associa- 
tion with Polygraphus rufipennis Ky., page 

The Coppermine specimens are constantly somewhat larger than the 
typical form and the elytral striz are usually more finely punctured, but they 
are left for the present under nitidus Sw. 


Genus Pseudohylesinus Swaine. 


Dom. Ent. Br., Dept. Agric., Bull. 14; 11, 1917. 


Pseudohylesinus tsugae Sw. 


Latouche, Alaska, C.A.E., Sept. 13, 1916, F. Johansen, collector. One 
broken specimen, taken in hemlock bark, is doubtfully referred to this species. 


OTHER NORTHERN RECORDS IN OUR COLLECTION. 


Dendroctonus valens Lec. 


Fort Chipewyan, Alta., June 13, 15, 1914, F. Harper, collector, 9 speci- 
mens. 


Dryocoetes affaber Mannh. 
Yukon Territories; lat. 62° 31’-63° 06’ N., long. 137° 30’-139° 30’ W., 
1916; D. D. Cairnes, collector, 1 specimen. 
Orthotomicus vicinus Lec. 
Yukon Territories; lat. 62° 31’—63° 06’ N., long. 137° 30’-139° 30’ W., 
1916; D. D. Cairnes, collector, 1 specimen. 
Ips perturbatus Eichh. 
~Yukon Territories; lat. 62° 31’-63° 06’ N., long. 187° 30/-139° 30’ W., 


1916; D. D. Cairnes, collector, 3 specimens, small Arctic race. This is probably 
the species referred to by Children* as Bostrichus typographus. 


* Back’s Overland Expedition, London, 1836, page 532. 


10 5 Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 
Family CERAMBYCIDAE. 


Only four species of this family were obtained in the extreme north including 
seven specimens in all. 


Genus Criocephalus Muls. 
Criocephalus agrestis Kirby. 


Fn. Bor. Am., IV, p. 140, 1837; Leconte, J. A. P., ser 2, 11, 36, 1850; Leng., 
Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., VII, 64, 1884; Blatchley, Col. of Indiana, 1015, 1910. 

One male from the Arctic coast; length, 2.1 cm., width 5.5 mm. at base 
of elytra, length of elytra 16.5 mm.; width of pronotum 4.5 mm.; length of 
pronotum 4 mm. The pronotal impressions moderate; the sides narrowly 
rounded, with only a few rugosities; punctuation close and minutely granulate. 
The elytra densely punctured and minutely granulate; the two coste rather 
strongly developed. More densely and coarsely granulate-punctuate than 
usual, but probably conspecific with the more southern forms. 

Cape Bathurst, Northwest Territories, August 22, 1914, R. M. Anderson, 
collector, 886; crawling on beach, probably from driftwood which had come 
down the Mackenzie river or the Anderson river. 

Other northern records: Rampart House, Yukon Territory (18 miles south), 
D. H. Nelles, collector, 9 specimens; 3 much smaller specimens from the same 
place may be distinct 14 mm. in length; slender, the pronotum subcircular 
from above, Dawson, Y.T., VIII, 1909, one specimen. 


Genus Merium Kirby. 
Merium proteus Kirby. 


Fn. Bor. Am. LV, p. 172, t.s.; f.s. 1837; Mannerheim, Bull. Mosc. III, 
1853, 247; Leconte, J. A. P., ser. 2, II, p. 32; Leng, Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., 
VII, p. 100, 1885; Blatchley, Col. of Indiana, p. 1019, 1910; Casey, Memoirs, ITI, 
286, 1912. 

Three dead specimens of this well known species were taken from the bark 
of dead white spruce. One specimen has only faint traces of the pale lines 
on the elytra; otherwise they need no description. 

Coppermine river, below Sandstone rapids, Northwest Territories, February 
17, 1915, F. Johansen, collector. 

Other northern records: Fort Cudahy, Yukon Territory, August 25, 1896, 
W. Ogilvie, collector, 3 specimens; Dawson, Yukon Territory, May 17, 1908, 
1 specimen. 


Genus Neoclytus Thomson. 
Neoclytus muricatulus Kirby. 


Fn. Bor. Am., IV, p. 177, 1837; Leng, Ent. Am., III, 8; Wickham, Can. 
Int., X XIX, p. 152, 1897. 

Length, 9 mm.; width, 2.5 mm.; brown with grayish white markings; 
the pronotum as wide as long. 

Below Sandstone rapids, Coppermine river, Northwest Territories, February 
15, 1915, F. Johansen, collector; one specimen, taken from the pupal 
cell in small limb of white spruce. 

The tunnels of Neoclytus muricatulus are numerous on a short dead branch 
from a living tree. Part of the bark had fallen; the branch had been dead for 


Coleoptera 11 5B 


at least a year; and some of the tunnels were evidently several years old. The 
tunnels of this species are slender, elongate, winding, more or less longitudinal 
upon the surface, scoring the wood, then entering the wood through an oval 
hole to continue below the surface for two or three inches. The pupal period 
is passed in this tunnel and the adult emerges eventually through a round exit 
hole. The larve of this species had evidently been heavily parasitized, for 
many empty cocoons of a hymenopterous parasite were attached to the tunnels 
beneath the bark. One dead adult beetle was found in an exit tunnel just below 
the wood surface. 


Genus Xylotrechus Chevr. 
Xylotrechus undulatus Say. 


Long’s Expedition, II, p. 291, 1820; Leng, Ent. Am., II, p. 200. 

Length of the elytra, 1 em.; width of pronotum, 4 mm.; length of pronotum, 
3.5 mm.; colour dark brown with the transverse markings yellowish white; 
pronotum with apical band interrupted only at median line, caudal band feebly 
indicated on the sides, sides of pronotum grayish from superimposed fine gray 
hairs; elytra with basal line feeble, discal spot strong, median transverse line 
strong and continued along the suture and side margin forward nearly to the 
base. The subapical transverse line strong complete (this line almost invariably 
interrupted in the middle in our collection of over 60 specimens) apical marking 
strong; longitudinal grayish tracings very faint. One specimen below Sandstone 
rapids, Coppermine river, Northwest Territories, February 15, 1915; F. Johansen, 
collector. 

One specimen was removed in fragments from tunnels in the wood of a white 
spruce; it had been working in a dead patch on a living tree. A second specimen 
found in the same stick is lighter brown, and lacks the longitudinal grayish 
markings. 

Cerambycid tunnels which may be those of Xylotrechus undulatus are 
numerous in a part of a branch dying at the time of collection. The surface 
tunnels are wide and flat, scoring the wood, and filled with frass, freely winding, 
and very irregular in width. They eventually enter the wood through an oval 
hole, penetrate to the centre of the branch and continue longitudinally for 
about two inches. In this last portion the larve pass the winter. There were 
no exit holes. 

Monochamus tunnels, probably those of scutellatus, were on the large stick. 
Two larve had entered the wood but neither of them emerged. There were 
no adults in the collection. 


OTHER NORTHERN RECORDS IN OUR COLLECTION. 
Monochamus scutellatus Say. 


Fort Cudahy, Yukon Territory, 25—VIII—96, W. Ogilvie, collector, 12, 19; 
Upper Stewart river, Yukon Territory, Jos. Keele, collector, 1881, 1905, 19; 
Rampart House (18 miles south), Yukon Territory, D. A. Nelles collector; 
Yukon Territory, lat. 62° 31’ to 63° 06’ N., long. 187° 20’ to 129° 30’ W., 2 2’s, 
D. D. Cairnes, collector; Fort Chipewyan, Alta., June 23, 1914, F. Harper, 
collector; Hudson bay, 1887, J. M. Macoun, collector, 2 9’s. 


~ 


Pachyta liturata Ky. 


Dawson, Yukon Territory. 


125 Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 
Acmaeops proteus Ky. 


Yukon Territory; lat. 62° 31’/-63° 06’ N.; long. 137° 30’—-139° 30’ W., 1916; 
D. D. Cairnes, collector, 6 specimens. 


Acmaeops pratensis Laich. 


Yukon Territory, latitude and longitude as above; 1916, D. D. Cairnes, 
collector, 1 specimen. Near Sixtymile river, along meridian 141° W., 1907, 
T. P. Reilly, collector, 1 specimen. Rampart House (18 miles south), Yukon 
Territory, D. H. Nelles, collector, 1 specimen. Fort Cudahy, Yukon Territory, 
25, VIII, 1896, W. Ogilvie, collector, 2 specimens. 


Genus Callidium Fabr. 
Callidium subopacum, n. sp. 


Length, 9 mm.; body piceous, above dull greenish; antenne reddish except 
first segment very slender; above subopaque; head rather obscurely punctured 
and reticulate, punctures coarser and more distinct behind; median line finely 
impressed, a wide transverse impression between the eyes; the pronotum much 
wider than long, nearly as wide as the elytra, widest about the middle, the 
sides broadly arcuately narrowed in front and more strongly narrowed behind 
the middle, the sides spongy from exceeding by dense, very deep, subcireular, 
margined punctures, with rather numerous long brownish hairs, a median 
amphora-shaped area impressed, the margins rather indefinite, nearly smooth, 
finely reticulate, the punctures coarse but very shallow, the pubescence red, 
short and erect, longer in front; the elytra thin, coarsely irregularly punctured, 
margins of the punctures indefinite, with minute setose punctures in their depth, 
these feebly granulate only towards the base. 

Type, south of Rampart House, Yukon Territory, D. H. Nelles, collector; . 
one paratype, same labels. Two other allied undescribed species are in our 
collection from southern British Columbia. 


Tetropium cinnamopterum Ky. 


Fort Cudahy, Yukon Territory, 25-VIII-96, W. Ogilvie, collector, 4 speci- 
mens. 

Length, 9-10 mm.; slender, piceous below, head and pronotum black, 
elytra smoky brown; pronotum subangularly rounded on sides, closely punctured 
and granulate on the sides, smooth, shining, and very sparsely punctured over 
nearly whole of disc, with a broad and strong anterior impression ; the antenne 

rather slender. 


FAMILY BUPRESTIDAE. 


Only one specimen of this Family was included in the collection: 


Melanophila longipes Say. 


Near Langton bay, Northwest Territories, 1910-11, R. M. Anderson, 
collector, 1632. 

Other northern records in our collection: Near Sixtymile river, along 141st 
meridian, Yukon Territory, 1907, T. P. Reilly, collector, 1 specimen; Stewart 
river, Yukon Territory, 1909, D. H. Nelles, collector, 1 specimen. 

Occurs throughout Canadian forests from Nova Scotia to British Columbia 
and the Yukon. 


Coleoptera 13 5 
RECORDS OF OTHER NORTHERN SPECIES IN OUR COLLECTION. 
Melanophila drummondi Kirby. 


Yukon Territory, lat. 62° 31’-63° 06’, long. 137° 30’-139° 30’, 1916, D. D. 
Cairnes, collector; near Sixtymile river, along 141st meridian, Yukon Territory, 
1907, T. P. Reilly, collector, 2 specimens. Abundant throughout British 
Columbia, extending south into the United States and northward into the 
Yukon and Alaska. I have taken a series of thirteen near Lesser Slave lake 
in Alberta, and rarely in the east (Fort Coulonge, Que., in Pinus strobus). 


Chrysobothris trinervia Kirby. 


Near Sixtymile river, along 141st Meridian, Yukon Territory, 1907, Thos. 
P. Reilly, collector, 1 specimen. 

There are two specimens in our collection from Fort Yukon, Alaska. Repre- 
sented in our collection from Halifax, N.S., across Canada to Alaska and the 
Yukon. 


Buprestis nuttalli Kirby. 


Stewart river, Yukon Territory, 1909, D. H. Nelles, collector, 1 specimen. 

There are only two small reddish-yellow spots on each elytron and the 
posterior of these almost obsolete on the right side; the spots on the outer faint 
but distinct on abdominal segments and coxze. Represented in our collections 
from Quebec, Ontario, Alberta, southern British Columbia, Alaska, and the 
Yukon, 


Dicerca prolongata Lec. 

Fort Chipewyan, Alta., 15-VI-1914, lake Athabaska, Alta., near shore 

on portage to lake One, 29-VI-14, F. Harper, collector, 1 specimen. 
Dicerca tenebrica Ky. 

Stewart river, Yukon Territory, D. H. Nelles, collector, 1909; Yukon 
Territory, latitude 62° 31’-63° 06’ N., long. 137° 30’-139° 30’ W., 'D. D. Cairnes, 
collector; lake Athabasca, Alta., near shore on portage to lake One, 29-VI-14, 
F. Harper, collector, 1 specimen; Dawson, Yukon Territory, 20-VI-08, 1 specimen. 

Poecilonota, undes. sp. 
Stewart river, Yukon Territory, D. H. Nelles, collector, 1909. 


Length, 17 mm.; black above, eyes red, venter black with coppery reflections, 
apparently distinct, 1 specimen. 


145 Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


Family CARABIDAE. 
By H. C. Fatu. 


Of the Carabide collected by the Canadian Arctic Expedition, a repre- 
sentative lot of 206 specimens has been sent me for identification by Dr. C. Gordon 
Hewitt, Dominion Entomologist. The number of species in the lot is not 
large—about fifteen—but of some of them considerable series were evidently 
taken, only a part of which were submitted. 

The chief difficulty encountered in determining any collection of Arctic 
Carabide, centers in that complex of small Pterostichi belonging to the subgenus 
Cryobius, which constitute so characteristic a feature of the Carabid fauna 
of those regions. The species are numerous, but are still very imperfectly 
known and to a great extent opinionative, and are not satisfactorily determined 
in any American collection. Their identification therefore in the following 
list must for the present be regarded as tentative. 


Genus Carabus Linn. 
Carabus chamissonis Fisch. 
Langton bay (Franklin bay), Northwest Territories, summer, 1911, R. M. 


Anderson, collector, 1¢; cape Barrow, Coronation gulf, Northwest Territories, 
August 4, 1915, J. J. O'Neill, collector, 14, 1¢. 


Genus Elaphrus Fab. 
Elaphrus riparius var. gratiosus Mann. 


Teller, Alaska; July 31, 1913, F. Johansen, collector, two examples in 
badly damaged condition. 


Genus Nebria Lat. 


A single female of this genus was collected which cannot well be referred 
to any species thus far recorded from the American continent. It seems in 
most respects nearest to obliqua and suturalis, but, unlike them, has elytral 
interspaces 3.5.7. punctuate. It bears the label—Collinson point, Alaska, 
May 9, 1914, D. Jenness, collector.! 


Genus Pelophila. 
Pelophila eschscholtzii Mann. 


Teller, Alaska, July 29, 1913, F. Johansen, collector. A single specimen 
in poor condition. 


1This specimen was submitted to Dr. E. C. Van Dyke for examination and he believes that it is a 
black-legged variety of bifaria, the typical forms with red legs being found in the Lower Yukon Valley. 


Coleoptera 155 
Genus Asaphidion (Tachypus of our lists.) 
West of Collinson point, Alaska, June 12, 1914; F. Johansen, collector. 
A single sample, which, judging from the description, can hardly be T. elongatus, 
the only recorded American species. 
Genus Bembidium Latr. 


Bembidium complanulum Mann. 


Nome, Alaska, August 21-24, 1916. F. Johansen, collector, 1 specimen. 


Genus Pterostichus Bon. 
Pterostichus agonus Horn. 


Seven examples—all ¢’s—from the following localities: Konganevik, 
Camden bay, Alaska, June 27, 1914, F. Johansen, collector; Collinson point, 
Alaska, September 27, 1913, and June 1, 1914, F. Johansen, collector; Barter 
island, Arctic coast of Alaska, June 11, 1914, D. Jenness, collector; Demarcation 
point, Alaska, May 20, 1914, F. Johansen, collector; Langton bay (Franklin 
bay), Northwest Territories, summer, 1911, V. Stefansson, collector. 

Horn’s statement that the elytral strie are fine, and the intervals flat, does 
not apply very well to any of these examples, nor to a specimen in my collection 
taken by Dr. F. E. Blaisdell at Nome, Alaska. The unique type was from the 
Yukon river, Alaska. 


Pterostichus vindicatus Mann. 
Nome, Alaska, August 21 to 24, 1916, F. Johansen, collector; Teller, Alaska, 
July 24, 1913, F. Johansen, collector. 
Pterostichus sp., near the preceding. 
Konganevik, Camden bay, Alaska, June, 1914; Demarcation point, Alaska, 
May 16, 1914; Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, June 20, 1916; all 
collected by F. Johansen. 


Pterostichus hyperboreus Mann. 


Langton bay (Franklin bay), Northwest Territories, summer 1911, V. 
Stefansson, collector, 3a’s, le. 


Pterostichus similis Men. 


Teller, Alaska, July 24, 1913; F. Johansen, collector. 


Pterostichus mandibularis Kby. 


Konganevik, Camden bay, Alaska, June 27, 1914; Collinson point, Alaska, 
September 22 and 27, 1913; Boundary Zone, Demarcation point, Arctic Alaska 
and Yukon, May 6, 1914; Demarcation point, Alaska, May 14-20, 1914; Cock- 


165 Canadian Expedition Arctic, 1913-18 


burn point, Dolphin and Union strait, September 7, 1914; Bernard harbour, 
Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Territories, June 15, 2 specimens, June 
20, 1916, 1 specimen. All collected by F. Johansen. The specimens from the 
last two named localities have the hind angles of the thorax more obtuse and 
perhaps represent a distinct species; some variation in this respect however 
is noticeable among the others. 


Genus Amara Bon. 


Amara haematopa Dej. (similis Kby.) 


Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, May 22, 1915; June 20, 1916; 
July 9, 1916; 2.7’s, 39’s; F. Johansen, collector. 

Of these specimens 14 and 2¢9’s are quite black, 17 metallic, the third with 
faintly greenish elytra. The general form of body is quite like that of Pterostichus 
agonus and it seems not to have been observed by Horn that the penultimate joint 
of the labial palpus is bisetose in front as in Pterostichus, not plurisetose as in 
the rest of the Amare. 


Amara brunnipennis De}. 


The material sent me contains ninety-three samples of this common and 
widespread boreal species. The following localities are represented, all speci- 
mens collected by F. Johansen unless otherwise stated. Nome, Alaska, August 
24-25, 1916; Konganevik, Camden bay, Alaska, June 27, 1914; west of Collinson 
point, Alaska, June 12, 1914, E. deK. Leffingwell, collector; Langton bay 
(Franklin bay), Northwest Territories, summer of 1911, V. Stefansson, collector; 
Cockburn point, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Territories, September 
7 and 26, 1914; Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, May 18-September 1, 
1915, and 1916; Kugalik river, Wollaston peninsula, Victoria island, August 
18, 1915, D. Jenness, collector. Probably Armstrong point, west side of Victoria 
island, June, 1916, J. Hadley, collector. 


Amara glacialis Mann. 


Cockburn point, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Territories, August 
30 and September 7, 1914, twelve 2’s, eleven ?’s; Bernard harbour, Northwest 
Territories, June and July, 1915 and 1916, sixteen ~’s, nine ¢’s; all collected by 
F. Johansen. 


Lebia (?) sp. 


Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, May 2, 1915, F. Johansen, collector. 
A mere wreck with dorsum of thorax and all appendages missing. Evidently 
found in this condition and perhaps not an inhabitant of the region explored. 
It does not appear to be identical with any of our American species of this 
genus, none of which have ever been reported from so far north. 


Family SILPHIDAE. 
Genus Silpha Linn. 
Silpha lapponica Hbst. 


Konganevik, Camden bay, Alaska, July 4, 1914, F. Johansen, collector; 


Nos. 175-6; Port Epworth, Coronation gulf, July 15, 1915 (on dried fish), | 


Nos. 123-7, J. J. O’ Neill, collector; Kogluktualuk river (Tree river), Coronation 
gulf, Northwest Territories, July 1915, J. J. O’Neill, collector, No. 106. 


| 


Coleoptera Li 


Family COCCINELLIDAE. 
By Cuas. W. Lene. 
Genus Coccinella Linn. 


Coccinella quinquenotata Kirby. 


Langton bay, Northwest Territories, 1910-11, No. 1630, R. M. Anderson, 
collector. 


Coccinella nugatoria Mulsant. 


Langton bay (Franklin bay), Northwest Territories, summer VOI ING: 
1865, V. Stefansson, collector; Kater point, Bathurst inlet, Northwest Territories, 
August 24, 1915, J. J. O’Neill, collector, No. 109. 

Both of these species are closely related to Coccinella transversoguttata 
Fabricius, a species widely distributed in the northern parts of both hemispheres, 
the larva feeding on aphids. 


Family ELATERIDAE. 
By C. W. Lena. 
Genus Hypnoidus Steph. 
Hypnoidus barbatus Sahlb. 


Nome, Alaska, F. Johansen, collector, August 24-25, 19162 Nos, 2ifs22 


> 


Family CHRYSOMELIDAE. 
By C. W. LEna. 
Genus Chrysomela Linn. 


Chrysomela subsulcata Mann. 


Tundra plateau, Konganevik, Camden bay, Alaska, July 4, 1914, No. 431; 
tundra at Konganevik, Camden bay, Alaska, June or July, 1914, No. 436; 
Konganevik, Camden bay, Alaska, June 27, 1914, No. 458; under old driftwood 
logs in tundra behind house at Collinson point, Alaskan Arctic coast, September 
27, 1913, Nos. 1151, 1152; Collinson point, Alaska, June 18, 1914, No. 1171; 
Collinson point, Alaska, September 2, 1914; tundra east of Collinson point, 
Alaska, September 2, 1914, No. 1642. The last one was collected as larva 
June 18, 1914, and pupated July 13, 1914 (breeding record 8). All collected 
by F. Johansen. 


Genus Lina Meg. 


Lina scripta Linn. 


Collected as pupez September 10, 1916, on Alnus leaves and reared (breeding 
record 135). Ketchikan, Alaska, September 16-20, 1916, F. Johansen, collector, 
Mos. 1211 to 1213. 


18 E Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1915-18 
Genus Galerucella Crotch. 
Galerucella decora Say. 


Langton bay (Franklin bay), Northwest Territories, 1910-11, V. Stefansson 
and R. M. Anderson, collectors; Nos. 1700 to 1704 and 1698 to 1699. 


Genus Haltica Geoff. 
Haltica bimarginata Say. 


Langton bay, Northwest Territories, V. Stefansson and R. M. Anderson, 
collectors, 1910-11; No. 1631. 


Family DYTISCIDAE. 


By J. D. SHERMAN, JR. 


Genus Hydroporus Clairv. 
Hydroporus humeralis Aubé. 
Teller, Alaska, August, 1913, two specimens; Konganevik, Camden bay, 
Alaska, June, 1914, three specimens; Demarcation point, Alaska, May, 1914, 


five specimens; Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, June, July, six speci- 
mens. All collected by F. Johansen. A common, variable, Pacific coast species. 


Hydroporus tartaricus Lec. 
Collinson point, Alaska, September, 1913, seven specimens; Demarcation 


point, Alaska, May, 1914, five specimens; Bernard harbour, Northwest Terri- 
tories, May to August, five specimens; all collected by F. Johansen. 


Hydroporus sp. (Perhaps tristis Payk.) 


Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, May, July, F. Johansen; two 
specimens. 


Genus Coelambus Thom. 
Coelambus unguicularis Cr. 


Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, June, F. Johansen, collector; four 
specimens. 


Genus Ilybius Er. 
Ilybius angustior Gyll. 


Teller, Alaska, August 1913, F. Johansen, collector; two specimens. Ex- 
tremely common in Labrador. 


Coleoptera 195 
Genus Agabus Leach. 
Agabus nigripalpis Sahlb. 


Teller, Alaska, August 1913, one specimen, F. Johansen, collector; Collinson 
point, Alaska, September 1918, six specimens, F. Johansen, collector; Barter 
island, Alaska, July 1914, one specimen, D. Jenness, collector; Demarcation 
point, Alaska, May 1914, two specimens, F. Johansen, collector; Bernard har- 
bour, Northwest Territories, May to August, forty-two specimens, F. Johansen, 
collector; Colville mountains, Wollaston peninsula, Victoria island, July 1914, 
one specimen, D. Jenness, collector. 

This variable species, taken by R. Bell at Stupart’s bay and cape Digges, 
Hudson strait, was regarded by Dr. Sharp as probably a variety of Agabus 
congener Payk. 


Agabus infuscatus Aube. 


A single specimen; Teller, Alaska, July 29, 1913; F. Johansen, collector. 
Very common at some points in Labrador. 


Agabus obsoletus Lec. 


Collinson point, Alaska, September 1913; F. Johansen, collector, two 


specimens. 
Described from San Diego, California. JI have a large series from Oregon 


(Corvallis and Gaston). 


Genus Colymbetes Clairv. 
Colymbetes dolobratus Payk. 


Teller, Alaska, July 1913, F. Johansen, collector, two specimens; Bernard 
harbour, Northwest Territories, May to July, F. Johansen, collector, seven 
specimens. An Alaskan and Siberian species. 


The RHYNCHOPHORA (except IPIDAE). 
By Cuas. W. LEnNc. 
Genus Lepyrus Germ. 


The species of Lepyrus inhabit the northern parts of both hemispheres, 
extending southward in America to the White mountains of New Hampshire, 
the swamps of Genesee county, New York, Michigan, Wisconsin, and Colorado. 
The larve live in willows and aspens. 


Lepyrus gemellus Kirby. 


Langton bay (Franklin bay), Northwest Territories, V. Stefansson, collector, 
summer 1911; No. 1687. 


Lepyrus capucinus Schall. 


| 
Langton bay (Franklin bay), Northwest Territories, V. Stefansson, collector, 
summer 1911; Nos. 1671-3. 


i 
! 
| 


20 5 Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 
Lepyrus palustris Scopoli. 


Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, June 4, 1916, F. Johansen, col- 
lector; No. 1634. 


Genus Stephanocleonus Motsch. 
Stephanocleonus plumbeus Leconte. 


Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 6-7, 1915, F. Johansen, 
collector; No. 1249. 

Described from the northern shore of Lake Superior; an uncommon species 
recorded from Telegraph creek, British Columbia, and from Maine, Connecticut, 
Colorado, and New Mexico. 


Genus Trichalophus Lec. 
Trichalophus stefanssoni, n. sp. 


Oblong-oval, black, thickly clothed above and beneath with short, white, 
decumbent hairs, sometimes condensed into vaguely defined spots on the 
elytra and an oblique line at each side of dise of thorax. Beak finely carinate, 
slightly dilated at apex, antennal groove deep, almost reaching the eye; scape 
of antennz almost reaching the eye, funicle seven-jointed, first two joints each 
longer than the succeeding bead-like joints, club three-jointed, oval, pointed, 
annulated. Eyes oval, transverse, finely granulated. Head slightly protuberant 
between and above the eyes. Thorax slightly longer than wide, slightly con- 
stricted and narrower in front; surface uneven, a complete median carina with 
a minute polished tubercle each side thereof being the most conspicuous inter- 
ruptions of the surface. Elytra oval, convex, with feeble numeral angles, 
surface irregularly interrupted and tending to form rows of small tubercular 
elevations. The surface is very minutely punctulate between the elevations, 
visible only by removing the hairs. Front coxe contiguous, prominent; middle 
coxe separated by less than half their width; also prominent; hind coxe widely 
separated, not prominent first again longer, oval at tip. Femora slightly 
incrassate, tibize excavated at apex, with spinulose fringe and a conspicuous 
spine; tarsi broad, pubescent beneath, third joint divided, claws simple. Re- 
sembles in many respects Trichalophus didymus Leconte from Vancouver, 
British Columbia and Colorado, but differs in the shorter antenne, the carination — 
of the beak, the size and obscure maculation. 

Length, including beak, 10-12 mm.; width, at middle of the elytra, 3-5- 
5-0 mm. 

Bernard harbour, (Cockburn point), Northwest Territories; September 26, 
1914, F. Johansen, collector, Nos. 919-927; May 22, 1915, F. Johansen, collector, 
Nos. 929 to 935; July 6, 7, 1915, F. Johansen, collector, No. 1251; June and 
September, 1916!, F. Johansen, collector, Nos. 268, 269; July 10, 1916, F. Johan- 
sen, collector, Nos. 267, 218; cape Krusenstern, Northwest Territories, July 1916, 
D. Jenness, collector, No. 292. 

No. 929 is designated as the type and is in the National Museum, Ottawa, 
as well as the other specimens named except No. 925 which is in my own collec- 
tion. 

No. 107, Kogluktualuk river, Coronation gulf, Northwest Territories, 
July 1915, J. J. O'Neill, collector, differs from the above only by the brownish 
colour of the hairs, possibly as the result of accidental staining. 


1The one that emerged in September 1916, was collected as a larva June 20, 1916, and pupated 
August 8, 1916. (Breeding-record 122). 


Coleoptera 215 


No. 167, Langton bay (Franklin bay), Northwest Territories, summer 
1911, V. Stefansson, collector, is another aberrant specimen, partly denuded, 
with brownish hairs. 

No. 747, Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 17, 1915, F. Johansen, 
collector, is another still more difficult specimen to place, for it is almost entirely 
denuded and looks therefore quite different. It is however, the same species 
as those described above and exhibits actual sculpture of the surface, which is 
scabrous throughout except that on thé front part of the thorax it becomes 
evidently distinctly punctate. 

The tribe Alphini, to which the species described above belongs is repre- 
sented by numerous species in Siberia. I have tried to identify this species 
with one of them without success; and as most of the described Species occur 
in the region of Lake Baikal, while it is in northeastern Siberia that the fauna 
more nearly resembles that of America, it seems probable that it has heretofore 
escaped discovery, though evidently abundant in the Canadian Arctic Region. 


Genus Sitona Germ. 
Sitona discoidea Gyllenhal (?). 
Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 6, 7, 1915; F. Johansen, 
collector, No. 1248. 


The condition of the single specimen of this species makes an exact identifi- 
cation impossible. 


on Pa is ibaoed “0 age: isi aati ae ee “thi ee Rag 


. - > 
- = . t's 
‘ 7 a 5 . ‘ 
? - Vio ? a 
s ; . T to - A 
we 4 1 = ~ 4 MT. ot a 
7 V4 5 ‘ 
(eet. “ill oy 
- tea 
oy = Ld 


TT RAT eee athaT eH 8 eS ec Gast maou BE ehetior Ripatnisss Py oe Aiees 
3 Guhl eet See Rane a (aan do 4 nee Aig ieee OED bias 
i Soay Heb TE tint f sioipered: fagve 9 Phat: eereeP esd Aytmets: asy Pe ' Ves aa 


 dreiin yeh 1 stele Br Meminoda hi iad most ie Loan ae sonlig 


ipa: nell ana Satire ies egiranehibe al Sanieerd |. clout ttn bobpabe a 
‘aeitce ott 10 siptiias Indk an Leo Pitta: EVO th Sadi apo, ae ee 
Phot) SRO dareep fourth) Peck ys che ineee ghnrectoo yard arian 
Se SO butane eiignidetty ultoohReins 


he em eaal i hts a Ho Soke fcsbiieges els Hatches AF Laidg itt hry 
oes fame a ae Neyo) a ta Beas ick i” niedia, Ar-apibage, sno nee Ate 


yD; yee Piciky 5H ae taarth: BRL ot a a <riate geenenty” Seri aaliy 2 


hy BE: at che wy ie] er. fir: rieh Fe estate aA Sears fio: aigels nh fil 
1nd Ae tec Sleieeng goursh ar Boh ech tb tt, ech soaps Begee. cores 


(actA ores) Ofitah daaekygrene CATON TS. dado Aeeronate hace) 


r z ' 1 eA te a" et ae 5 
i = oer we 7) Pr i 
gui } EMOTE siERDE eS). Cate 
: 7 rn cyst } g oe, Se hae >. 
i IRE edtl ary pa bicneih aS age 
Z Pa, | 
bl : ‘ Z , - , & “  « PY 
s Hers pe Rawk tater i Mea ithe 
- H r a*. x 7 a. = 
‘ ‘ he ne \ f Ae. 
- F boy ‘ . & The ts re en 
2 es thes PRA T aete Steh be RO aa Te epee Us rl et ag 
‘ ae ' at iota 6a a 
: = te m ; i] ee vias Mere 
a » 2 ; ‘ e J i +E 7 ‘ Y 
x h : Be Wie * Ais =" ae Sint A tByrse/ Sues aie 
ee ear : thet i: Br icgmaatie ca ae Se FSS 2 Lee tediese ee mek 


eB pe cals Seeley) ak ls eee Ee Oe eae ee Bee a 


: “ee hee wi ive i ie) -) ae a Chie ik Le aN AVERPaE, 5 4 4 


fis > ett dak a aha’ 


. ; FFe4 } TRE es 7 j } ran .f ead 
j A =, Poe a ik Peri ipee) Aye MM ahis rary - a Sas 
: R , mn - ; \ Pf pee’ ¥ ~ : pee +h if: ; Til tion ee Ss pas ea 
a mec ke wlth eS Se iiae - Oe ae ee 
ey etl as we) Soy Se ee Soe Siieat® we sihyiite 
Pe a i fli Shen oa Ne he ie 

7 ral a . i a . 9 es oy, f ¥. ie a Sa re ited 
Psy tae yt etal Se Pe ops tat A eee ee a 
: Von ake oti Geers 8 ee: Brera devon ate 


7 / : ‘ avi are fe ee 4: i, AS ONS as ek 4 


Saar, ee a 7 ee oye » “VG or a solaraena ee: 


Ps 


‘ oll Prk a sf 
. F EG ene 5 ON a ja"5 ¥ ae ie j ms 
r be : ‘a, 3 I al ae. Gopehicd 
R Che ote Taree F , och Terie ey oe ae 
fhe 1 Me - ee sare 
= ~ 4 " 4 ie a 
: RC Eas ce Eel ete, % yf neetpers, (stage 
_ a eh * a 
ees ageg 2! okt SEIS atl PURI cans ening 


Pa) ten has hye tis Ween et Crear i Bs kobeas ae 
i, Eat ele af et <ahay eee 


. i i 
; ¥ " 
j aa" coy @ 
~ i ' ico’ ane ae hae © 2s yo ive eS 
: ea 
; : ; to F 2 s 
.~ ? 
7 ‘ , Wu Ss Bees — too A Airy ne ado es sala 
we Ne rt \ i i 
ee eat iy 7 i . ‘) 7 = ° 
‘ Ay ie 
a RK y Jes 
> \ ; F; See Ce 
oa . - Vy | p 
a _ "FP. » 
‘ . , Ps pet ow fae tt. a 4 i! é 
C : <e >) Dy she Ses eo, 
ov 7 . ~ G on 


Coleoptera 23 E 


Pirate I. White spruce forest on the Coppermine river, Northwest Territories, below 
Sandstone rapids, showing also scrub willows; February 15, 1915, F. Johansen, Photo. 


24 b Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE II. 


PuatE 1. Bark-beetles. 


. Carphoborus andersoni Sw. 

. Polygraphus rufipennis Ky. 

. Pityophthorus nitidus Sw. 

. Pityophthorus nitidus Sw., declivity of elytra. 
. Pityophthorus nitidus Sw. 

Fig. 6. Dendroctonus johansent Sw. 


= 
ge 
OE Whe 


The drawings are by Mr. A. E. Kellett, Artist Assistant, Entomological Branch, Department 
of Agviculture, Ottawa. 


Coleoptera 25 B 
Puate 1. 


65861 


26 E Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE III. 


PLATE 2. Spruce from Coppermine River forest, below Sandstone rapids. 


Fig. 1. Section showing work of Polygraphus rufipennis Ky., beneath the bark. 

Fig. 2. Spruce branch showing tunnels of Carphoborus andersoni Sw. 

Fig. 3. Spruce branch showing tunnels of Yylotrechus undulatus and Neoclytus murieatulus. 
Fig. 4. Same as figure 3, the reverse side. 


27 8 


Pr ave IIT. 


Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


7 


| | Report of oe Canadian Arctic Expedition, 
a ete 1913- 18. | 


a ie ‘ — ee 


VOLUME III: INSECTS | 
P per A: COLLEMBOLA. | By Justus W. Folsom... >.... ca ie US Nea (Issued July 10, 1919). 
art B: NEUROPTEROID INSECTS. By Nathan Banks........... (Issued July 11, 1919). 


Part C: DIPTERA. 
Crane-flies, By Charles P. Alexander. 


j 2 Mosquitoes. By Harrison G. Dyar. Hea Ke fot 
. Diptera (excluding Tipulide and Culicide). By J. R. Malloch...... (Issued July 
14, 1919). 


art D: MALLOPHAGA AND ANOPLURA. 
Mallophaga. By A. W. Baker. , Vy \ 
_ Anoplura. By G. F. Ferris and, G. H. F. Nuttall. . . (Issued September 12, 1919), 


art E: COLEOPTERA. 
ql Forest Insects, including Ipida, Cotainbycidse: and Buprestide. By J. ve Swaine. 
Carabide and Silphide. By H. C. Fall. 


Coccinellide, Elateride, Cities and Rhynchophora cae Tpide). 
By-C. W. Leng. 


; Dystiscide:- “By J. D. Sherman, Jr. 0... ooo ee I seued December 12, 1919). 
. (Issued July 11, 1919). 


( i } 


art G: HYMENOPTERA. AND PLANT GALLS. 
a. t Sawflies. (Tenthredinoidea). By Alex.’ D. MacGillivray. 
he _ Parasitic Hymenoptera. ' By Charles T. Brues. 
Wasps and Bees. By F. W. L. Sladen. ( 
Plant-:Galles By iE. Porter Pelt Sho oo c ee ee (Issued November 3, 1919). 


art H: SPIDERS, MITES, AND -MYRIAPODS. 

Spiders. By J. H. Emerton. 

Mites./ By Nathan Banks. 

Myriapods. By Ralph Ve Chambery. is Sn sgt ESA _. Ussued J uly 14, 1919). 


ae LEPIDOPTERA. By. Arthur Gibson... aye ie aly sein Pea Geetan elitist sea (In press). 


art J: ORTHOPTERA., By E. M. Walker. 


“s GENERAL OBSERVATIONS ON INSECT LIFE IN THE 
uae = ~ . ARCTIC... By Frits Wohapsene nso t Ni Muay Tt ek vernon ats (In preparation). 


1h 


Rain ‘, 
Wy ter 


RE POR'L 


OF THE 


CANADIAN ARCTIC EXPEDITION 
1913-18 


VOLUME III: INSECTS 


PART F: HEMIPTERA 


By EDWARD P. VAN DUZEE 


SOUTHERN PARTY—1913-16 


OTTAWA 


J. de LABROQUERIE TACHE 
PRINTER TO THE KING’S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY 
1919 


Vol. ii—54698—1 Issued July 11th, 1919 


ei er Se 


nis Se ON Ss eats So 
34 t= af woes st: Ms tee 


Hemiptera of the Canadian Arctic Expedition 


By Epwarp P. Van DvuzeEe. 


The small collection of Hemiptera taken by the Canadian Arctic Expedition 
contains representatives of eleven species of which one is certainly new to 
science and is here described as Huscelis hyperboreus, and another is a Siberian 
saldid now first reported from North America. The softer Homoptera and 
Miridae are in many cases too much changed by their immersion in alcohol to 
admit of positive identification. All the specimens recorded here were taken 
by Mr. F. Johansen during the progress of the Expedition. 


Ligyrocoris constrictus Say. 


One specimen taken at Ketchikan, Alaska, September 10, 1916. This 
species has been found throughout Canada and the northern United States from 
the Atlantic to the Pacific Oceans. 


Stenodema vicinum Provancher. 


A single individual taken with the preceding. It is distributed throughout 
the same territory but extends somewhat farther south in the United States. 


Orthotylus sp. 


Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union Strait, Northwest Territories, July 10, 
1916. Nine examples. This form is very near Orthotylus discolor J. Sahlberg, 
described from northern Siberia, and may prove to be identical with that species 
but the present material is in too poor a condition for positive determination. 
They are of the same size, 34% mm., and are thickly clothed with stiff black 
hairs. The base of the vertex is strongly carinate and paler, the posterior field 
of the pronotum and median line of the scutellum are also pale, the second 
segment of the antenne is about as long as the hind margin of the pronotum 
and distinctly paler in the male, the basal segment being shorter than the head. 
All these Heaters and those of the legs are as described by Dr. Reuter for 
discolor, but here the inner margin of the corium as well as the clavus is darker, 
and the elytra of the females are not shorter and distinctly paler than in the 
males, at least not so far as I can judge from the condition of these specimens. 
This form seems to belong to the group of willow-inhabiting species represented 
by Orthotylus pullatus Van D. of the western United States. 


Lobopidea sp. 

Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, August 10, 1915. One discoloured 
and fragmentary specimen certainly represents a small brachypterous species of 
this genus which was probably green in life. 

- Limnoporus rufoscutellatus Latreille. 
Ketchikan, southeastern Alaska, September 10, 1916. Four examples 


taken running on the surface of a pond. Widely distributed in the northern 
portions of Europe and America. 


4F Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 
Chiloxanthus stellata Curtis. 


This large saldid seems to be common in Arctic America. Mr. Johansen 
took adults at Demarcation point, Alaska, May 16, 1914; west of Kongenevik, 
Camden bay, Alaska, July 4, 1914, about the margins of a tundra pond; at 
Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 15, 1915, and August 4 and 25, 
1915; and the young at Collinson point, Alaska, September 13, 1918; Collinson 
point, Alaska, June 25, 1914; and Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, 
June 20, 1916. The Philadelphia Academy of Sciences possesses a good series 
taken near the mouth of the Mackenzie river. 


Calacanthia trybomi J. Sahlberg. 


Collinson point, Alaska, six adults taken June 238, 1914, and one young, 
apparently of this species, taken at Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, 
July 19, 1915. These adults agree in all respects with the descriptions of 
trybomi by Sahlberg and Reuter and there can hardly be a question of their 
identity. It is its first-recorded occurrence in North America. 


Arctocorixa sp. 
Two examples taken from a tundra pond at Teller, Alaska, August 6, 1913. 
Euscelis hyperboreus n. sp. 


Related to extrusus Van D. and alpinus Ball, but smaller and narrower than 
either; pale markings on the vertex forming an angled line at apex, a transverse 
line between the ocelli, and two quadrate spots occupying the base; fuscous 
margins of the elytral nervures composed of segregated irrorations. Length, 
4-414 mm. 

Vertex quite strongly produced, forming a right angle in the female, its 
median length one half the basal width, the length next the eye two-thirds that 
on the median line; in the male distinctly shorter; passage to the front well 
rounded. Front broad and short, the sides slightly incurved to the base of the 
clypeus. Clypeus broad, oblong, the sides rectilinear and scarcely approaching 
at apex. Lore broad, almost reaching the margins of the cheeks below. Prono- 
tum one-fourth longer than the vertex in the female; nearly a half longer in the 
male. Elytra short, scarcely surpassing the abdomen in the male; attaining 
the middle of the fifth tergal segment in the female; the costa strongly arcuate 
with the apex rounded. 

Valve of the male as long as the ultimate ventral segment, triangular; 
plates broad, truncate at apex, together almost quadrangular, their margins 
with a few stiff bristles. Styles but little surpassing the plates, attaining the 
apex of the anal tube. Last ventral segment of the female short, broadly 
excavated; pygofers broad, triangularly narrowed beyond the apex of the last 
ventral segment. 

Colour yellowish testaceous becoming paler beneath and a little tinged with 
fulvous on the abdomen. Vertex fuscous before an arcuated line either side on 
the anterior margin from the tip to the ocelli; a transverse line across the surface 
between the ocelli, and the disk posteriorly pale, the latter divided into two 
quadrate spots by the fuscous median line. Face fuscous, median line and lateral 
ares of the front, sides of the clypeus and disk of the lore and cheeks pale. 
Pronotum dusky posteriorly, the anterior submargin marked with a concentric 
row of about ten dark points. Scutellum with the margins pale and calloused 
on the basal one-half and the basal angles more or less marked with pale. 
Elytral nervures pale, mostly margined with lines composed of fuscous irrora- 
tions. Legs pale, varied with fuscous, the anterior and intermediate femora 


Hemiptera ; SF 


being twice-banded. Edge of the connexivum fulvous, the narrow hind edge 
of the tergal segments and the disk of the fifth and sixth in the female pale. 

Described from one male from west of Kongenevik, Camden bay, Alaska, 
June 27, 1914, and one female from Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, 
July 15, 1915. This species approaches alpinus in the shape and markings of 
the vertex and extrusus in the colouration of the elytra, but it is smaller and 
narrower than either, being scarcely longer than striatulus. 

Holotype, male, in the National collection of Insects, Ottawa. 

Allotype, female, in collection of the California Academy of Sciences. 


Euscelis sp. 


West of Kongenevik, Camden bay, Alaska, June 27, 1914, one example 
taken in the shelter of the tundra bluffs. This form is very near Deltocephalus 
harrimani Ashmead, also from Alaska, and it probably is that species, but it is 
impossible to identify it positively from Ashmead’s description. 


Thamnotettix sp. 
Ketchikan, southeastern Alaska, taken on grass, September 10, 1916; one 


damaged specimen. .This pertains to the inornata group, and perhaps most 
closely resembles titus? Ball. 


REPORT i 


OF THE 


CANADIAN ARCTIC EXPEDITION 
Wiss. >. | 


: VOLUME III: INSECTS 
PART G: HYMENOPTERA AND PLANT GALLS 


‘Sawflies-Tenthredinoidea  - Sees Sea Alex. D. MacGillivray, 


‘Parasitic Hymenoptera .- . hy) =. +, s>Chase T.Brues, 
Wasps and Bees - - - - - BAG F. W. L. Sladen, 
MaGalle Hm ie OE, BY Belt 

= 


Se ji \ 
OTTAWA 
ey > J. de LABROQUERIE TACHE 

| PRINTER TO THE KING’S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY i 

x : 1919 - 

; . Issued November 3, 1919 

\- ne 7 

A : 

> ; a 


REPORT 


OF THE 


CANADIAN ARCTIC EXPEDITION 
1913-18 


VOLUME III: INSECTS 


PART G: HYMENOPTERA AND PLANT GALLS 


Sawflies-Tenthredinoidea = - - - ~ - Alex. D. MacGillivray, 
Parasitic Hymenoptera - - - - - =. Chas; Tr. Brues: 
Wasps and Bees - - - - - - - F. W. L. Sladen, 
Plant Galls - - - - - - - EP: Felt. 


OTTAWA 


J. de LABROQUERIE TACHE 
PRINTER TO THE KING’S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY 


1919 
Vol. iii—63374—1 Issued November 3, 1919 


. 


Le RAS Ales date 
fe gt a0 ‘‘ eee A vt 


The Saw-flies (Tenthredinoidea) collected by the Canadian 
Arctic Expedition, 1913-18. 


ALEX. D. MacGiuuivray!. 


The specimens of Tenthredinoidea collected by this Expedition were secured 
with one exception, by the entomologist of the expedition, Mr. F. Johansen. 
When the material obtained is compared with that described by Kincaid, the 
entomologist of the Harriman Alaska Expedition, a striking difference is noted. 
There was secured from southern Alaska by the Harriman Expedition repre- 
sentatives of eight groups, families and subfamilies. The collection of the 
Canadian Arctic Expedition contains representatives of three groups, two of 
which are represented by single species and specimens, which were collected at 
Nome, Alaska. One of these belongs to a group not represented in the collection 
of the Harriman Expedition, the Siricide. All of the specimens from the 
northern part of the Northwest Territories belong to the subfamily Nematins 
of the family Tenthredinide. This restriction is further striking in that all the 
species belong to those genera with cleft claws. The larve of the species of 
certain of the genera feed only upon willow, while in others the majority of the 
species feed upon willow. 

Some of the new species? described on the following pages may prove to be the 
same as some of the species described from the European fauna. There is less 
lability for confusion and danger from recording species from our fauna that do 
not belong to it by giving names to these species, and this method has been 
followed. If later studies prove any of the species to be identical with species 
described from Siberia or Europe, it will be a simple matter to record them as 
synonyms. The length given in the case of the larve is for individuals supposed 
to be mature. The statements enclosed by quotation marks are from the original 
notes prepared by Mr. Johansen, to whom I am indebted for reading the original 
manuscript of this paper, and for many corrections and suggestions. 

The following suggestion of Mr. Johansen will be of great value to future 
investigators and travellers collecting and breeding saw-flies in the Arctic 
regions: ‘‘From my notes it is evident that no saw-fly imagines are found in the 
Arctic outside of the months of July and August (9-10 weeks), a fact that I 
think is worth mentioning in the report, so that one understands that the speci- 
mens collected outside this period are all larve or pupe.”’ 


Uroeerus flavicornis Fab. 


A single female collected at Nome, Alaska, specimen No. 83F. This 


specimen differs from the description of Bradley in that it has the first and sixth 


and part of the seventh segment of the abdomen and the cornus yellow or 
brownish instead of the second, seventh, eighth, and sometimes the first more or 
less. 

“A big woodwasp (Teredo) caught this summer 1916, in the town of Nome, 
Alaska, was given to me here. It probably had been imported (as larva or 
pupa) from the states with lumber, and then emerged in Nome later’? Bradley 
reports this species from Alaska and Siberia. 


1Contributions from the Entomological Laboratories of the University of Illinois, No. 56. 
2The types of all new species described in this report are deposited in the National Collection 
of Insects, Ottawa. 
63374—1} 


4G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


Rhogogastera reliqua, n. sp. 


FrMALE.—Head smooth and polished; the clypeus long, the emargination 
shallow, the bottom of the emargination straight, the sides oblique, the clypeal 
lobes slightly broader than long, their margins rounded; the labrum shield- 
shaped, pointed, fringed with sete; the antennal plates large; the antennal 
furrows deep, extending from the pretentorine to the ridge bounding the caudal 
aspect of the head; each lateral ocellus placed on a swollen ocellar area; the 


ocellar areas separated by a prominent interocellar furrow, forming a small ” 


ocellar basin ventrad of the median ocellus, bounded by the frontal ridges which 
are confluent on the meson and continuous with the supraclypeal area, the 
dorsal end of each continuous with an ocellar area; the ocellar furrow distinct, 
the postocellar area quadrangular; antennze with first and second segments 
subequal, the third longer than the fourth and shorter than the fourth and 
fifth together; the pronotum, mesonotum, metanotum, mesopleurs, and the 
metapleure polished and setaceous; the claws cleft, the inner ray slightly 
shorter than the outer; the abdominal segments finely granular and sparsely 
setaceous; the saw-guides with the dorsal and ventral margins parallel, the caudal 
end obliquely rounded to a blunt point above; colour green or yellowish green 
with the following parts black: the dorsal surface of the antennez, a band covering 
the antennal furrows, connected between the antennal plates, and extending 
across the caudal aspect as converging lines to the occipital foramen, the ocellar 
basin, the interocellar furrow, the transverse furrow of the pronotun, the median 
furrow of the median lobe of the mesonotum, the furrow separating the median 
and lateral lobes, the concave part of the mesoscutum, the infolded portion of 
the mesopostscutellum, the wing veins except the costa and stigma, a spot on 
the caudal surface of the trochanters, a band on the distal half of the caudal 
surface of the femora, a band on the caudal surface of the tibiz, the bottom of 
the infolding between the mesopostscutellum and the basal plates, and spots 
on the mesal part of each abdominal tergum, larger on the caudal segments, the 
lateral margins of the spots irregular, on the cephalic segments deeply squarely 
emarginate. Length, 10 mm. 

Nome, Alaska, August 21-25, 1916. F. Johansen, collector. ‘On flowers 
of common, big umbellifer (Heracleum)?”’ Specimen No. 45. 

This species is closely related to evansiz Harrg., from which it is readily 
separated by the difference in colour, the shape of the saw-guides, and the 
topography of the head. 


Euura abortiva, n. sp. 


FremMa.Le.—Head, except the ventral half of the inner orbits, finely densely 
punctured; the clypeus roundly rather deeply emarginate, the clypeal lobes 
broad and broadly rounded; the labrum bluntly pointed and setaceous; the 
antennal furrows extending from the pretentorine to the frontal crest as broad 
shallow depressions and from the frontal crest to the ocellar furrow in which they 
terminate in rounded concavities as similar depressions; the ocellar furrow, 
broad and distinct, distant from the lateral ocelli; the interocellar furrow a 
slight V-shaped depression extending halfway to the median ocellus; postocellar 
area continuous with the posterior orbits; ocellar basin represented by a rounded 
depression adjacent to the median ocellus; ocellar areas swollen with rounded 
sides and separated by slight depressions from the frontal areas, which are 
continuous with a poorly defined frontal crest; median fovea distinct, puncti- 
form, continued dorsad as a linear depression slightly interrupting the frontal 
crest; antennz short, segments three and four subequal, the segments rough- 
ened and densly setaceous with short setz#; pronotum and the median and 
lateral lobes of the mesonotum finely punctured like the head; mesoscutellum 
and mesopostscutellun polished; metascutum more closely and coarsely 


Saw-flies 5G 


punctured than the mesoscutum; mesopleura finely densely punctured and 
setaceous; front wings fully formed, not reaching beyond the seventh abdominal 
segment, the petiolate cell abbreviated, veins and stigma brownish; hind wings 
normal in size and venation; claws deeply cleft, the rays subequal; the abdomen 
finely granular; saw-guides large and broad, the dorsal margin straight, the 
ventral margin oblique, the distal end obliquely and broadly rounded; cerci 
long and slender, extending beyond the end of the abdomen; color black with 
the tegule and the legs with the knees, tibia, and tarsi yellowish infuscated. 
Length 4 mm. 

Herschel island, Yukon Territory. IF. Johansen, collector. Larvze collected 
in galls on leaves of Salix reticulata L., August 13, 1914. Adults emerged July, 
1915. Specimen No. 253. 

This specimen was received as a part of Breeding Record 36. “ Material 
(galls) only collected (in- 1914) once and from- the same host-plant (Salix 
reticulata).”’ There is the further note.on larve from willows on Herschel island: 
“Host-plant Salix reticulata L. 2 (3) imagines reared. Galls.”” Mr. Johansen 
makes the further suggestion regarding this number: “ Larve collected as galls 
on bushy willow, probably Salix Richardsoniz K., on Herschel island, Yukon 
Territory, end of July, 1916, were not reared (only in alcohol). Their host- 
plant is different from that of Rearing Record 36.” The structure of the wings 
of the adult and the habits of the larve of the species of Huwra, which have 
always been considered as borers in the stem of willow, precludes its inclusion 
with the other specimen received under this breeding record number and 
described later as Pontania delicatula. I mistrust that the feeding habits of the 
larvee of the species of Ewura do not vary but that in bred individuals, the wings 
are not always completely matured, with the result that there are specimens bred 
from galls which lack the free part of Rs and described as species of Ewura. 

This species is related to niger Prov. It is readily separated from this species 
by the short wings, the difference in the median fovea and frontal crest and in 
the darker-coloured legs. 


Euura arctica, n. sp. 


FEMALE.—Head coarsely granular throughout; the clypeus broadly, 
deeply, angularly emarginate, the clypeal lobes broad and rounded; the labrum 
broadly rounded and setaceous; the antennal furrows deep and broad from the 
pretentorine to the frontal crest, indefinite on the cephalic aspect, broad and 
deep adjacent to the lateral ocelli, terminating in a large punctiform depression, 
not reaching the caudal margin of the head; the interocellar furrow a linear 
depression extending from the median ocellus to a linear, low, V-shaped ocellar 
furrow, which is not connected with the antennal furrows; the antennal furrows 
widened opposite the median ocellus, extending almost to the compound eyes, 
limited on the ventral side by a distinct elevation; the ocellar area convex, not 
elevated above the broad flat ocellar basin; ocellar basin limited on the ventral 
side by strongly elevated frontal areas which are continuous with the frontal 
crest, separated by a broad concavity which is continuous with the long broad 
concave median fovea; median fovea limited by low antennal plates; supraclyp- 
eal area broadly convex; antennze long and slender, the third segment slightly 
longer than the fourth, the surface of the segments eranular and finely setaceous; 
the pronotum coarsely granular like the head; the median and lateral lobes of 
the mesonotum uniformly finely granular, the latter sparsely setaceous; the 
median lobe with a broad longitudinal depression with a mesal carina; the 
mesoscutellum and mesopostscutellum polished; the metascutum concealed by 
the wings; the mesopleura with the dorsal portion finely granular and the 
ventral portion, the mesosternum, and the metapleura, polished ; the front 
wings normal in size, the costa and stigma pale, and the other veins brownish; 
the claws deeply cleft, the inner ray much shorter than the outer; the abdomen 


6G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


finely granular; the saw-guides with the dorsal and ventral margins rounded, 
the distal end bluntly rounded, the distal third and the ventral portion setaceous; 
the cerci long and pointed; colour black with the following parts infuscated 
yellowish: the mandibles in part, the tegule, the knees, and the tibie, and 
the tarsi. Length, 10 mm. 

Gatus.—The galls, Breeding Record 90, considered as belonging to this 
species, are small reddish globular ones occurring on the leaves and are similar 
to those of Pontania and resemble in appearance and shape those of Pontania 
atrata. The adult has the wing venation typical of the genus Euura. 

“Material (larve) collected on Salix reticulata both by F. Johansen at 
Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, August 16, 1915, in willow catkins; 
and by R. M. Anderson at Cape Barrow, Northwest Territories, August 14, 
1915, in galls on willow leaves. Owing to shortness of jars the two collections 
were placed together when Dr. Anderson gave me his material in October, 1915, 
and nothing has come out of (dead?) my larve from August 16, at that time nor 
later. The material from Bernard harbour Gf any) probably belongs to the 
same species as Breeding Record 85; while Breeding Record 90 properly only 
refers to the material collected by Dr. Anderson.” 

Bernard harbour and Cape Krusenstern, Northwest Territories. F. Johan- 
sen, collector. July 6, 1916. Specimen No. 295. 

This species can be separated from insularis Kincaid by the form of the 
median fovea and the frontal crest and the colour of the labrum and legs. 

The seven species of Pontania described on the following pages can be 
separated by means of the following table:-— 


a Head, including orbits, and the collar black. 
b Supraclypeal area with its dorsal extent limited by a distinct crestal furrow..... atrata. 
bb Supraclypeal area not limited by a distinct crestal furrow. 
c Tegule black. 


@:Ocellar ibasin. flat: sev si Solna kee « etal ee Sere EER Eee eee lorata. 
dd. Ocellar “basin..deeply furroweda05 3s sctie os eee eee © ene delicatula. 
ce Teguleeh pale oct snc otis co bie, cabot ee ees espa CRORE Re Ca GI ee nots deminuta. 
aa Head with orbits and pronotum with collar resinous or ferruginous. 
b Mesonotum with the median and lateral lobes black .................... quadrifasciata. 


bb Mesonotum with a large V-shaped resinous or ferruginous mark. 
c Head with postocellar area longitudinally furrowed; frontal crest large and broadly 


ANGER UEFA SS Senate ce ceva eos OR PoC LORS Sone ce ORD CIRCA ae er subpallida. 
cc Head with postocellar area not longitudinally furrowed; frontal crest distinet but 
not large ‘and ‘narrowly interrupted: 2)... eee oo bos Sa trifasciata. 


Pontania atrata, n. sp. 


FrmMaLe.—Head with the surface in great part finely granular; the clypeus 
short, narrowly roundly emarginate, the clypeal lobes broad and rounded; 
the supraclypeal area strongly convex, separated from the frontal crest by a deep 
crestal furrow extending to the antennal furrews; the median fovea large and 
distinct; the frontal crest large, strongly swollen, interrupted by a broad shallow 
furrow extending to the crestal furrow; the antennal furrows deep, bounding 
a strongly elevated frontal area with a large flat or slightly concave ocellar 
basin extending from the lateral ocelli to the frontal crest; the frontal ridge 
wanting; vertical furrows punctiform; ocellar and interocellar furrows forming 
a T-shaped depression, the ocellar furrow not connected with the antennal 
furrows; the antennze short and flattened, the third and fourth segments sub- 
equal in length, the fifth slightly shorter; the pronotum and median lobe of 
the mesonotum finely granular, the lateral lobes with the cephalic portion of 
each granular and the caudal portion smooth and polished; the mesoscutellum, 
mesopostscutellum, and metascutum smooth and polished; the mesopleura, the 


Saw-flies 7G 


mesosternum, and the metapleura smooth, the former setaceous and the two 
latter polished; the wings hyaline, the veins brownish, the stigma pale, the free 
part of R® and M? interstitial or nearly so; the claws long and slender, deeply 
cleft, the inner ray two-thirds the length of the outer; the saw-guides broad, 
the proximal part, of the ventral margin straight and the distral portion rounded 
to the concave dorsal margin, not tapering, distal end subtruncate, the surface 
sparsely setaceous; the cerci short and slender, extending to the middle of 
the saw-guides; colour black, the legs beyond the knees whitish. Length, 5 
mm. 


Maue.—The male differs from the female in that the median fovea is 
deeper and more distinctly punctiform, the furrow interrupting the frontal 
crest is deeper and broader, the ocellar basin is concave but the frontal ridges 
are wanting, the dorsal half of the head is more coarsely granular than the 
ventral portion, the vertical furrows are longer and broader and connected 
with a broad depression representing the ocellar basin, the antenne are longer 
but are stout and segments three and four are subequal; the procidentia are 
short bluntly rounded projections. Length, 5 mm. 


LAaRvA.—Body white, head variable in colour, usually darker than the 
remainder of the body; ocularia typical in form and size, the ocellus placed 
in the center; the antennze convex oval areas bounded by a_ brownish line, 
located ventro-mesad of the ocularia, and its surface bearing about six minute 
chitinized areas; head usually darker in colour dorsad of a line drawn through 
the ocularia, sometimes with a spot on the dorsal half of the front and a curved 
fuscous band connecting the ocularia, the darker colour due in part to the number 
and intensity of the minute round or oval areas of which they are composed; 
mandibles distinctly dentate; spinneret large and prominent; microthorax 
linear, fuscous in colour; prothorax with three annulets, the second much larger 
than the others and interrupted on the meson and each lateral portion swollen, 
also each lateral portion of the first annulet; the spiracular area oval, swollen, 
and transverse, with five to eight sete; pedal area small with two or three 
sete; mesothorax and metathorax- with four sparsely setaceous annulets, the 
first short and greatly swollen, the second and third subsequal in length and 
swollen except the mesal portion of the second, the fourth small, the spiracular 
area large and swollen, the pedal areas similar to those of the prothorax; 
abdominal segments one to eight with four annulets, the first more swollen than 
the fourth, the second and third more swollen than the first, the second with a 
lighter coloured mesal portion usually bearing a single seta on-each side of the 
meson, annulets with transverse rows of sete; the spiracular, postspiracular, 
and pedal areas large and swollen and setaceous; tergum of the tenth segment 
with small round black spots; prolegs long and blunt, cephalic and mesal portions 
setaceous; legs with strongly chitinized portions brownish. Length 10-12 mm. 


GALLS.—Galls usually located near the midrib and projecting about equally 
onto both surfaces of the leaf, about the size of a large pea or slightly larger, the 
surface with depressions with irregular swellings between, in some specimens 
one-half of the gall bluntly pointed; colour probably brownish or reddish, a 
single gall on a leaf. Galls formed on leaves of creeping willow Salix arctica. 

Breeding Record 35. ‘‘Host-plant Salix arctica. Galls. Several imagines 
reared. It was noted during the rearing that the emerging imagines were of 
different sizes (6 or 7mm.); so that they may well have been of different species.”’ 

Herschel island, Yukon, Territory. Larve collected August 13, 1914. 
Imagines emerged July, 1915. F. Johansen, collector. Female No. 264; 
males Nos. 254, 257, 259, 261, 263, and 266. 

This species is related to kincacdi Marlatt, from which it can be separ- 
ated by the shape of the median fovea, the deep interruption of the frontal 
crest, the form of the claws, and the colour. 


8a Canadion Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


Pontania lorata, n. sp. 


FrmMaLe.—Head with the dorsal portion finely granular and the ventral 
portion polished; the clypeus short, broadly roundly emarginate, the clypeal 
lobes distinct, broadly rounded; the supraclypeal area strongly convex, the 
crestal furrow wanting; the frontal crest swollen, continuous with the frontal 
area; median fovea a deep oval pit continuous on the dorsal side with a short 
shallow linear impression interrupting the ventral portion of the frontal crest; 
the antennal furrows distinct, broad and bounding a strongly elevated frontal 
area with a slightly concave ocellar basin; the frontal ridges wanting; the 
vertical furrows punctiform; the ocellar and interocellar furrows wanting; 
antennz wanting beyond the sixth segment, the third and fourth and fifth 
segments subequal in length; the collar granular and setaceous; the median 
and lateral lobes of the mesonotum, the mesoscutellum, the mesopostscutellum, 
and the metascutum polished and setaceous; the mesopleura, mesosternum, 
and metapleura polished, the former sparsely setaceous; wings hyaline, veins 
brownish, the stigma pale, the free part of R® and M? interstitial in one wing 
and not in the other; claws unevenly cleft, the outer ray long and slender, the 
inner short and not over one-third the length of the outer; the abdomen finely 
granular and sparsely setaceous; the saw-guides broad and bluntly rounded 
on the ventral margin and distal end, not tapering, the dorsal margin convex, 
the distal portion with a distinct scopa; the cerci long and setaceous, reaching 
beyond the middle of the saw-guides; colour black, the legs beyond the femora 
whitish, the distal segments of the mesotarsi and metatarsi infuscated. Length, 
4.5 mm. 


MaurE.—The male differs from the female in having the frontal crest 
completely interrupted, the ocellar and interocellar furrows faintly indicated, 
the antennz longer and more slender but with segments three and four subequal; 
the procidentia short, broad, and bluntly rounded. Length, 4 mm. 

Herschel island, Yukon Territory. Larve collected in galls of creeping 
willow Salix arctica. August 138, 1914. Imagines emerged July, 1915. 
F. Johansen, collector. Female No. 265; males Nos. 255, 258, 260. 

The smaller size and the lack of a crestal furrow readily separates this 
species from atrata to which it is quite similar in general appearance. The 
specimens described under this name were received as a part of Breeding Record 
No. 35. The difference in head structures and the shape of the saw-guides 
makes their inclusion with the preceding species impossible. 


Pontania delicatula, n. sp. 


Ma.xr.—Head with the posterior orbits and postocellar area finely granular, 
the inner orbits polished for the most part, and the frontal area slightly rough- 
ened; the clypeus narrowly, shallowly, semicircularly emarginate, the clypeal 
lobes broad and truncate; the labrum tranverse and truncate; antennal furrows 
deep between the pretentoringe and the frontal crest, broad and shallow and ° 
almost wanting on the cephalic aspect, terminating in a punctiform depression 
caudad of the lateral ocelli; the ocellar furrow wanting and the interocellar 
furrow a short linear depression; the postocellar area short and broad, not 
elevated; the ocellar area only slightly elevated, continuous with the frontal 
crest, the frontal crest strongly convex and interrupted on the meson by a deep 
furrow continuous with a deep concave ocellar basin which extends to the 
median ocellus; the median fovea a distinct punctiform depression, distinctly 
separated from the furrow interrupting the frontal crest; the supraclypeal area 
strongly convex and roughened; the antenneze short, segments three and four 
subequal, the segments roughened and densely finely setaceous; the pronotum 
roughened like the head; the median and lateral lobes of the mesonotum finely 


Saw-flies 9G 


granular, the median lobe longitudinally furrowed but without a mesal carina, 
the parapsidial grooves almost wanting; the mesoscutellum polished, the 
mesopostscutellum roughened on each side and polished at middle; the 
metascutum roughened at middle and smooth on each side; the mesopleura 
smooth and sparsely setaceous, the mesosternum and metapleura polished; 
the wings normal in size, the stigma pale, the veins brownish; the claws deeply 
cleft, the inner ray much shorter than the outer; the abdomen with the surface 
finely densely granular, the last sternum with the caudal margin bluntly pointed; 
colour black with the following parts yellowish infuscated: the knees, the tibia, 
the tarsi, and the greater part of the last sternum of the abdomen. . Length, 
4 mm. 

Larva.—Body white with portions of the head darker; ocularia black, the 
caudal margin not sharply defined, the ocellus located nearer the mesal than the 
caudal margin; antennze short oval areas bounded by a faint brownish line, 
more than their own length distant from the ocularia, its surface bearing two 
groups of closely adjacent minute brownish areas; head white with a brownish 
area of varying extent formed of minute round brownish spots, sometimes 
covering the dorsal half of the front and the vertex adjacent to the epicranial 
stem and extending indistinctly to the ocularia; mandibles distinctly dentate; 
spinneret large, its distal end blunt; microthorax linear, brownish; prothorax 
with three annulets, the first and third very inconspicuous, the second swollen 
and scarcely emarginate on the meson, bearing three setze on each side, the 
spiracular areas small and swollen and each bearing five or six sete, the pedal 
area not sharply defined, bearing about three sete; mesothorax and meta- 
thorax with four annulets, the first short and in the mesothorax bearing about 
six sete and four in the metathorax, the second and third annulets subequal 
in length, not strongly swollen and bearing only a few sete, the fourth annulet 
inconspicuous; the spiracular areas large and not strongly swollen and setaceous; 
the pedal areas small and with about three setae; a brownish chitinized spot 
near the ventral margin of each spiracular area; abdominal segments one to eight 
with four annulets, not prominent on any of the segments and inconspicuous 
on the caudal segments, the first small and bearing three setz on each side of 
the meson, the second and third large, each with a row of sets, the second 
with the mesal part modified into a more elevated lighter coloured creeping 
ridge, the fourth small; the spiracular and postspiracular areas subequal in 
size and bearing sete; the pedal areas inconspicuous and bearing two or three 
sete; annulets indistinguishable on the ninth segment, with three bands of 
sete; the tenth tergum without annulets or setz, usually with transverse 
rows of minute spots, the caudal end emarginate; prolegs typical in form; 
spiracles distinct, brownish, not with a fuscous spot on each side. Length, 
6.5 to 8 mm. 

Herschel island, Arctic coast of Yukon Territory. Larvz collected in galls 
on leaves of Salix reticulata, August 13, 1914. Imagines emerged July, 1915. 
Breeding Record 36. F. Johansen, collector. Specimen No. 152. 

This species can be separated from californica Marlatt, to which it is related 
by the broad shallow emargination of the clypeus, the broad interruption of 
the frontal crest and the ventral end of the deep ocellar basin. 


Pontania deminuta, n. sp. 


FrmMaLe.—Head finely densely granular, ocellar basin indefinitely rugose; 
the clypeus narrowly, shallowly, roundly emarginate, the clypeal lobes broad 
and bluntly angular; the labrum long and rounded; the antennal furrows deep 
from the pretentorine to the frontal crest, broad and shallow from the frontal 
crest to the lateral ocelli and almost wanting and linear on the dorsal aspect of 
the head, not interrupting its caudal margin; the ocellar furrow broad and 


1046 Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


shallow, connecting with the antennal furrows and a broad shallow interocellar 
furrow; postocellar area broad and short; the ocellar areas prominent, sharp 
ridges continuous with a prominent uninterrupted frontal crest, the three 
bounding a deep ocellar basin extending to the median ocellus; antennal plates 
thin and prominent with an interrupted crestal furrow dorsad of them; median 
fovea deep, elongate, punctiform, connecting with a larger round punctiform 
depression in the ventral part of the frontal crest; the supraclypeal area convex; 
the antenne are wanting beyond the second segment: the pronotum finely 
punctate and setaceous; the median and lateral lobes of the mesonotum finely 
granular and sparsely setaceous, the median lobe with a mesal carinate depres- 
sion; the mesoscutum polished; the mesopostscutellum with the mesal portion 
polished and each lateral portion finely roughened; the metascutum roughened; 
the wings more or less infuscated, the stigma and the veins including the costa 
brownish; the claws cleft, the inner ray shorter and stouter than the outer; 
the abdomen densely finely granular, sparsely setaceous; the saw-guides stout, 
the dorsal and ventral margins strongly converging, the distal end bluntly 
pointed; colour black with the tegule yellowish and the legs beyond and 
including the knees strongly infuscated yellowish. Length, 4 mm. 


Chantry island, Northwest Territories. August 16, 1915. Specimen No. 
132F. The labels of the specimen read as given. Mr. Johansen informs me 
it should be labelled Bernard harbour and not Chantry island. 

This species runs to atriventris Marlatt by Marlatt’s table. The prominent 
uninterrupted frontal crest will differentiate it. 


Pontania quadrifasciata, n. sp. 


FrEMALE.—Head sparsely coarsely granular, the granules elongated to fine 
ridges in certain parts; the clypeus broadly, shallowly, roundly emarginate, 
the clypeal lobes broad and angular, margin rounded; the antennal furrows 
deep on the ventral and dorsal portions, not interrupting the caudal margin of 
the head, the furrows broad and rounded opposite the median ocellus; the 
ocellar and interocellar furrows forming a distinct Y-shaped depression connected 
with the antennal furrows; the ocellar areas rounded elevations not connected 
with the frontal crest; the frontal crest not interrupted, almost wanting 
except between the antennal fovez where it forms an elevation continuous with 
the subconvex supraclypeal area; the median fovea an elongate punctiform 
depression, twice as long as wide; the ocellar basin distinct, concave, extending 
from the frontal crest to the median ocellus; antennse w anting bey ond the second 
segment; the pronotum, the median and lateral lobes of the mesonotum, the 
mesoscutellum, the mesopleura, the mesosternum, and the metapleura polished 
and setaceous; the mesopostscutellum and metascutum polished and not 
setaceous; the wings hyaline, the stigma and part of the costa-pale, the veins 
brownish; the abdomen polished and sparsely setaceous; the saw-guides broad, 
the dorsal margin straight, the ventral margin convex and curving dorsad to 
the dorsal margin, forming a long oblique distal end, the dorsal part of which 
is bluntly pointed and de nsely setaceous; the cerci long and slender, reaching to 
the end of the saw-guides; colour black with the following parts yellowish: 
the clypeus and labrum, the mandibles, the malar space, extending’ for a short 
distance on the inner orbits, the outer orbits, an elongate spot caudad of each 
compound eye, the pronotum broadly, the tegule, two spots on the cephalic 
part of the mesoscutellum, a spot on each mesaxilla, a large triangular spot on 
the mesopleura, the legs except the proximal part of the coxz and the troch- 
anters in part, the proximal half of the femora and the tarsi more or less infus- 
cated, the ventral aspect of the abdomen and the last tergum; the saw-guides 
dark brownish. Length, 6 mm. 


Saw-flies lle 


Sandstone rapids, Coppermine river, Northwest Territories, Arctic Canada, 
“Collected as larvee in cocoons in old cerambycid burrows in bark of white 
spruce, February 18, 1915. Imago emerged July, 1915. Breeding Record 
46”. F. Johansen, collector. Specimen No. 1370. 

The yellow coxe and the large yellow spot on each mesopleuron will separate 
this species from its nearest relative, truncata Marlatt. 


Pontania subpallida, n. sp. 


FEMALE.—Head polished, the orbits setaceous; the clypeus broadly slightly 
emarginate, almost truncate; the antennal furrows deep and distinct from the 
pretentorine to the caudal margin of the head which they interrupt, broadest 
between the frontal crest and the lateral ocelli; the ocellar furrow distinct and 
connecting with the antennal furrows and a short broad interocellar furr Ow; 
the postocellar area short and broad with a deep, linear, mesal furrow interru- 
rupting the caudal margin of the head; the ocellar areas strongly elevated and 
more or less separated from the frontal crest, forming a distinct pentagonal area; 
the frontal crest strongly elevated, its dorsal margin squarely emarginate on the 
meson, interrupted by a broad furrow extending to the elongate deep puncti- 
form median fovea; ocellar basin deep, bounded by sharp walls, extending from 
the frontal crest to the ocellar furrow; the supraclypeal area not strongly 
elevated; antennze long, the third and fourth segments subequal, the fifth 
segment shorter, the surface of the segments setaceous; the pronotum setaceous; 
the median and lateral lobes of the mesonotum, the mesoscutellum, and the 
mesopostscutellum polished, sparsely setaceous; the metascutum finely trans- 
versly striate; the mesopleura, the mesosternum, and the metapleura polished 
and sparsely setaceous; the wings hyaline, the costa and stigma pale, the veins 
brownish; the claws deeply cleft, the inner ray shorter than the outer; the 
abdomen finely granular, very sparsely setaceous; the saw-guides stout, the 
dorsal margin straight and oblique, the ventral margin curved, the distal end 
bluntly pointed, the distal and ventral portions with short fine sete; the cerci 
long and clavate; body black with the following parts pale or yellowish: the 
distal half of the antenne, the mandibles, the labrum the clypeus, the 
supraclypeal area, the frontal crest in part, the inner and posterior orbits, 
the cephalic portion of the postocellar area, the pronotum, the tegule, a 
broad band on the parapsidial furrows, the mesoscutellum except the caudal 
margin, the legs except irregularly infuscated areas, the ventral aspect of the 
abdomen, the saw-guides, and the three caudal terga. Length, 5.5 mm. 

Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 12, 1915. F. Johansen, 
collector. Specimen No- 797. 

The strongly elevated ocellar areas, the large uninterrupted frontal crest, 
the deep ocellar basin, and the shallow emargination of the clypeus will serve 
to separate this species from desmodioides Walsh, with which it is similar. 


Pontania trifasciata, n. sp. 


FEMALE.—Head finely closely punctured; the clypeus narrowly roundly 
emarginate, the clypeal lobes broadly rounded; the labrum rounded; the 
antennal furrows deep from the pretentorinz to the dorsal margin of the frontal 
crest, broad and shallow on the middle of their length, and narrow, deep, con- 
verging, linear depressions caudad of the lateral ocelli, not interrupting the 
caudal margin of the head; the ocellar furrow distinct but broad and shallow; 
the interocellar furrow deep and expanding toward the median ocellus; the 
ocellar areas not prominent, with a slightly convex surface; the frontal crest 
distinct, deeply interrupted at middle by a linear long deep furrow continuous 
with the median fovea; the supraclypeal area convex, not prominent; the 


124 Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


antennz slender, the third segment shorter than either the fourth or fifth, the 
fifth shorter than the fourth, the surface finely punctured and setaceous; the pro- 
notum and the median and lateral lobes of the mesonotum finely densely granular; 
the mesoscutellum and mesopostscutellum polished; the mesopleura finely 
densely granular, the mesosternum and metapleura polished; the wings hyaline, 
the veins and stigma pale; the claws deeply cleft, the inner ray nearly as long as 
the outer; the abdomen faintly granular, polished; the saw-guides broad and 
stout, the dorsal margin straight, the ventral margin broadly convex, the con- 
vexity continued to the dorsal margin, forming an oblique bluntly pointed distal 
end, the distal end and the ventral margin setaceous; color black with the 
following parts yellowish: the posterior and outer orbits, the collar broadly, 
the tegule, a broad V-shaped band covering the parapsidial furrows, the cephalic 
half of the mesopostscutellum and continuous with a similar spot on each axila, 
a large triangular spot on the mesopleura, the legs except the trochanters in 
part and the proximal portion of the caudal surface of the femora more or less 
and the tarsi, the ventral aspect of the abdomen, the saw-guides, and the two 
caudal terga. Length, 6 mm. 

Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 15, 1915. Specimen No. 
1255: 

This species resembles pomum Walsh. The punctured head, the shallow 
emargination of the clypeus, and the general topography of the head will serve 
to differentiate it. 

The collection contained specimens of the galls of the following from which 
no adults were secured :— 

Breeding Record: The larvee described below were collected on bushy 
willow (Salix Richardsonii) on Herschel island, end of July, 1916. The portions 
of the plant enclosed with the larve in alcohol were the ends of the branches 
bearing the seed pods and in each case had been mined by a larva. This was 
considered at first as an indication that it was a species of Euura. It may be 
this or it may be the larva of a species of Pontania that has completed its feeding 
and has left its gall and is boring into the seed pod to make a place for pupation. 

Larva.—Body white, shading to brownish, with a portion of the head 
and the articulations of the segments of the legs brownish; ocularium round and 
black, the ocellus situated in its center; antennz convex oval area near the 
ventral margin of the ocularia, limited by a brownish line and its surface bearing 
eight minute brownish areas; head white with minute, round, inconspicuous 
spots on the dorsal half, forming a fuscous spot on the dorsal half of the front; 
mandibles distinctly dentate; spinneret prominent, the distal end bluntly 
rounded; microthorax linear, white; thorax and abdomen with some of the 
annulets swollen and the summit of the swollen area slightly fusecous and with 
minute uncoloured spots bearing sete; prothorax with three annulets, the first 
and third inconspicuous, the second bearing three setz on each side of the 
meson, the spiracular area large and swollen and bearing two sete, the pedal 
area swollen and indistinctly separated from the spiracular area; mesothorax 
and metathorax with four annulets, the first short and swollen, the second and 
third subequal in length, the mesal portion of the second slightly depressed, 
the mesal portion of the third swollen and separated from each lateral portion, 
the lateral portions of the second annulet bearing two sete and of the third 
three sete, the spiracular areas large and each bearing about three inconspicuous 
sete, the pedal areas distinctly marked and swollen, seta inconspicuous; 
abdominal segments one to eight with four annulets, the first small, the second 
and third large and swollen and with distinctly elevated lighter coloured mesal 
creeping ridges, the lateral portions of each bearing about two set; spiracular 
areas swollen and bearing about two sets and distinctly separated from the 
swollen pedal areas bearing two or three sete; annulets indistinct on the ninth 
and tenth segments; setze of the tenth segment fairly numerous and without 
definite arrangement; prolegs long, cylindrical, and typical in form; spiracles 


Saw-flies , I3i¢ 


prominent and conspicuous, due to the semioval brownish mark on each side 
of each spiracle, the metathoracie spiracles distinct, but not functional and 
without brownish spots. Length, 8  m. 

Breeding Record 131: Galls of a species of Pontania collected on Salix 
reticulata at Herschel island, Yukon Territory, end of July, 1916. The galls 
included under this number appear to represent two species, one similar to “italt 
of Pontania atrata and a very differently shaped gall which consists of two or 
three closely placed irregular swellings, more prominent on the under than on 
the upper surface of the leaf. The upper surface is infolded, forming a pocket 
partially concealing the swollen parts of the gall. Three adults were bred in 
the same summer but were lost in transit. 

Breeding Record 74: Galls of Pontania on Creeping willow, Salix arctica, 
Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 19, 1915. Under this number is 
included two types of galls, one evidently adult, spherical and similar in size 
to those of Pontania atrata, the others are small sw ellings confined in great 
part to the ventral surface of the leaf and are probably immature. 

Galls of a species of Pontania collected (aleohol) at cape Bathurst, North- 
west Territories, July 26, 1916, on Salix arctica. The galls are large, oval in 
outline, greatly swollen on the underside of the leaf, and project only slightly 
on the upper side. Apparently of a different species from any of those described. 

Specimens of two minute galls occurring near the center of the leaves of 
Salix Richardsoni. Collected end of July, 1916, on Herschel island, Yukon 
Territory (alcohol). The galls are small kidney-shaped swellings which are 
more prominent on the dorsal than on the lower surface, and are evidently 
immature. 


The species of Amauronematus described on the following pages can be 
separated by means of the following table :— 


a Head with the frontal crest not interrupted. 
b Head mesonotum, and mesopleura wholly or for the most part black. 
ce Antenne with the third segment distinctly shorter than the fourth; 


clypeusinoundlys emarginafes.[frt2.2cnles nabs o. omiae ke tie DELTA completus. 

cc Antenne with the third and fourth segments subequal; clypeus angularly 
CIMAL SUNG Sage! fects neds yeney scbaeic ranches wih keyonayse Rat se. WAS sa eheaNs Cohs Lvsnel ss Sheet indicatus. 

bb Head, mesonotum, and mesopleura distinctly marked with ferruginous. 
c Clypeus broadly shallowly emarginate; supraclypeal area pale............. digestus. 
cc Clypeus narrowly deeply emarginate; supraclypeal area black............. -cogitatus. 
aa Head with the frontal crest distinctly interrupted. 

b Mesonotum, including the mesoscutellum, black...................0........ varianus. 

bb Mesonotum, including the mesoscutellum, entirely or for the most part pale. 
c Ocellar basin concave and broadly continuous with the median fovea........ aulatus. 
cc Ocellar basin shallow and narrowly continuous with the median fovea...... magnus. 


Amauronematus completus, n. sp. 


Ma.e.—Head finely densely punctured and setaceous, clypeus and labrum 
polished; the clypeus narrowly, moderately deeply emarginate, the clypeal 
lobes large, angularly rounded at apex; the labrum broadly rounded and 
setaceous; antennal furrows deep depressions adjacent to the pretentorine, 
distinct on the cephalic aspect, and linear adjacent to the lateral ocelli, not 
reaching the caudal margin of the head; the ocellar and interocellar furrows 
not well defined; the postocellar area broad, not strongly convex; the portion 
of the ocellar areas bearing the lateral ocelli small and elevated, flat ventrad 
of the lateral ocelli and not forming a ridge continuous with the "frontal crest; 
the ocellar basin short, deepest adjacent to the median ocellus; the median 
fovea a deep pit, three times as long as wide; the frontal crest w anting dorsad 
of the antennal fossee and not interrupted on ‘the meson; the supraclypeal area 


144 Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


strongly convex; the antenne roughened by closely placed fine pits, setaceous, 
the third segment distinctly shorter than the fourth and slightly shorter than 
the fifth; the prothorax, the median and lateral lobes of the mesonotum, the 
mesopostscutellum, and the mesopleura for the most part finely densely 
punctured; the mesoscutellum, mesosternym, and metapleura polished with 
sparse punctures; the wings hyaline, the stigma and the costa pale, the veins 
brownish; the stigma triangular in outline, the caudal margin almost straight; 
the claws deeply cleft, the inner ray subequal in length to the outer; the abdomen 
finely granular and setaceous; the procidentia long and truncated at the caudal 
end, and constricted at the cephalic end; the colour black with the follewing 
parts brownish: the labrum, the distal portion of the femora, the tibie, the 
tarsi except the distal segments of the metatarsi more or less above, and the 
caudal abdominal sternum. Length, 7 mm. 

Collinson point, Alaska, June 20, 1914. F. Johansen, collector. Specimen 
No. 1166. 

This species is related to borealis Marlatt from which it can be separated 
by the difference in the form of the median fovea and ocellar basin. 


Amauronematus indicatus, n. sp. 


Ma.te.—Head, the clypeus and labrum, finely densely punctured, the 
punctures tending to form rugosities; the clypeus deeply roundly emarginate, 
the clypeal lobes large, angular, rounded at apex; the labrum broadly rounded 
and polished; the antennal furrows deep broad depressions adjacent to the 
pretentorine and the dorsal part of the antennal fosse, broad rather shallow 
but distinct furrows between these depressions and the lateral ocelli and the 
uninterrupted caudal margin of the head; the ocellar and interocellar furrows 
broad, deep, rounding furrows, the former connecting with the antennal furrows; 
the postocellar area strongly convex, its cephalic margin rounded; the portion 
of the ocellar areas bearing the lateral ocelli slightly elevated and continuous 
with the strongly elevated uninterrupted frontal crest; the ocellar basin distinct 
but shallow, extending from the frontal crest to the median ocellus; the median 
fovea a large subquadrangular depression; the supraclypeal area strongly convex; 
the antennze roughened by closely placed fine pits, setaceous, the third segment 
shorter than the fourth; the prothorax, the median lobe of the mesonotum, the 
mesopostscutellum, and the metapleura in part finely densely pitted; the 
lateral lobes of the mesonotum, the mesoscutellum, the metascutum, and the 
mesosternum polished, sparsely pitted; the wings hyaline, the stigma pale, 
the veins, including the costa, brownish; the claws deeply cleft, the inner ray 
distinctly shorter than the outer; the abdomen polished and setaceous; : the 
procidentia concealed; the colour black with the following parts brownish: the 
labrum, the distal portion of the femora, the tibie, the tarsi, and the caudal 
end of the abdomen. Length, 6-5 mm. 

West of Konganevik, Camden bay, Alaska, July 4, 1914. F. Johansen, 
collector. Specimen No. 521. 

This species is very similar to completus. The difference in the pete 
segments and the clypeal emargination will distinguish them. 


Amauronematus digestus, n. sp. 


FrMALE.—Head finely roughened, sparsely setaceous; the clypeus polished, 
narrow and shallowly emarginate, the clypeal lobes minute and rounded; the 
labrum polished, long and broadly rounded, and setaceous; the antennal 
furrows deep from the pretentorine to the middle of the cephalic margin, 
broad distinct furrows from this to the lateral ocelli, and deep linear furrows 
interrupting the caudal margin of the head; the interocellar furrow a broad 


: Saw -flies 154 
concave depression, the ocellar furrow deeper and linear; the postocellar area 
sharply defined and convex with a mesal furrow; the ocellar areas not strongly 
elevated and only slightly elevated ventrad of the lateral ocelli, enlarged adjacent 
to the frontal crest; the frontal crest narrow, strongly elevated, and not inter- 
rupted; the ocellar basin distinct but short and surrounding the median ocellus= 
the median fovea a deep pit twice as long as wide; the supraclypeal area convex 
and setaceous; antennze roughened, the third segment shorter than the fourth, 
the fourth and fifth subequal; the pronotum and the cephalic part of the 
mesonotum roughened, the remainder of the median lobe and of the lateral 
lobes polished, with sparse punctures; the mesopleura finely densely roughened; 
the mesosternum and metapleura polished and setaceous; the wings hyaline, 
the costa and stigma pale, the veins brownish, and the stigma long with the 
caudal margin nearly straight; the claws not deeply cleft, the outer ray distinctly 
longer than the inner; the abdomen indistinctly granular and sparsely setaceous; 
the saw-guides with the dorsal margin straight, the ventral margin gradually 
rounded, and the distal end broadly, obliquely, truncately rounded; the colour 
black with the following parts brownish: the head except the antennal furrows 
and the median fovea and a spot about the ocelli and the occiput, the pronotum 
in great part, the tegule in part, a V-shaped mark on the parapsidial grooves, 
the axille, the cephalic half of the mesoscutellum, a large mark on each pleuron, 
the distal third of the femora, the tibie, and the saw-guides; the distal segments 
of the mesotarsi and metatarsi more or less infuscated. Length, 5-5 mm. 

West of Konganevik, Camden bay, Alaska, July 4, 1914. Specimen 
No. 520. 

The elongate median fovea, the form of the clypeus, and the colouration 
will separate this species from fulvipes Norton, to which it is related. 


Amauronematus cogitatus, n. sp. 


FrMALE.—Head, except the clypeus and labrum, roughened throughout, 
more distinctly on the mesal portion, and setaceous; clypeus polished, narrowly, 
deeply, roundly emarginate, clypeal lobes large, triangular, blunt projections; 
the labrum polished, broadly rounded, densely setaceous near the margin; 
antennal furrows almost completely interrupted ventral of the lateral ocelli, 
deep and broad ventrad of the interruption, the verticad furrows linear and 
distinct, not interrupting the caudal margin of the head; the ocellar furrow a 
broad round depression, almost wanting; the interocellar furrow obsolete, 
probably represented by a distinct mesal pit in the ocellar furrow; the ocellar 
areas flat, only slightly elevated for the lateral ocelli, continuous with the frontal 
crest; the frontal crest not elevated above the ocellar areas, lateral walls 
precipitous which is due to the deep antennal furrows, interrupted by a deep 
linear mesal furrow, this furrow not interrupting the ocellar areas and not con- 
nected with the minute ocellar basin located ventrad of the median ocellus; 
the median fovea round, deep, pit-like, and continuous with the furrow inter- 
rupting the frontal crest; the supraclypeal area elevated, the mesal portion flat, 
continuous with the interrupted longitudinal portions of the frontal crest; 
antennse wanting beyond the second segment; the pronotum, mesopleura, and 
metapostscutellum densely finely punctured; the median and lateral lobes of 
the mesonotum, the mesoscutellum, the metascutum, the ventral half of the 
metapleura, and the mesosternum with sparsely placed round pits bearing setae, 
more abundant on the median lobe of the mesonotum; the wings with the 
stigma and costa pale, the veins only slightly darkened; the claws deeply cleft, 
the inner rays shorter than the outer, obliquely truncate; the abdomen polished, 
sparsely setaceous; the saw-guides stout, convex, the dorsal and ventral margins 
strongly convergent, the distal end short and bluntly rounded; the colour black 
with the following parts rufous: the ventral ends of the ocellar areas, the inner, 


16G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


and posterior orbits more or less, the pronotum broadly, the parapsidial furrows 
more or less, an indefinite spot on the mesoscutellum, each axilla, and the lateral 
parts of the mesopostscutellum, a large spot on the mesopleura, the knees, the 
tibie, the tarsi variable, and the caudal portion of the abdomen more or less; 
the labrum and clypeus yellow. Length, 6 mm. 

Demarcation point, Alaska. ‘‘Collected as pupa in cocoon in moss on 
tundra May 14, 1914. Imago emerged June 238, 1914. Breeding Record 12a.” 
F. Johansen, collector. Specimen No. 148. 

This species is related to orbitalis Marlatt. The black tegule, the large 
median fovea, and the form of the frontal crest will separate it from this species. 


Amauronematus varianus, n. sp. 


FrMALE.—Head with the inner orbits slightly roughened, otherwise polished 

and setaceous; the clypeus narrowly, deeply, roundly emarginate, the clypeal 
lobes narrow, angular, and rounded; the antennal furrows broad and deep 
from the pretentorine to the caudal margin of the head, which they interrupt, 
linear at bottom caudad of the lateral ocelli, not so deep on the middle of their 
length; the ocellar furrow broad and deep, V-shaped, connected with the antennal 
furrows; interocellar furrow deep, extending from the median ocellus to the 
ocellar furrow; the ocellar areas broadly convex; the frontal crest elevated 
above the ocellar areas, its dorsal surface abrupt, deeply interrupted on the 
meson by a deep linear furrow, the furrow continuous with the median fovea; 
the supraclypeal area strongly convex; the ocellar basin shallow, extending 
from the interrupting furrow of the frontal crest to and around the median 
ocellus to the interocellar furrow; the postocellar area strongly convex, short 
and broad; antenne roughened, finely setaceous, the fourth segment slightly 
longer than the third; the thorax polished throughout and setaceous; the wings 
hyaline, the stigma and costa pale, the veins brownish; the claws deeply cleft, 
the inner ray about one-half the length of the outer; the abdomen polished and 
setaceous; the saw-guides broad, the ventral margin convex, the distal end 
bluntly pointed at middle; colour black with the following parts infuscated 
brownish: the distal one-third of the femora, the tibize for the most part, the 
proximal portion of the tarsi, and the proximal part of the saw-guides. Length, 
6-5 mm. 

Maue.—The male differs from the female in having the head more coarsely 
punctured, the emargination of the clypeus broader, the clypeal lobes angular 
and pointed, the ocellar basin less distinct, the prothorax and mesopleura densely 
pitted, the dorsal aspect of the mesothorax not so densely pitted as the pro- 
thorax; the fourth segment of the antenne distinctly longer than the third; 
the procidentia long and broad, the. sides nearly straight, and the caudal end 
truncate; the legs with paler parts much lighter, the dorsal and ventral portions 
of the caudal segments of the abdomen pale. Length, 6 mm. 

West of Konganevik, Camden bay, Alaska, June 27, 1914, the date borne 
by the specimens. F. Johansen, collector. Specimens No. 524, 525. 

This specimen runs to rapax Cresson by Marlatt’s table. The sharply 
defined ocellar basin will distinguish it. 


Amauronematus aulatus, n. sp. 


FrmMALe.—Head not punctured but irregularly, obscurely roughened or 
finely granular; the clypeus polished, roundly and rather shallowly emarginate, 
the clypeal lobes broad, angular, and rounded; the labrum polished and rounded; 
the antennal furrows deep depressions from the pretentorine to near the middle 
of the cephalic aspect, where they are interrupted for a short distance, then 
broadly depressed to the lateral ocelli, linear and divergent caudad of the lateral 


Saw-flies 17 G 


ocelli; the ocellar furrow broad and shallow, connected with the antennal 
furrows; interocellar furrow represented by a triangular punctiform depression 
connected with the antennal furrows, but distinctly separated from the median 
ocellus; the ocellar areas convex, continued as slightly elevated ridges to the 
frontal crest; the frontal crest deeply and broadly interrupted, forming a 
curved strongly elevated ridge on each side continuous with the broad slightly 
convex supraclypeal area; median fovea continuous with the broad furrow 
interrupting the frontal crest, this furrow continuous with the well marked 
ocellar basin, which extends to and around the median ocellus; the antennse 
with the third and fourth segments subequal; the pronotum, the median lobe 
and the cephalic part of the lateral lobes of the mesonotum, the mesoscutellum 
the mesopostscutellum, the metascutum, and the metapleura finely densely 
roughened; the lateral lobes of the mesonotum in great part finely granular 
or polished with a few punctures; the mesosternum and metapleura finely 
granular and polished; wings greatly abbreviated, not extending beyond the 
caudal end of the abdomen, the stigma and costa pale, the veins much darker; 
the claws deeply cleft, the inner rays shorter and blunter than the outer; the 
abdomen polished with sparsely distributed punctures in which set are attached; 
the saw-guides broad and stout, the dorsal and ventral margins converging, the 
distal end long, straight, and oblique on the ventral portion and the much 
shorter dorsal portion bluntly truncated; the ventral and distal margins se- 
taceous; the cerci long, slender, and pointed; colour bla¢k with the following 
parts brownish: a spot on the frontal crest and ventral part of the ocellar basin, 
the inner, posterior, and outer orbits, the postocellar area, the collar narrowly, 
the tegule, the median lobe and the caudal half of each lateral lobe of the 
mesonotum, the cephalic half of the mesoscutellum, a large triangular spot on 
the mesopleura, and the caudal end of the abdomen more or less; the knees 
and the tibize of the prothoracic and mesothoracic legs Vuisienaedl whitish. 
Length, 6 mm. 


Barter island, Alaskan Arctic coast, June,16, 1914. D. yao collector. 
Specimen No. 866. 


This species is related to digestus from which it can be separated by the 
characters given in the table. 


Amauronematus magnus, n. sp. 


FEMALE.—Head densely finely punctured throughout, probably densely 
setaceous, though the set are in great part wanting on the specimen; clypeus 
deeply, broadly, angularly emarginate, the clypeal lobes large and_ bluntly 
angular; labrum large and truncate; the antennal furrows deep between the 
pretentorine and the frontal crest and lateral ocelli, deep linear furrows caudad 
of the lateral ocelli, not interrupting the caudal margin of the head; the ocellar 
furrow broad and indefinite; the interocellar furrow distinct, a rounded 
depression where it joins the ocellar furrow; the portion of the ocellar areas 
bearing the lateral ocelli sharply raised, in great part elevated; the frontal crest 
a sharp V-shaped elevation, deeply interrupted on the meson by a broad, deep, 
linear furrow continuous with the median fovea; the median fovea a large, 
deep, punctiform depression; the ocellar basin convex with a distinct linear 
furrow extending from the median ocellus to the frontal crest, not connected 
with the furrow interrupting it; the supraclypeal area prominent and convex; 
the antenne wanting beyond the second segment; the pronotum, the median 
lobe of the mesonotum, the greater part of its lateral lobes, the mesopleura, 
the mesosternum, and the metapleur a densely punctured and setaceous; the 
caudal portion of the lateral lobes of the mesonotum, the mesoscutellum, the 


mesopostscutellum, and the metascutum sparsely punctured and setaceous; the 
63374—2 


18G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


wings hyaline, the veins and stigma brownish; the claws deeply cleft, the inner 
ray distinctly shorter than the outer; the abdomen sparsely granular and 
setaceous; the saw-guides large, the dorsal margin oblique, the ventral margin 
convex, the distal portion rounded and forming a sharp point with the dorsal 
margin; the cerci long and stout, extending to the caudal end of the saw-guides; 
colour black with the following parts brownish: the margin of the labrum, the 
clypeal lobes, the mandibles, the superior and outer orbits, the postocellar area 
in great part, the pronotum broadly, the median lobe of the mesonotum except 
a triangular mesal black spot, the lateral lobes except a line on each axilla, the 
mesoscutellum, the mesopleura, the legs beyond the cox, the dorsum of the 
abdomen in great part, and the venter in part at the caudal end Length, 
11.5 mm. 

Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 15, 1915. F. Johansen, 
collector. Specimen No. 1254. 

This species is closely related in colour and size to insularis Kineaid. It 
differs in the form of the median fovea and the ocellar areas. 


Breeding Records, Undetermined Species. 


Breeding Record 7a: ‘‘Green coloured”’ nematid larva (formalin) baiebees 
under moss in tundra bluffs at bay coast near winter house at Collinson point, 
Alaskan Arctic coast, November 29, 1913.” FF. Johansen, collector. Adult 
unknown. 


Breeding Record 7b: “Sawfly (Nematus sp.) pupa in cocoon among dead 
willow leaves on tundra behind winter house at Collinson point, Alaska. 
November 21, 1913.” F. Johansen, collector. Adult unknown. 


Breeding Record 46: ‘Two cocoons of an unknown species of sawfly larva 
(green) collected February 18, 1915, in the burrows of a cerambycid larva made 
under White Spruce bark, Sandstone rapids, Coppermine river, Northwest 
Territories.”” F. Johansen, collector. Mr. Johansen states that ‘‘these two 
larve had the same appearance (and were taken in the same bark) as the larva 
from which Pontania quadrifasciata was bred.” 


Breeding Record 84: “Dark green saw-fly larva (20 mm.) On bushy 
willow, Salix pulchra. Collected at Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, 
August 4, 1915. Made pupating cocoon in October.’’ F. Johansen, collector. 
Adult not bred. 

Breeding Record 85: ‘‘Saw-fly larve (black and dark green) 7-11 mm. 
On female catkins of bushy willow, Salix pulchra. Bernard harbour, Northwest 
Territories, July 16, 1915.’ F. Johansen, collector. Larva distinctive in colour, 
marked like many species of Amauronematus. The head black except the ventral 
portion, also the legs except the joints, and the ultimate tergum. The thoracic 
and abdominal segments with two transverse rows of round or oval blackish 
spots, larger on the thoracic segments, forming bands on ‘the penultimate 
tergum. ‘“Saw-fly larve in female catkins of bushy willow, Salix pulchra. 
Collected as larve at Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, August 10; FOS” 
Two cocoons. Adult unknown. 

Breeding Record 89: ‘A saw-fly larva 20 mm. long (pink with dark pig- 
mentation) on leaf of Salix reticulata, collected at Bernard harbour, Northwest 
Territories, August 16, 1915. Pupated after having first assumed a uniformly 
red-orange colour with black eyes and only a little dark pigment on head and 
thoracic legs. In December it still had this colour and had begun its pupating 
cocoon.” F. Johansen, collector. Cocoon and dried up latva received, probably 
a nematid. ‘A similar larva was collected the same day and place on leaf of 
bushy willow. Breeding Record 88.” 

Breeding Record 138: ‘‘Saw-fly larvae (green), Ketchikan, Alaska, 
September 10, 1916. Made cocoon September 13, 1916.’’ Cocoon contained 
the dead shrivelled larva of a species of Trichiosoma. F. Johansen, collector. 


Saw-flies 194 


Breeding Records 139 and 140: ‘‘Saw-fly larve (green) on Rubus and 
Sambucus. Ketchikan, Alaska, September 10, 1916. A fortnight later these 
larve, by moulting, acquired a system of black segmental markings connected 
by a middle-stripe dorsally. Larva of No. 140 dorsal blackish brown, ventral 
pale. A week later the larva got an orange (also head) colour with black eyes 
and the same black dorsal markings as the larva from Breeding Record 139.” 
‘““Record 139. Many larve collected, which all, except two, quickly died: 
May be they are younger stages of larva from Breeding Record 140.”’ Specimen 
(alcohol) badly shrivelled, host plants would suggest that it might be an 
emphytid larva, the general habitus is also something the same. F. Johansen, 
collector. 

Breeding Record 150: ‘‘Green saw-fly larva. Jasper park, Alberta, 
September 15, 1916.” F. Johansen, collector. A single discoloured badly 
shrivelled specimen. Head coloured like larvee of Emphytine. 


bt 
tol 


63374— 


6 


‘ 


. 
+ ce 
“rey 
i me. 
Pi 
| i ¥> 
{ ne 4 
Pes ben tpi 
ae | 
H ? ‘ 
4 Wieece 
oh dig tre y 
» 4 he ‘ 
> 
Chale) Shere 
‘ P 
Z Pry 
rie, © 
| eer lie 
iy ter) 
I Pie re 
t 
‘ ety 
4 ~ 
asi % 
a . 
te t 
ein 7 
Ryle F 
- ‘ him 
/ } ite 
’ 
, c 
i 
athe 
» . 
Rr 
ae 
~ 
- Se 
Tight’ 6 
4 
I . 
EP 
a 
- 
; 
he ¥ F 
. 
rie 2 
. a 
ie % 
j - 
5 
sn | 
. 
zi 
' ; 
‘ 
‘ 
‘ 
' 
+ 
2 
i ly 


thc cart © betes Py} hte 5 oe Ph riebe eh es huries ato a+ can 
“Ag SE narees behebge ge at: Lifes Tt esata Weiain paae Saas Sig 


a4 abe eal § whiny! ae sah ae Tee aegis: sk Oh RBM sodreoaagari 


Jone. 


cv 0, ieee 45 exites ie eee recs eee pee 


* SURE Ba ae One Oat Tread UIE roe aay 4 


i COMER Sarees fore, heals afte wort cud teh armed ee 


Cure ees ee ate Lo Seaercarr a 


an er mi 4 paras ae iz 
jee = tiay eh vake ; 
ig phar st Dade He lLING ait rire} 
pend t shane Bisel: sree as 
€ Alecia HF hacia 
~ ¥ ‘ ; 
ij ft ic ef AY "AES ‘ As a <a 
q ; * « cont ee tas 
: Henly * ; yesh pte ae , wad 
; E . ‘ 
= . Rica 2¥ i i 
f, ata if ‘I pet As a ie 2 a 
AS? ass Ste £ c | 
A Var lberd ey ths 5 1h) mi (epats a by $ Ea bathabite teak das 
\ x 7 Stee i 2? ‘ rt o% tale a 
« - a 
n i = 4 . i >a. ‘ ; SE ec! ic 
A a as 2 2 
: oe : 
5 « ele att 5 Meet y - 
: eed ct TERR ML eta na pee 
Ld d ‘ & vas} a * ae te 
wg : 4 re es ore 
‘ E ores F ” ; 
fr, Po rn is ot na ae Ley ees 
ot ae ra a + 
J ‘ ‘f t 
= 1 ‘ c t 
‘ - y 
bo : 4 . 
‘ 3 ; 5 oat = % iY 
" g ‘ df sae) ‘ " eral - ii a 
Ve ‘ : y hors oer { 
; * y 
cae ‘ el a wal 
a cae Re ‘ 
“> , 7 : 7 TT ‘as 
F j ’ Fi <n) 
¥ 
2 a = 
: f } f ’ f. ke Sr 
ya , : * - 
Ld 7 Ss r 1 . e%, 7 : 
v ' i — ‘ s 
i ‘ * xp) Ag ‘ y 4 5 
, + 7 ay 2 r : 
, Sor ye = in) is s 
. » + 
Ys ¥ da = \ 
¥ * 7 ) 3 
hd * J -_ J 4 
| f shat Paes a -F (i Gh 38 ay) Ririaw. Py ate res IGN 
ne : oN her: ae deamon - a 4 
oy page ONG) een a te Ne : : at RS re ake Ota Soin te 


Pal 4 Sa a a Tee tee a tO ie pes diene: 


fon : aber BE, ef ras 
Pe | sit 


+9 a Le oe 2h u tae ; “+ Ligh eas he Spies 


: ¥ . a » Bex - Sena | ere oe Steg alee 


, eben Vem fo Sty SH, hanes 
| ; ae thet Tis ue Oh 
¥ ‘ ; \ <A - oo . im 
4 sia a ae Ct ei ee ee 
Hp Meh yt ran ae Gotan 
; 8 . Sign. hs 
4 i | " { : eateatt . 
Mag Aoi of 
nabibsy Mant he Sa ea 
qi testy ‘ yee Fj ine nerd wae ices a Aaa” iS wae Si , tet 
SE SO Tee sr tia alba (2 cians 155 : ae 
Soh Uae cp yA bale tye tits NE eerste ne an Re vee . be 
> oe : at : 5 ‘ ; Ye 
i nS, = 7 ; Shak ? 7 : Sut ee 


The Parasitic Hymenoptera collected by the Canadian 
Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


By CuHarLEes T. Brurs 


Bussey Institution, Harvard University. 


The following report is based on the material collected or reared by 
Mr. F. Johansen. Most of the material was obtained near the headquarters 
of the Southern Party of the Expedition at Bernard harbour, Dolphin and 
Union strait. Three new species! are described. It was felt undesirable. to 
give specific names to a number of the specimens. 


ICHNEUMONID. 


Amblyteles russatus Cress. 


Icheumon russatus Cresson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1878, p. 353. 


One specimen from Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, North- 
west Territories; collected on flowers in a sheltered place, July 18, 1915. 
Described originally from Vancouver, B.C. 


Amblyteles suturalis Say. 


Ichneumon suturalis Say, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, p. 227 (1836); complete writings, 
vol. 2, p. 685. 


Two specimens from Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, May 18 anil — 
July 12, 1915. 
A widely distributed North American species. 


Amblyteles spp. 


There are four other species in the collection not referable to any palarectic 
or nearctic species so far as I can ascertain. It seems hardly worth while, 
however, to add isolated descriptions to those of an already large number of 
North American species which have not been studied in a comparative way. 


Mesoleptus insularis Ashm. 


Exolytus insularis Ashmead, Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, vol. 4, p. 168 (1902). 


Three specimens, Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, August 14, 1915, 
collected on flowers on southern slope of ridge. Originally described from Popof 
island, Alaska. 

Aptesis nivarius, n. sp. 


FremMaLe.—Length, 5 mm. Dull ferruginous, varied with black as follows: 
cheeks near base of mandibles, propleure anteriorly, margins of mesopleure, and 
propodeum; antenne blackish at tips; abdomen piceous along the sides; legs 


'The types of all new species described in this report are deposited in the National Collection 
of Insects, Ottawa. 


226 Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


honey yellow. Wings reaching slightly beyond apex of propodeum, hyaline, 
with pale brown neuration. Head almost twice as wide as thick, full behind 
the eyes which occupy half of the side in top view; paired ocelli equidistant 
from one another and the eye-margin. Head shagreened above; facé rugulose, 
clypeus strongly protuberant, its lower half smooth, malar space as long as the 
first flagellar joint. Eyes bare. Antenne 23-jointed; scape large, oval; first 
three joints of flagellum subequal, about two and one-half times as long as thick 
at apex; followmg growing shorter and thicker; those near the middle quadrate. 
Mesonotum and scutellum shagreened, flat, separated by a shallow impressed 
line. Propodeum short, convex above, obliquely truncate behind; shagreened 
above, very finely rugose behind and on the sides; without distinct areas, 
although the transverse carina and a small median area are faintly indicated 
by very delicate lines; posterior angles rounded, without trace of tubercle or 
tooth. Pleurse opaque except for a shining area below the base of the hind wing. 
Petiole of abdomen shagreened or minutely rugose, shining; broad behind, 
the width at apex four times as great as at base and equal to three-fourths the 
length. Following segments minutely roughened, more nearly smooth and 
shining after the third. Ovipositor exserted the length of the abdomen, although 
its sheaths are only half that length. Legs slender; fourth tarsal joint entire; 
claws simple. Wings with complete venation in miniature as far as the stigma, 
and beyond this with a very small rounded radial cell. 

One female from Collinson point, Alaska, June 20, 1914. F. Johansen, 
collector. 

Quite distinct in colour of body and antenne from other nearctic and from 
European species. The nearly complete neuration of the wings is evidently 
similar to that described by Davis (Entomological News, vol. 4, p. 32, (1893) ), 
for Aptesis major. 


Polyblastus arcticus, n. sp. 


FrmaLte.—Length, 8-5mm. Black, varied with fulvous, the fulvous markings 
as follows: face except median band, antennz, clypeus except extreme base and 
sides, mandibles except tips, palpi, tegule, second to fourth segments of abdomen, 
except spot on tip of fourth, front and middle legs, except cox, hind trochanters, 
basal two-thirds of tibiz, spurs and entire tarsi. Wings strongly tinged with 
fulvous basally, veins and stigma fuscous. Face very closely punctate, much 
more finely so at the sides; clypeus convex, smooth and shining, except at the 
edges, labrum projecting beyond the closed mandibles; antenne 31-jointed, 
the first flagellar joint slightly longer than the second, vertex punctulate; head 
behind shining and almost smooth; mesonotum shining, closely punctate; 
scutellum strongly sloping and elevated at the apex. Propodeum shining, basal 
and superomedian areas confluent; petiolar area large, as broad as long, its 
sides curved. Propleurze very closely punctate, confluently so below, epomia 
sharp, but not prominent; mesopleura closely punctate; metapleura rugulose- 
punctate below. Abdomen as long as the head and thorax; petiole slender, 
slightly over twice as long as broad at apex which is twice as wide as the base, 
shining and almost smooth above; spiracles slightly before the middle; discal 
caringe present only on basal fifth of segment; second segment as long as broad, 
third and fourth broader than long; ovipositor stout, exserted over half the length 
of the petiole; without attached eggs; tarsal claws with four or five long pectina- 
tions on basal half. Areolet small, indistinctly pentangular, with the outer vein, 
oblique, partly hyaline; submedian cell slightly longer than median; discoidal 
vein in hind wing but slightly oblique, broken just below the middle. 
k° Onefemale. Ketchikan, southern Alaska, September 10,1914. F. Johansen, 
collector. 

h This species is coloured much like P. glacialis Ashm. described from St. Paul 
island, Alaska, but the carine of the abdominal petiole are much shorter and the 


Parasitic Hymenoptera 23 G 


trochanters pale. It is quite distinct from other North American and from all 
the European species included by Schmieceknecht in his Opuscula Iclhneu- 
monologica. 


Stenomacrus borealis Ashm? 


Fur Seals-and Fur Sea Islands, vol. 4, p. 358 (1899). 


One specimen from Herschel island, Yukon Territory, July 29, 1916, is 
probably this species. 


Ophion bilineatum Say. 


Ophion bilineatus Say, Contrib. Maclurian Lye. Arts & Sci., vol. 1, p. 75. (1828); Complete 
writings, vol. 1, p. 378. 


One specimen from Cockburn point, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest 
Territories, September 5, 1914. This was collected at a lighted lantern in the 
evening. 

A very abundant and widely distributed North American species. 


Dioctes modestus, n. sp. 


FrMALE.—Length, 4-4-5 mm.; ovipositor as long as the hind femur. Black, 
clothed with sparse, short, white hair; the middle of mandibles, tips of front 
femora, all tibize and base of tarsi brownish yellow; wings hyaline, stigma and 
veins pale fuscous. Head broad, twice as wide as thick, strongly excavated 
medially behind, the temples as deep as the eyes; seen from the front, the face 
is not narrowed below; malar space as long as the width of mandibles at base. 
Ocelli large, paired ones closer to the eye margin than to one another. Front 
and face opaque, minutely roughened, clypeus almost smooth, sub-shining, its 
lower edge straight. Head behind opaque and finely roughened below, nearly 
shining above. Eyes bare, twice as high as broad, not emarginate. Antenne 
23-jointed; first joint of flagellum one-half longer than the second; four follow- 
ing subequal; those beyond shortening, but all of them longer than thick. 
Mesonotum subopaque, finely roughened. Scutellum slightly shining; with a 
deep, smooth, transverse furrow at the base; strongly convex. Propodeum 
declivous from base, but more strongly so beyond middle, finely rugose, nearly 
smooth anteriorly on the sides; supermedian and petiolar areas confluent, the 
latter the broadest, the former reaching-almost to the base of the propodeum; 
lateral and subspiracular carine present. Pleurae finely roughened, the meso- 
pleura with a smooth space near the root of the hind wing and a trace of fine 
oblique striez below the root of the fore wing. Abdominal petiole with the 
spiracles placed before the posterior third, distinctly projecting; widened from 
just before the middle; more than twice as wide at apex as at base and one-third 
wider than at spiracles; its surface roughened, except at extreme apex. Second 
and third segments roughened, especially at base; following nearly smooth, the 
apical segments not very strongly compressed. Ovipositor issuing at the apex 
of the fourth ventral segment, strongly curved upward. Submedian cell slightly 
longer than the median; disco-cubital vein angularly broken, with a stump of 
a vein; areolet open, small and petiolate in position; transverse median vein 
in hind wing not broken. ‘Tarsal claws pectinate. 

Mae.—Length, 44-25 mm. Essentially like the female; antenne 
24-jointed; abdominal petiole more slender, as wide at spiracles as at apex; 
tibie darker, pale fuscous. 

Four females and two males from Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, 
August 7 and 12, 1915, the female type taken on the latter date. F. Johansen, 
collector. 


246 Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


Quite distinct from any of the palsearctic forms listed by Schmiedeknecht, 
and so far as I can ascertain not identical with any North American species 
referred to, either Dioctes, Angitia, or Limnerium. The species was reared from 
a lot of galls from Salix, probably produced by a saw-fly. (Breeding Record 37.) 


Bathyplectes sp. 
A single male from Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, apparently 


represents an undescribed species, but the specimen is poor and, in the absence 
of the female, it seems unwise to give it a name. 


BRACONID. 


Meteorus sp. 

One specimen from Ketchikan, Alaska, reared October 1 from a cocoon 
collected September 10, 1916. The cocoon was attached to a pine leaf suspended 
by a slender thread as is customary with the members of this genus. (Breeding 
Record 136.) 

Apanteles sp. 


Twenty-five specimens from Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, 
taken during July, 1915. 


Apanteles sp. 

Eleven specimens from Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, reared 
during July and August, 1915, from an unknown eaterpillar. (Breeding 
Record 40a.) 

Protapanteles sp. 


One specimen from Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 20, 1915. 


The Wasps and Bees collected by the Canadian Arctic 
Expedition, 1913-18. 


By F. W. L. SuapEn. 


The wasps and bees brought back by the Canadian Arctic Expedition 
consist of one species of Vespa, of which twenty-eight specimens were taken in 
Alaska, and eight species of bumble-bees (Bombus), of which one hundred and 
fifty specimens have been taken in Canada and Alaska. The purely Canadian 
material consists of one hundred and eleven specimens of five species of bumble- 
bees.? : 

It is worthy of note that Vespa is the only genus of wasps distributed 
through the temperate region that lives in colonies containing a number of 
small virgin females or workers which raise the males and the perfect females 
or queens; and likewise, among the bees, Bombus is the only genus enjoying the 
same manner of life, if we except Apis, in which the colony survives the winter. 
In both Vespa and Bombus the colony breaks up at the end of the summer, 
and the sole survivors, the young queens, after impregnation, pass the winter 
solitarily in a state of complete torpidity, and establish new colonies in the 
spring. 


VESPOIDEA. 


Represented by twenty-eight specimens from Alaska of one species of 
Vespa. 
Vespa marginata Kirby. 


Vespa marginata Kirby, Fauna Boreali Americana, Insecta. 1837. 
Vespa albida Sladen, Ottawa Naturalist, xxxil, p. 71. 


This species belongs to the Norvegica group which is distinguished from 
the other groups of the genus Vespa by the fact that the eyes do not nearly 
reach to the mandibles, and the sagitze in the male genitalia are not fused 
together at the tip. This species may be distinguished in the male and worker 
by the pale yellow, almost white, markings, combined with two red spots on 
the second dorsal segment of the abdomen. The red spots are absent in the 
queen. 

Ma.r.—Black: mandibles; clypeus, except a median longitudinal line, 
broad in the middle; bilobate spot between antenne; scape in front; a narrow 
line on cheek above, behind eyes, another on inner margin of eye; a line on 
pronotum bordering mesonotum; a small lateral spot on the scutellum, a 
narrow uninterrupted slightly wavy line on apical margins of dorsal abdominal 
segments 1 to 5; a narrow line interrupted in the middle on segment 6; two 
large comma-shaped spots on segment 7 and the margins of ventral segments 
2 to 4, pale yellow, almost white. A large red spot on each side of segment 2. 
Second and base of third antennal joint testaceous beneath. Inner margin of 
stipes not sharply angled, clothed with dense short red hairs; legs testaceous; 
cox, trochanters and bases of femora black; a black spot on fore tibiz, apex of 
femora and of tibiae, and basal tarsi flavous. Body hairs long, pale, mixed with 
black, including those on the first segment of abdomen. Length, 13 mm. 


'The types of all new species described in this Report are deposited in the Canadian National 
Collection, Ottawa. 


264 Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


QuEEN.—Head, thorax and abdomen coloured like the male, but the 
abdominal segments 1 to 5 have complete pale bands, emarginate in front on 
each side and narrowly so in the middle; the sixth segment has two spots; the 
ventral segments 2 to 4 have marginal bands interrupted in the middle; ventral 
segment 5 has two large spots. No red on second dorsal segment. Length, 
about 14 mm. 

WorkER.—Black, the following parts creamy-white: mandibles except 
tips, clypeus except a broad longitudinal line, broadest in the middle, scape in 
front, a bilobate spot above antenne, a narrow line on lower side of emargination 
of eye, an elongate spot on cheek behind eye, a parallel sided line on margin of 
pronotum next mesonotum, a small spot on each side of scutellum near wing, 
complete bands on the apices of dorsal segments 1 to 5, that on segment 5 
deeply emarginate on either side anteriorly, narrowly emarginate in middle; 
that on segment 4 less and on segment 3 still less deeply so; segment 6 with a 
large spot on either side containing a small black spot; apical margin of ventral 
segments 2 to 5, greater part of ventral segment 6, apex of femora, line on tibia 
and part of basal tarsi. The following parts red: irregular spot, often absent, 
on side of dorsal segment 1; a large, in some specimens a small, spot on side 
of dorsal segment 2; apex of segment 5; middle of femora, tibize and tarsi. 
Hairs on vertex, dorsum of thorax and abdomen mostly black. Hairs on sides 
and underside of head, thorax and abdomen and on first dorsal segment of 
abdomen mostly pale. Length, 10 to 11 mm. 

One male, Nome, Alaska, August 24-25, 1916 (F. Johansen). One queen 
and twenty-six workers from a nest taken at Teller, Alaska, by Mr. Johansen 
on July 26, 1913. The queen is in alcohol, the other specimens dried. Most 
of the workers are in perfect condition. The nest contained larve and was in a 
hole under an old willow shrub at the brink of the lake. The nest was half 
hidden in the hole, half protruding from it, and attached to the thick root of 
the willow, while heather twigs supported the outer layers of the nest. 

I have here followed Du Buysson in considering this form to be the marginata 
of Kirby. Wirby’s description, however, makes no reference to the red spots 
on the abdomen or the long malar space. 

An old and smaller wasp’s nest was found at Teller on August 3, 1913, by 
Mr. Johansen in an old rusty tin-can lying free on the tundra. Neither this nest 
nor any of the wasps in it were brought home. Dr. Anderson saw a wasp’s nest 
the size of a man’s head on a willow branch on the Hula-Hula river, Alaska, in 
November, 1908. There is no information to show to which species either of 
these nests belonged. 


SPHECOIDEA. 


The collection contains no representatives of this super-family. 


APOIDEA 


Represented by 150 specimens of bumble-bees. These consist of eight 
species, belonging to three groups, of the genus Bombus Lat. Five of the species 
were found in Canada. 


Bombus Lat. 


Kirbyellus Group. 
Kirbyellus Group, Franklin. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. X XXVIII, p. 289. 


Size large. Pile long and fine. Malar space very long, one-third to one-half 
as long as the eye. Red-haired areas on the abdomen if present, are at the tip 
only. In the males the genitalia are very different to those of the other groups, 
and the posterior tibize are more like those of the female. 


Wasps and Bees 27 G 
Bombus kirbyellus (Curtis) Franklin. 
Bombus kirbyellu, Franklin. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. XXXVIII, p. 291. 


Maue.—Highth ventral segment of abdomen (inner spatha) tridentate 
(see figure). Hair colour pale yellow; black between the antennae, on the inner 
margins of the eyes, on the outer margins of the eyes and on the third segment 
of the abdomen: there is an indistinct black band on the thorax between the 
wings but this is partly bleached, and the fourth to the seventh segments of 
the abdomen are pale red: on the underside the hairs are long, and almost white. 
Length, about 15 mm. 


WorkKER.—Hair on head black, on thorax black with a.yellow band before 
and behind, pleura pale yellow. Abdomen; segments 1 and 2 yellow, segment 3 
black, segments 4 to 6 dull red; underside with white hairs; legs with long 
largely pale hairs. 


Two males, Nome, Alaska, August 24 to 25, 1916 (F. Johansen); one 
worker, Nome, Alaska, August 24-25, 1916 (F. Johansen); one worker, Collinson 
point, Alaska, July 10, 1914 (F. Johansen); one worker, Young point, North- 
west Territories, July 21, 1916 (this specimen has the hairs on the legs and 
underside black). 


Specimens of B. kirbyellus in the Canadian National Collection include a 
queen from Bartlett bay, Alaska (lat. 58-26, long. 135-53), 1907 (D. H. Nelles), 
two from Fullerton, Northwest Territories, July, 1904 (A. Halkett), one from 
Nottingham island, Hudson strait, 1886 (J. McKenzie), and one from cape 
Chudleigh, Hudson ‘strait; a worker from Laggan, Alta. (J. Fletcher), and males 
from Banff, Alta. (N. Sanson). - 


Bombus polaris (Curtis) Franklin. 
Bombus polaris Franklin, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. XX XVIII, p. 299. 


Mauz.—KEighth ventral segment tapering to a blunt point, its side margins 
deeply incurved (see figure). Hairs on head black with more or less pale yellow 
on clypeus and vertex. Thorax pale yellow with indistinct interaler black band. 
Abdomen; basal portion pale yellow, apical portion pale red, with more or less 
black on the middle portion. Hairs on underside and legs pale with more or 
less black. Length, 14 to 15 mm. 


QUEEN AND WorxKER.—Head hairs black. Thorax black, with a broad 
yellow band in front and a narrower one behind, pleura yellow, lower part 
black. Abdomen with segments 1, 2 and 3 yellow; segment 4 black; segments 
5 and 6 red. Length, queen 16 to 19 mm., workers 11 to 13 mm. 


Two males from Nome, Alaska, August 24-25, 1916 (F. Johansen); one 
queen from west of Collinson point, Alaska, June 11, 1914 (EK. deK. Leffing- 
well); one worker from Kamarkok, west of Herschel island, Yukon Territory, 
August 3, 1916, and one from Herschel island, near end of July, 1916 (F. 
Johansen) one queen from Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 2, 
1915; two males fron: Bernard harbour, July 10,1916 (E. Johansen). ‘The 
males from Bernard harbour have the coat bleached to a considerable extent, 
one of them has no black hairs on the abdomen. The queen from Collinson 
point differs from the description in having segment 3 partly black and 
segment 4 red. 


28 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 
Bombus neoboreus, n. sp. 


This species is distinguished from the other species of the Kirbyellus group 
by the structure of the eighth ventral segment in the male and by the strongly 
marked melanism in both sexes. 

Maue.—Eighth ventral segment truncate (see figure); inner margin of 
claspers of genitalia nearly straight. Hair black; but a faint tinge of yellow 
on centre of face and a few yellow hairs on vertex (occupit); thorax with the 
anterior yellow band well developed, remainder of thorax black with a faint 
tinge of yellow on the posterior part, and in the type (the lghter example) 
yellow on the upper part of the pleura. Abdomen black, segment 1 yellow but 
black in the middle and at the extreme sides; segment 2 yellow, but in the 
darker example partly black in the middle apically and at the extreme sides 
basally; segment 3 entirely black but in the lighter example yellow at the sides 
apically; segments 4 and 5 black and segments 5 and 6 pale red. Hairs on legs 
and underside black. Length, 16 mm. 

QuEEN.—Hair black; that on the head entirely black; on thorax, anterior 
yellow band more or less encroached upon from behind in the middle by black, 
posterior yellow band absent or rudimentary, absent in type; pleura black, 
faintly tinged with yellow over a considerable area in some examples including 
the type; abdomen, segment 1 yellow only at the sides, black on extreme sides; 
segment 2 yellow, but black on extreme sides; segment 3 with a little yellow on 
either side of middle in five specimens including the type, black in the four 
remaining specimens; apex of segment 4 and whole of segment 5 red in three 
specimens; segment 4 black and segment 5 tinged with red in eight specimens, 
including type. Hairs on legs and underside cerls Length, 22 to 24 mm. 


WorkER.—Coloured like the queen. 


One male, Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, August 17-18, 1915: 
(F. Johansen); one darker male, Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, 
July 10, 1916 (F. Johansen); eleven females, all from Bernard harbour, North- 
west Territories, as follows: June 6, June 21, June 25 (type), July 2, July 9, 
July 30 to August 7, August 8, August 17 to 18 (two), 1915, June 16, July 3, 
1916 (F. Johansen); three workers, Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, 
July 19, August 10, and August 14, 1915 (F. Johansen). 


Bombus arcticus (Kirby) Franklin. 
Bombus arcticus Franklin, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. XX XVIII, p. 302. 


Maur.—Malar space fully one-half as long as the eye, eighth ventral 
segment obtusely pointed. Head black, a patch of yellow on the vertex. Thorax 
black with a well-developed anterior yellow band and another equally wide 
behind; pleura black, the yellow extending only a short way below the bases 
of the wings. Abdomen, segments 1 and 2 densely clothed with yellow, the 
remaining segments black. Legs black, underside black. Length, 15-17 mm. 


QuUEEN.—Malar space about one-half as long as the eye. Head black; in 
two examples a few of the hairs on the vertex are yellow. Thorax black with a 
well-developed anterior yellow band and another equally wide behind; pleura 
black but the yellow extends a short way below the bases of the wings. Abdomen 
with the two basal segments with dense yellow hair, the remaining segments 
black. Length, 20-23 mm. 

Ten males as follows: four from Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, 
August 14, 1915 (F. Johansen); one from Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, 
July 10, 1916 (F. Johansen); and five from Herschel island, Yukon Territory, 
July, 1916 (F. Johansen). 


Wasps and Bees : 29 G 


Ten queens as follows: Four from Collinson point, Alaska, July 10, 1914, 
one of them somewhat undersized (F. Johansen); one from Barter island 
Alaska, June 25, 1914 (D. Jenness); two from Bernard harbour, Northwest 
Territories, August 10, 1915 (F. Johansen); two from Bernard harbour, North- 
west Territories, August 17-18, 1915 (F. Johansen); one from Herschel island, 
Yukon Territory, end of July, 1916 (F. Johansen). 

In unfaded examples of both males and queens the yellow is of a browner 
hue than in the other species of the Kirbyellus group. 

One queen, about 11 mm. long, and five larve ‘‘secured cape Ross, Melville 
island, Northwest Territories, June 21, 1916, by Emiu (Eskimo)”’ (V. Stefansson). 
The Canadian National Collection contains another queen taken at Melville 
island, July 20, 1909, by F. C. Hennessey. Both the Melville island specimens 
differ from those taken on the mainland in being slightly smaller, length 19-20 
mm., with the yellow pale and dingy, the yellow band on the posterior part of 
the thorax narrower than on the anterior part, and the pleura only faintly 
tinged with yellow. It is possible they represent a distinct variety or even 
species. 

Bombus arcticus is probably the B. hyperboreus of European authors, found 
in Greenland and Arctic Eurasia. 


(Two females of another species of the Kirbyellus group, B. strenwus Cr. 
from the Kutlan Glacier, Yukon Territory (alt. 9,000 feet), taken by H. F. J. 
Lambart and Alf. Pattison in June, 1913, are in the Canadian National 
Collection). 


Pratorum Group. 


Pratorum Group, Franklin, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. XX XVIII, p. 304. 


Species of smaller size than those of the Kirbyellus group. Malar space 
shorter, one¢quarter to one-third as long as the eye. Male genitalia very 
different. 


Bombus sylvicola Kirby. 


Bombus sylvicola Warby, Fauna Boreali-Americana, Insecta 1837. 
Bombus sylvicola Franklin, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. XX XVIII, p. 338. 


Maur.—Hairs on head black, a patch of yellow on the middle of the face 
usually reaching upwards to between the antennae, vertex with a yellow patch, 
ventro-lateral sides of the head more or less yellow, sometimes entirely black 
malar space about one-fourth as long as the eye. Thorax with a wide anterior 
yellow band, a medial and about equally wide black band and a yellow band 
on the scutellum, the anterior median portion of which is more or less covered 
with an extension of the black from the medial band; pleura yellow to base of 
legs. Abdomen,,. first segment yellow, second and third red, sometimes more or 
less black in the middle, fourth and fifth yellow with more or less black in the 
middle, sixth and seventh segments black, often more or less yellow at the 
sides; hairs on venter mostly pale. 

The specimens from Nome and Teller are smaller (average length, 11 mm.) 
and have the pile somewhat shorter and less shaggy, and on the average more 
yellow (less black) on the fourth and fifth segments than those from Herschel 
island (average length, 12-75 mm.), and Bernard harbour (average length, 
13-27 mm.). In five of the specimens from Bernard harbour the red extends 
more or less on to the fourth segment. 


30 G ; Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


QUEEN, ReGuLAR Form.—Head black with a patch of pale yellow on middle 
of face between and below bases of antennze and a smaller, fainter one above 
antenne, vertex yellow. Thorax with a wide pale yellow band in front and a 
narrower one behind separated by a black band, pleura pale yellow to base of 
legs. Abdomen: segment 1 pale yellow, segments 2 and 3 red, segments 4, 5 
and 6 pale yellow with more or less black in the middle of the segments. Length, 
20 mm. 


QUEEN, MELANIC VARIETY johanseni, n. var.—Head: black, face black, 
a few dingy pale yellow hairs on vertex. Thorax with a band of dingy 
pale yellow in front, more or less narrowed by encroachment of the black, but 
black hairs are not mixed in with the yellow to any great extent; a broad black 
band between the wings and a narrow pale yellow band on the posterior part of 
the thorax, this band interrupted in the middle by an extension of the black 
from the interaler band; pleura black, in some specimens faintly tinged with 
yellow. Abdomen with the first segment pale yellow interrupted in the middle 
with decumbent dark hair which is scanty; segments 2 and 3 red; segments 
4, 5 and 6 black with more or less pale yellow hair on sides of segment 4. Hair 
on legs and underside black, corbicular fringes tinged with red in the type and 
in several specimens. Length, 18 to 20 mm. 

WorkKER, ReGuLAR FormM.—Coloured like the queen. 

Worker, MrLanic VARIETY johansen?.—Coloured like the queen of this 
variety. é 

Six males from Nome, Alaska, August 24-25, 1916 (F. Johansen); six males 
from Teller, Alaska, July 26, and five on July 29, 1913 (F. Johansen); nine 
males from Herschel island, Yukon Territory, end of July, 1916 (F. Johansen) ; 
six males from Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 30 to August 7, 
1915 (F. Johansen); one August 8, two August 10, two August 14, 1915, all 
from Bernard harbour (F. Johansen). 

One queen of the regular form from Barter island, Alaska, July 4, 1914 


(D. Jenness); one, abdomen missing, from west of Collinson point, Alaska, 
June 11, 1914 (KE. de K. Leffingwell). 


Twenty-nine queens of the melanie variety johansenz, all taken by Mr. F. 
Johansen, as follows: One from Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 3 _ 
(type), two July 4, one July 6, two July 7, one July 11, one July 12, one July 19, — 
nine July 30 to August 7, one August 8, two August 10, one August 14, all from | 
Bernard harbour in 1915; one Chantry island (Bernard-harbour), June 17, one | 
Bernard harbour July 9, and three Bernard harbour July 14, 1916. One queen | 
from Port Epworth, Coronation gulf, taken by Mr. J. J. O’Neill on July 15, 
1915, in bad condition, appears to agree with the description of johansent. One 
queen from Herschel island, Yukon Territory, end of July, 1916 (F. Johansen), | 
has the yellow bands on the thorax as wide as the black band and has a narrow 
pale yellow band on the apices of segments 2 and 3. 

The melanic variety johanseni approaches melanopygus Nyl., which, accord- 
ing to Franklin, can be readily separated from. sylvicola by the difference in the 
coloration of the head and fore part of the thorax, which is of ‘thoroughly 
mixed black and yellow hairs.’”’ However, in specimens of melanopygus from 
British Columbia the black hairs stand out conspicuously among the yellow on 
the fore part of the thorax. | 


B. sylvicola is probably the same species as lapponicus Fab. found in | 
Northern Europe and the mountains of Britain. The coloration of both species | 
is the same and the spreading of the red to the fourth segment as noted in five 
of the Bernard harbour males occurs in varieties of lapponicus found in Scotland 
and the Pyrenees. 


Wasps and Bees 3le@ 


Bombus pleuralis (Nyl.) Franklin. 
Bombus pleuralis Franklin, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. XX XVIII, p. 364. 


Matre.—Head and thorax clothed with yellow pile; a few black hairs on 
the inner and outer margins of the eyes and around the ocelli and a well-defined 
black interaler band. Abdomen with segments | and 2 yellow; segments 3 and 
4 bright red, with a few black hairs at the bases of the segments in one specimen; . 
segments 5 to 7 black, a few red hairs on segment 5; venter mostly pale yellow. 
Length, 13-14 mm. 

WorkeER.—Head black with a small patch of yellow between the antennze 
and extending above them, and another on the vertex. Thorax yellow with a 
well-defined black interalar band. Abdomen: segments 1 and 2 yellow with, 
in three specimens, a few dark hairs in the middle, segments 3 and 4 red, 5 and 6 
variable. Length, 10-12 mm. 

Two males from Nome, Alaska, August 24-25, 1916 (F. Johansen); four 
workers, Nome, Alaska, August 24-25, 1916 (F. Johansen). 

This is Franklin’s ‘colour variant” of plewralis. In the red band on the 
abdomen it approaches flavifrons Cr. and centralis Cr. but is distinguished 
therefrom by the clear black interalar band and the weak yellow on the face. 
However, extensive collecting of the three forms in Western Canada by the 
writer shows that flavifrons and centralis are merely varieties of pleuralis. The 
name pleuralis is applied by Vogt to one of the forms of the Kzrbyellus group. 


Bombus frigidus, Smith. 


Bombus frigidus, Franklin, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. XX XVIII, p. 360. 


Maur.—Head and thorax pale yellow, a few black hairs around the margins 
of the eyes, the insertion of the antenne and the ocelli, and a well-defined black 
interalar band. Abdomen: segments 1 and 2 pale yellow, segments 3, 4 and 
base of 5 black. Apex of 5 and remaining segments dingy white with a fer- 
ruginous tinge, evidently faded. Length, 124% mm. 

WorKER.—Face black, vertex pale yellow. Thorax pale yellow with a 
broad black interalar band. Abdomen: segments | and 2 pale yellow, segment 
3, and base of 4, black; apex of segment 4 and remaining segments pale fer- 
ruginous. Length, 10-11 mm. 

One male, Nome, Alaska, August 24, 25, 1916 (F. Johansen); two workers, 
Nome, Alaska, August 24, 25, 1916 (F. Johansen). (The Canadian National 
Collection contains a worker of Bombus mixtus Cr. taken in the Porcupine 
Mountain district, Yukon Territory, on June 15, 1912, by D. D. Cairnes.) 


Terrestris Group. 
Terrestris Group, Franklin, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe. XX XVIII, p. 261. 


_Distinguishable from the other groups by its broad face, very short malar 
space, less than one-fifth as long as the eye, and the very different genitalia of 
the males. | 


Bombus lucorum, L., variety moderatus Cr. 
Bombus terrestris, var moderatus Franklin, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. XX XVIII, p. 262. 


~Worker.—Head black; thorax black, with an anterior pale yellow band. 
Abdomen: segment 1 black, pale yellow at the sides; segment 2 pale yellow, 
segment 3 and base of segment 4 black; apex of segment 4 and segments 5 and 6 
white. Length, 12 mm. 


326 Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


One worker, Nome, Alaska, August 24-25, 1916 (F. Johansen). Differs 
from specimens of the queen in the Canadian National Collection from Banff, 
Alta., in having the first segment of the abdomen not wholly black. 


NoTES ON THE BUMBLE-BEES. 


The specimens generally are remarkable for their long shaggy hair and their 
‘large size, both well-known attributes of the arctic Bombz. Two species, 
B. neoboreus and B. sylvicola var. gjohanseni from Bernard harbour, Northwest 
Territories, show pronounced melanism. Melanism is rare in the North 
American bumble-bee fauna and has been heretofore met with only in occasional 
specimens, but there is a large region of pronounced melanism in Northwestern 
Europe centred in Denmark and extending to the Alps, the British Isles and 
Southern Scandinavia. 

Bombus is particularly well adapted to arctic conditions. These bees 
develop considerable body heat and their warm coat enables them to keep 
active in low temperatures. Even in the temperate region the queens of some 
of the species may be seen collecting nectar and pollen from the willows and 
other flowers in the sunshine of early morning while frost is still on the ground. 

The arctic summer permits such activity at almost any hour of the day or 
night, provided nectar can be obtained, and this probably is an easy matter on 
account of the numerous flowers. 

The home of the bumble-bee colony is always made in a nest composed of 
warm material, usually the deserted nest of some mammal or bird. The Arctic 
species, so far as we know, like most of the other species, select nests under the 
ground, a position which provides good protection from the weather. The brood 
of Bombus needs to be incubated by heat from the body of the adult bees, but 
can endure a longer-continued and greater degree of chill than that of Apis 
without dying, but its development is retarded and the lustre of the coat of the 
resulting perfect insect is reduced if the pupae are chilled. A lack of lustre is 
characteristic of some Arctic specimens of Bombus. It is, however, probable 
that the chilling of the brood is not frequent, because under favourable con- 
ditions the queen will, in two or three hours, collect and store in a large waxen 
cell she constructs in her nest, enough nectar to keep herself and her brood 
warm for twelve to twenty hours, and, in a later stage of the colony, the workers 
will accumulate enough honey in the vacated cocoons to last several days. 

One of the species of Bombus from the Canadian Arctic belongs to the 
Pratorum group, several temperate zone species of which are very hardy and 
early. B. pratorum itself is the earliest species of Bombus to start nesting in 
England, where the young colonies occasionally have to withstand a snowstorm 
in April. The four other species from the Canadian Arctic belong to the 
Kirbyellus group which is confined to the Arctic and high mountain regions of 
the northern hemisphere. The brood and adults of this group may be expected 
to resist cold still better than those of the Pratorwm group, and to be especially 
well able to survive, in a state of semi-torpidity, a period, lasting several days, 
when long-continued bad weather prevents the collecting of food, a character 
already fairly well developed in Bombus pratorwm. 

The taking by an Eskimo at Cape James Ross, Melville island, on June 21, 
1916, at a latitude of almost 75°, evidently from a nest, of five nearly full-fed 
Bombus larvee, which were brought back by Mr. Stefansson, indicates that the 
eggs must have been laid not later than the 8th or 9th of June, and is surely a 
remarkable record of the favourable conditions that exist for bumble-bee life 
in the far north, at least in some seasons. Half a dozen Bombus cocoons con- 
taining dead pupae were taken from the same locality by Mr. Storkerson in 
April, 1916. 

An old Bombus nest containing a couple of dead pupae was brought in by 
Dr. R. M. Anderson on November 12, 1913, from the Sadlerochit river, Alaska; it 


Wasps and Bees. 33 G6 


was in an old fly-catcher’s nest, composed of ptarmigan feathers, hairs of mountain 
sheep, etc., and was found in a crevice in bare rock at a creek near the camp. 
Large empty fly cocoons were found in the bird’s nest and in some of the bee 
cells. Another but inhabited nest was found on the southwest coast of Victoria 
island by Dr. Anderson in July, 1911; this was in an old lemming burrow at the 
base of a rock, and was of the size of a child’s fist. 

Many of the specimens of Bombus taken carried parasitic mites (Parasitus 
bomborum Andemans) in their coat. 


- 


From F. JOHANSEN’S Firtp NOorTEs. 


Observations on bumble-bees at the Arctic Coast of North America from 
Point Barrow in the west to Coronation gulf in the east, and adjoining islands :— 

‘““The first bumble-bees were seen at the beginning or middle of June while 
the snow was yet covering the ground to a large extent. The summer comes 
a little earlier west of Mackenzie river than east of it; except when there is an 
especially early season in the eastern region. The temperature during June is 
generally above the freezing point, and even if the nights are colder, it is fairly 
warm during the middle of the day, especially when the sun is out. 

“The first bumble-bees seen in the season were mostly flying high up at 
rapid speed. <A few days later the bees were seen feeding on the first flowers 
out (the male catkins of Salix pulchra, S. anglorum, and the flowers of Saxifraga 
oppositifolia). From the middle of June additional flowers were out (Salix 
ovalifolia, Oxytropis nigrescens and O. arctobia, Pedicularis lanata, and during 
the end of June still more (Salix reticulata, Dryas integrifolia, Cassiope tetragona, 
Pedicularis arctica, P. sudetica, ete.), all of importance to the bumble-bees, and 
greatly utilized by them. From July on, there was no lack of flowers; in addition 
to the above mentioned were Silene acaule, Lupinus nootkatensis, Hedysarum 
mackenzii, Astragalus alpinus, A. frigidus, Saxifraga groenlandica, S. tricuspidata, 
S. Cernua, Aconitum delphinitfolium, Pedicularis capitata, Polemonium ceruleum, 
Castilleja pallida, Myosotis silvatica, Lagotis glauca and Lychnis apetala. Few 
plants upon which the bees depend for food begin their flowering so late as 
August; among these are Epilobium latifolium, Campanula uniflora, and various 
Composite. Few bumble-bees were seen in September, and none after the first 
week of this month. Although the temperature in September may be about 
the same as in June the flowers which are out now are mostly of a kind (Grasses, 
Composite) of little use to the bees, which seem to understand that the winter 
is near. 

“In the preceding notes the many smaller islands skirting the Arctic coast 
examined are treated as a part of the latter; a few miles of open sea are no 
barrier for bumble-bees; they are found on all of the islets and show the same 
characteristics there. The few observations we have from the two large islands 
(Banks and Victoria islands) farther north show, however, that over there the 
season is considerably later, and bumble-bees were therefore not seen much before 
July. On the other hand, it seems the season along the south side of Coronation 
gulf and in Bathurst inlet is somewhat earlier than along the Arctic coast farther 
west, and bumble-bees and flowers may be looked for at the end of May in this 
more southern latitude. 

The first bees to appear are naturally all queens; the first workers were 
noticed in the beginning of July (about July 10) and the first males at the same 
time.”’ 


Two sheets of drawings, showing the 8th ventral segment in males of 
Bombus neoboreus, kirbyellus, polaris and arcticus, accompany this paper. 


63374—3 


34 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 
| 
| 


neaoboreus 


Eighth Ventral Segment in Bombus. 


Wasps and Bees 


arcticus 


Kighth Ventral Segment in co Bombus. 


4Ci3 heey 


elf” ps 


A. \ rs te 
‘ : ; | : * o . . 
" ™ > eed 
. aah —— oe Phe : ; ; , 
¢ s. x oe ~~ ‘ = 
‘ ‘ 5 D > ; 
- ‘ z f 3 PSS take ; 
J . ’ - wi % 
¢ V * 
“~T 7 - t y f * ’ ~ - - 
- ‘ ba | Ye. - “ My 
- Ms a = s ‘ 
* s ) y ‘ - ‘ : * ; 
- ' ‘ ¢ * % he ie , oF 


= _ - A . “4 i 
ha Ey ‘ ae, iri, coo Bee waa: 
/ J ’ . ede oor 
rhe hes . ' a ‘ i 
- set Bet 7 ¥ \ La ~ : ’ 
re bg £ o = ‘ 
l Pe i hn it 2 a 
ede y - ~ 7 7 : : . SN a 
. - ¥ X * 
. . - | i « ’ 
. . J = a ~ - B53 m ' . 
; { F S 
7 \ - t ~ - > > 
ry ate ls . } , 5 
od ee, ak n t = Mee dee \ 


The Plant Galls collected by the Canadian Arctic 
Expedition, 1913-18 


By E. Porter FET. 


The following report is based upon the material which was collected by 
Mr. F. Johansen. It is obviously fragmentary though nevertheless interesting 
because the records are from a little explored region. The galls on Salix barclayi 
appear. to be new and the deformity produced by the Nematid is especially 
interesting. A provisional identification was obtained through the courtesy’ of 
Dr. L. O. Howard from Mr. 8. A. Rowher of the United States National Museum. 
The Eriophyid galls were submitted to Mr. H. E. Hodgkiss of the Agricultural 
Experiment Station, Geneva, N.Y., and the few comments he saw fit to make 
are appended to the characterizations of the deformities. It hardly appears 
wise to bestow names upon these galls and thus add invalid or nearly invalid 
names to a literature already overburdened with such appellations. 


Salix (willow). 


Nematid gall on Salix barclayt, labelled Teller, Alaska, July 26, 19138, 
Frits Johansen. 

The gall is an irregular, oval, white, woolly mass projecting equally on each 
surface of the leaf, divided by the midrib and with a major diameter of about 
lem. The woolly fibers are 2 to 3 mm. long and within the compound mass 
are two somewhat elongate ovate hollows, one on each side of the midrib. 


One gall examined contained a Nematid (possibly a species of Pteronidea) 
and a parasite, a species of Hurytoma. The identification of the larva was made 
by Mr. 8. A. Rohwer of the United States National Museum, and that of the 
parasite by Dr. L. O. Howard, Chief of the Bureau of Entomology. 


Cecidomyia species on Salix barclayi, labelled Teller, Alaska, July 26, 1913, 
Frits Johansen. 

The gall is a somewhat irregular, rounded elevation, with a diameter of 
about 4 mm., projecting almost equally from both surfaces of the leaf. It is 
pale greenish-yellow, the surface with irregular rounded elevations and located 
near the midrib. The interior is hollow, whitish, and the walls have a thickness 
of approximately 0.5 mm. ‘This is possibly the work of an Oligotrophus. 


Willow beak gall (Phytophaga rigide O.S.) Specimens labelled Salix 
species, Jasper Park, Alta., middle September, 1916. 

The galls are typical for this species except that they are smaller and 
greatly wrinkled, a condition very suggestive of parasitism. The galls have a 
length of about 1.5 em., a diameter of 0.5 em., and the surface is mostly dark 
brown or blackened; the distal third of the gall is lighter, rather strongly 
recurved and with the characteristic partly opened soft tip or beak. 


This insect ranges across the continent, if one may safely draw conclusions 
from specimens of the galls. It is one of the more common willow inhabiting 
forms, occasionally so abundant as to attack the tips of a considerable proportion 
of the shoots in individual clumps. There is but one generation annually, the 
insect wintering in the gall, and the midges appearing in early spring. An 
enced bibliography is given in New York State Museum Bulletin 186, pages | 

—214., 


38 G The Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


Eriophyes species on Salix, labelled Teller, Alaska, July 26, 1913, Frits 
Johansen. 


This is a small irregular pouch gall projecting on the upper surface of the 
leaf and with a diameter of 1 to2 mm. The enlargement is greenish or yellowish 
green. There is a distinct entrance on the lower side of the leaf frequently 
guarded by a rather thick mass of short, procumbent, whitish hairs. Hodgkiss 
states that this type of gall does not appear to be described and that no mites 
were found in the deformities. 


Eriophyes species on Salix, labelled Teller, Alaska, July 26, 1913, Frits 
Johansen. 

These are purplish brown, sparsely haired pouch galls on the leaves, 
mostly on the under surface, and sometimes so numerous as to deform the basal 
half or even the whole leaf. They are more or less coalescent. The individual 
galls have a diameter of 2 to 3 mm., the vestiture is whitish, short, and sparse. 
Hodgkiss refers this to Eriophyes species, adding that it is possibly new. 


Eriophyes species, labelled Cecidomyia species, galls on Salix leaves, 
Cockburn point, Dolphin and Union strait, Arctic Canada, August 30, 1914. 

The individual galls are oval or subglobose, have a diameter of 2 to 3 mm., 
project distinctly on the upper surface, are somewhat smooth though sometimes 
slightly hairy, rounded elevations and on the under surface are indicated mostly 
by corresponding oval depressions filled, or nearly filled with a mass of yellowish 
or whitish plant hairs. Hodgkiss refers this to Eriophyes n. sp., adding that a 
single specimen, apparently new to science, was found in this material. 


Eriophyes species, labelled Cecitdomyia (?) galls on leaves of creeping Saliz, 
August 16, 1915, rearing 92. Locality, Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories. 

The leaves were badly browned and discoloured, though the gall appears 
similar to the preceding. Hodgkiss states that this type of gall is not mentioned 
in literature, and that no mites were found in the galls. 


* 


é ty 
f pale 


4 og Oe 


tse y, 


REPORT 


SOR Tie 


CANADIAN ARCTIC EXPEDITION © 


1913-18 


VOLUME III: INSECTS 


PART H: SPIDERS, MITES, AND MYRIAPODS 


Spiders: J. H..Emerton 
carina: . N. Banks 
-Chilopoda: 


ef i ‘ : : : Ralph V. Chamberlin 


SOUTHERN PARTY~—1913-16 


OTTAWA 
J. de LABROQUERIE TACHE 
PRINTER TO THE KING’S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY 
1919 ! 
ee 


Issued July 14th, 1919 


aes 


PX 


A 
1: 


REPORT 


OF THE 


CANADIAN ARCTIC EXPEDITION 
1913-18 


VOLUME III: INSECTS 


PART H: SPIDERS, MITES, AND MYRIAPODS 


Spiders: : : : f : : J. H. Emerton 
Acarina: . ; ; 5 : : - JN: Banks 
~Chilopoda: . ‘ : ; ; : Ralph V. Chamberlin 


SOUTHERN PART Y—1913-16 


OTTAWA 


J. de LABROQUERIE TACHE 
PRINTER TO THE KING’S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY 


1919 


Vol. iii—46957—1 Issued July 14th, 1919 


The Spiders collected by the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 
1913-18. 


By J. H. Emerton. 


This collection includes thirteen species, three of which are described as 
new. Two cf these are minute spiders, living under loose stones along the 
shore, and the third is a large Lycosa, living in large numbers among the low 
plants of the tundra. Of the other ten species, three have been found by earlier 
explorers in Greenland, Spitzbergen, or Siberia, and appear to be exclusively 
Arctic; the rest have been found much farther south. The four species from 
Nome and Teller, Alaska, all occur in the White mountains of New Hampshire, 
and two of them at various stations across the continent and south into the 
United States. Lycosa pictilis, found at Bernard harbour, has long been known 
in the upper parts of the White mountains, and is also found on the coast of 
Labrador. Xysticus bimaculatus, found also at Bernard harbour, Dolphin and 
Union strait, Northwest Territories, is known from the Rocky mountains near 
Banff and from the mountains of Colorado. The two species of Pardosa are 
widely distributed over the northern part of the continent. 

All types described in this paper are in the Canadian National Collection 
of Insects, Ottawa. The specimens were collected by Mr. F. Johansen. 


Erigone arctica White (1852).! 


This resembles the common Erigone dentigera of the New England coast. 
The palpus (PI. I, fig. 1) has the same general length and proportions, but the 
process of the patella is somewhat longer, and the end of the tibia wider, with 
the inner and outer points sharper and more divergent than in dentigera. It 
has been found at Cornwallis island and in Spitzbergen. 

Locality: Cockburn point, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Terri- 
tory, autumn of 1914. 


Typhocraestus spetsbergensis (Thor.) Kulezynski.? 


This is 2 mm. long, and grey, without any markings, the legs very little 
lighter than the thorax. The male palpus has the tibia a little longer than wide 
and slightly widened at the end. The front edge is nearly straight except a 
small tooth on the outer corner, which is slightly curved inward at the point (P!, 
I, figs. 2 and 4.) The tarsal hook is small and curved in more than half a circle, 
the basal end showing along the edge of the tarsus when seen from above. The 
palpal organ is distorted in all the specimens, but shows the slender trans- 
parent appendage and the other details as figured by Kulezynski (PI. I, fig. 3). 

Locality: Three males and two young from Spy island (Jones islands, 
known also as Thetis islands), on the Arctic coast of Alaska, September 3, 
1913, under green algze on the wet seashore. Found also by the English Polar 
Expedition of 1875-6 in latitude 82° 33’ and in Siberia and Spitzbergen. 


Tmeticus alatus, n. sp. 


__ A little over 2 mm. long and pale yellow without markings like pale indi- 
_ viduals of Tmeticus flaveolus Banks and 7’. longisetosus Em. The male palpus 
seen from above has the tibia longer than wide with a large curved tooth on 


1 Cambridge, Annals and Magazine of Natural History, 1877. b 
* Memoirs Acad. St Petersburg, 1902. Strand, Fauna Arctica, 1906. Erigone spetsbergensis Thorell, 
Swedish Acad., 1872. 


4H Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


the inner side extending a little over the tarsus (Pl. I, fig. 5). Seen from the 
side the tibia is wider than long (PI. I, fig. 6). The tarsal hook is much like that 
of longisetosus, with two short and stout curved teeth at the end and a narrow, 
long base on which are several hairs and close to the tarsus three long bristles 
slightly serrated toward the end somewhat like the bristles in longisetosus and 
armatus (PI. I, fig. 6). The epigynum has a middle lobe widened at the end and 
covered at the base by two depressions divided by a narrow ridge. At the sides 
of the epigynum are two thickened spots with hairs directed inward (fig. 7). 

Localities: One male and two females from Cockburn point, Northwest 
Territories, September 26, 1914. Four females and one immature male from 
Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Territories, June 27, 
1916. 


Tmeticus brunneus Emerton.! 


Nome Alaska, August 25, 1916. Originally described from the White 
mountains, New Hampshire, at 4,000 feet elevation. 


Microneta maritima, n. sp. 


Less than 2 mm. long, and dull grey with paler legs. The mandibles are 
thickened at the base and narrowed toward the point, with two small teeth 
where the narrowing begins (PI. I, fig. 8). The male palpi are, as usual in this 
genus, large, and the tarsus angular. It has a small proeess at the base and 
the middle is extended and flattened into a keel bent inward on the outer side. 
This shows plainly from above or below when the palpus is curved in the natural 
position, (P1.I, fig.10). The tarsal hook is wide in the middle and turned abruptly 
upward at the point, as in olivacea (Pl. I, fig. 9). 

Locality: Cockburn point, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Terri- 
tory, September, 1914, under stones. 


Microneta crassimanus Emerton. 


Nome, Alaska, August 1916. Originally described from the White moun- 
tains, New Hampshire, at 4,000 feet elevation. 


Epeira patagiata Clerck (1757.) 


Nome, Alaska, August 25, 1916. The most common round-web spider 
throughout Canada, the northern United States, and the north of Europe. 


Dictyna. 


Several immature specimens were found under stones along the shore 
at Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, June and July, 1915. They are 
probably Dictyna hamifera Thor., 1872, described from Greenland and among the 
spiders from the ‘‘ Danmark Expedition’’ to northeastern Greenland, 1906-8. 


Lycosa pictilis Emerton.’ 


Several specimens of this bright-coloured spider, including two adult males, 
were found at Bernard harbour, Northwest Territory. It is common on mount 
Washington, New Hampshire, from 5,000 to 6,000 feet elevation, and has been 
found on the coast of Labrador at Hopedale. The Tarantula exasperans 
Cambridge, from Discovery bay, latitude 81° 44’, is possibly this species. It 
is described and figured by Cambridge in ‘The Annals and Magazine of Natural 

1 Conn. Acad. 1882 and Conn. Acad. 1909. 


2Conn. Acad. 1882 
3 Conn, Acad., 1885. 


: Spiders 5H 


History’, 1877. TJ. exasperans has been identified by Simon and Kulezynski 
with Lycosa (Tarantula) alpigena of the Alps, but I cannot confirm this identifi- 
cation, not having been able to compare European specimens. 

The usual markings are shown in PI. I, fig. 11. The middle stripe of the 
cephalothorax has a char acteristic form, widening behind the eyes, and narrowing 
again a little farther back. The hinder half of the stripe, especially in young 
spiders, continues narrow its whole length, but in other individuals and usually 
in adult males, it widens again opposite the dorsal groove and is sometimes 
connected by radiating lines with the light areas at the sides. The abdomen 
has two orange yellow spots at the front end, and sometimes a little orange 
colour among the grey farther back. The middle spot branches into four 
black points, and behind it are two or three black spots of variable size on 
the middle line. Outside of the median spots are four or five pairs of small, 
bright, white spots alternating with black, forming two lines converging behind 
(Pl. I, fig.11). There are great variations from this pattern and one of the Bernard 
harbour males is marked as in Pl. I, fig. 12. Here there is a middle stripe, 
which in life is probably covered with orange hairs, and from this branches 
extend to the white spots. The other markings are obscured in the general 
erey colour. This variety has been seen in specimens from mount Washington. 
In all varieties the legs are banded with dark and light grey. 

Locality: Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories. Barter island, Alaska, 
June, 1914. 


Lycosa asivak, n. sp. 


This species is 12 mm. to 14 mm. long. Fourth leg as long as the body. 
Black with light grey markings, which are indistinct and sometimes absent 
in the female. In the male there is a grey stripe in the middle of the cephalo- 
thorax from the eyes backward, and on the abdomen a middle grey mark in 
front, at the sides of which are light spots which unite behind into several trans- 
verse markings (Pl. I, fig. 13). The femora are black, but the other joints 
of the legs are covered above with short grey hairs mixed with longer black 
ones. The legs and abdomen are covered with fine black hairs, longer than 
the diameter of the legs. In the female the dorsal markings are much less 
distinct and usually form on the abdomen a small middle stripe in front and a 
series of pairs of small white spots. The legs are somewhat lighter in colour 
toward the end, but there is no strong contrast between the colour of femur 
and tibia. The fine hairs of the legs and abdomen are shorter in the female 
than in the male. The epigynum (PI. II, fig. 14), has a middle lobe as wide 
as long throughout its length, and thickened in the middle. At the base of 
this lobe are two pits with oblique and slightly curved margins. The immature 
females show the undeveloped epigynum as in PI. IT, fig. 15. The male palpus 
is much like that of pictilis, the tibia is a little longer than wide, and about 
the same length as the patella. The tarsus is a little longer than the tibia. 
The parts of the palpal organ are small and comparatively simple, (PIL TH, fie: 16) 
as in pictilis. 

This spider appears to be very common and over a hundred specimens 
were taken, including two adult males in June at Bernard harbour, Dolphin 
and Union strait, Northwest Territories, and two others at Camden bay , Alaska, 
July 4, 1914. The females taken at the same time were all immature, but 
adult females were taken later, July 12 and July 19, 1915, at the latter date 
with their cocoons and eggs. 

According to Mr. Johansen’s notes, they hide, especially at the breeding 
season, in holes in the ground or in the ‘sod which they line with silk. In one 
case a lemming hole was used for this purpose. They were found eating beetles 
and other spiders, even of the same species. The accompanying photograph 


1Asivak or arsivuk is an Eskimo name for a spider, with slight dialectic differences from 
northwestern Alaska to Coronation gulf. 


Vol. 1ii— 46957—2 


6H Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


(Pl. III,) taken by Mr. G. H. Wilkins of the Expedition, shows the spider in its 
natural surroundings near the mouth of its hole. 

Localities: Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest 
Territories, from June to September. Two males from Camden bay, Alaska, 
July 4, 1914. 


Pardosa glacialis Thorell (1872). 


This widely diffused species occurs at Bernard harbour, Northwest Terri- 
tories, on the north coast of Alaska, and at Teller, Alaska. The forms of the 
epigynum differ from those in other places, but differ also among themselves. 
A female from Teller, Alaska, has the epigynum somewhat like variety brunnea 
of New England (PI. II, fig. 17). 


Pardosa groenlandica Thorell (1872). 


An adult female and several young were found at Herschel island, Yukon 
Territory, July, 1916. It lives across Canada and southward on the mountain 
tops of Colorado. 


Xysticus bimaculatus Emerton.! 


Male 5 mm., female 6 mm. long. Pale with light brown and grey markings. 
The legs are short, the first leg of the male less than one and a half times the 
length of the body. The first and second legs are covered with fine light brown 
spots, with some larger marks on the ends of the femur. The third and fourth 
legs have brown markings on the ends of the joints. The cephalothorax has. 
the middle light area lightly spotted in the front half. The dark areas are 
closely spotted with brown, darkest toward the abdomen. The abdomen is 
marked with three or four pairs of oblique ight brown spots, the edges of which 
are irregularly spotted with dark grey, more definitely in the male than female. 
The whole under side is lightly spotted with brown. The male palpus has the 
tibia of usual form with a blunt outer process and a double process below, the 
inner branch of which is slightly curved at the point (PI. II, fig. 19). The palpal 
organ is unusually complicated, the lower half of the bulb very much thickened 
in a curved ridge that ends in a blunt tooth on the inner side. The tube is 
short and twisted and turned away from the bulb, and under it is a small 
sharp point. The epigynum has a simple oval opening. 

Localities: A male and female, in grass, Bernard harbour, Northwest 
Territories, August 25, 1915, and one immature female. Bluffs at lake at Kon- 
ganevik, Camden bay, Alaska, June 27, 1914, young male and female. Found 
also in the Rocky mountains at Laggan, Alta., and on mount Lincoln, Colorado, 
at 11,000 feet. 


1Canadian Spiders, Conn. Acad. 1894. 


EXPLANATION OF PuaTE I. 


Fig. 1. Erigone arctica, palpus. 

2. Typhoc raestus spetsberge nsis, palpus (upper side). 

3. (palpal organ showing transparent appendage.) 
ah “ s (side edge). 

oO Tmetic Us alatus, male palpus (from above). 

6 
7 


(side view). 
“ce “ 


; epigynum. 

8. Microneta maritima, mandibles. 
9 “ “ 
10. . a palpus. 


11. Lycosa pictilis, usual markings. 
12. Lycosa pictilis, occasional variation of markings. 


Vol. iii—46957—2 


Spiders 


Spiders collected by the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18. 


el 


PLATE I. 


8H Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


Rial: 
Spiders collected by the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18. 


NTT 
AY A 


ne 
—S—- 

= 
= = 


— 


= 
——— 
—S 
= 


SSS 
== 


— 


SS 
SSS 
—— 


== 
= 
= 
= 
= 


HERS 
ae 
2 
— 


SSS 5 
= ~.. >" 
Sat a 


he, a 
1d 
/ PRB 


(dia HAY \\ 
Nel Ph A \ 
13 (TR Sa 


& ul \ 


gn? “bli 
\ oe a 5 


Big. 13 


14. 


Spiders 


Puate III. 


Lycosa asivak, Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 9, 1915. 


‘ “c 
“ “cc 


“ “ 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE II. 


. Lycosa asivak, dorsal markings. 

f epigynum. 
undeveloped epigynum. 
male palpus. 


. Pardosa glacialis, epigynum. 
ulatus. 


. Xysticus bimac 
“ce 


“cc 


ce 
“cc 


male palpus. 
epigynun. 


9H 


ae 
pa F729 


1¢ 


oe el 
AGHA Cate, 


a) 
lee ; ‘ r ap. oF : re hell 
@ es : See Me : ae me) eg eh rt, a tee pisteres 
Ss ae ‘ ate Te sk feat a gee ened eae onees 
ores F: de 5 Set Cater th Pie. 
: 4 See See 
et > ) : # » ,* & 


7 - Ph ee, ] oa ~ f. -2 e 
Peer yo wth ALO NO) ei 
bone feat. 2 erty, oe ee 


‘ ~ 
P a. 4 ' 
“ ‘ 

sae a 
a . 

<= ai/n ~ 
x s 

oe ‘> 

‘ ‘ 


The Acarina collected by the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 
1913-18. 


By NatuHan BANKs. 


The Acarina collected by the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-16, include 
seventeen species, all but one previously known, and recorded from other arctic 
and subarctic localities, some from widely separated places indicating their 
occurrence all through the arctic regions. 

The new species of Stigmaeus is the first of this genus to be recorded from 
the arctic regions, but others are known fairly far north and in high mountains, 
so that one can hardly be surprised. Doubtless it feeds on moss. 


EUPODID &. 
Rhagidia gelida Thorell. 


Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Territories, August 
16, June 19, 1915; in rotton driftwood and under stones; ‘‘ largest one 2 mm. 
long; the abdomen dark purple-brown, cephalothorax rose, legs orange.’ 
[Johansen notes.| 


BDELLID. 


Bdella arctica Thorell. 


Young point, Northwest Territory, July 22, 1916, on rocks on beach; 
Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, August 23, 1915; under stones at beach. 
‘“ Abdomen dark purple, otherwise rose.’”’ [Johansen notes.| 


Bdella frigida Banks. 
Herschel island, Yukon Territory, July 28, 1916, on ground. 
Bdella decipiens Thorell. 


Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, May 18, 1915, under stones. 


TETRANYCHID. 


Bryobia praetiosa Koch. 


Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 19, 1915, on dead Salix- 
leaves; and October 4, 1914, under stones; eggs doubtless of this species in a 
cake on stick at Konganevik, Camden bay, Alaska, June 27, 1914. 


Stigmaeus arcticus, hn. sp. 


Body bright rose red, legs rather paler, spotted. Body about one and 
two-thirds times as long as broad, rounded behind, broadest at humeri, narrowed 
in front; above with about twenty-four long, stiff, erect, rather thickened 
bristles, in four longitudinal rows; legs (Pl. IV, fig. 2) short and stout, first 
pair hardly as long as body, hind pair reaching very little beyond body; other 
pairs much shorter; all with fairly numerous long hairs; two long claws as long 
as the width of the tarsal joint; palpi (P. IV, fig. 1) nearly one-third the length 


124 Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


of the body, rather stout and curved downward; apical claw very long and 
stout, thumb rather slender, slightly narrowed at base, with few bristles near 
and at tip. | 

Length, 5 mm. 

Locality: Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Terri- 
tories, Canada. June 18, 1915; from a pond; probably not the normal habitat. 
Type in Canadian National Collection of Insects, Ottawa. 


Fig. 1. Stigmaeus arcticus, n. sp., palpus. 
9 «“ “ leg 


TROMBIDIIDZ. 


Trombidium sucidum Koch. 


Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories; June 28; July 6; July 11, 1915, 
in grass, all tile-red. 


HYDRACHNID. 


Eylais falcata Koenike. 
Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 5, 1916, in pond: and between 


Bernard harbour and cape Krusenstern, Northwest Territories, July, 1916. 


Hydryphantes ruber De Gerr. 


Pond at Chantry island, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Territories, 
June 17, 1916. 


Thyas stolli Koenike. 


Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, June 28, 1915; June 30, 1916, in 
pond; and pond at Chantry island, Northwest Territories, June 17, 1916. 


Acarina 13H 
Lebertia porosa Thorell. 


Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, October 6-8, 1915; in stomach of 
Salvelinus marstonit Garm. 


Laminipes torris Muller. 


Herschel island, Yukon Territory, July 30, 1916, in pond; although no male 
is present, I feel sure it is this species. 


Curvipes reighardi Wolcott. 

Pond on Chantry island, Northwest Territories, June 17, 1916; pond at 
Herschel island, Yukon Territory, July 30, 1916; lake inland from Bernard 
harbour, Northwest Territories, August 10, 1915; pond at Bernard harbour, 
Northwest Territories, June 28, 1915; pond at Collinson point, Alaska, June 23, 
1914; lake at Konganevik, Alaska, June 26, 1914. 

PARASITID. 
Parasitus bomborum Oudemans. 
Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, on Bombus, June 16, 1916; June 
25, 1915; July 2, 6, 9, 11, 1915; and on the catkins of Saliz, July 2, 1915. 
ORIBATID#. 
Galumna lucens Koch. 
Barnard harbour, Northwest Territories, May 25, 1916, on surface of pond; 


Pikumalerksiak island, near Cockburn point, Dolphin and Union strait, North- 
west Territories, July 15, 1916, in moss. 


Scutovertex nigrofemoratus Koch. 


Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, June 30, 1916, with spider cocoon 
under a stone. 


Scutovertex lineatus Thorell. 


Cockburn point, Northwest Territories, September 7, 1914, in colonies in 
depressions on under sides of flat stones near the seashore; not moving. 


belo. 
ee 


a 
<* ~ 
: . re ts | see We x ¥ 

: f wt - Step 


. - = - 
~ : 


Ul insiaw’ dstigys agit wey as ph Priel” eter eeu 


Chilopoda 15H 


The Chilopoda collected by the Canadian Arctic 
Expedition, 1913-18. 


By Raupu V. CHAMBERLIN. 


The Myriapod material secured by the Canadian Arctic Expedition and sent 
to me for report was collected in the Cape Nome region at Nome and Teller. 
Only two species are represented, both being chilopods, one of the order Litho- 
biomorpha and one of the Geophilomorpha. It is noted that other specimens 
were taken at Ketchikan in southern Alaska, and preserved dry; but these 
specimens were not included in the material transmitted for study. 

All types described in this paper are in the Canadian National Collection 
of Insects, Ottawa. 

Aside from members of the two orders above mentioned, the Scolopendro- 
morpha are also represented, at least in the southern part of Alaska, as I have 
many specimens of Otocryptops rubiginosus Koch from Forrester island, a species 
occurring also in China and Japan as well as in other northern parts of North 
America, such as Canada, Minnesota, ete. The common Otocryptops sexspinosus 
Say also occurs. The chilopods now known to be found in Alaska are as follows: 


Otocryptops rubiginosus Koch. 
Otocryptops sexspinosus Say. 
Linotaenia chionophila Wood. 
Arctogeophilus glacialis Attems. 
Cryophilus alaskanus, gen. et sp. nov. 
Gnathomerium melanonotum Wood. 
Geophilus alaskanus Cook. 
Pachymerium ferrugineum Koch. 
Escaryus albus Cook. 

Monotarsobius tricalcaratus Attems. 
Ezembius stejnegert Bollman. 

Oabius uleorus Chamberlin. 

Paobius boreus Chamberlin. 
Ethopolys integer alaskanus, subsp. nov. 


(GEOPHILOMORPHA. 


One family, the Chilenophilide, is represented in the collection. Three 
other families of the order are also known to occur in Alaska. The Linotaeniide 
are represented by Linotaenia chionophila Wood, a species widespread in the 
northern United States and Canada and exceedingly close to, if not identical 
with, the well-known European L. acuminata Leach. This species appears to 
be common on Pribilof, Aleutian, Kadiak, Baranof, Popof and Forrester islands, 
etc., as well as at points on the mainland. The Schendylide have also a single 
known member here, namely, Escaryus albus Cook, which occurs on Pribilof 
island (St. Paul). The Geophilide proper are represented by two species, 
Geophilus alaskanus and Pachymerium ferrugineum (Koch), the first being known 
from Sitka and Forrester island, and the second from Yakutat bay and St. Paul 
island. 


CHILENOPHILID. 


The existence of a group of geophiloid genera differing from typical geophilids 
in having a strongly developed pleurosternal suture on each side of the second 
maxillary segment was pointed out by Attems in 1909!, this author designating 


_ Zool. u. anthrop. Ergeb. ciner Forschungsreise im West. u. Zent. Siidafrika, Myriopoden’’, 
in Denks. med.-naturw. Ges. Jena, 1909, 14, p. 22. 


16H Canadian.Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


the group as a subfamily, Chilenophiline, in the Geophilide, and in the same 
year also by Brélemann! who regarded the group as a subtribe, Ribautiina, 
under his tribe Geophilini. Since then the group has proved to be increasingly 
large and widespread. One genus has been previously recorded from Alaska, 
Arctogeophilus glacialis Attems being listed in the original account as occurring 
on both sides of Bering strait, namely, from Naniamo and Konyam bay on 
Seniavine sound on the Siberian side and from Port Clarence on the Alaskan. 
I suspect, however, that the specimens from the Alaskan side belong rather to 
the species described below as new, the two forms being very similar in size, 
structure and general appearance and both possessing thirty-nine pairs of legs, 
the two apparently to be distinguished only by eritical examination. For the 
Alaskan species, after much hesitation, I have felt compelled to erect a separate 
genus, the only alternative being to assume that so experienced a student of 
the group as Graf Attems was mistaken in his observations on several characters 
of fundamental importance, which, in the absence of authentic material of his 
species I do not feel justified in doing. In addition, I have specimens of a species 
of a third genus from Forrester island, this being Gnathomerium melanonotum 
Wood, a form common from Cahfornia northward through Oregon and Wash- 
ington into British Columbia. The position of the new genus among the other 
known genera of the Chilenophilidee may be indicated by means of the following 
key. 


KEY TO GENERA OF CHILENOPHILID. 


a Anal legs with an additional article replacing the claw. (Lateral pieces of the labrum 
separated by the median piece.) 
b Cox of second maxille very broadly and completely fused. Ventral pores in four 
areas. Coxopleural pores small and very numerous both above and below. 
: Telocricus Chamberlin. 


bb Cox of second maxille separated or at most weakly united by a membranous isthmus 

c With no ventral pores; no finger-like process from distomesal angle of coxa of 
second maxille. 

d <A large lappet on coxa of first maxille in addition to one upon succeeding 

article; prosternum without chitinous lines. Watophilus Chamberlin. 


dd Lappet present only on femuroid of first maxille; prosternum with chitinous 
lines. Alloschizotaenia Brélemann. 


cc Ventral pores present; a finger-like process at distomesal angle of coxa of second 
maxille; first maxille without lappets. Proschizotaenia Silvestri. 


aa Anal legs without such additional terminal article in place of the claw, either bearing claws 

or when clawless composed simply of the usual six articles distad of the coxopleura. 
b Lateral pieces of labrum overlapping the median piece and in contact at the median line 
c Ventral pores present; lappets of second maxille rudimentary; cox of second 
maxille wholly separated. (A clypeal area present.) Chilenophilus Attems. 
cc No ventral pores; lappets of second maxille well developed; cox of second maxillee 

more or less clearly united. 
d No clypeal area present. 


e Palpus of second maxilla quadriarticulate. Arctogeophilus Attems. 
ee Palpus of second maxille triarticulate. Gnathomerium Ribaut. 


dd A clypeal area present. 
Palpus of second maxille triarticulate; anal legs clawless. 
Cryophilus gen. nov. 
bb Lateral pieces of labrum not in contact at the middle line, more or less widely separated 
by the median piece. 
c One or more clypeal areas present. 
d No ventral pores present. 
e Distoectal angle of tibia of palpus of second maxille prolonged and strongly 
chitinized. Gnathoribautia Brélemann. 


ee Distoectal angle of tibia of second maxille not thus prolonged. 
Taiyuna Chamberlin. 


14 propos d’un Systéme des Geophilomorphes,” in Arch. de Zool. Exp. et Gen., 1909, ser. 5, 
Sy a vaile 


Chilopoda , 17H 


dd Ventral pores present, these arranged in four areas. 
Nesidiphilus Chamberlin. 


ce No clypeal area present. (Distoectal angle of coxze of second maxilla prolonged.) 
d No ventral pores present; distoectal angle of tibia of second maxille prolonged 


and strongly chitinized. Brachygonarea Ribaut. 

dd Ventral pores present; distoectal angle of tibia of second maxille not thus 
prolonged. 

e Lappets present on first maxille. Polygonarea Attems. 

ee No lappets present on first maxille. Ribautia Brélemann. 


Cryophilus, n. gen. 


Frontal suture absent or very vaguely indicated. Prebasal plate not 
exposed, the cephalic overlapping the basal. Dorsal plates bisulcate. 

Antenne short, filiform. 

Clypeal area present, finely aerolated. 

Labrum free, tripartite. Median piece distinct and of good size but com- 
pletely overlapped and covered from below by the lateral pieces which are in 
contact at the median line. Lateral pieces fronged throughout with numerous, 
closely arranged, long spinescent processes. 

Outer branch of first maxillee distinctly biarticulate; bearing two mem- 
branous lappets of which the distal one is the larger in the genotype. Inner 
branch undivided, set off by a suture. Coxe completely coalesced. Coxe 
of second maxillee weakly united at middle by a less chitinous isthmus; pleuro- 
sternal sutures strongly developed; pore mesad of anterior part of suture, opening 
through mesal edge of sclerite; palpus triarticulate, terminating in a large 
simple claw, none of the joints with processes. 

Prehensors large, exposed at the sides and projecting well beyond the front 
margin of the head. Claw armed at base; femuroid also armed and the inter- 
mediate joints with weaker teeth. 

Prosternum without chitinous lines. Anterior margin unarmed. 

No ventral pores present. 

Spiracles circular. 

Last ventral plate of intermediate width, sides converging caudad, trapezi- 
form. Tergite of last pediferous segment very broad, moderately narrowed 
and rounded caudad. 

Coxopleure moderately inflated, not unusually elongate or exposed at 
sides of prescutum. Pores small and moderately numerous, mostly near edge 

of ventral plate. 
. Anal pores present, small. 

Anal legs clawless; consisting of six Joints beyond coxopleure. 

Genotype: C. alaskanus, n. sp. 

This genus is undoubtedly close to Arctogeophilus, established as a sub- 
genus in Geophilus by Attems,'! but now obviously distinct from the latter in 
generic and in subfamily or family standing. Attems’ figure of the maxille 
of the genotype of Arctogeophilus, A. glacialis’, shows the “palpi of the second 
pair as quadriarticulate, a condition in which, if correctly represented, the 
species is unique. Prof. Ribaut segregates the genus Gnathomerium from 
Arctogeophilus on the assumption of the correctness of this figure.? Aside 
from this character, with the doubt one can scarcely help feeling as to the exact- 
ness of Attems’ figure, Cryophilus differs in the presence of distinct clypeal 
area, which is definitely denied to Arctogeophilus by its author. Also, the 
figure mentioned represents the segmental pore as enclosed on the mesal side, 


1“* Die Myriopoden der Vega Exped.”, Arkiv fér Zoologi, 1909, 5, p. 23. 

aoc. cit.> pl. dt. 2. 

s“ Sur un Genre Nouveau de la Sous-tribu des Ribautiina,” Bull. Soc. d’Hist. nat. et de Sci. 
biol. de Toulouse, 1910, 43, pp. 105, 106. 


18H Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


whereas in Cryophilus it opens freely through the mesal margin of the sclerite, 
the caudomesal lobe not extending forward to its level. 


Cryophilus alaskanus, n. sp. 


Colour fulvous throughout, the head of dilute ferruginous cast. 

Body strongly narrowed caudad over posterior third, scarcely at all nar- 
rowed cephalad. _ 

Cephalic plate widest in front of middle, sides evenly convex; anterior 
margin wide, arcuate, being concave on each side and protruding slightly 
between the antenn; caudal margin truncate or very weakly convex. Longer 
than wide in ratio 22:17. Hairs very few and widely scattered, short. 

Antenne short, attenuated distad, 2-25 times longer than the cephalic 
plate. Last article of same length as the two preceding ones taken together. 

Basal plate overlapped in front by the cephalic, its exposed area being 
4 or 4-25 times wider than long. 

Claws of prehensors when closed attaining or a little exceeding the distal 
end of the first antennal article. Claw armed at base with an acute, conical, 
only slightly darkened tooth. Femuroid armed at distal end with a smaller 
distally rounded tooth. The intermediate joints with smaller nodules. 

Anterior margin of prosternum unarmed mesally slightly concave. Sides 
in front of rounded caudal cornes straight, slightly diverging cephalad. A 
little wider than long, the ratio being 9:8. Nearly 1-7 times longer than the 
height of femuroid on its ectal side. 

Paired sulci of tergites deep. On some plates a pair of weaker intermediate 
sulci may be present but on most such are absent. 

Presenta in anterior region short. Increasing in length to posterior end 
of middle region where they are moderately long, always less than half as long 
as the principal plate, the ratio not exceeding 1:2-5. Again decreasing in 
-audal region. 

Spiracles all circular, moderate or small, decreasing gradually caudad. 

Anterior ventral plates with a median longitudinal sulcus, the others 
without sulci. First seven plates with caudad margin angularly produced at 
middle, the process fitting into an excavation in the succeeding plate. 

No ventral pores detected. 

Legs of first pair very little smaller than the second ones. 

Last ventral plate trapeziform. Caudal and lateral margins straight. 
Plate with width across anterior end equal to the length. 

Pores of caxopleure small, about fourteen in number on each side; mostly 
near edge of ventral plate, a few isolated on side. 

Anal legs, exclusive of caxopleure, not or scarcely longer than the penult, 
moderately crassate in the male; clothed with few long hairs and on ventral 
surface in the male with more numerous, fine short ones; clawless. 

Pairs of legs, thirty-nine. 

Length, 18-20 mm. 

Locality : Nome, Alaska. Two specimens taken August, 1916. The 
field label states that the specimens were secured “ under logs on tundra,” and 
Me. Johansen, the collector, notes in his journal that the species occurred “‘ under 
loose stones, boards, etc., on tundra near town.”’ 

Aside from the differences indicated under the account of the genus, this 
species differs from A. glacialis, as described and figured in the original account, 
in various characters. Thus, the figure and text show the lappets of the first 
maxille of A. glacialis to be short, thick, and equal; in the present species they 
are much longer and proportionately more slender, that of the coxa being at 
the same time shorter and more slender than that of the succeeding joint, and 
the second lappet extending beyond the tip of the second joint of the branch, 
though falling much short of it in glacialis. The median region of the united 


/ 


Chilopoda 19H 


cox of the second maxille is narrower and apparently more membranous in 
alaskanus and the anterior margin presents a distinctly reentrant angle at the 
middle instead of being straight. The cephalic plate is broader anteriorly, 
the caudal angles more rounded, the anterior margin protruding forward between 
antenne instead of being excavated or reentrant, and the hairs are fewer and 
finer. The exposed area of the basal plate is proportionately longer. There 
is the likelihood that the specimens secured by the Vega at Port Clarence belong 
to the present species rather than to the true glacialis as fixed by description 
and figures. 


LITHOBIOMORPHA. 


ra 


Of this order one family is represented in the collection made by the Cana- 
dian Expedition. Another family is also known to occur in the Alaskan fauna, 
the Ethopolide, in which a new subspecies of Kihopolys from Sitka is deseribed 
below. It is very probable that members of the Henicopide will also be found 
in the region; for, though this family on the whole is particularly characteristic 
of the southern hemisphere, Lamyctes is not uncommon in north temperate 
latitudes and the Zygethobiine group is characteristically North American. 
This group embraces largely mountain-loving forms; and Zygethobius is already 
known to occur in the high mountains of British Columbia which should naturally 
carry its range into the present territory. 


LITHOBIID. 


In addition to the species separately listed below, another species has been 
recorded from Port Clarence, which is very close to the locality from which the 
specimens of E. stejnegeri were secured by the Expedition. This is Monotar- 
sobius tricalcaratus Attems. In the southern part of Alaska, namely from 
Forrester island, are also found Oabius wleorus Chamberlin and Paobius boreus 
Chamberlin. 


Ezembius Chamberlin. 


This genus was established for a group of subarctic species of which the one 
here listed is the genotype. The following Siberian species, among others, 
belong in the genus: Ostiacorum, princeps, sulcipes, and scrobiculatus Stuxberg. 


’ 


Ezembius stejnegeri (Bollman). 


1893. Lithobius steynegert Bollman, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., 46, p. 149 
Iithobius sulcipes Bollman, loc. cit., p. 199. 

1909. Monotarsobius arcticus Attems, Arkiv fér Zool., 5, No. 3, p. 19. 
Lithobius (Archilithobius) haaset Attems, loc. cit., p. 22. 

Of this species Mr. Johansen secured three females at Teller, Alaska, on 
July 31, 1913, his note stating that they were found ‘ under old sacks, tins, 
ete., on tundra behind town.” 

The species is widespread in this general region, and appears to abound 
particularly on Pribilof and other islands. After a study of considerable material, 
I am unable to detect more than one species and conclude that the sulcipes of 
Bollman, and certainly the Monotarsobius arcticus and Lithobius (Archilithobius) 
haasei of Attems, all described from Bering island, are one and the same as F. 
stejneger?, which in turn, may prove to be identical with sulcipes Stuxberg 
(1875), if not, indeed, with the much earlier L. sibiricus of Gerstfeldt (1858). 


‘ ETHOPOLID. 


Occasion is taken to describe here a new Alaskan form of Ethopolys. As 
this is regarded as a subspecies of a new-species occurring in Washington and 
Oregon, a description of the latter is also introduced. 


20H Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1915-18 
Ethopolys Chamberlin.! . 


This genus includes a group of North American species known at present 
only from the region west of the Rocky mountains where they are common and 
range from southern California, Nevada, and Utah northward into Alaska. 


Ethpolys integer, n. sp. 


Dorsum mostly dark brown with the caudal plates darker; major plates 
often darkened over the lateral and caudal borders; major plates of posterior 
half of body typically with a distinct longitudinal median black stripe, this 
becoming more indistinct on the anterior plates. Head, as also in part the first 
dorsal plate in some, reddish brown to chestnut; a blackish median longitudinal 
stripe extending from caudal margin to frontal suture. Antenne brown to light 
chestnut, paler distad. Venter light brown, the fourteenth and fifteenth 
sternites commonly of chestnut tinge. Prosternum and prehensors also of light 
chestnut tinge. Legs testaceous, the posterior pairs darker, brown to light 
chestnut. 

Body of same form in male and female. About eight times longer than 
width of tenth plate. Head and first dorsal plate of same width and narrower 
than the tenth plate. 

Head distinctly wider than long (86 : 79); widest a little caudad of lateral — 
breaks. A V-shaped impression on caudal half of plate. Entire surface sub- 
densely punctuate, the puncte distinct. 

Ocelli from twelve to nineteen in three or four series, ak by far most com- 
monly in four; é.¢., 1-:5,.6, 4, 3° I-F6,.5, 4.3; 1--5,. 5, 4, 2. 1-545 32: 
1+5, 4, 2; 1+6, 5, 3. Single ocellus much largest, ae separated by a 
space from the others. Seriate ocelli distinct, regular, decreasing moderately ~ 
ventrad and cephalad. 

Antenne reaching to from fifth to eighth segments, but mostly to the sixth — 
or seventh. Articles twenty to twenty-four, long and cylindric. Ultimate 
article long and slender, a little shorter than the two preceding taken together. 

Prosternum about 1-7 times wider than long. Chitinous lines well devel- 
oped excepting toward caudal ends. Finely densely punctuate. Spine inserted 
on ventral surface a little caudad of the anterior edge; moderately short, uni- 
formly attenuated to an acute point; much stouter than the ordinary bristles. 
Teeth conical; those adjacent to the diastema on each side largest. Most 
commonly three or four teeth ectad of diastema but also sometimes only two. 
Examples of dental formule are the following, the left side being represented 
first: 3—7+6—3, this being the commonest of number and arrangements; 
3—6+6-—3; 3—5+6-—8; 4—64+6—4; 2—6+6—3; 2—6+6-—2; 2—6+5-2. 

All dorsal plates distinetly and rather coarsely punctuate, and, especially 
the caudal ones, rather finely rugose and irregularly tuberculate toward lateral 
borders, the median portion remaining nearly smooth excepting on the fifteenth 
plate. 


0, 0, u Qo PO Oma 2.02 

5S s ‘st legs ee f 2 é 
pines of first legs 0,0, 2,3, 3 to 0,0, 2,3, 53 0 the second to tenth pairs, 

Ons neice 0, 0, 3, 2,2 £, O7:35-2% 2 

Oy: Duis nsiee Nese ] } Tn ; of the twelfth, ~——~—— 
0, 0, 2, 3 53 ol the Esty 0.0, 3,3, 2? of the tweltt 0,1, 3,3,2 or 

DO; 05.34 202 150; O22 OS Bsus iste 

% > ) ’ ) b] ie f b] ) , ; ; 

0,1,3, 3,2? of the thirteenth, 0.1.3.3, 2) of the penult, L 13,3, 2" with two 
1, 

accessory claws; of the anal, Lt 5 : claw single or with a very minute 
accessory claw. Last two fe or oceasionally only the last pair, of cox 


laterally armed. 


1Can. Entomologist, 1912, p. 13. 


Chilopoda 21H 


Claw of female gonopods long and well curved, entire, with no trace of lateral 
teeth. Basal spines 3+3; acuminate from near middle of length, apically rounded. 

Length, 20 to 30 mm. 

Localities: Washington state; Pullman and Wenatschee. Oregon: Corvallis. 

This species seems to replace E. sierravagus north of Oregon. It is very 
close in general appearance and structure to the latter species. 


Ethopolys integer alaskanus, n. subsp. 


‘Though in EF. integer proper the head and first dorsal plate are strongly and 
rather coarsely punctate, especially over the anterior portion of the head, 
these parts in the types of the Alaskan form as represented by the types are 
smooth and wholly without puncte or nearly so. 

Posterior angles of thirteenth dorsal plate weakly produced, those of the 
eleventh showing a more slight similar tendency. 

The claw of the female gonopods in the two typical females has a distinct 
tooth on the inner side toward the distal end but none on the outer, being thus 
bipartite instead of essentially entire as in ¢nteger or tripartite as in sverravagus. 

In the types from Forrester island a median dorsal black stripe is distinctly 
marked from the caudal end of the fourteenth plate cephalad to the frontal 
suture of the head. These specimens in whole or in part show a distinct reddish 
or chestnut cast. The specimens from Sitka (males presumably of this sub- 
species) lack the reddish tinge, the colour being a dull, nearly uniform, dusky 
olive brown. 

Dorsal spines of first legs in Sitka specimens 0, 0, 2, 2, 1. Dorsal spines of 
second legs in specimens from both localities may be 0, 0, 3, 2, 1 or 0, 0, 3, 2, 2. 

Length of maximum female, 23 mm. 

Localities : Alaska, Forrester island (Ronald and Prof. H. Heath); and 
Sitka. 


22H Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


Puate IV. 
Chilopoda collected by the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18. 


EXPLANATION OF PuaTE LV. 


Fig. 1. Cryophilus alaskanus Chamberlin, ventral view of caudal end. 

2. Cryophilus alaskanus Chamberlin, dorsal view of head and prehensors. 
3. Cryophilus alaskanus Chamberlin, ventral view of prehensors. 

4. Cryophilus alaskanus Chamberlin, maxille. 

5) 


5. Cryophilus alaskanus Chamberlin, clypeal area. 


REPORT 


OF THE 


CANADIAN ARCTIC EXPEDITION 
1913-18 


VOLUME III: INSECTS 


PART I: LEPIDOPTERA 


By ARTHUR GIBSON 


OTTAWA 


jJ. de LABROQUERIE TACHE 
PRINTER TO THE KING’S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY 


1920 
Issued 10th Jan. 1920. 


Report of the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 
1913-18. 


VOLUME III: INSECTS 


Part A: COLLEMBOLA. . By Justus W; Folsom... ......4s/sseeecece (Issued July 10, 1919). 
Part B: NEUROPTEROID INSECTS. By Nathan Banks........... (1. ssued July 11, 1919). 


Part C: DIPTERA. 

Crane-flies. By Charles P. Alexander. 

Mosquitoes. By Harrison G. Dyar. 

Diptera (excluding Tipulide and Culicide). By J. R. Malloch...... (Issued July 

14, 1919) 

Part D: MALLOPHAGA AND ANOPLURA. - 
Mallophaga. By A. W. Baker. 

Anoplura. By G. F. Ferris and G. H. F. Nuttall... .(Zsswed September 12, [919). 


Part E: COLEOPTERA. ! 
Forest Insects, including Ipide, Cerambycide, and Buprestide. By J. M. Swaine. 
Carabide and Silphide. By H. C. Fall. i 
Coccinellide, Elateride, Chrysomelids, and Rhynchophora (excluding Ipide). 
By C. W. Leng. 4 
Dystiseide: |: By J.D. Sherman, Jr .). 2 So saad tose (Issued December 12, 1919). 


Part F: HEMIPTERA. By Edward P, Van Duzeo/).(/55.4...) 00.5. (Issued July 11, 1919). 


Part G: HYMENOPTERA AND PLANT GALLS. 
Sawflies. (Tenthredinoidea). By Alex. D. MacGillivray. j 
Parasitic Hymenoptera. By Charles T. Brues. ae | 
Wasps and Bees. By F. W. L. Sladen. ] 
Plant Gals.) By BE. Porter Feltaqe: cio. eok payee (Issued November 3, 1919). 


Part H: SPIDERS, MITES, AND MYRIAPODS. { 
Spiders. By J. H. Emerton. . “4 
Mites. By Nathan Banks. 


Myriapods.: By Ralph V. Chamberlin... ...........0..62. (Issued July 14, 1919). 

Part I: LEPIDOPTERA. By Arthur Gibson.............. 0000 (Issued January 10, 1920). 
Part J: ORTHOPTERA. By E. M. Walker. i 
GENERAL OBSERVATIONS ON INSECT LIFE IN THE f 
ARCHC; By Hrits Johansen 20) ee ei deere Meals (In preparation). 


REPORT 


OF THE 


CANADIAN ARCTIC EXPEDITION 
1913-18 


VOLUME III: INSECTS 


PART I: LEPIDOPTERA 


By ARTHUR GIBSON 


OTTAWA 


J. de LABROQUERIE TACHE 
PRINTER TO THE KING’S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY 
1920 
Issued 10th Jan. 1920. 


a ah 


iy eee ee 


oe 
~ > wil 4 


Bends So ea 
Neds, sa aE aaah Raney a 


The Lepidoptera collected by the Canadian Arctic 
Expedition, 1913-18. 


(With notes on other species collected in Arctic America.) 


By ARTHUR GIBSON, 
Entomological Branch, Department of Agriculture, Ottawa. 


The collection of lepidoptera made by members of the Southern Party 
of the Canadian Arctic Expedition during the years 1913 to 1916, is composed 
largely of butterflies. The material was collected chiefly by Mr. Frits Johansen, 
although a number of specimens were taken by Mr. D. Jenness and Mr. J. J. 
O’Neill, cther members cf the expedition. The localities where the lepidoptera 
were collected are in some instances the same as those visited by Mr. David T. 
Hanbury, whose collections were reported upon by Elwes and Hampson'. A 
small number of specimens of the families Pyralide, Pterophoride, and Tortri- 
cidee were brought back, but these are in such poor condition that it is impossible 
to determine them. In addition to the collection made by the Southern Party, 
I have also examined a small collection brought back by the Northern Party 
made on Victoria island and Melville island. 

In the National Collection of Insects at Ottawa there are a number of 
species which were collected in Arctic regions by officials of the Geological 
Survey of Canada and which were not obtained by members of the Canadian 
Arctic Expedition. It has been thought advisable to include the records of 
such captures in this report. 

In the spring of 1917, I had an opportunity of studying portions of the 
Barnes’ collection of lepidopter ra, at Decatur, Ill., which is undoubtedly one 
of the most complete collections of North American lepidoptera in existence. 
On this occasion I compared some doubtful material with specimens in the 
collection. I received many favours while in Decatur, not only from Dr. Barnes 
himself but from Dr. J. MeDunnough. To both of these gentlemen I am much 
indebted. A few other specialists were consulted with regard to doubtful 
species and such assistance as was received is acknowledged in the text. 

In the following pages nine species are described as new, in addition to 
which two new varieties are recognized. The majority of these new species 
and new varieties were collected by members of the Canadian Arctic Expedition. 

The photographs from which Plates Ito III, inclusive, were made, were 
taken by Mr. A. E. Kellett, Artist Assistant, Entomologic al Branch, Department 
of Agriculture, Ottawa. 

The arrangement of the species follows Barnes and MeDunnough’s recently 
issued Check List of the Lepidoptera of Boreal America. 


FAMILY PAPILIONIDAE. 
Genus Papilio L. 
Papilio machaon aliaska Scudd. 


Papilio machaon var. aliaska Seudd.: Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XII, 407, 
1869. 

No specimens of this butterfly were met with by members of the Canadian 
Arctic Expedition. In the National Collection of Insects at Ottawa there are 
specimens from: Valley of Mayo river, Yukon Territory, July, 1904 (J. Keele); 
Gravel river, near Twitya river, Northwest Territories, June 28, 1908 (J. Keele); 
three miles below summit of Chilkoot pass, July 15, 1886 (Me Doug gall); between 
latitudes 67° 25’ and 66° 30’, long. 141°, June 12-27, 1912 (D. D. Cairnes). 

Mr. Keele reported that this butterfly was quite common along the shores 
of Mayo lake and valley of Mayo river, Yukon, during July and August, 1904. 


1 Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1903, part III (Oct.). 
65994—13 


Al Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


Papilio glaucus canadensis R. & J. 


Papilio glaucus canadensis R. & J.: Novitates Zoologice, XIII, 586, 1906. 


Two Yukon specimens of the form canadensis are in the Canadian National 
Collection, namely from: Klotassin river area, lat. 62° 31’ to 63° 06’; long. 137° 30’ 
to 139° 30’, summer, 1916 (D. D. Cairnes), and Frances river (lat. 60° 29’), July 
1, 1887 (Dawson and McEvoy). 


Genus Parnassius Latr. 


Parnassius smintheus Dbldy. and Hew. 


Parnassius smintheus Dbldy. & Hew.: Gen. Diur. Lep., pl. 4, 1847. 


Two specimens in the Canadian National collection from. the following 
northern localities: White river district, international boundary, Yukon Terri- 
tory, lat. 61° 55’, long. 141°, July 13, 1913 (D. D. Cairnes); White river, 
Yukon Territory, long. 141°, July 23, 1913 (D. D. Cairnes). 


FAMILY PIERIDAE. 


Genus Pieris Schrank. 
Pieris occidentalis Reak. 
Pieris occidentalis Reak.: Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil., VI, 133, 1866. 


One specimen from Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 30, 1915, 
female (F. Johansen). 

In addition to this specimen there is in the Canadian National collection 
at Ottawa, specimens from the following Arctic localities: Mackenzie river, 
opposite Gravel river, Northwest Territories, July 18, 1908 (J. Keele); Mt. 
Eduni, Gravel river, Northwest Territories, July 8, 1908 (J. Keele); Klutlan 
Glacier, elevation 7 500 feet, 141st meridian, international boundary, June 21, 
1913 (E. W. Nesham). 


Pieris napi L. 


Verity! has treated, at length, the various races and forms of this species. 
More recently, however, Barnes and McDunnough? have discussed the forms 
of napi which occur in the extreme north. 

No specimens of this species were collected by members of the Canadian 
Arctic Expedition but it is of interest to include here records of specimens in 
the Canadian National collection, which were collected by other explorers. 


Pieris napi arctica Verity. 


Pieris napi arctica Verity: Rhopalocera Palearctica, 334, 1911. 


In the Ottawa collection there are ten specimens which we have determined 
as this form, namely from the following localities: White river district, Yukon 
Territory, lat..62° 31’ to 63° 067; long. 137° 30’ to: 1397, 20"; summer 19t62 
males (D. D. Cairnes); valley of the Mayo river, Yukon Territory, July, 1904, 
1 male (J. Keele); Nansen creek, Placer Mining camp, Yukon Territory, July 
4-7, 1914, 3 males (D. D. Cairnes); near Bear creek, 120 miles from Whitehorse, 
on Kluane road, June 17, 1914, 1 male (D. D. Cairnes); between latitudes 67° 25’ 
and 66° 30’, long. 141°, June 15, 1912, 1 female (D. D. Cairnes); Pelly river, 
Yukon Territory, July 18, 1907, 1 female (J. Keele). In the Entomological 
Record for 1907* this latter specimen is recorded under the name hulda. 


1 Rhopalocera Palearctica, Vol. 
2 Cont. Nat. Hist. Lep. N.A., III, a 2, and IV, No. 2. 
3 Rep. Ent. Soc. Ont., 1907. 


Lepidoptera 51 


One of the specimens taken between latitudes 67° 25’ and 66° 30’, long. 
141° is shown on Plate III, fig. 3, together with the underside of a specimen 
from Nansen creek, Yukon Territory (fig. 4). Barnes and MeDunnough in 
their ‘‘Contributions,”’ vol. III, No. 2, Plate VI, figure a male and a female of 
arctica from Chatanika, Alaska. 


Pieris napi pseudobryoniz Verity. 


Pieris napi pseudobryonie Verity: Rhopalocera Palzarctica, 146, 1908. 


Specimens of this form in the Ottawa collection are from the following 
localities: Bartlett bay, off Glacier bay, Alaska, June 10, 1907, 2 males, 1 female 
(D. H. Nelles); Alaska, 1894, 2 females (Ogilvie). A male and a female from 
Bartlett bay are shown on Plate III, figs. 1 and 2 

In the Ottawa collection there is a specimen of napi taken at Dease lake, 
northern British Columbia, June 17, 1887 (G. M. Dawson). Fletcher! recorded 
this as venosa Scudd. This latter form was described from California. I have 
recently compared the specimen from Dease lake with Edwards’ figure of 
oleracea-hiemalis on Plate 2, Vol. 1, Papilio, and while the veins are more heavily 
lined, it otherwise is similar to the figure referred to. It is certainly different 
from specimens of venosa from California in the Canadian National collection. 
Long series of such northern forms are required before one can arrive at any 
satisfactory decision regarding their status. 


Genus Euchloe Hbn. 


Euchloe creusa Dbldy. 


Anthocharis creusa Dbldy.: Gen. Diur. Lep., pl. 7, 1847. 


Three specimens from northern localities are in the Canadian National 
collection, namely from Pelly river, Yukon Territory (W. Ogilvie), and between 
latitudes 67° 25’ and 66° 30’; June 12- 15, 1912 (D. D. Cairnes). 

The specimen from Pelly river was named, A. hyantis some years ago by 
the late Dr. Fletcher. This latter name, however, according to Barnes and 
McDunnough?, should evidently be used for the Californian race of creusa. 

In 1908, Mr. C. H. Young, of the Canadian Geological Survey, found the 
larve abundantly at Departure bay, British Columbia, feeding on tower mustard, 
Arabis glabra (lL.) Bernh. Unfortunately he did not make any larval notes, 
but brought to me on his return to Ottawa a number of the chrysalids, from one 
of which a butterfly had emerged and from another a tachinid parasite of the 
genus Hxorista?. The chrysalid is shown on Plate III, fig. 7 


Euchloe ausonides Bdv. 


Anthocharis ausonides Bdv.: Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (2), X, 286, 1852. 


Four northern specimens of this species are in the Canadian National 
collection taken at the following localities: Telegraph creek, Stikine river, 
northern British Columbia, May 27, 29, 1887 (G. M. Dawson); Cassiar trail, 
LO miles west of Dease lake, British Columbia, June 4, 1887 (G. M. Dawson); 
Pelly river, below Hoole river, Yukon Territory, July 5, 1907 (J. Keele). 

1 Ann. Rep. Geo. Surv. of Canada, 1887. 
2 Cont. Nat. Hist. Lep. N.A., III, 2, 60. 


3'The specimen which was much damaged was submitted to Mr. John D. Tothill, who reported 
that it belonged to the genus Ezorista and that it may be F#. vulgaris Fall. 


61 Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 
Genus Eurymus Swains. 
Eurymus meadi Edw. 


Colias meadi Kdw.: Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., III, 267, 1871. 


One specimen from Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest 
Territories, July 14, 1916, male (F. Johansen). 

This was the only specimen of this butterfly which was in the Arctic col- 
lection. It resembles very closely specimens from Colorado in the Canadian 
National collection. The glandular spot is well developed, and is distinctly 
tinged with red. 

The occurrence of this species at Bernard harbour is a most interesting 
record. It was captured with specimens of hecla glacialis, from which, of 
course, it was at once separated by the spot referred to. 


Eurymus hecla glacialis McLach. 


Colias hecla var. glacialis MeLach.: Jour. Linn. Soc., XIV, 108, 1878. 


Twenty-four specimens from the following localities: Collinson point, 
northern coast of Alaska, July 10, 1914, 4 males, 2 females (F. Johansen). 
Barter island, northern Alaska, July 4, 1914, July 17, 1914; July 19, 1914; 
July 21, 1914; 8 males, 3 females (D. Jenness); Herschel island, Yukon Terri- 
tory, end of July, 1916, 1 female (F. Johansen); Bernard harbour, Northwest 
Territories, July 14, 1916; August 1, 1915, August 4, 1915; August 17, 1915, 
August 25, 1915; 3 males, 3 females (F. Johansen). 

One of the specimens from Collinson point represents the form pallida of 
Skinner and Mengel. The specimens collected on Barter island were captured 
while resting on the tundra. Mr. Jennessin a note which accompanied the speci- 
mens states: ‘‘ This butterfly flies with considerable speed in a comparatively 
straight line for some distance.’? On Barter island the specimens were all 
with one exception taken during sunshine, the temperature records noted by 
Mr. Jenness varying from 44° to 56°F. The exception, a male specimen, was 
taken on a cloudy day, the temperature at the time being 38°F. 

In the males the colour of the upper side of the wings is nearest to orange 
excepting along the costa and along the inner angle of the secondaries where 
the scales are greenish-yellow and black intermixed. The black marginal band 
is wide and in most examples is conspicuously crossed on all wings with yellowish- 
green veins. The discal spot on the primaries is black, conspicuous, and varies 
in shape from an almost straight short dash to an enlarged almost rounded spot. 
The centre of the latter spot is in some specimens filled in with white, in others 
with red. The underside of the males is fairly constant, the secondaries being 
greenish-yellow dusted with black. The black dusting is not so heavy along 
the margins and the marginal area therefore is paler in colour and shows up 
as a faint marginal band. The discal spot is white, heavily bordered, par- 
ticularly outwardly with red and frequently prolonged to a point. In some 
specimens a very small additional spot is present. The primaries beneath are 
of a similar colour excepting the discal area which is flushed with pale orange. 
In some examples there is a submarginal row of black spots, in others a single 
black submarginal spot near the inner angle. The discal spot on the underside 
of the primaries is conspicuous, and is centred with white or pale orange. The 
males in expanse of wings vary from 38 to 45 mm. 

The females are similar in appearance and resemble very much the figures 
labelled hecla on plate 27 g, vol. v of Seitz’s Macrolepidoptera of the World, 
excepting that the marginal band on all wings is decidedly wider. One female 
from Bernard harbour has the wide band on the primaries with only traces in 
two instances of the yellowish-green submarginal spots. The secondaries in 


Lepidoptera (part 


this specimen are also darker than in the other examples and the yellowish-green 
submarginal spots are only faintly represented by a few scales of that colour. 
This specimen in the width of the band approaches meadi Edw. The females 
vary in size from 42 to 51 mm. 

Specimens of both sexes have also been compared with Verity’s figures of 
hecla. One or two, possibly more, of our females may be the same as his 
chrysothemoides. 

Seven specimens, males, of the same species were brought back by the 
Northern Party of the Canadian Arctic Expedition. These were collected at 
Armstrong point, Victoria island, Northwest Territories, July 1-10, 1916 
(J. Hadley). . 

In addition to the above specimens there are 21 other examples in the 
Canadian National collection taken as follows: 

Klutlan glacier, international boundary, June 21, elevation 7,500 feet, 1 
male (EK. W. Nesham); Alaska, lat. 59° 30’, 141st meridian—lat. 69° 40’, 141st 
meridian, June-July, 1912, 2 males, 1 female (J. M. Jessup). This latter is a 
white female, and is apparently pallida 8. and M. 

Lansing river, Yukon Territory, June 24, 1905, 1 male (J. Keele). This 
specimen was recorded as Hurymus bootht in the Entomological Record for 1905!. 

Ladue river, Yukon Territory, July 4, 1905, 1 male (J. Keele). Previously 
recorded with specimen from Lansing river as FE. boothi. 

Mayo valley, Yukon Territory, 1904 (J. Keele). In the Entomological 
Record for 1904? Fletcher recorded this specimen as E. boothi, stating that it 
corresponded exactly with Elwes’ fig. 5°. Unfortunately this specimen is in very 
poor condition. I have compared it with Elwes’ figure referred to, and would 
determine it as hecla glacialis not boothz. 

Kluane road, 135 miles from Whitehorse, Yukon Territory, June 21, 1914, 
1 male, 1 female (D. D. Cairnes). 

Near mouth of Nansen creek, head cf Nisling river, Yukon Territory, July 
4, 1914, 2 males, 1 female (D. D. Cairnes); White river district, Yukon 
Territory, lat.’61° 55’, long. 141°, July 16, 1918, 1 male (D. D. Cairnes); 
Tatcnduk river, international boundary, lat. 65° 02’, August 3, 1912, 1 male 
(D. D. Cairnes); Tinder creek, Yukon Territory, July 25, 1912, 1 female (D. D. 
Cairnes); west branch of the Thelon river, Northwest Territories, July 6, 1900, 
1 male (J. Tyrrell); Sore-head river, east coast of Hudson bay, August 15, 
1898, 3 males, 2 females (A. P. Low). 


Eurymus boothi Curtis. 
Colias boothit Curtis: Ross’ Nar. Second Voyage N.-W. Pass., App., 65, 1835. 


Six specimens, all males, from the following localities: Bernard harbour, 
Northwest Territories, July 14, 1916, 5 specimens (F. Johansen); Port Epworth, 
Coronation gulf, July 15, 1915, one specimen (J. J. O’ Neill). 

I have compared these six specimens with the original figures and description 
of boothi and cannot associate them with any other species. The specimens have 
also been compared with Elwes’ figures* of specimens collected at Port Epworth, 
Barren Grounds and Gray’s bay. In the collection of the National Museum at 
Ottawa are three specimens taken in the Yukon in 1904 and 1905 which were 
recorded in the Entomological Record’ for 1904 and 1905. I have studied these 
specimens and am satisfied that they are not booth7 but similar to other specimens 
which we have determined as hecla glacialis MeLach. 


1 Rept. Ent. Soc. Ont., 1905, 96. 

2 Rept. Ent. Soc. Ont., 1904, 61. 

3 Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond., 1903, pl. IX. 

* Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1903, pl. LX. 

° Reports Ent. Soc. Ont. for years 1904 and 1905. 


81 Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


The pale orange-coloured scales on the primaries of the above specimens of 
boothi are in general similar in shade to Elwes’ figures, 1, 4 and 5, already referred to 
and in Ridgway’s Color Standards and Nomenclature (1912) come nearest to light 
orange-yellow or deep chrome, whereas in all of the specimens which we have de- 
termined as hecla glacialis, the colour of the wings is not yellow but in most ex- 
amples is nearest to orange as figured by Ridgway in the work referred to. In these 
latter specimens too (41 examined) there is an absence of the greenish-yellow scales 
which in the specimens of booth: are present along the marginal band and also 
for the most part over the entire secondaries. In the three specimens referred to 
above, recorded erreneously as boothz the colour of the secondaries is similar to 
the colour of the primaries, as is the case in the series of specimens of glacialis 
examined. The discal spot on the secondaries in the latter butterfly is also much 
larger and redder in colour than in the specimens of boothit. The colour of the 
figures of boothi in Ross’ Second Voyage referred to above is very close to bright 
chalcedony yellow (Ridgway, 1912). Verity! figures a coloured male (type) of 
boothi, plate XLIII, 37. Two of our specimens resemble this figure very closely. 


Examining the six specimens more closely the following differences are 
apparent :— 


Three of the specimens from Bernard harbour, have the marginal band well 
defined. The band on the primaries in these specimens varies in width at vein 
3 from about 1 mm. to about 2mm. On the secondaries there is the same varia- 
tion in width. The marginal band on the latter wings in two of the examples 
ends abruptly at about midway between veins 2 and 3. In the other of these 
three specimens the band on the secondaries is only clearly defined to vein 4. 
The other three males have, also, narrow marginal bands but these are not so 
well defined and are preceded on the primaries by yellowish-green spot-like areas 
which give them a female-like appearance. In none of the specimens are the 
veins in the marginal band brightly coloured as in hecla glacialis, all are con- 
colorous with the band itself, but there are, however, in the marginal band on 
the primaries a series of transverse, short, greenish-yellow dashes midway 
between the veins. One specimen in fairly good condition has only a slight 
tinge of yellow in the discal area, all the wings in general being of-a greenish- 
yellow colour. The discal spot on the primaries varies in size; in two examples 
it is rounded, in the others more like a short dash. 


The underside of the secondaries is of a dull yellowish-green, the submarginal 
area being paler and showing up as a band. In the better preserved specimens 
there is a distinct pale yellowish-green streak near the centre. The discal spot 
on the hind wings is rounded, white in colour, bordered with rosy-red which 
colour in two examples runs outwardly to a point. In the basal area near the 
body there is also a conspicuous rosy-red dash similar to that which occurs on 
hecla glacialis. The primaries underneath are in general similar, the yellowish 
flush in the discal area varying in intensity. In one specimen nearly the whole 
underside of the primaries is yellowish. In this latter specimen there is a 
conspicuous row of black submarginal spots. The discal spot is conspicuous, 
whitish in the centre and margined with black. 


The specimens vary in expanse of wings*from 36 mm. to 43 mm. Two 
examples, both from Bernard harbour are shown on Plate IV, figs. 1 and 2. 


In the Entomological Record for 1910?, I recorded a specimen of C. boothi 
from Dawson, Yukon Territory, 1908 (A. Day). This record should undoubtedly 
refer to hecla glacialis. 


1 Rhopalocera Palarctica. 
2 Rep. Ent. Soc. Ont., 1910. 


Lepidoptera 91 
Eurymus eurytheme kootenai Cockle. 


Colias kootenat Cockle: Can. Ent. XLII, 2038, 1910. 


Barnes and MecDunnough! have recently separated the forms which they 
considered should be arranged under eurytheme. Regarding kootenaz which they 
refer to as being evidently the spring form of British Columbia, it is of interest 
to include here the following records: Pelly river, at mouth of Campbell creek, 
Yukon Territory, male, July 8, 1907 (J. Keele); Pelly river, near Hoole river, 
Yukon Territory, male, July 5, 1907 (J. Keele); Klotassin river area, Yukon 
Territory, 62° 31’ to 63° 06’; long. 137° 30’ to 139° 30’, summer, 1916, male and 
female (D. D. Cairnes). 

The above authors, in the publication referred to figure two males and one 
female, one of the former being of a specimen from Atlin, B.C., which is adjacent 
to the Alaskan border. 


Eurymus christina Edw. 


Colias christina EKdw.: Proc. Ent. Soe. Phil., I, 79, 1863. 


Mr. Jos. Keele, of the Department of Mines, Ottawa, has on several occasions 
collected interesting specimens of lepidoptera in northern regions. In 1908 he 
met with this species on the Mackenzie river opposite Gravel river, Northwest 
Territories, July 17, 18, 1908, 6 males, 5 females. A single female was also 
collected by Dr. D. D. Cairnes on the west side of Lake Kluane, near Jacquot’s 
road house, Yukon Territory, Aug. 2, 1914. These specimens are similar to 
others taken in more southern regions in the provinces of Alberta and Saskatche- 
wan. One of the specimens is apparently the form gigantea Stkr. The species 
was described from material collected ‘‘ at the portage of Slave river.” 

In 1888, Mr. F. Bell collected a coliid at Fort Simpson, Northwest Terri- 
tories, and this was determined by W. H. Edwards as occidentalis, and recorded 
as such by Fletcher?. Barnes and MeDunnough? state that possibly the Fort 
Simpson specimens mentioned by Scudder in his description of occidentalis really 
belonged to a yellow form of christina, and for this reason they would restrict 
the name occidentalis to the Vancouver island form which, while close, they 
mention can at once be distinguished by the much greater suffusion of black at 
the base’of both wings on the upper side, approaching in this respect chrysomelas 
Hy. Edw. 

- The specimen collected by Mr. Bell and named occidentalis for Fletcher by 
Edwards certainly lacks the suffusion of black at the base of both wings on the 
upper side and is thus similar to christina as we know the latter. 


Eurymus pelidne Bdv. 
Colias pelidne Bdv.: Icones, pl. VIII, 1832. 


In the Canadian National collection there are twelve specimens which we 
have determined as this species. These specimens were taken as follows: 
Limestone harbour, opposite northern part of Big island, Hudson strait, July 
24, 1897, male (R. Bell); head of Kaliktookduog inlet, north side of Hudson 
strait, July 26, 1897, male (R. Bell); Sore-head river, east coast of Hudson bay, 
August 15, 1898, male (A. P. Low); Hannah bay, Hudson bay, female; Koong- 
neow inlet, Hudson strait, July 29, 1897, female (R. Bell); Labrador, July 9, 27, 
5 males (A. P. Low); Little Charlton island, James bay, July 14, 1884, male 
(J. M. Macoun). . 

1 Cont. Nat. Hist. Lep. N.A., III, 2, 64. 


2 An. Rep. Geo. Surv. Can., 1887. 
3 Cont. Nat. Hist. Lep. N.A., III, 2, 68. 


101 Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


The specimen from Hannah bay was identified by W. H. Edwards as 
pelidne and that from Koong-neow inlet bears the same name in Fletcher’s hand- 
writing. Two of the specimens from Labrador were examined by Dr. H. 
Skinner. Dr. McDunnough has very kindly sent to me specimens of pelidne 
from Hopedale, Labrador. The specimens from Hudson bay and Labrador we 
presume are labradorensis Scud. 


Comparing these specimens with the series determined as chippewa referred 
to below the following differences are apparent. In both sexes of pelidne the 
marginal bands are narrower, especially on the secondaries, and the discal spot 
on the underside of the secondaries is distinctly margined with red mostly of a 
purplish shade. Barnes and MecDunnough! refer to the discal spot of the 
forewing of labradorensis as being entirely absent or only faintly outlined by 
a few scattering dark scales and figure a male specimen from Hopedale, Labra- 
dor. In our specimens the discal spot is present but faint. Verity® figures a 
female from Labrador. The butterfly is also figured by Holland?*. 


Eurymus palaeno chippewa Edw. 


Colias helena Edw.: Butt. of N.A., Vol. I, Colias 1; 
Colias chippewa Edw.: Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. 2, 80, 1863 (helena preoccupied). 


One specimen, a female, taken at Nome, Alaska, August 24-25, 1916 
(F. Johansen). ; 


In the Canadian National collection at Ottawa there are fifteen other 
specimens which we have determined as chippewa. They bear labels as follows: 
Pelly river, Yukon Territory, 15 miles above Woodside river, July 14, 1907, 
3 specimens, males (J. Keele); Stewart river, above Nadaleen river, Yukon Terri- 
tory, July 18, 1905, 2 males (J. Keele); Nansen creek, Placer Mining Camp, Yukon 
Territory, July th 1914, 1 male, 2 females (D. D. Cairnes); Harrington creek, 
Yukon Territory, lat. Oo 05: long. 141°, July 30, 1912, male (D. D. Cairnes) ; 
Ladue river, Yukon Territory, July 4, 1905, male ae Keele); Champagne 
Landing, 50 miles from Whitehorse, by Kluane road, Yukon Territory, June 
8, 1914, female (D. D. Cairnes); Siwash creek, international boundary, lat. 65° 
57’, June 30, 2 males (D. D. Cairnes). Mt. Eduni, Gravel river, Northwest 
Territories, 6,000 feet, July 8, 1908, male (J. Keele); west branch of the Thelon 
river, Northwest Territories, July 5, 1900, male (J. Tyrrell). 

The males are fairly constant in markings, and in general are in good 
condition. The colour of the upper surface of all wings is chalcedony yellow’, 
the lower wings being not so bright resulting from the dark scales of the underside 
showing through. The marginal blackish bands are noticeably wide. Under- 
neath the colour varies in the specimens from pale yellow to a decidedly greenish- 
yellow, the secondaries overlaid with blackish scales as is also the costal arez 
In all the specimens the discal spot on the secondaries, beneath, is white, faintly 
margined with yellow. The four females are also similar in appearance, being 
whitish with broad marginal band on primaries particularly at apex. Edwards’ 
figures® resemble closely specimens in our series as do also those of Verity’. 

1 Cont. Nat. Hist. Lep. N.A., III, 2, pl. VII, & 


2 Dr. McDunnough has since informed me that the character is not always constant. In the Barnes 
collection specimens have recently been added which show the discal spot. 


3 Rhepalocera Palearctica, pl. XL, 20. 

4 The Butterfly Book, pl. XX XV, 14; XX XVI, 15, 16. 
®» Ridgway’s Color Standards and Nomenclature, 1912. 
6 Butt. of N.A., Vol. 1, Colias 1, figs. 5, 6, 7. 

7 Rhopalocera Palsearctica, pl. VIII, 43, 44, 45. 


Lepidoptera WS 
Eurymus nastes Bdv. 


Colias nastes Bdv.: Icones, p. 245, pl. 8, 1832. 


Thirty-eight specimens from the following localities: Barter island, northern 
Alaska, July 17, 1914, 1 female (D. Jenness); Collinson point, Alaska, July 10, 
17, 1914, 2 females (F. Johansen); Cockburn point, Dolphin and Union strait, 
Northwest Territories, September 2, 1914, 1 male, 1 female (F. Johansen). 
Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, 13 males, 20 females, July 30, 1915, 
August 1, 4, 6, 11, 14, 17, 25, 1915, July 14, 1916 (F. Johansen). 

This excellent series has enabled us to form a good idea of the range of 
variation which may occur within the species. The wing expanse of the males 
varies from 35 mm. to 38 mm. and the females from 34 mm. to 43 mm. In 
the males the underside both in colour and markings is fairly constant but the 
upperside shows more variation. The secondaries are mostly of a pale fluorite 
green! more or less dusted with black. The primaries in most specimens are 
darker than the secondaries, the whole wings in some examples being heavily 
dusted with black. In the females there is more colour variation on the under- 
sides, some specimens being greenish-yellow others darker green and others 
again dark green with a pinkish tinge. In most of the specimens the marginal 
band of yellow is conspicuous. 

Verity” has figured a male and a female (types) of the variety rossi7 Guenée 
brought back by Captain Ross. None of our males can with certainty be 
definitely associated with the figure of the male type but one or two of the females 
match fairly well the figure of the female type. The figures on plate 27 d. of 
Seitz’s Macrolepidoptera of the World are more like our specimens. 

A single example (female) was brought back by the Northern Party of the 
Canadian Arctic Expedition. This was collected at Armstrong point, Victoria 
island, Northwest Territories, early July, 1916 (J. Hadley). 

In addition to the above specimens there are in the Canadian National 
collection three females from Sore-head river, east coast of Hudson bay, August 
15, 1898 (A. P. Low), and one male specimen from Labrador (collector and 
exact locality unknown). 


FAMILY SATYRIDAE. 


Genus Coenonympha Hbn. 


Coenonympha kodiak yukonensis Holland. 


Coenonympha kodiak var. yukonensis Holland: Ent. News, XI, 386, 1900. 


In 1905, Mr. Joseph Keele, of the Department of Mines, Ottawa, collected 
five specimens of this butterfly as follows: Lansing river, Yukon Territory, June 
24,3 males, | female; Ladue river, Yukon Territory, July 4, female. 

These specimens are in the National collection at Ottawa. This butterfly 
was not collected by any members of the Canadian Arctic Expedition. 


Genus Oeneis Hbn. 
Oeneis chryxus Dbldy. and Hew. 


Oeneis chryxus Dbldy. and Hew.: Gen. Diurn. Lep., II, 383, 1851. 


In the Canadian National collection are two specimens of this species 
taken by Mr. J. Keele, on the Pelly river, at Hoole canyon, Yukon Territory, 
July 3, 1907, both males. One of the specimens, although rubbed, resembles 
a specimen of the variety calazs Scud. in the Ottawa National collection from 
Go Home bay, Ontario. 


1 Ridgway’s Color Standards and Nomenclature, 1912. 
2 Rhopalocera Palzarctica. 


/ 


121 Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 
: Oeneis jutta Hbn. 
Oeneis gutta Hbn.: Eur. Schmett, f. 614, 1800. 


In the Canadian National collection are specimens from the following Yukon 
localities: North Fork Stewart river, Yukon Territory, June 22, 1905, 1 male 
(J. Keele); Klotassin river area, Yukon Territory, lat. 62° 31’ to 63° 06’; long. 
137° 30’ to 139° 60’, summer 1916, 1 male (D. D. Cairnes); Ladue river, Yukon 
Territory, July 4, 1905, 1 male, 2 females (J. Keele); Lansing river, Yukon 
Territory, June 24, 1915, 1 female (J. Keele). 


In all of these specimens excepting the male, taken on the Ladue river, the 
median band on the underside of the secondaries is present. In the exception 
the band is not definitely marked and in general may be referred to the var. 
alaskensis Holl. ‘The specimens on the whole are smaller than jutta which occurs 
commonly at the Mer Bleue, Carlsbad Springs, Ont., a favourite collecting 
ground near Ottawa. 


Oeneis taygete Hbn. 
Oeneis taygete Hbn.: Samml. Ex. Schmett, 1816-24. 


One specimen, a male, as follows: Bay southwest of cape Krusenstern, 
Northwest Territories, July 3, 1916 (D. Jenness). 

In the Canadian National collection at Ottawa there are nine other 
specimens bearing locality records as follows: Kluane road, 96 miles from 
Whitehorse, near Marshall creek, Yukon Territory, June 15, 1914, 1 male 
(D. D. Cairnes); Sit Down creek, lat. 65° 40’,long. 141°, July 9, 1912, 1 female 
(D:D. Cairnes); Nation river, lat, 65°° 31" -(1700-2500 ft.),: July 17, 1912) 4 
female (D. D. Cairnes); Siwash creek, Yukon Territory, lat. 65° 57’, long. 
141°, June 30, 1912, 1 female (D. D. Cairnes); one other specimen evidently 
from the Yukon Territory, but without definite data; Labrador, male; King 
George sound, south side Hudson strait, July 16, 1897, 2 males, 1 female 
(R. Bell). 


In the males the median band on the underside of the secondaries is very 
distinct, in the females less so. The whitish spots near the margin on the hind 
wings beneath, are conspicuous on most of the Yukon specimens and equally so 
on the Labrador specimen. 


Holland has given a rather good figure of the species in his Butterfly Book 
pl. XX VII, 6, the specimen illustrated being from Nain, Labrador. In none of 
our specimens is the pale yellowish submarginal band on the upperside so marked 
as indicated in Seitz’s figure 50g, vol. v—The Macrolepidoptera of the American 
Faunistic Region. The submarginal area of the specimens listed above is, in both 
sexes, similar in colour to the general colour of the primaries. In some of the 
examples the yellowish spots on the upperside of the secondaries near the margin 
are very conspicuous. The general colour of the upper surface of the Labrador 
example is of a golden-brown shade, while that of the Bernard harbour specimen 
and other males, is of a darker shade of brown. The median band on the 
underside of the secondaries while conspicuous in all the specimens indicates 
considerable variation not only in width but also in shape. The number of 
white scales on both sides of the median band also varies. In all the specimens 
the veins are white-lined. 


The genitalia of the specimen taken on the Kluane road, 96 miles from 
Whitehorse, Yukon Territory, are shown on Plate 1, fig. 1. 


Lepidoptera 131 
Oeneis semidea Say. 


Hipparchia semidea Say: Am. Ent., III, pl. 50, 1828. 


In the Canadian National collection there are thirteen specimens of Oeneis 
from the Yukon Territory which I have compared with semzdea from New 
Hampshire, and from which they do not differ in characters which seem to me 
to be important. The genitalia, also, are very close to those of specimens from 
Mount Washington, New Hampshire, as will be seen by comparing the figures 
on Plate I, figs. 2 and 3. The underside of these specimens is in general very 
similar to Edwards’ figure 2'. The females are large, expanding 51-53 mm. 
The males, excepting one specimen, expand 44-47 mm. the exception having a 
wing expanse of 53 mm. 

These specimens are from the following localities: Mountain 6,500 feet 
above Wolf canyon, Pelly river, Yukon Territory, July 17, 1907, 2 males (J. 
Keele); Pelly river at Hoole canyon, Yukon Territory, July 30, 1907, male 
(J. Keele); Stewart river, Yukon Territory, 4,000 feet above valley, July 18, 
1905, male (J. Keele); Mountain top, above Nadaleen river, Yukon Territory, 
July 10, 1905, male (J. Keele); Mountain near Upper Pelly river, Yukon Terri- 
tory, July 13, 1907, female (J. Keele); Orange creek, Yukon Territory, lat. 66° 
10’, international boundary, June 27, 1912, 2 females (D. D. Cairnes); Eduni 
mountain, 4,500-6,000 feet, Gravel river, Northwest Territories, July 5, 8, 1908, 
1 male, 3 females (J. Keele); Gravel river, mountain below Natla river, North- 
west Territories, July 2, 1908, female (J. Keele). 

The underside of two males, one from Pelly river, Yukon Territory, the other 
from Gravel river, Northwest Territories, together with a female from Orange 
creek, Yukon Territory, are shown on Plate IJ, figs, 1, 2 and 3. 


Oeneis semidea var. arctica, new variety 


Differs from semidea from New Hampshire in the general colour of both the 
upperside and the underside of the wings. The upper side of the wings is pale 
brown, almost drab’, the dark scales of the underside showing through particu- 
larly on the secondaries. The underside is of a dull grey-brown, the maculation 
dark brown and not nearly so contrasting with the ground colour as in semidea, 
the mottlings being much more diffused and there being an absence of the con- 
spicuous whitish areas present in the latter on the underside of the secondaries, 
The basal area to anal angle is noticeably darkest, inclining to blackish. Fringes 
whitish, weakly checkered with brown. 

Alar expanse, 41 mm. 

Type, a male, in the Canadian National collection from Bernard harbour, 
Northwest Territories, July, 1916 (F. Johansen). (Pl. IV, fig. 4.) Four male 
paratypes from the same locality and bearing the same ‘data are in general 
similar, with wing expanse of 37-38 mm. In addition to the five males there 
are four females which we are placing tentatively with this new variety. Three 
of these are from Wollaston Land, Victoria island, 1915 (D. Jenness); the fourth 
is from Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July, 1915 (F. Johansen). In 
these females there is an absence of the black suffusion of the basal area. They 
have a wing expanse of 41-42 mm. The underside of one of the male paratypes 
is shown on PI. II, fig. 4 

The claspers of semzdea aretica are shown on PI. I, fig. 4 beside those of 
semidea from New Hampshire. It will be seen that they are very close to those 
of the latter. The general colour of the arctic specimens as well as the nature 
of the maculation on the underside of the secondaries, and their smaller wing 
expanse seem to warrant the naming of this variety or race. 


1Butt. of N.A., Chionobas, IX, f. 2. 
2Ridgway’s Gelon Standards and Nomenclature, 1912. 


141 Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 
Oeneis simulans, n. sp. 


Palpi black, upper fringe mostly white. Antenne brown, with conspicuous 
white scales on inner side, knob orange-brown. Body blackish. The upperside 
of the wings are immaculate, pale brown in colour, almost drab!, the maculation 
of the underside showing through particularly on the secondaries. Sex mark 
faintly indicated. Costa whitish, mottled with black. Underside: primaries 
dull grey-brown, costa and apex whitish with black mottlings; secondaries pale 
grey-brown inclining to whitish, particularly on outer half, and mottled and 
streaked with dark brown, blackish at base and along inner angle. Median band 
rather indistinct but noticeably defined by blackish shading both on its inner 
and outer margin. Maculation in general similar to semzdea but not so contrast- 
ing as in this latter species and without the conspicuous whitish areas. Fringes 
whitish, checkered with pale brown. 

Alar expanse, 43 mm. 

Type, a male, from Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July, 1915 
(F. Johansen). Two paratypes from the same locality and bearing the same data. 
In two of these latter the maculation on the underside of the secondaries is more 
diffused than in the type, the median band being defined on the outer margin 
only, the area between this and the base being almost wholly suffused with 
blackish-brown. A third specimen, which I also associate with the above, 
differs from the type on the underside of the secondaries in having the median 
band more heavily suffused with dark brown and more sharply defined with 
whitish scales on both its inner and outer margin. The outer margin is distinctly 
angled and in this respect differs from the type. These specimens have a wing 
expanse of 37-40 mm. The underside of the type specimen is shown on Plate 
II, fig. 5. All the types are in the Canadian National collection. 

With the above males are two females from the same locality which are 
being placed tentatively with this species. The underside of both of these 
specimens is much darker than that of the males being more heavily mottled 
and streaked with dark brown. In one of the females there is hardly. any 
indication of a median band but in the other female the band is noticeably 
present being rather heavily bordered on the outer margin with blackish-brown. 

The above specimens of O. semulans were collected at the same locality as 
were the specimens of O. semidea arctica, from which on superficial characters 
they cannot be separated. The genitalia, however, are quite distinct from any 
of those figured by Elwes and Edwards? or Barnes and sel anes , as will be 
seen by comparing these with our figure on Pl. 1, fig. 5 


Oeneis peartize Edw. 


Chionobas peartie Edw.: Butterflies of North America, III, pl. 14, 1897. 


Five specimens as follows: Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July, 
1916, three males, 1 female (F. Johansen) ; Chantry island, near Bernard harbour, 
Northwest Territories, August 7, 1915, 1 male (F. Johansen). 

These specimens resemble fairly closely, Edwards’ figs. 5, 6, 7, and 8, plate 
XIV, in his Butterflies of North America, Third Series, part X VII, 1897. In the 
female there is a faint yellowish spot between viens 5 and 6 on each primary 
towards the apex. This spot is also present on the underside. This specimen 
is shown on Plate IV, fig. 5. The underside of the same specimen is illustrated 
on Pl. I, fig. 6 

The male genitalia are shown on PI. I, fig 

1 Ridgway’s Color Standards and Nomenclature, 1912. 
2 Trans. Ent. Soc. Lon., Dec. 18938. 
3 Cont. Nat. Hist. Lep. N.A., IV, 2, 1918. 


Lepidoptera LHF 
Oeneis cairnesi, n. sp. 


Upperside ochraceous-buff' lightly washed with brown, noticeably so 
along veins and outer margin, the markings of the underside showing through 
particularly on the secondaries; costa whitish, mottled with black. 

Underside: primaries, centrally similarly coloured to upper side but rather 
more brownish; costa, apex and outer margin to near inner angle, whitish with 
dark brown mottlings. In the limbal area between veins 5 and 6 there is a 
distinct dark brown ocellus with white pupil. Secondaries whitish with brown 
mottlings, the median band mostly dark brown and well defined, paler in the 
centre. Area on either side of the median band almost wholly whitish. About 
midway between the median band and the outer margin there are four round, 
white spots, the two central ones being much smaller than the two outer ones, 
which latter are about half the size of the ocellus on the underside of each 
primary. The four spots are margined with brown, the outer ones distinctly so. 

Fringes whitish, checkered with brown. Clothing of palpi black and 
grayish intermixed. Antennze brown with white scales, knob orange-brown. 
Body blackish. Genitalia shown on Plate 1, fig. 6 

Alar expanse 42 mm. 

Type, a male, from the White river district, Yukon Territory, lat. 61° 55’, 
long. 141°, July 16, 19138 (D. D. Cairnes); in the Canadian National collection. 
Named in Ticicde Gi the late Dr. Cairnes who collected many interesting species 
when on northern explorations for the Canadian Geological Survey. 


Paratypes, one male and two females (expanse 44 mm.) from the same 
locality. "The females are slightly paler in colour than the males and the median 
band on the underside of the secondaries is not so well defined as in the type. 

Before deseribing the above, I submitted a specimen to Dr. Dyar with a 
request that he compare it with his species O. nahanni. This he very kindly 
did reporting that it differed chiefly from his species in being too light in colour, 
in having no ocelli on hind wings above and the markings on these latter 
wings being more of an open character. 

The upperside of the type of O. cairnesi is shown on PI. 1V, fig. 6, the under- 
side of the same specimen on PI. II, fig. 7. The underside of one of the female 

“paratypes is shown on the latter Plate at fig. 8. 


Oeneis brucei var. yukonensis, new variety. 


Differs from O. brucei from Colorado in being smaller in wing expanse, 
in having a conspicuous submarginal row of yellowish spots on the upper side 
of both primaries and secondaries, in the costa being almost concolorous with 
wings not white or whitish as in the typical form, and in the median band on 
the underside of the secondaries being narrower. On either side of the median 
band the whitish areas are wider and thus more conspicuous, and there is in 
addition a distinct submarginal blackish line on the underside of the secondaries. 

Alar expanse, 41 mm. 

Type, a male, from Klutlan glacier, Yukon Territory, elevation 8,200 feet, 
June 14, 1913 (EK. W. Nesham). Paratypes, three males and two females 
collected in the same locality by Mr. Nesham on June 13-15 at elevations of 
8,200-8,500 feet; wing expanse, 38-41 mm. The paratypes are in general 
similar to the type. One of the female paratypes has on each primary two 
ocelli, one between veins 2 and 3 and the other between veins 5 and 6. All 
the types are in the Canadian National collection. The upperside of the type 
is shown on Pl. IV, fig. 3; the underside of the same specimen on PI. II, fig. 9. 
On this latter plate is also shown at figure 10 the upperside of the female paratype 
with ocelli. The genitalia of one of the male paratypes are shown on PI. 


1 Ridgway’s Color Standards and Nomenclature, 1912. 


161 Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


fig. 8. Barnes and McDunnough! have reproduced a drawing of the genitalia 
of O. brucez and a comparison of this with our figure of the genitalia of O. brucei 
yukonensis while indicating a close relationship, at the same time also bears 
a near resemblance to the figure of O. katahdin shown by the same authors on 
the same plate. With a good series of O. brucet yukonensis, the latter may 
ultimately prove to be of specific rank. ° 


Genus Erebia Dal. 


Erebia discoidalis Kirby. 


Hipparchia discoidalis Kirby: Faun. Bor. Am., IV, 298, 1837. 


Among a small collection of lepidoptera given to me by Mr. L. D. Burling, 
of the Geological Survey of Canada and collected in Alaska by Mr. J. M. Jessup, 
is a single male specimen of this species. The label covering all the specimens 
reads: “ lat. 59° 30’ and 141st meridian—lat. 69° 40’ and 141st meridian, June- 
July, 1912.’ This specimen is now in the Canadian National collection. 


Erebia fasciata Butler. 


Erebia fasciata Butler: Cat. Satyr. Brit. Mus., 92, 1868. 


Eleven specimens, eight males and three females, as follows: Bay southwest 
of cape Krusenstern, Northwest Territories, July 3, 1916, 2 specimens (D. 
Jenness); Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, August 4, 1915, 2 specimens 
(F. Johansen); Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July, 1916, 7 specimens 
(F. Johansen). 

These specimens show noticeable variation. In two of the males taken at 
Bernard harbour there is an almost total absence of the reddish patch in the 
submarginal area of the upper surface of the primaries; in the other males the 
reddish patch in such area varies not only in size but in intensity of colour. 


The red in none of the species is as bright as that in Elwes’ figure?, but is 


mahogany red*. The number of white scales present in the basal area and in 
the band beyond the blackish-brown median band on the underside of the 
secondaries also varies in the specimens. The underside of one specimen 


matches almost perfectly that figured by Elwes, in thé others the whitish or 


greyish areas are not nearly so distinct. 

In the three females the greyish band beyond the dark median band on 
the underside is very conspicuous there being very little of the reddish colour 
on the primaries. The reddish area on the upper surface of the primaries is 
not nearly so bright as in Elwes’ fig. 12 in the publication referred to above. 
The colour of the submarginal band on the underside of the secondaries in our 
specimen is decidedly greyish, more so than is shown in Elwes’ fig. 11 of the 
male. 

In addition to the above specimens there are in the Canadian National 
collection two specimens collected by the late Dr. D. D. Cairnes, of the Geo- 
logical Survey; one, a male, collected at lat. 66° 58’, international boundary, 
June 15, 1912, the other, a female, collected at lat. 65° 10’, long. 141°, (1,300 feet) 
oni July 30,1912. "( Bl EN. fies i): 

Also, seven examples brought back by the Northern Party of the Canadian 
Arctic Expedition, two males from Armstrong point, Victoria island, Northwest 
Territories, collected during the period June 20 to July 11, 1916 (J. Hadley), 
and Walker bay, Victoria island, July 6, 1917 (J. Hadley), respectively, and 
seven females, six of which are from Armstrong point, Victoria island, June 20 
to July 11, 1916 (J. Hadley) and one from Walker bay, Victoria island, July 6 
1917 (J. Hadley). A male from Armstrong point is shown on PI. IV, fig. 8. 


‘ Cont. Nat. Hist. Lep. N.A., IV, 2, pl. XXV. 
2 Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1903, pl. xe figs Lie 
3’ Ridgway’s Color Ste and: ards ¢ and Nomencl ature, 1912. 


Lepidoptera VEE 


The specimens collected by Messrs. Cairnes and Hadley are in general 
similar to the series from Bernard harbour and Cape Krusenstern. The band 
on the underside of the female collected at lat. 65° 10’ is faint, as is also the . 
reddish area on both upper and lower sides of primaries. 


Erebia rossi Curt. 


Hipparchia rossii Curt.: Ross’ Second Voyage N.-W. Pass, App., 67, 1835. 

One specimen, a female, from Wollaston Land, Victoria island, Northwest 
Territories, July 22, 1915 (D. Jenness); Pl. IV, fig. 9. 

On each forewing of the specimen, above, are three ocelli; the two in the 
sub-apical area are close together, but entirely separated, similar as in the 
specimen figured by Curtis; the lower spot is the larger. About midway between 
this latter spot and the hind angle is the third spot which is about the size of 
the upper of the two spots. The spots are ochraceous-orange in colour, the 
black pupil showing only in the largest of the three spots. The two upper 
spots are more distinct on the underside, being slightly paler in colour, of a 
more uniform size, and each having a distinct black pupil. The third spot is 
only faintly visible on the underside, The colour of the upperside of the wings 
is close to light seal brown; the underside is similar but the outer central portion 
of the primaries is reddish, the discal area being suffused with a paler brown 
than that of the hind wings. The underside of the secondaries are banded as 
in Elwes’ figure!. 

Two other specimens in the Canadian National collection, both males, one 
from Kluane P.O., Yukon Territory, June 23, 1914 (D. D. Cairnes), the other 
from West branch of the Thelon river, Northwest Territories, July 6, 1900 
(J. Tyrrell) also appear to be the same species. The one from Kluane is very 
similar to the Wollaston Land specimen but that from the Thelon river is dif- 
ferently marked approaching Elwes’ fig. 2 in the publication referred to. 


Erebia disa Thun. 


Papilio disa Thun.: Diss. Ent. Ins. Suec., II, 37, 1791. 


Two specimens taken as follows: Port Epworth, Coronation gulf, North- 
west Territories, July 15, 1915, 1 male, 1 female (J. J. O’Neill). 

The former specimen is much like the figure of disa on plate 37h, vol. 1, of 
Seitz’s Macrolepidoptera of the World but is much darker brown in colour. The 
median band on the underside of the secondaries is well defined, the area on 
either side being greyish-white. The female is in a poor state of preservation. 

In the Canadian National collection there are specimens from the Yukon 
and Northwest Territories, bearing the following labels:—75 miles from White- 
horse, near Canyon river, Yukon Territory, June 11, 1914, 1 male (D. D. 
Cairnes); Whitehorse, Yukon Territory, (McLaughlin); Lansing river, Yukon 
- Territory, June 24, 1905, 1 female (J. Keele); Siwash creek, Yukon Territory, 
lat. 65°59’, long. 141°, July 29, 1912 (D. D. Cairnes); Gravel river, Northwest 
Territories, June 27, July 20, 1908, 3 specimens, 2 males, 1 female (J. Keele); 
Black river, Yukon Territory, lat. 66° 34’, June 18, 1912 (D. D. Cairnes). 

There is a noticeable variation in these latter specimens, not only in 
the size of the spots on the primaries, but also in the colour of the’ lower side of 
the wings and the faintness or otherwise of the median band on the secondaries. 
In the specimen from near Canyon river, for instance, the colour of the underside 
of the secondaries is almost wholly dark brown, very similar to the colour of the 
reverse side, excepting the outer margin which is greyish. 

~ Some of these examples should doubtless be referred to the var. mancinus 
Dbl. and. Hew. The specimen from Lansing river, was recorded by Fletcher as 
the var. mancinus in the Entomological Record for 1905.? 


1 Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1899, pl. XII, fig. 1. 
2 Rept. Ent. Soc. Ont., 1905, 96. 


65994—2 


181 Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 
Erebia epipsodea Butl. 
Erebia epipsodea Butl.: Cat. Satyr. Brit. Mus., 80, 1868. 


This species which is evidently rare in northern regions was collected by 
Mr. J. Keele, in the Yukon Territory, on the Pelly river, below Hoole river, 
July 5, 1907, 1 male. This specimen is in the Canadian National collection. 
Two other specimens, 1 male and 1 female collected by the late Dr. D. D. Cairnes, 
in the Klotassin river area, Yukon Territory, lat. 62° 31’ to 63° 06’; long. 137° 
30’ to 139° 30’, summer, 1916, are in the same collection. These specimens are 
similar to examples from more southern localities. | 


Erebia youngi Holl. 
Erebia youngt Holland: Ent. News, XI, 388, 1900. 


This species was described from material collected between Fortymile and 
Mission creeks, northeastern Alaska. No specimens were brought back by the 
members of the Canadian Arctic Expedition, but in the years 1912 and 1914, 
Dr. D. D. Cairnes, of the Geological Survey of Canada, brought back from the 
Yukon, nine specimens, five taken in 1912. (all males), and four in 1914 (three 
males and one female). The 1912 specimens were taken at Siwash creek, 
international boundary, lat. 65° 57’ on June 26-30, and the 1914 examples col- 
lected at Nansen creek, Placer Mining Camp, Yukon Territory, July 4-7. 

In addition to the specimens collected by the late Dr. Cairnes, we also have 
in the Canadian National collection, a male specimen, collected with other 
material, the label covering all reading: ‘‘Alaska, lat. 59° 30’ and 141st meridian— 
lat. 69° 40’ and 141st meridian, June-July, 1912 (J. M. Jessup).”’ 

In the female the broad dark median band on the underside of the second- 
aries is more conspicuous than in the males owing to the fact that the basal and 
submarginal areas are much paler in colour. In one of the males the submar- 
ginal reddish spots on the upperside of the secondaries are almost absent. 

When describing FL. youngi, Holland stated that the species is not far from 
EK. dabanensis Erschoff. It certainly is close to this latter species as figured by 
Elwes!. A male from Siwash creek, Yukon Territory, is illustrated on Pl. IV, 
fig. 10. 


Erebia magdalena Stkr. 


Erebia magdalena Stkr.: Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., ITI, 35. 


In the Canadian National collection there are two specimens of an Hrebia 
from the Yukon which we have placed under magdalena Strk. One of these 
specimens, a male, has been recorded by Fletcher? as this species. It was 
collected by Mr. Jos. Keele of the Department of Mines, who captured it ‘‘ on 
mountain 12 miles up Rackla river, August 2, 1905.” 

Mr. Keele informed me recently that the specimen was collected on a rocky 
situation above timber line, the elevation being about 6,000 feet. The other 
specimen, a female, was collected by the late Dr. D. D. Cairnes, of the Geological 
Survey, at Nation river, Yukon Territory, lat. 65° 30’, long. 141°, on July 24, 
1912. 

Comparing these two specimens with three examples of magdalena presented 
to Fletcher some years ago and collected by Bruce in Colorado and now in the 
Ottawa collection, they differ as follows: the male which is in poor condition, 
being rubbed, is smaller than the Colorado male, measuring 45 mm. with wings 
expanded, the former being 49 mm. Otherwise both specimens seem to be 
similar. The Yukon female is also smaller than the two Colorado females in 


1 Trans. Ent. Soc. Lon., 1899, p. XII. 
2 Rep. Ent. Soc. Ont., 1905, 96. 


Lepidoptera 191 


the collection, measuring 47 mm., the two latter being 50 mm. and 52 mm. re- 
spectively. The general colour in all three specimens is similar, but on the primaries 
of the Yukon female the whole central area is flushed with dark red, thus ap- 
proaching FE. fasciata. The specimens in colour are closest to bister', none of them 
being the same shade as figured by Edwards?. A comparison of the genitalia 
of the male from the Yukon with that of a male from Colorado indicates that 
the clasper, in both specimens is similar and close to that of H. fasczata which 
has been figured by Chapman’. 


. Erebia sofia Stkr. 
Erebia sofia Stkr.: Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc., III, 35, 1880. 


In the Canadian National collection are five specimens of this interesting 
butterfly which were taken as follows: White river district, international bound- 
ary, lat. 61° 55’, long. 141°, July 16, 1913, 2 males, 1 female (D. D. Cairnes) ; 
Bonanza creek, Chisana district, Alaska, August 3, 1913, 1 male (D. D. Cairnes) ; 
Harrington creek, Yukon Territory, lat. 65° 05’, long. 141°, July 30, 1912, 1 
female (D. D. Cairnes). 

In specimens of sofia examined from Colorado, which are in the Ottawa 
collection, the six reddish-brown spots comprising the submarginal band on the 
upper side of the primaries are of similar size and very conspicuous, whereas 
in the specimens collected by the late Dr. Cairnes, the spots are more or less 
indefinite and only the upper three approach in size similar spots in Colorado 
specimens. The lower three spots of the submarginal band are present on the 
primaries of the above-mentioned specimens, but are much smaller, being about 
half the size of the upper spots. 

In the variety alaskensist ‘the specimens are all characterized by the 
reduction of the number of light spots, both on the upper and lower sides of 
the wings.’”’ The author of this variety further states in his description: “ In 
almost all of the specimens before me there are three spots on the primaries 
above and below and but two spots on the lower side of the secondaries. Only 
one specimen approximates the typical form in the number of spots on the 
lower size of the wings.” 

The specimens in the Canadian National collection do not agree with this 
description. There is nothing in the above description regarding the difference 
in the size of the spots on the upper surface of the primaries, and in all of the 
northern examples before me there are a greater number of white spots on the 
underside of the secondaries, two specimens (1 male and 1 female) having four 
spots and three specimens (1 male and two females) having five spots. The 
single exception from which sofia was described had four white spots on the 
underside of the secondaries. The underside of both wings of one of our speci- 
mens is very similar to fig. 5le of sofia in vol. V of Seitz’s Macrolepidoptera 
of the World. Strecker in his description of sofia states that it is on the upper 
side an almost exact counterpart of EH. kefersteinii, but as has already been 
pointed out by Elwes’ he probably meant haberhauert which was sent out by 
mistake under the former name. Our specimens of sofia certainly resemble 
somewhat haberhauerz as figured by Seitz. A male from the White river district, 
Yukon Territory, is shown on PI. IV, fig. 11. The underside of the female from 
Harrington creek is shown on PI. III, fig. 5. 


1 Ridgway’s Color Standards and Nomenclature, 1912. 
2 Butt. of N.A., III, pl. 1, Erebia. 

3 Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond., 1898, pl. X VI. 

4 Ent. News, XI, 387, 1900. 

° Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1889, p. 333. 


65994—23 


201 Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 
FAMILY NYMPHALID. 
Argynnis bischoffi Edw. 


Argynnis bischoffii Edw.: Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., III, 189, 1870. 


A single specimen taken on August 7, 1904, at Mayo lake, Yukon Territory 
(J. Keele) was determined by Fletcher as A. eurynome Edw., and has been 
recorded under this latter name by Keele!. Several years ago I submitted 
this specimen to Dr. Skinner, who reported that it was a boreal form of A. 
eurynome Edw. Personally, however, I prefer to place the specimen under the 
name bischoffi Edw., which was described from Alaska, opposite Kodiak. In 
the description the spots on the underside are referred to as being pale, not 
silvered. The above specimen (a male) which is in the Canadian National 
collection, has silvered spots. Edwards, however, has remarked that the species 
occurs at Sitka, Alaska, in both silvered and unsilvered forms, and figured a 
specimen of the former?. Barnes and McDunnough’ in discussing the species 
briefly point to the fact that the name in sens. strict. can only apply to the 
unsilvered form. 


Genus Brenthis Hbn. 
Brenthis triclaris Hbn. 


Brenthis triclaris Hbn: Samml. Ex. Schmett., II, 1824. 


No specimens among the Canadian Arctic Expedition material. There 
are, however, in the Canadian National collection, specimens from the following 
northern localities: Nansen creek, Placer Mining camp, Yukon Territory, July 7, 
9, 11, 2 females, 1 male (D. D. Cairnes); west branch of Thelon river, North- 
west Territories, July 5,1900, 1 female (J. Tyrrell); Labrador, 1 female (collector 
unknown); Labrador, July 16, 1894, 1 female (A. P. Low); Charlton island, 
James bay, July 7, 1887, 1 female (J. M. Macoun). 


Brenthis chariclea Schneid. 


Papilio chariclea Schneid.: Neu. Mag. V, 588, 1794. 


Fourteen specimens from the following localities: Collinson point, Alaska, 
July 10, 1914, 1 male (F. Johansen); Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, 
August 4 and 6, 1915, July 14, 1916, 9 males, 1 female (F. Johansen); Wollaston 
Land, Victoria island, Northwest Territories, summer 1915, 1 male, 1 female 
(D. Jenness); Port Epworth, Coronation gulf, Northwest Territories, July 15, 
1915, 1 male (J. J. O'Neill). 

Three specimens were collected by the Northern Party of the Canadian 
Arctic Expedition at Armstrong point, Victoria island, Northwest Territories, 
July 1-10, 1916 (J. Hadley). 

In addition to the above examples there are in the National collection at 
Ottawa further specimens from northern localities, as follows: Slopes of mount 
Ortell, Yukon Territory, July 16, 1906, 1 male (J. Keele); Ladue river, Yukon 
Territory, July 4, 1905, 1-male, 1 female (J. Keele); Nansen creek, Placer Mining 
camp, Yukon Territory, July 7, 1914, 1 female (D. D. Cairnes); Racquet creek, 
international boundary, lat. 65° 21’, ‘August 3, 1912, 2 males (D. D. Cairnes); 
Orange creek, international boundary, lat65 05’, June 12), 19125"); male (DB: 
Cairnes); on Wagon road, 56 miles from Whitehorse, Yukon Territory, 1 female, 
August 15, 1908 (Geo. Stewart); Pelly river, Yukon Territory, August 3, 1887 
(G. M. Dawson); White river district, Yukon Territory, lat. 61° 55’, long. 141°, 

1 Rep. upper Stewart river region, Yukon, Geo. Surv. Can. 1906. 


2 Butt. of N.A. II, pl. 25. 
3 Cont. Nat. Hist., Lep. N.A., II, 95. 


’ 


Lepidoptera 211 


1 female, July 16, 1913 (D. D. Cairnes); Alaska, collected with other species, 
the label covering all reading ‘“ lat. 59° 30’ and 141st meridian—lat. 69° 40’ and 
141st meridian, June-July, 1912, 1 male (J. M. Jessup)’’; Labrador, July 16, 
1894, 1 male (A. P. Low); Sore-head river, east coast Hudson bay, lat. 60° 35’, 
2 males, 3 females (A. P. Low); Kalik-took-duag inlet, north side of Hudson 
strait, July 26, 1897, 1 female (R. Bell); ‘‘ Nottingham island, John McKenzie, 
1886, 2 females (R. Bell)’; Finlayson river, Yukon Territory, lat. 61° 40’, 
long. 130° 16’, July 22, 1887 (McConnell)!; Finlayson lake, Yukon Territory, 
July 27, 1887 (McConnell)!; Pelly or Yukon river, Yukon Territory, August 7, 
1887, 3 specimens (McConnell)!. 

Looking over the above series there is of course considerable variation among 
the specimens not only in the general colour of the upper surface of the wings, 
but also in the arrangement and colour of the markings on the underside. The 
median band particularly on the underside of the secondaries shows marked 
variation. The specimens brought back by members of the Canadian Arctic 
Expedition and also those from the Yukon Territory approach the variety 
arctica Zett., in fact one of the examples, namely the male from Ladue river, 
Yukon Territory, was some years ago determined as arctica by Dr. Henry 
Skinner. The specimens from Sore-head river, east coast of Hudson bay, are 
in general smaller and in the series there is a greater tendency to melanism. 
The marginal spots on the underside of the secondaries are white, very distinct 
and tend to coalesce. These examples differ noticeably from the variety 
boisduvali Dup. which is represented in the Labrador specimens above referred 
to, collected by Dr. A. P. Low. 

Two of the males from Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, were 
kindly compared by Mr. H. J. Elwes, with specimens in the British Museum 
from Arctic America. Mr. Elwes reported that they agreed precisely with 
specimens collected by Hanbury on the same coast.” 

The specimen collected by Jessup in Alaska in 1912, in the district between 
the Porcupine river and the Arctic coast resembles very much Elwes’ figure 
of chariclea.’ 

It is of interest to state that the example from Finlayson river was submitted 
.by Fletcher to W. H. Edwards, and on the envelope in which the specimen was 
sent, the following appears in Edwards’ handwriting : ‘‘ This is very near helena; 
if not think (it) is chariclea. Dyar* refers to helena as a variety of chariclea. 


Brenthis pales alaskensis Holl. 
Brenthis pales var. alaskensis Holland: Ent. News, XI, 383, 1900. 


One specimen, a female, as follows: Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, 
August 25, 1915 (F. Johansen). 

In the National collection at Ottawa there are also three specimens, both 
males, two taken on July 25, 1912, at Racquet creek, international boundary, 
lat. 65° 20’ (D. D. Cairnes), and the other collected on July 5, 1900, on the west 
branch of the Thelon river, Northwest Territories (J. Tyrrell). 

The variety alaskensis was described from the ‘‘ mountains between Forty- 
mile and Mission creeks.’’ One of the males taken at Racquet creek is shown 
on Pl. V, fig. 5. 

Brenthis natazhati, n. sp. 

Upper side: ochraceous-orange® the black markings much heavier than in 
chariclea or freija, to which species it is closely related, the median and basal 
areas of the secondaries being without any orange. The median spots on the 
primaries coalesce forming a wide distinct band. 


1 Recorded by Fletcher as chariclea in Ann. Rep. Geo. Surv. Can. 1887. 
2 Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1903, 239. 

3 Tbid, pl. IX, fig. 8. 

4 Dyar, H. G., Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. V, 130. 

5 Ridgway’s Color Standards and Nomenclature, 1912. 


221 Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


On the underside the ground colour of the primaries is of a uniform shade 
similar to ochraceous-buff!, the black markings being dull and much reduced. 
There is an almost total absence of the pale apical patch which is present in the 
above closely related species. The median band on the secondaries is very faint 
but the band just beyond the median band is conspicuous and silvery. The two 
central median triangle-shaped spots of the median band as well as the rhomboid 
spot are dull silvery as are also the basal spot, which is indistinct, and the mar- 
ginal row of spots, some of which are reduced in size. Between the marginal row 
of spots and the white silvery band and between the central silvery spots and 
the rhomboid spot the colour is similar to the under surface of the primaries. 
The basal area and the median area below the central silvery spots are dark,’ 
almost blackish and heavily pubescent. The antenne are almost wholly blackish, 
there being only a few silvery scales laterad. The sete on the palpi are dark 
brown. 

Alar expanse, 39 mm. 

- Type, a male, in the Canadian National collection bearing the label ‘‘ 141st 
meridian, north of mount Natazhat, international boundary survey, elevation 
8,600 feet, June 15, 1913 (E. W. Nesham). 

Paratypes, three males and two females from the same locality and bearing 
the same label. 

The underside of the secondaries of one of the male paratypes is mostly 
yellowish-orange in the submarginal area, otherwise all the males are similar in 
colour and markings. These latter, particularly on the upper surface of the 
wings are more diffused in two of the specimens than in the type. The upper 
surface of one of the females is in general darker than in the type and on the 
underside of this example there are present a greater number of silvery scales 
in the submarginal area. 

Two specimens taken during the Canadian Arctic Expedition, namely at 
Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 14, 1916, male and female (F. 
Johansen), although somewhat rubbed are apparently this new species. : 

The males differ in expanse of wings from 35 to 39 mm. and the females 
from 37 to 39.5 mm. 

The upper side of the male type is figured on Pl. V, fig. 6 and the underside 
of the same specimen shown on PI. II], fig. 6. On this latter plate the upperside — 
of a female from Bernard harbour, is shown at fig. 12. 

I rather hesitate to add a new name to the chariclea-freizja group but it 
seems advisable under the circumstances as I cannot associate the mount 
Natazhat specimens with any of the known forms. The dull silvered spots on 
the underside of the secondaries and the general colour of the upper and lower 
sides of primaries and secondaries should readily separate it from any of the 
forms in the group referred to. 


Brenthis freija Thunb. 


Papilio frezja Thunb.: Diss. Ent. Suec., IT, 34, 1791. 


No specimens brought back by members of the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 
but in the National collection at Ottawa there are examples from the following 
northern localities: Nansen creek, Placer Mining camp, Yukon Territory, 
July 7, 1914, 2 males (D. D. Cairnes); on Whitehorse-Dawson wagon road, 
Yukon Territory, June 2, 1914, 1 male (D. D. Cairnes); near Jo-Jo’s Road 
House on Kluane road, Yukon Territory, June 9, 1914, 2 females (D. D. 
Cairnes); Champagne Landing, 50 miles from Whitehorse by Kluane road, 
Yukon Territory, June 8, 1914, 1 female (D. D. Cairnes); Dease lake, northern 
British Columbia, June 5, 1887 (G. M. Dawson and J. McEvoy); Cassiar trail, 
10 miles west of Dease lake, British Columbia, June 4, 1887 (G. M. Dawson 


1 Ridgway’s Color Standards and Nomenclature, 1912. 


Lepidoptera 23 I 


and J. McEvoy); Gravel river, Northwest Territories, June 18, 1908, 1 male 
(J. Keele). 

These specimens are in general similar to examples collected in Alberta and 
British Columbia. The two examples one from Dease lake, and the other from 
near Dease lake, were submitted by Fletcher to W. H. Edwards, and the name 
‘“freya”’ given. 

Three other specimens, males, all below average size, taken in northeastern 
Alaska, collected with other species, the label covering all reading “‘ lat. 59° 30’ 
and 141st meridian; lat. 69° 40’ and 141st meridian; June-July, 1912, (J. M. 
Jessup)” in the Canadian National collection, I also associate with freija. 


Brenthis polaris Bdv. 
Argynnis polaris Bdv.: Ind. Meth., 15, 1829. 


Thirty-two specimens as follows: Barter island, north coast of Alaska, 
July 5,.1914, 1 male, July 2, 4, 5, 11, 17, 1914, 6 females (D. Jenness); Bernard 
harbour, Northwest Territories, July, 1916, 7 males, 2 females (F. Johansen); 
Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, 3 males, 5 females, July 10-20, 1915 
(F. Johansen); Bay southwest of cape Krusenstern, Northwest Territories, July 
3, 4, 1916, 2 males (D. Jenness); Lake Angmaloktak, Colville mountains, Wollas- 
ton Land, Victoria island, Northwest Territories, July 29, 1915, 1 male (D. 
Jenness) ; July 22, 1915, 2 females (D. Jenness); Wollaston Land, Victoria island, 
summer, 1915, 1 female (D. Jenness); Port Epworth, Coronation gulf, North- 
west Territories, July 23, July 30, 1915, 2 females (J. J. O'Neill). 

In the National collection at Ottawa are two other specimens, one a female 
collected at Kalik-took-duag inlet, north side of Hudson strait, July 27, 1897 
(R. Bell), the other, a male, from cape Chidley, Hudson strait, 1885 (R. Bell). 

The males do not show any material variation. In size they have a wing 
expanse of from 36 to 43 mm. The upperside of all specimens is similar. The 
general colour of the underside of the secondaries of two of the specimens inclines 
to a uniform reddish shade similar to the underside of the primaries. In the 
females there is a difference in wing expanse, the variation being from 37 mm. 
to45 mm. The colour of the upper side of the primaries of this latter sex varies 
in the specimens from a pale reddish-yellow to a dull bluish-white or dull purplish- 
white. In a few of the specimens many of the scales particularly towards the 
hind angle are, under a lens, seen to be decidedly bluish. The reddish bands on 
the underside of the secondaries vary in colour from pale red similar to the 
general colour of the primaries beneath, to dull brownish-red. 


Mr. Jenness who collected the specimens on Barter island states that they 
were captured on the tundra early in the afternoons, in most instances between 
1 and 2 p.m. in bright sunshine, the temperature varying from 34° F. to 56° F., 
the majority being taken when the temperature was about 50° F. 

In addition to the above specimens, thirty-four examples were brought back 
by the Northern Party of the Canadian Arctic Expedition, from the following 
localities: Armstrong point, Victoria island, Northwest Territories, June 20 to 
July 11, 1916, 15 males, 11 females (J. Hadley); Walker bay, Victoria island, 
Northwest Territories, July 6, 1917, 4 males, 2 females (J. Hadley); Melville 
island, main base, August 4 (?),.1916, one male (V. Stefansson); near cape Ross, 
Melville island, Northwest Territories, about June 20, 1916, 1 male (Castel and 
-Emiu). These specimens in general are similar to the examples collected by 
members of the Southern Party. 

The underside of a female from Barter island, Alaska, is shown on Pl. V, 
fig. 2. On the same plate is also shown the upper side of a male and a female 
from the same locality (figs. 3 and 4). 


241 Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 
Brenthis frigga alaskensis Lehm. 


Argynnis frigga form alaskensis Lehm.: Macrolepidoptera of the World, 
(Seitz), V, 424, 1913. 


Seven specimens as follows: Barter island, north coast of Alaska, July 4 
and 11, 1914, 2 males, 3 females (D. Jenness); Collinson point, Alaska, July 10, 
1914, 1 female (F. Johansen); west of Konganevik (Camden Bay), Alaska, 
July, 1914, 1 male (F. Johansen). Accompanying the specimen from Barter 
island is a note by Mr. Jenness, which reads as follows: ‘‘ Flying on tundra in 
sunshine; light N.W. breeze; temperature 50° F.” 

I have compared the females with the original figure of alaskenszs in the work 
referred to above. They agree fairly well with this illustration. A female from 
Collinson point, Alaska, is shown on Plate V, fig. 1. 

Six examples were brought back by the Northern Party of the Canadian 
Arctic Expedition, three males and three females. These were collected at 
Armstrong Point, Victoria island, Northwest Territories, June 20 to July 11, 
1916 (J. Hadley). 


Brenthis frigga saga Steger. 


Argynnis frigga saga Stgr.: Stett. Ent. Zeit., X XII, 350, 1861. 


In the Canadian National collection there are two specimens from the fol- 
lowing localities in the Yukon Territory: 96 miles from Whitehorse on Kluane 
road, near Marshall creek, June 15, 1914, 1 male (D. D. Cairnes); Pelly river, 
below Hoole river, July 5, 1907, 1 female (J. Keele). 


Brenthis frigga improba Butl. 


Argynnis improba Butl.: Ent. Mo. Mag., XIII, 206, 1877. 


Thirty-four specimens from the following localities: West of Konganevik 
(Camden bay), Alaska, July, 1914, 5 males, 1 female (F. Johansen); Barter 
island, Alaska, July 1, 2, 4, 5, 11, 1914, 9 males, 5 females (D: Jenness); 
Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July, 1916, 5 males, 7 females (F. 
Johansen); Port Epworth, Coronation gulf, July 15, 23, 1915, 1 female, 1 male 
(J. J. O'Neill). 

Three of the above specimens, namely, one male from Barter island, one male 
from west of Konganevik and one female from Barter island, were forwarded 
to Mr. H. J. Elwes, of Colesborne, Cheltenham, Eng., who very kindly compared 
them with the series in the British Museum. He reported that the specimens 
agreed precisely with examples collected by Hanbury on the same coast further 
east. 

The series above listed is an excellent one. Most of the specimens are in 
fairly good condition. The males vary in wing expanse from 31 mm. to 36 mm. 
and the females from 33 mm. to37 mm. The ground colour of the former shows 
marked variation. In some of the specimens the colour is very close to hazel, 
in one much brighter, more of a vinaceous-rufous? and in the others dull tawny. 
In the brighter coloured examples the median band on the upper side of both 
the primaries and secondaries is very conspicuous. The spots about midway 
between the median band and the outer margin vary much in size and in a few 
specimens are joined forming a distinct band. 

The underside of the males is fairly constant, the chief differences being 
on the secondaries, namely in the number of pale, slightly bluish-coloured 
scales present beyond the reddish-brown median area, in some examples these 
scales being noticeably abundant and forming almost a wide marginal band 


Hidemey’s Color Standards and Nomenclature, 1912. 
2 Ibid. 


— 


Lepidoptera 25 I 


‘contrasting noticeably with the reddish-brown median area and in others being 


much reduced in number. The colour of the median area also varies in the 
specimens from a rather pale reddish-brown to a decidedly dark reddish-brown. 
The median band is faint in some of the examples. 

' The underside of the secondaries of the females vary similarly as in the 
males. 

A female from Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, is shown on Pl. V, 
fig. 7, together with a male from near Konganevik, Alaska, fig. 8. 

In the Entomological Record for 1917! I recorded Brenthis young: Holl. 
from Klutlan glacier, 9,000 feet, June, 1913 (H. F. J. Lambart). On further 
study, however, this specimen is undoubtedly zmproba Butler. I rather sus- 
pected that young: might prove to be the same as 7mproba and for this reason 
I forwarded the Klutlan glacier specimen to Dr. W. J. Holland who reported 
as follows :— 

‘T found time this morning, (December 20, 1918), to compare your specimen 
with my type of Brenthis young. It is not the same. It is smaller in size, 
darker both on the upper and lower side of the wings—a far more melanic 
insect—and consequently different. in not having the dark, sharply defined 
mesial band, characteristic of the secondaries of B. youngi. I would call it 
B. improba Butler. It has a fascies quite different from that of B. youngz, 
which is a much lighter insect. Of course, there is a general similarity in the 
markings of this genus and the species vary principally in the intensity and 
accentuation of the markings on the different spots. In B. youngi the spots 
are not silvered, or only slightly. I should say very decidedly that this specimen 
is not a representative of my species.” 


Brenthis distincta, n. sp. 


Close to B. alberta from which it differs in being larger, in the ground colour 
of the upperside of the wings being of a clear yellowish-red colour, much as in 
B. astarte Dbldy. and Hew., in the black marginal band being wider, and on 
the underside in lacking the dull pubescent-like appearance of B. alberta, the 
median band being decidedly more conspicuous, as are also the other markings 
on the underside of the secondaries. Discal row of round spots reddish. 

Alar expanse, 48 mm. 

Type, a female, from Harrington creek, Yukon Territory, lat. 65° 05’ 
July 30, 1912 (D. D. Cairnes). Two paratypes, one male and one female, the 
former from Eduni mountain, 6,000 feet, Gravel river, Northwest Territories, 
July 8, 1908, (J. Keele) and the latter from Tindir creek, Yukon Territory, 
lat. 65° 20’ international boundary, July 25, 1912 .(D.’D. Cairnes). The 
male paratype (44 mm.) is in general similar to the holotype, but the underside 
of the female paratype (49 mm.) is redder in colour, the reddish discal row of 
spots larger and brighter, and the pale areas whiter. This new species is appar- 
ently, also, close to amphilochus from the Amur.- All the types are in the Canadian 
National collection. 

The underside of the type is figured on Pl. IV, fig. 12. 


Genus Phyciodes Dbldy. 


Phyciodes campestris Behr. 
Melitea campestris Behr.: Proc. Cal. Acad. Nat. Sci., III, 86, 1863. 


Five specimens from northern localities are in the Canadian National 
collection. They were collected as follows: Ladue river, Yukon Territory, 
July 4, 1905, 1 male, 1 female (J. Keele); Harrington creek, Yukon Territory, 
lat. 65° 05’, long. 141°, August 3, 1912, 1 female (D. D. Cairnes); Upper Liard 
river, June 26, 1887, lat. 60°, 1 male (G. M. Dawson); Dawson, Yukon Territory, 
1908, 1 male (collector unknown). 


1 Rep. Ent. Soc. Ont., 1917. 


261 Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 
Genus Polygonia Hbn. 
Polygonia faunus Edw. 


Grapta faunus Edw.: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., 222, 1862. 


Eleven specimens in the Canadian National collection from the following 
northern localities: Klotassin river area, Yukon Territory, lat. 62° 31’ to 63° 06’, 
long. 137° 30’ to 139° 30’, summer, 1916 (D. D. Cairnes); Alaska, collected with 
other species the label covering all reading “ lat. 59° 30’, 141st meridian-—lat. 
69° 40’, 141st meridian, June-July, 1912 (J. M. Jessup)”; Yukon river, inter- 
national boundary, lat. 64° 40’, August 15, 1912 (D. D. Cairnes); Porcupine 
river, 80 miles below Rampart House, Yukon Territory, May 25, 1912 (D. D. 
Cairnes); between lat. 67° 25’ and 66° 30’ long. 141°, June 16, 1912 
(D. D. Cairnes); Black river, Yukon Territory, lat. 66° 31’, long. 141°, June 
18, 1912 (D. D. Cairnes); six miles south of New Rampart House, Yukon 
Teritory, June 6, 1912 (D. D. Cairnes). 


Polygonia zephyrus Edw. 
Grapta zephyrus Edw.: Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., III, 16, 1870. 


Three specimens in the Canadian National collection from the following 
northern localities: Klotassin river area, Yukon Territory, lat. 62° 31’ to 63° 06’, 
long. 137° 30’ to 139° 30’, summer, 1916 (D. D. Cairnes); Alaska, collected with 
other species, the label covering all reading ‘lat. 59° 30’, 141st meridian-lat. 
69° 40’, 141st meridian, June-July, 1912 (J. M. Jessup)’’; between lat. 67° 25’ 
and 66° 30’, long. 141°, June 16, 1912 (D. D. Cairnes). 


Polygonia silenus Edw. 


Grapta silenus Edw.: Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., III, 15, 1870. 


One specimen in the Canadian National collection from Klotassin river 
area, Yukon Territory, lat. 62° 31’ to 63° 06’, long. 137° 30’ to 139° 30’, summer, 
1916 (D. D. Cairnes). 


Polygonia progne Cram. 
Papilio progne Cram.: Pap. Exot. I, pl. 5, 1775. 


In 1888, Mr. F. Bell, collected two specimens of this species at Fort Simpson, 
Northwest Territories.'. One of these, tuken on July 20, is in the Canadian 
National collection. 


= Genus Aglais Dal. 
Aglais j-album Bdv. and LeConte. 


Vanessa j-album Bdvy. and LeConte: Lep. Am. Sept., 185, 1833. 


One specimen in the Canadian National collection from Klotassin river 
area, Yukon Territory, lat. 62° 31’ to 63° 06’, long. 187° 30’ to 139° 30’, summer, 
1916 (D. D. Cairnes). 

Aglais milberti Godt. 


Vanessa milberti Godt.: Ene. Meth., LX, 307, 1819. 


A single specimen of this widely distributed species from Dawson, Yukon 
Territory (D. D. Cairnes) is in the Canadian National collection. 


1 Ann. Rep. Geo. Surv. Can., 1887. 


Lepidoptera 271 
Aglais antiopa L. 
Papilio antiopa L.: Syst. Nat., 476, 1758. 


This common and widely distributed species has occasionally been recorded 
from northern localities. Fletcher’ recorded it from ninety miles above Fort 
Good Hope (lat. 65° 20’), July 19 and from Fort Smith (lat. 60°), August 24 
(Dawson and McEvoy). These specimens are not in the Canadian National 
collection, but we have three specimens, one each from tlie following places: 
Fifty miles below Fortymile creek, August 7, 1887 (R. G. McConnell); Artillery 
lake, Northwest Territories, May 26, 1900 (J. Tyrrell); Yukon river, at inter- 
national boundary, August 13, 1912 (D. D. Cairnes). 


Genus Basilarchia Scudd. 
Basilarchia arthemis rubrofasciata B. and McD. 


Basilarchia arthemis rubrofasciata B. and McD.: Can. Ent., XLVIII, 221, 
1916. 


Three specimens in the Canadian National collection from the following 
localities: Gravel river, Northwest Territories, July 16, 1908 (J. Keele); Mac- 
kenzie river, opposite Gravel river, Northwest Territories, July 18, 1908 (J. 
Keele). These records extend considerably the northern range of this form, 
which was described from examples from the provinces of Alberta, Saskatchewan, 
and Manitoba. 


FAMILY LYCAENIDAE. 
Genus Incisalia Seudd. 
Incisalia irus Godt. 


Polyommatus irus Godt.: Ene. Meth., IX, 674, 1823. 


Two specimens in the Canadian National collection from the following 
localities in northern British Columbia: Telegraph creek, Stikine river, British 
Columbia, May 29, 1887 (Dawson and McEvoy); Cassiar trail, 22 miles east 
of Telegraph creek, British Columbia, June 1, 1887 (Dawson and McEvoy). 

These examples are similar to specimens found in Canada in more southern 
localities. ‘ 


Genus Heodes Dalm. 
Heodes helloides Bdvy. 


Polyommatus helloides Bdv.: Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (2) X, 291, 1852. 


In the Canadian National collection there are three specimens of this species 
from northern localities, namely: Tepe lake, near head of Wolverine creek, 
Yukon Territory, August 16, 1914, female (D. D. Cairnes); Upper Pelly river, 
Yukon Territory, August 7, 1887 (Dawson and McEvoy); Siwash creek, Yukon 
Territory, lat. 65° 59’, long. 141°, June 30, 1912, female (D. D. Cairnes). 


Heodes hypophlaeas feildeni McLach. 


Chrysophanus feildeni McLach.: Jour. Linns.Soc., XIV, 111, 1879. 


Two specimerfS, both males, of what is probably this form. The spots 
are smaller than in typical hypophleas and the colour of the primaries is paler, 


1 Ann. Rep. Geo. Surv. Can., 1887. 


28 1 Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


more of a yellowish shade. The specimens were taken as follows: Bernard har- 
bour, Northwest Territories, August 6, 1915 (F. Johansen); Cockburn point, 
(near Bernard harbour), Northwest Territories, September 2, 1914 (F. Johansen). 

In the Canadian National collection at Ottawa is another specimen taken 
in the Yukon Territory, namely, in the Klotassin river area, lat. 62° 31’ to 63° 
06’, long. 137° 30’ to 139° 30’, summer of 1916 (D. D. Cairnes). 

On July 25, 1912, Dr. Cairnes, while at Tindir creek, Yukon Territory, 
took a female of hypophleas which approaches arethusa of Dod. This specimen 
is also in the Ottawa collection. 


Genus Everes Hbn. 
Everes amyntula Bdv. 


Lycena amyntula Bdv.: Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (2), X, 294, 1852. 


Fletcher! recorded this species from Devil’s Portage, Liard river (long. 
126° 10’), July 17, 1887 (McConnell.) No specimens were brought back by 
members of the Canadian Arctic Expedition. In the Government collection 
at Ottawa are three specimens from the Yukon Territory, taken on the Wagon 
road, between Dawson and Whitehorse, 1908, by Mr. George Stewart. 


Genus Plebeius Linn. 
Plebeius scudderi Edw. 


+ Lycena scudderi Edw.: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., XIII, 164, 1861. 


In the Canadian National collection there are several specimens from the 
Yukon and other northern localities which we have associated with this species. 
Records of these specimens will be of interest to readers of this report. They 
are from the following localities: Lansing river, Yukon Territory, June 24, 1905 
(J. Keele); Pelly river, below Hoole river, Yukon Territory, July 5, 1905 @: 
Keele); Upper Pelly river Yukon Territory, August 3, 1887 (G. M. Dawson); 
Little Charlton island, Hudson bay, July 14, 1887 (J. M. Macoun); Charlton 
island, Hudson bay, July 7, 1887 (J. M. Macoun)?: Wagon road, 9 miles from 
Whitehorse, Yukon Territory, July 7, 1908 (G. Stewart): west side of lake 
Kluane, near Jacquot’s roadhouse, Yukon Territory, August 2 OA. CD) ee 
Cairnes); Stewart river, Yukon Territory, July 17, 1905 (J. Keele); Dawson, 
Yukon Territory, 1908 (collector unknown).’ 

It must be admitted, however, that there is a misunderstanding regarding 
the species to which the name scudderi should be definitely given. The type 
locality is ‘‘ Lake Winnipeg,” but I am informed by Dr. J. McDunnough that 
the actual types cannot be found. Much further study of material from type 
localities is required of the scudderi—melissa—anna group before the standing of 
these species will be stable. ~ 

The specimen from Upper Pelly river, August 3, 1887 (G. M. Dawson), is 
undoubtedly the specimen referred to by Fletcher in the Annual Report of the 
Geological Survey of Canada, 1887, p. 230B, under the name of Lycena shasta. 

The example from Pelly river below Hoole river, July 5, 1905 (Keele), 
was recorded in the Entomological Record, 1907,4 as Rusticus anna. 

The underside of the male from west side of lake Kluane, Yukon Territory, 
is shown on PI. III, fig. 15. 


1 Ann. Rep. Geo. Survey Can., 1887, 230B. 

2 Determined as scudderi years ago by H. Strecker. 

3’ Determined as scudderi some years ago by H. Skinner 
4 Rep. Ent. Soc. Ont:, 1907. 


Lepidoptera 29 1 


Plebeius aquilo Bdv. 


Argus aquilo Bdv: Icon. 62, 1833. 


Six specimens as follows: Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, August 
1-25, 1915, 1 female, 3 males (F. Johansen); Bernard harbour, Northwest 
Territories, July 14, 1916, female (F. Johansen); Wollaston land, Victoria 
island, Northwest Territories, July 1, 1915, male (D. Jenness). 

Four other specimens in the National collection at Ottawa from the Yukon 
Territory, two labelled ‘‘ Burwash creek, Kluane district, Yukon Territory, 
August 8, 1914 (D. D. Cairnes)”’; one ‘‘ Kluane P.O., Yukon Territory, June 23, 
1914 (D. D. Cairnes),’”’ and the fourth ‘“ Harrington creek, Yukon Territory, 
lat. 65° 05’, long. 141°, July 30, 1912 (D. D. Cairnes),”’ may possibly be a form 
of the same species. They are larger than the three specimens collected by members 
of the Canadian Arctic Expedition and the underside is more heavily spotted. 
Two of these latter specimens are shown on Plate III at figures 16 and 17, together 
with a male of aquwilo from Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories (fig. 18). 


Plebeius saepiolus Bdv. 


Polyommatus sepiolus Bdv.: Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (2), X, 297, 1852. 


In the Canadian National collection there is a specimen of this widely 
distributed species from the Yukon: namely from Kluane P.O., Yukon Territory, 
June 21, 1914 (D. D. Cairnes). Fletcher! recorded this species from Devil’s 
Portage, lower Liard (long. 126° 10’), July 17, 1887 (McConnell), and from 
Finlayson lake, Yukon Territory, July 25, 1887 (Dawson and McEvoy). 


Plebeius shasta Edw. 


Lycena shasta Edw.: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. 224, 1862. 


It is of interest to note that in the Annual Report of the Geological Survey 
of Canada, 1887, p. 230B, Fletcher recorded this species from the Upper Pelly 
river (lat. 61° 50’, long. 132°), August. 3; Lewes river (lat. 62° 20’), 
August 21. Recently I located the specimen collected on August 3, 1887, by 
G. M. Dawson, and it is evident that it should not be referred to as shasta Edw. 
I have included the record under Plebeius scudderi Edw. Shasta was described 
from specimens from California. 

A specimen of this latter species taken at Crane lake, Saskatchewan, June 
2, 1894, by Prof. John Macoun, determined by Dr. J. MeDunnough as shasta 
minnehaha Seudd. is in the Canadian National collection. I have not seen any 
examples from more northern localities. 


Genus Glaucopsyche Scudd. 
Glaucopsyche couperi Grt. 


Glaucopsyche couperi Grt.: Bull. Buff. Soc., I, 185, 1874. 


In the Canadian National collection are specimens from the following 
Yukon and northern British Columbia localities: 96 miles from Whitehorse 
on Kluane road, near Marshall creek, Yukon Territory, June 15, 1914 (D. D. 
Cairnes); on Wagon road, between Whitehorse and Dawson, Yukon Territory, 
1908 (G. M. Stewart); Mayo lake, Yukon Territory, July 28, 1904 (J. Keele); 
between lat. 67° 25’ and 66° 30’, long. 141°, June 12, 1912 (D. D. Cairnes); 
Dawson, Yukon Territory, 1908 (collector unknown); Frances river, lat. 60° 29’, 
July 1, 1887 (G. M. Dawson); Upper Liard river, Yukon Territory, June 27, 
1887 (Dawson and McEvoy). Gravel river, Northwest Territories, below Natla 
river, June 13, 1908 (J. Keele); Telegraph creek, Stikine river, British Colum- 
bia, May 31, 1887 (Dawson and McEvoy); Dease lake, British Columbia, 
June 5, 1887 (Dawson and McEvoy); 


1 Ann. Rep. Geo. Surv. Can. 1887, 230B. 


30 I Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 
Genus Lycaenopsis Feld. 
Lycaenopsis pseudargiolus Bdv. and Lec. 


Argus pseudargiolus Bdv. and Lec.: Lep. Am. Sept, 118, 1833. 


Nine specimens of this variable species are in the National collection at 
Ottawa from the following northern localities: Dease lake, British Columbia, 
June 8, 1887 (G. M. Dawson); on Whitehorse—Dawson wagon road, Yukon 
Territory, June 2, 1914 (D. D. Cairnes); Alaska, collected with other species, 
the label covering all reading ‘lat. 59° 30’, 141st meridian—and lat. 69° 40’, 
141st meridian, June-July, 1912 (J. M. Jessup); ten miles south of Porcupine 
river, Yukon Territory, June 8, 1912 (D. D. Cairnes); six miles south of New 
Rampart House, Yukon Territory, June 6, 1912 (D. D. Cairnes); between 
lat. 67° 25’ and 66° 30’, long 141°, June 15, 1912 (D. D. Cairnes). 

In the Annual Report of the Geological Survey of Canada, 1887, page 
2308, Fletcher refers to specimens collected in the neighbourhood of Dease lake, 
British Columbia, referring to the same as representing the forms lucia Kirby, 
marginata Edw. and violacea Edw. 


FAMILY HESPERIIDAE. 
Genus Hesperia Fabr. 


Hesperia centaurez Ramb. 


Hesperia centauree Ramb.: Faun. Ent. And., pl. 8, f. 10, 1839. ° 


No specimens in the Canadian Arctic Expedition collection. In the Atlin 
district of northern British Columbia the species has been met with.1 In the 
Canadian National collection there are three specimens which were taken in 
Labrador on June 18 and July 16, 1894 (A. P. Low). 


Genus Thanaos Bdv.. 
Thanaos persius Scudd. 
Nisoniades persius Scudd.: Proc. Essex Inst., III, 170, 1862. 


Two specimens of this Thanaos from Dawson, Yukon Territory, 1908 (collec- 
tor unknown) are in the Canadian National collection. 

Both specimens, one a male, the other a female, were determined as persius, 
several years ago by Dr. H. Skinner. According to Skinner? the species has a 
wide distribution, being found from Alaska to the Gulf of Mexico and from the 
Atlantic to the Pacific oceans. 


Genus Carterocephalus Led. 
Carterocephalus palzemon Pall. 
_Pamphila palemon Pall.: Reise, 1, 471, 1771. 
In 1912, the late Dr. D. D. Cairnes collected a single specimen of this species 


near Siwash creek, Yukon Territory, lat. 65° 59’, long. 141°, on June 28. The 
specimen is in the Canadian National collection. 


1 Rep. Prov. Museum of Nat. Hist., B.C., 1914, (1915), F. 24 
2 Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. XL, p. 204. 


NEE — 


Lepidoptera 311 


FAMILY ARCTIIDAE. 
Genus Lexis Waller. 
Lexis bicolor Grt. 


Lithosia bicolor Grt.: Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil., III, 74, 1864. 


In the Canadian National collection there is one specimen of this widely 
distributed species from Sixtymile river, along 141st meridian river, Yukon 
Territory, 1907 (Thos. P. Reilly). 


Genus Hyphoraia Hbn. 
Hyphoraia parthenos Harr. 


Arctia parthenos Harr.: Agassiz’s Lake Sup., 309, 1850. 
One specimen in the Canadian National collection from the following 
Yukon locality: Stewart river, above Frazer falls, June 15, 1905 (J. Keele). 


Hyphoraia alpina Quens. 


Bombyx alpina Quens.: Acerbi’s Travels N. Cape, II, p. 253, pl. 1, f. 4 
(1802). 

Four specimens reared from larve or cocoons collected at Collinson point, 
Alaska, emerged July 27, August 3, 14, September 2, 1914, 3 males and 1 female 
(F. Johansen). One of the males is shown on PI. V, fig. 18. 

All of the specimens are in general similar in appearance and resemble 
fairly closely Seitz’s figure of alpina Quens. (=thulea Dalm.)! In these specimens 
however, the pale coloured spots on the wings in both sexes are decidedly yellowish 
almost a cream-buff?, not whitish as in the figure referred to above. Hampson? 
also refers to the spots as being white in the female. The male antennz in 
this species are serrate differing from the antenne of the foregoing species 
which are pectinate. 

The larve and cocoons were collected on the tundra, by Mr. Johansen, 
in the months of May, June, and July. They emerged on the dates mentioned 
above. (Breeding record 33.) 

The following brief description of the larva has been made from a cast 
skin removed from a cocoon: 

Head 3 mm. wide, rounded, somewhat quadrate, black, polished, set 
black; mouth parts reddish. Body blackish, tubercles large and conspicuous, 
each bearing a bunch of rather long stout hairs, slightly spinulose. The hairs 
on the dorsum and upper lateral area are yellow and brown intermixed, those 
along the lower lateral area being of a darker brown shade. Thoracic feet 
black, reddish at ends; prolegs concolorous with venter. 

The cocoon, figured on Pl. III, fig. 8, varies in size from 16-20 mm. in 
width to about 36 mm. in length. It is rather thin, the pupa inside being 
readily observable. In colour it is yellowish-white. 

Pupa.—Length 19 mm., width at widest part 7 mm.; black, polished, 
anterior half of abdominal segments slightly pitted and with short sete, posterior 
~ half smooth. Wing-cases and thorax slightly wrinkled. Cremaster roughened, 
reddish, shaped as shown on PI. III, fig. 10, and bearing a conspicuous bunch 
of long, rather slender, dark reddish or blackish bristles slightly curved at ends. 

In addition to the above specimen, Mr. Johansen collected a cocoon of 
what I take to be of this species, on Herschel island, Yukon Territory, end of 
an 1916. It was parasitized by Amblyteles species? which emerged on August 

, 1916. 


1 Macrolep. World, Div. 1, Palwarctica, Vol. 2, pl. 17c. 
2 Ridgway’s Color Standards and Nomenclature, 1912. 
3 Cat. Lep. Phalenze in B.M., III, 223. 

4 Det. by C. T. Brues. 


32 I Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 
Hyphoraia festiva Bork. 


Bombyx festiva Bork.: Eur. Schmett., III, p. 191 (1790), nec. Hufn. 
Bombyx lapponica Thunb.: Diss. Ent. pt. II, p. 40, f. 7 (4791). 


Four specimens of this rare species from the following localities: 
Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 9, 24, 1915, July 3, 1916, 2 males, 
1 female (F. Johansen); Port Epworth, Coronation gulf, Northwest Territories, 
July 15, 1915, 1 male (J. J. O’Neill). The specimen obtained on July 24, 1915, 
was reared. (Breeding record 68.) 

These specimens resemble rather closely the figure of the species which is 
' given in Seitz’s Macrolepidoptera of the World.!' As is to be expected among 
arctiid moths the markings are variable. Such variation is indicated in the 
two male specimens figured on Pl. V, figs. 19 and 20. The abdomen of the 
female is much redder than that of the male as is also the underside of the 
wings. The antenne of the males are distinctly pectinate similar to the males 
of H. parthenos Harr. 


On July 7, 1915, Mr. Johansen found the cocoon of the moth which emerged 


on July 24, attached to a stone near a river bed at Bernard harbour, Northwest 
Territories. His notes indicate that the pupa was 20 mm. long, smooth and 
black. The resultant moth a female, was kept alive. Mr. Johansen’s notes 
read: 
“August 8—Imago still living. During the last few days she laid about 
one dozen pale-green eggs (1 mm. in diameter) on different places in the Jar. 

“August 16—Imago dying. She has now laid seventy eggs all told.” 

The cocoon is thin, pale yellowish-white, oval, 25 mm. long, 14 mm. wide; 
the pupa and cast larval skin are plainly observable through the cocoon. 

The following notes on the larva have been made from the cast skin removed 
from the cocoon: — 

Head 3 mm. wide, rounded, black, polished, mouth parts reddish. Body 
black, tubercles large, each bearing a bunch of spreading, rather long hairs, 
slightly spinulose, those from the dorsum being mostly of a sordid whitish 
colour with black and dark brown hairs intermixed, while those from the lower 
lateral and ventral areas are darker, being black or dark brown. Thoracic feet 
black, red tipped, shiny; prolegs also black, shiny, crotchets mostly reddish. 

Pupa.—Length 18 mm., width at widest part 6-5 mm., polished, anterior 
half of abdominal segments ‘slightly pitted and with short sete: posterior half 
smooth, as in Hyphoraia alpina Quens. Wing-cases and thorax slightly wrinkled. 
Cremaster different from this latter species being shaped as shown on PI. III 
at fig. 11, and bearing about forty stout capitate dull reddish bristles. 

Seitz? refers to the larva as being dark grey with small black head and 
long black or foxy red hair. The food plant is given as Vaccinium uliginosum 
and other bog plants. 

In addition to the above specimens there is in the Ottawa collection a female 
bearing the label ‘‘ Hudson bay, Dr. Bell,’’ which we associate with this species. 


Genus Apantesis Wlk. 
Apantesis quenseli Payk. 


Bombyx quenselii Payk.: Skriv. of Nat. Selsk., I, 99, 1793. 


In the Entomological Record for 19153 I recorded this species from 141st 
meridian, north of mount Natazht, 6,500 feet, July 1, 1913 (EK. W. Nesham). 
This specimen, a female, is in the Canadian National collection. 


EL ae of the World, Div. I, Palwarctica, Vol. 2, plate 17e 
bi 
3 Rep. Ent. Soc. Ont. 1915. 


Dryas octopetala, Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 9, 1915; Hyphorara 
festiva, male, at rest on rock in foreground 1 
(Photo by G. H. WILKINS.) 


65994—To face p. 321 


= eae 


i 


Lepidoptera 33 1 


Genus Parasemia Hbn. 


Parasemia plantaginis L. 


‘Bombyx plantaginis L.: Syst. Nat., I, 501, 1758. 


One specimen in the Canadian National collection from the following Yukon 
locality: Lansing river, Yukon Territory, June 24, 1905 (J. Keele). 


FAMILY AGARISTIDAE. 
Genus Androloma Grt. 


Androloma mac-cullochi Kirby. 


Alypia mac-cullochit Kirby: Faun. Bor. Am., IV, 301, 1837. 


One specimen in the Canadian National collection from slopes of mount 
Ortell, Yukon Territory, July 16, 1905 (J. Keele). 


FAMILY NOCTUIDAE. 
Genus Barrovia B. and McD. 
Barrovia fasciata Skin. 


Psychophora fasciata Skin.: Ent. News, XIII, 143, 1902. 


Two males as follows: Barter island, north coast of Alaska, July 11, 1914, 
captured in bright sunshine on the tundra, temperature 56° F. (D. Jenness); 
Herschel island, Yukon Territory, July 29, 1916 (F. Johansen). 

Both of these specimens are in fair condition. The species, concerning the 
generic status of which much has been written, is an interesting one. The type 
locality is Point Barrow, Alaska. The specimen collected on Barter island is 
shown on PI. V, fig. 17. 


Genus Parabarrovia, n. gen. 


(Type Parabarrovia keelez, n. sp.) 


Agrees with Hampson’s characterization of the genus Agrotiphila, Section I 
(Schoyenia), excepting that the fore-tibie are not spined and veins 3 and 4 of 
secondaries are stalked. ' 

In the Canadian Entomologist, vol. XLVIII, 290, Barnes and McDunnough 
erected the genus Barrovia with type fasciata Skin., placing the genus near 
Agrotiphila Grt., differing therefrom by its unspined fore-tibize and hairy vesti- 
ture. Dr. MecDunnough has recently informed me, however, that this character- 
ization is not correct, as the spined fore-tibizw of fascZata were overlooked at the 
time. Barrovia B. and McD. will, therefore, come very close to Schdyenia, from 
which it differs in antennal structure. 


Parabarrovia keelei, n. sp. 


Antenne serrate and fasciculate. Head, thorax, abdomen and feet clothed 
with black and gray or silvery hairs intermixed. All the wings brownish, semi- 
translucent, the primaries darker than the secondaries. The median area of 
the primaries particularly towards the costa is irrorated with white, as is also 
the costal margin to near apex. Hairs on costa yellowish. , The brown neuration 
of all the wings is conspicuous. Scales on discal vein black, showing as a black 
streak. Cilia brownish-yellow. Underside of all wings paler than upper side, 
the scales being of a creamy white colour. 


65994—3 


~ B41 Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


Unfortunately the specimen is rubbed, rendering a more complete descrip- 
tion impossible. 

Alar expanse, 26 mm. 

Type, male, bearing the label ‘‘ Mountain below Twitya river, near Gravel 
river, Northwest Territories, July 2, 1908 (J. Keele).”’ 

Paratype, female from the same locality and bearing the same label. This 
specimen expands 30 mm., and in general is in rather fair condition. The wings 
are brownish and semi-translucent as in the type and there is a faint indication 
of a wide darker brown median band on the primaries, the outer third of the wing 
being faintly irrorated with white. In the median and basal areas whitish scales 
are also present. The wings of this specimen are more rounded at apex than are 
those of the type. The latter is figured on Pl. V, fig. 10, the paratype on the 


same plate at figure 9. Both types are in the Canadian National collection. 
/ 


Genus Epipsilia Hbn. 
Epipsilia wockei Moeschler. 
Agrotis wocket Moeschler: Wien. Ent. Mon., VI, 1380, 1862. 


In the Entomological Record for 1908! I recorded this species from Labrador, 
July 19 (A. P. Low). This specimen is in the Canadian National collection. 

Hampson gives the following distribution: Labrador; White mountains, 
New Hampshire; Ala Tau, W. Turkestan. | 

I have compared our specimen with his figure? with which it agrees very 
well. 


Genus Anarta Ochs. 
Anarta subfumosa, n.sp. 


Head, thorax and abdomen brown, thorax with black and gray hairs inter- 
mixed. Antenne moderately serrate and fasciculate. Primaries dull smoky- 
brown suffused with gray; costal area black along the edge and thinly irrorated 
with white. Markings on the primaries indistinct, the most apparent being the 
t. p. line. The basal line and the t. a. line are specially noticeable on the costa. 
All these lines are whitish. The s. t. line is represented by a series of faint dots. 
Orbicular and reniform small, whitish. Cilia inner third dark brown, outer 
two-thirds pale brown. Secondaries white with rather broad dark brown 
terminal band and dark brown discoidal lunule; basal area darkened. Cilia 
whitish, inner third pale brown. 

Underside of all wings whitish, veins black-lined; discoidal spot on each 
wing conspicuous; secondaries with dark terminal band 

Alar expanse, 26 mm. 

Type, a male, (Pl. V, fig. 16) from Armstrong point, Victoria island, North- 
west Territories, July, 1916 (J. Hadley). Paratypes, 4 males and 1 female from 
the same locality, July 1-10, 1916 (J. Hadley). In one of these (male) the median 
area on the primaries is darkened. In another (male) there are faint golden-/ 
yellow scales in the subterminal area and traces of a postmedial line on the’ 
secondaries. All are of a similar size to the type. Types in the Canadian 
National collection. 

This species evidently comes nearest to A. staudingert Auriv. 


1 Rep. Ent. Soc. Ont., 1908. 
3 Pl. LX XIII, Lep. B.M., Vol. IV. 


Lepidoptera 301 


Anarta richardsoni Curt. 


Hadena richardsoni Curt.: Ross’ Narr. Second Voy., App. p. 72, pl. A, f. 11, 
1834. 

Two specimens as follows: Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July, 
1915, male (F. Johansen); Port Epworth, Coronation gulf, Northwest Territories, 
August 18, 1915, male (J. J. O’Neul). 

Four specimens (3 males, 1 female), collected at Armstrong point, Victoria 
island, Northwest Territories, July 1-10, 1916 (J. Hadley), were brought back 
by the Northern Party of the Canadian Arctic Expedition. 

In the Canadian National collection are two other specimens labelled as 
follows: Klutlan glacier, Yukon Territory, 9,000 feet, June, 1913 (H. F. J. 
Lambart); Gravel river, Northwest Territories, July 2, 1908 (J. Keele). 

This species has a wide distribution. Hampson records it from Greenland, 
Hudson bay, Labrador, Alaska, Scandinavia, and Novaya Zembla. 


Anarta leucocycla Staud. 


Anarta leucocycla Staud.: Stett. Ent. Zeit., 1875, p. 296. 


Four specimens, three males and one female, as follows: Bernard harbour, 
Northwest Territories, August 14-18, 1915, 3 males (F. Johansen); cape Pullen, 
Wollaston land, Victoria island, Northwest Territories, August 18, 1915, 1 
female (D. Jenness). 

The only locality given by Hampson, in vol. V of the Catalogue of the 
Lepidoptera Phalene in the British Museum, is Greenland. 

The female from cape Pullen is figured on Pl. V, fig. 14. 


Anarta cordigera Thunb. 
Noctua cordigera Thunb.: Mus. Nat. Acad. Ups. Diss., VI, 72, 1788. 


In the Canadian National collection there is one specimen, a female, from 
the Yukon, collected ‘‘ 60 miles from Whitehorse, Yukon Territory, near Cham- 
pagne landing, June 10, 1914 (D. D. Cairnes).”’ Also a specimen, a female, 
bearing the label ‘‘ Lake No. 4, Pike’s portage, Great Slave lake, May 20, 1900 
CJ. Wyarrell).?2 

These specimens, in general, resemble examples in the collection from eastern 
Ontario. 

Genus Leucania Ochs. 


Leucania yuconensis Hamp. 
Leucania yuconensis Hamp.: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., VIII, 425, 1911. 


One specimen of this species from the type locality, namely, Dawson, Yukon 
Territory, 1909, is in the Canadian National collection. 


Genus Sympistis Hbn. 
Sympistis melaleuca Thunb. 


Noctua melaleuca Thunb.: Diss. Ent., II, 42, 1791. 


In the Canadian National collection are two specimens of this arctic species, 
one from Charlton island, James bay, July 8, 1887 (J. M. Macoun), and the 
other from Burwash creek, Kluane district, Yukon Territory, August 8, 1914 
(Dd. D. Cairnes). 

The specimen from Charlton island, is in good condition and was determined 
some years ago by Dr. Dyar. I have recently compared it with the figure of 
melaleuca on plate 50e, of Seitz’s Macrolepidoptera of the World. The Yukon 


specimen is in rather poor condition, but seems to be this species. 
65994—34 


36 1 Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 
Sympistis zetterstedti Staud. 


Anarta zetterstedti Staud.: Stett. Ent. Zeit., 294, 1857. 


Two specimens of what is apparently this species taken as follows: Bernard 
harbour, Northwest Territories, females, August 14, 1915 (F. Johansen). 

The specimens unfortunately are in poor condition. This species was 
taken on the Barren Grounds by Hanbury. 


Genus Parastichtis Hbn. 
Parastichtis verberata Sm. 


Orthosia verberata Sm.: Can. Ent., XXXVI, 153, 1904. 


One specimen in the National collection at Ottawa from Bartlett bay, 
off Glacier bay, Alaska, June 10, 1907 (D. H. Nelles). 


This specimen is similar to specimens in the collection from Kaslo, B.C. 
The type locality is Calgary, Alta. The above specimen agrees fairly well 
with Hampson’s figure.! 


Genus Homoglza Morr. 
Homoglza murrayi, n. sp. 


Head, thorax and abdomen pale drab, immaculate; abdominal hairs darker. 
Primaries pale drab irrorated with darker brown especially in the median and 
outer areas; costa pale grayish. T.a. line sepia, darkest on costa, angled inwardly 
below costa, excurved from cell to inner. margin. Orbicular a rather indistinct 
small greyish annulus. Reniform of moderate size constricted centrally, defined 
by grey. T.p. line sepia, darkest on costa, greyish on outer edge, dentate, 
bent outwardly below costa. §.t. line indistinct, greyish on outer edge; a 
terminal dark line; fringes pale drab. Secondaries pale brownish with darker 
brown border. 

Beneath, both wings whitish, thinly irrorated with brown; discoidal spot 
dark; on primaries a rather wide smoky longitudinal shading from base to 
discoidal spot; postmedial line dark; terminal line blackish. 

Alar expanse, 36 mm. 

Type, a female, from Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 10, 
1916 (F. Johansen). Paratype, afemale, from the same locality and bearing the 
same label; both types in the Canadian National collection. A third specimen, 
also a female, taken at Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, August 4, 1915 
(F. Johansen), is broken and rubbed, but is apparently the same species. The 
specimen which I have made the type was submitted to Dr. Dyar who reported 
that it belonged to the genus Homoglea. 

The paratype is smaller than the type, expanding 33 mm.; the smoky 
longitudinal shading of the underside of the primaries is indistinct. 

The type is figured on Pl. V, fig. 12. 

I have pleasure in naming ane new species after the late James Murray, 
a well known biologist of Scotland, who was attached to the Northern Party 
of the Canadian Arctic E xpedition, Mr. Murray, unfortunately, was lost 
with several associates, in 1914, in attempting to reach Wrangell island. 


1 Pl]. CVII, 1, Lep. B.M., Vol. VI. 


Lepidoptera OVI 
Genus Agroperina Hamp. 


Agroperina lateritia Hufn. 


Phalaena lateritia Hufn.: Berl. Mag., III, 206, 1767. 


I have recently received a single worn specimen of this common and wide- 
spread species from Rev. C. E. Whittaker. The specimen was collected at 
Whitehorse, Yukon Territory. 


Genus Autographa Hbn. 
Autographa sackeni Grt.? 
Plusia sackent Grt.: Can. Ent., IX, 135. 


In the Entomological Record for 1904! we recorded this species from Mayo 
lake, Yukon Territory, August 7, 1904 (J. Keele). 

I submitted this specimen to Dr. R. Qttolengui, and he has kindly studied 
it and reported that he is practically certain it 1s sackent. The species was 
described from Idaho Springs, Colorado, so its occurrence in the Yukon is 
noteworthy. Dr. Ottolengui states?: ‘““I have never before seen sackent from 
any section except Colorado. _ However (unlike vaccinii which is found nowhere 
except on Mount Washington) sackeni has been taken on several of the mountains 
in Colorado.” 

I cannot, however, agree with Dr. Ottolengui in the above determination. 
A. sackeni, according to the description, should have a distinct golden-yellow 
patch on the costa, near the base of the wing, described by the author of the 
species as an ‘‘ interior golden patch.”? This character is entirely absent in the 
specimen under discussion from Mayo lake, and I am inclined to think that it 
will ultimately prove to be of a species which is at present undescribed. The 
specimen is figured on Pl. III, fig. 14. 


Autographa altera Ottol. ? 


Autographa altera Ottol.: Jour. N.Y. Ent. Soc., X, 69, 1902. 


One male specimen taken at Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, 
August 25, 1915 (F. Johansen). 

Unfortunately the specimen is in rather poor condition and it is difficult to 
definitely determine it. I referred it to Dr. Ottolengui who would not name 
it otherwise than altera? The specimen is shown on PI. III, fig. 13. 


FAMILY LYMANTRIIDAE. 
Genus Gynaephora Hbn. 


Gynaephora rossi Curtis. 


Larva rossii Curtis: Ross’ Second Voyage N.-W. Pass, App., 70, 1835. 

Ten adult specimens, six males and four females from Demarcation point 
and Collinson point, Alaska, July, 1914, six males and three females (F. Johansen) ; 
Barter island, Alaska, June 24, 1914, female (D. Jenness). 

These specimens undoubtly represent the species described by Curtis. 
The secondaries are yellowish with black border. 

Under the generic name Dasychira, this species is referred to in several 
arctic reports. Its life-history is only partially known, so the following obser- 
vations are worthy of record. 


1 Rep. Ent. Soe. Ont., 1904. 
2 Tn litt., March,16, 1919. 


38 I Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


Mr. Johansen in his notes states that the larve and cocoons were found 
rather abundantly in 1914 at Collinson point and Demarcation point on the 
Alaskan coast. The following are his notes: (Breeding record 15) 


1914, May 31—Collinson Point—Two large larve and two cocoons found on tundra. 
June 1—One of the larve collected yesterday began making its cocoon. 
# 3—Four mature larvee and six cocoons found. 
*«  4—One mature larva and three cocoons found. 
7—Four cocoons found. 
11—F ive cocoons found. 
“ -18—One mature larva and eight cocoons found. 
15—Two larvee found east of Collinson point. 
** ~18—One cocoon found. 
20—Four cocoons found. 
July 13—First moth emerged. 
Other moths emerged on July 15, 16, 18, 20, 22, 27; August 3, 21, 28; 
September 2, 15, 1914. 


Some of the males and females were kept alive by Mr. Johansen and his 
notes state that copulation took place freely, and that eggs were secured, the 
same having been deposited upon the cocoon. Pairs were noted to remain in 
coitu for a whole day. Under natural conditions, Mr. Johansen also found the 
eggs on empty cocoons. The females which were reared failed to properly 
develop their wings, these latter in every case being crumpled. 

The eggs brought back by Mr. Johansen are 1-2 mm. wide, white, smooth, 
spherical, depressed above and are stuck firmly together and partially covered 
with hair. One patch contained over 55 eggs. 

The specimen from Barter island emerged from a cocoon found on the 
ground on June 23. The temperature at the time varied from 36° to 46°F. 

On September 7, 1913, Mr. Johansen collected at Collinson point, among 
old driftwood on tundra elevation, a single specimen of the larva of what is 
undoubtedly this species. It was placed in alcohol. 

The following is a description of the specimen: 

Length, 30 mm. (I should think this specimen when alive and walking 
would easily measure 45 mm.). Head, 3-5 mm. wide, rounded, dull brownish- | 
grey, excepting clypeus and area around antenne and mouth parts which are — 
shining black, and sides which are reddish-yellow; thickly hairy, the hairs black. 
Body black, the tubercles with thick bunches of hairs; the lateral hairs are 
mostly longer than the dorsal hairs and many, brown in colour, are conspicuously 
feathered and more spreading; the lateral hairs which are not feathered are 
spinulose and either long brown or dark-reddish brown hairs or are shorter 
hairs orange-yellow in colour. The dorsal hairs are shorter than the lateral 
hairs and the feathered ones are bunched together particularly so on.the anterior 
segments, the yellow hairs which also occur on the dorsum being more or less 
hidden, excepting in the subdorsal area where they are of a brighter yellow 
and more conspicuous. This specimen is figured on PI. III, fig. 9. 

Other larve differ from the above in that all the hairs are lighter in colour 
and in having the yellowish hairs more noticeably intermixed with the dorsal 
feathered hairs which in these specimens are greyish. 

The larva has been described by Curtis! as follows: ‘‘ Large and hairy of a 
beautiful shining velvety black, the hairs being somewhat ocherous; there are 
two tufts of black on the back, followed by two of orange.” 

This brief description is, of course, of little value. Dyar who has studied 
the larva of rossi as well as that of groenlandica states? that ‘ Curtis must have 
mixed the species, describing the moth of rossi and the larva of groenlandica.” 
Packard described the larva of rossi from Polaris bay* but his description does 
not agree with the description of the larva described above from Collinson 


1 Ross’ Second Voyage. 
2 Psyche, VIII, 153. 
3 Amer. Nat. XI, 52 


Lepidoptera 391 


point. This latter description is in general similar to Dyar’s description of 
rossu, 

The larve reared by Mr. Johansen were fed in captivity on mountain 
saxifraga (S. oppositifolia L.) and willow, chiefly the latter as soon as available. 


In the Entomological Record for 1903? the species is recorded from Black- 
falds, Alta., where in 1902 and 1903 Mr. P. B. Gregson found the larve on 
willow and poplar. Mr. Gregson at the time forwarded to us some larvee and 
from one of these a male moth was reared. Larve were also received in 1903 
from Mr. D. Tipping, of the same place. 

Regarding the occurrence of the species at Blackfalds, Alta., Mr. Gregson 
reported that he first met with the larve on August 27, 1901, on which date 
he found three specimens feeding on aspen poplar. In some notes which he 
sent to us at the time it is stated that larvee seemed to be full grown on September 
22, and that since August 27 they had moulted once. They fed very little and 
hibernated among dead leaves and twigs in a breeding cage which was kept 
in an outhouse. In the spring of 1902, the larve were brought indoors and 
early strawberry leaves offered as food, until the leaves of aspen poplar appeared. 
This latter food was continually present in the breeding cage, but unlike the 
larve reared by Mr. Johansen, referred to above, these three Blackfalds larvee 
refused all food and eventually spun their cocoons among the dead leaves and 
twigs at the bottom of the cage. The moths emerged about June 10. 


The Blackfalds larve are much grayer than the Collinson point larvee 
and the upper lateral yellow hairs are decidedly brighter being citron-yellow 
in colour. The number of yellow hairs, however, varies in the specimens. 


Another larva, immature, in the National collection at Ottawa, from Fuller- 
ton, Hudson bay, collected on July 7, 1904, by Mr. Andrew Halkett, bears still 
lighter greyish feathered hairs, but otherwise is similar to the Blackfalds larve. 

In addition to the larve collected at Collinson point and Demarcation 
point, Mr. Johansen also collected larvee at Nome, Alaska, and at Chantry 
island, Northwest Territories, but unfortunately no adults were reared. These 
may be ross? but owing to the condition of the larvee brought back it is difficult 
to determine them definitely. 


In addition to the material collected by the Southern Party of the Canadian 
Arctic Expedition, I have also examined five cocoons collected by members of 
the Northern Party, namely, four by Messrs. Castel and Emiu, from near cape 
Ross, Melville island, about June 20, 1916. Three of these I would determine 
as being those of G. rossz, but the pupa of the fourth differs from that of the 
others in having black dorsal hair which according to Dyar? is a characteristic 
of G. groenlandica. The fifth cocoon is from Armstrong point, Victoria island, 
Northwest Territories, summer, 1916 (J. Hadley). 

From cocoons collected by Mr. Johansen, the tachinid parasite Huphorocera 
gelida Coq. was reared. As many as six puparia were found in one cocoon. 
The species was determined by Mr. J. R. Malloch, and is referred to in his 
report on diptera collected by members of the Canadian Arctic Expedition’. 
From Mr. Johansen’s notes I gather that he reared also a hymenopterous para- 
site. 

In the Canadian National collection there is a male specimen of the moth 
from Ashe inlet, North Bluff, Hudson’s strait, August 13, 1884 (R. Bell). 


1 Psyche, VII, 328. 

2 Rept. Ent. Soc. Ont., 1903. 

*% Psyche, VIII, 153. 

4 Rep. Canad. Arct. Exped., 1913-18, III, C, p. 57c. 1919. 


401 Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 
FAMILY GEOMETRIDAE. 
Genus Leucobrephos Grt. 

Leucobrephos brephoides Walk. 


Anarta brephoides Walk.: Cat. Brit. Mus., XI, 702, 1857. 


In the Canadian National collection there are seven specimens of this 
uncommon moth from northern localities, as follows: Mayo river, Yukon Terri- 
tory, April 16, 1907, 3 males (J. A. Davidson); Janerk, Klutlan glacier, elevation 
5,500 feet, 141st meridian, north of mount Natazhat, May 2, 1913, 2 males 
(EK. W. Nesham); Portage at Grand falls, Hamilton river, Labrador, May 12, 
1894, 2 males (A. P. Low). 

The life-history, habits, and distribution of the insect in Canada were 
recently published in The Canadian Entomologist. 


Genus Acidalia Tr. 
Acidalia frigidaria Moesch. 


Acidalia frigidaria Moesch.: Wien. Ent. Monat., IV, 373, 1860. 

One specimen in the Canadian National collection from Baldoff creek, 
Yukon Territory, White river district, July 7, 1913 (D. D. Cairnes). The 
species was determined by Mr. L. W. Swett. 


Acidalia species. 


Three specimens belonging to this genus all collected in the Yukon 
Territory by the late Dr. D. D. Cairnes, namely, two in White river district, 
lat. 61° 55’, long. 141°, July 16, 1913, and the other near Nation river, lat. 65° 30’, 
long. 141°, are in the Canadian National collection. They probably represent 
an undescribed species, but unfortunately the specimens are in poor condition. 


Genus Holarctias Prout. 
Holarctias sentinaria Geyer. 


Hematopis sentinaria Geyer in Hubner, Zutr. Exot. Schmett, f. 823, 1837. 
One specimen in the Canadian National collection from White river district, 


Yukon Territory, lat. 61° 45’, long. 141°, July 20, 1913, female (D. D. Cairnes). 
The specimen was determined by Dr. McDunnough. 


Genus Cosymbia Hbn. 
Cosymbia pendulinaria Guen. 


Ephyra pendulinaria Guen.: Spee. Gen., IX, 414, 1857. 


A specimen of what is apparently this species was collected by the late Dr. 
D. D. Cairnes, near Black river, Yukon Territory, lat. 66° 31’, long. 141°, on 
June 18, 1912; it is in the Canadian National collection. The lines on this 
specimens are blacker than those of examples in the collection from British 
Dare ape and other localities and the discal spot on all wings is entirely filled 
with black. 


1 Can. Ent., XLVIII, 133. 


Lepidoptera : 411 
Genus Lygris Hbn. 


Lygris destinata Moesch. 


Lygris destinata Moeschler: Wien. Ent. Monat., 375, IV, 1860. 


Among a small collection of lepidoptera made in the Yukon in 1908 by Mr. 
Geo. Stewart, the specimens being now in the National collection at Ottawa, ° 
are three specimens of Lygris destinata Hbn. taken at Nordenskiold, 63 miles 
from Whitehorse, Yukon Territory, August 23, 1908. With these specimens 
are two other examples taken on the same day and at the same place, which 
resemble destinata but the antemedian band and the subterminal area are 
distinctly yellowish, thus approaching, according to Dr. MeDunnough, who 
examined the specimens, szmzlis of Walker. 

Ten other specimens of what is probably this latter form were brought back 
by members of the Canadian Arctic Expedition. These were taken as follows: 
Nome, Alaska, August 24, 25, 1916, 4 specimens (F. Johansen); cape Pullen, 
Wollaston Land, Victoria island, Northwest Territories, August 18, 1915, 4 
specimens (D. Jenness); Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, August 25, 
1915, 2 specimens (F. Johansen). 

Unfortunately most of these specimens are in poor condition. 


Genus Dysstroma Hbn. 
Dysstroma truncata Hufn. 


Geometra truncata Hufn.: Berl. Mag., IV, 602, 1769. 

One specimen in the Canadian National collection from Bartlett bay 
off Glacier bay, Alaska, June 10, 1907 (D. H. Nelles). 

This specimen is in poor condition but Dr. J. MeDunnough who examined 
it, considered it to be this species. In the Barnes’ collection there are specimens 
of truncata from southern Alaska. 


Dysstroma citrata Linn. 


Phalena citrata Linn.: Faun. Suec., p. 332, 1761. 

One specimen from Latouche, southern Alaska, September 3, 1916 (F. 
Johansen). 

The specimen is in poor condition but is apparently a form of this species. 

In addition there is in the Canadian National collection a specimen from 
the Yukon, namely, from Burwash creek, Kluane district, August 4, 1914 
(D. D. Cairnes), the determination of which was confirmed by Mr. Swett. 


Genus Xanthorhoe Hbn. 


Xanthorhoe abrasaria congregata WIk. 


Thera congregata Wlk.: Cat. Brit. Mus., XXIV, 1,264, 1862. 

In the Canadian National collection are four specimens from the Yukon, 
namely from wagon road between Whitehorse and Dawson, Yukon Territory, 
July 7 to August 2, 1908 (Geo. Stewart). The species was not met with by 
Mr. Johansen or other members of the Arctic Expedition. 

In Dyar’s Catalogue,! congregata of Walker is given as a synonym of 
unangulata of Haworth. This has been corrected by Barnes and MceDunnough 
in their Contributions? and given in their recently issued check list? as the 
American race of abrasaria. 


1 List of N. A. Lepidoptera, 1902. 
2 Cont. Nat. Hist. Lep. N. A., II, 5, 204. 
3 Check List of the Lep. of Boreal Amer., 1917. 


AQ1 Canadian Arctic Expedition,.1913-18 
Genus Psychophora Kirby. 
Psychophora sabini Kirby. 


Psychophora sabini Kirby.: Supp. App. Parry’s Voy. Disc. N.W. Passage, 
1824. 


Two specimens from Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July, 1916 
(F. Johansen). These specimens agree fairly well with Curtis’ figure in the 
Appendix to Ross’ Second Voyage. 

Two other specimens, one from Wollaston Land, Victoria island, Northwest 
Territories, summer, 1915 (D. Jenness); the other from cape Pullen, Wollaston 
Land, Victoria island, August 18, 1915 (D. Jenness), may also be this species 
but the specimens are not in very good condition. 


Genus Cidaria Treit. 
Cidaria species. 


Two Yukon specimens are in the Canadian National collection, both 
collected by the late D. D. Cairnes, one on July 24, 1912, on the Nation river, 
lat. 65° 30’, long. 141°, the other on July 23, 1913, in the White river 
district, long. 141°. Both specimens were submitted to Mr. L. W. Swett, 
who determined them as Cidaria frigidaria Gn.? He reported that the specimens 
seemed to be very close to specimens from Lapland determined by Staudinger. 
Unfortunately, both specimens are in poor condition. ' 


Genus Dasyuris Gn. 
Dasyuris polata Dup. 


Dasyuris polata Dup.: Hist. Nat. Lep. Fr., VIII, (V), 402, 1830. 


Two specimens, on the authority of Mr. L. W. Swett, are at present placed 
in the Canadian National collection under the above name. Both were studied 
by Mr. Swett and compared with specimens in the Packard collection. One, 
a male, was reported to match some of the rubbed specimens in this latter 
collection. The second specimen, a female, is much larger but was thought 
by Mr. Swett to be a female of polata. Referring to this latter specimen he 
stated! ‘“‘ I think the character of the basal band being accentuated outwardly 
rather indicates this species or a race of it”. Both specimens were collected at 
Tindir creek, Yukon Territory, international boundary, July 25, 1912 (D. D. 
Cairnes). 


Genus Oporinia Hbn. 
Oporinia species. 


In the Canadian National collection there is one specimen belonging to 
this genus which was collected in the Yukon by Mr. Jos. Keele, the label on the 
specimen reading ‘‘ Ladue river, August 21, 1905.’ This specimen was sub- 
mitted by Mr. L. W. Swett, who named it Oporinia autumnata? In reporting 
upon it Mr. Swett remarked: ‘‘ The markings are so effaced I cannot tell what 
race or species it may be. The double lines on the hind wings are nearer together 
than in typical autwmnata, and it is not my race henshawt?.”’ 


1 Tn litt. March 22, 1919. 


Lepidoptera 431 
Genus Eulype Hbn. 
Eulype hastata L. 


Phalena-Geometra hastata L.: Syst. Nat., 527, 1758. 

In the Canadian National collection there are nine specimens of this widely 
distributed and very variable species from the following Yukon localities : 
Kluane P.O., Yukon Territory, June 23, 1914 (D. D. Cairnes); Klotassin river 
area, Yukon Territory, lat. 62° 31’ to 63° 06’, long. 137° 36’ to 139° 30’, summer 
of 1916 (D. D. Cairnes); between latitudes 67° 25’ and 66° 30’, long. 141°, 
June 18-27, 1912 (D. D. Cairnes); Finlayson river, Yukon Territory, July 25, 
1887 (Dawson and McEvoy). 


Genus Isturgia Hbn. 


Isturgia truncataria Wlk. 


Fidonia truncataria Wl1k.: Cat. Brit. Mus., XXIV, 1034, 1862. 


In the Canadian National collection there are five specimens taken in the 
Yukon, as follows: 50 to 80 miles from Whitehorse, on Kluane road, Yukon 
Territory, June 8-12, 1914, 4 examples (D. D. Cairnes); between lat. 67° 25’ 
and 66° 30’ , long. 141°, June 12, 1912, 1 example (D. D. Cairnes). 


Genus Macaria Curt. 
Macaria granitata Gn. 


Macaria granitata Gn.: Spec. Gen., X, 85, 1857. 


This common and widely distributed species was not present in the Arctic 
collection. There is one specimen in the Ottawa National collection from the 
Yukon, labelled: Burwash creek, Kluane district, Yukon Territory, August 8, 
1914 (D. D. Cairnes). 


Genus Phasiane Dup. 
Phasiane hebetata Hlst. 


Phasiane hebetata Hulst.: Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc., IV, 34, 1881. 


No specimens in the Arctic collection. In the National collection at 
Ottawa, there is one specimen which was collected at Canyon river, 75 miles 
from Whitehorse, Yukon Territory, June 11, 1914 (D. D. Cairnes). 

The species was described from Colorado. It is also known to occur in 
Arizona and Washington Territory. In addition to the specimen referred to 
there are in the Ottawa collection specimens from the provinces of Alberta and 
Saskatchewan. Barnes and McDunnough! figure the species in their ‘‘ Contri- 
butions.” 


Genus Itame Hbn. 
Itame andersoni Swett. 


Diastictis andersoni Swett.: Can. Ent., XLVIII, 251, 1916. 


Three specimens of this species are in the Canadian National collection, 
all bearing the label ‘‘ Yukon Territory, collected on the wagon road between 
Whitehorse and Dawson, August 22, 1908 (Geo. Stewart).’’ One of the speci- 
mens was submitted to Mr. L. W. Swett, who confirmed the determination. 
The species was described from Atlin, B.C. Recently Blackmore? has figured 


1 Cont. Nat. Hist. Lep. N. A., IV, 2, pl. 21, f. 13, 1918. 
2 Proc. Ent. Soc. B.C. 10, 1917, (1918) pl. III. 


441 Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


the species but this illustration is much too pale and cannot be considered as 
satisfactory. The species is figured in colours on Pl. V, fig. 15. 


Itame brunneata Thunb. 


Phalena brunneata Thunb.: Diss. Ent., I, 9, 1784. 


One specimen from Burwash creek, Kluane district, Yukon Territory, 
August 8, 1914 (D. D. Cairnes), is in the Canadian National collection. Mr. 
L. W. Swett compared this example with material in his collection from Europe 
and reported that it did not match exactly the specimens in his series. He 
states! ‘‘ Packard’s name ferruginaria would hold in case this form was not 
exactly like the European. It could only be a race of the European brunneata 
at best and a series of microscopic slides with life-histories, would be necessary 
to separate them; in Jtame the genitalia are not so highly specialized as in some 
other groups.” 

The Yukon example is rather darker in colour than the other specimens 
under the name brunneata in the Ottawa government collection from the pro- 
vinces of Ontario and Nova Scotia. 


Genus Dysmigia Warr. 
Dysmigia loricaria Evers. 


Fidonia loricaria Evers.: Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mosc., 59, 1837. 


In the Canadian National collection there are eleven Yukon specimens, 
all males, of this species which were collected by Mr. Geo. Stewart, in 1908, 
at the following localities: Wagon road between Whitehorse and Dawson, 
Yukon Territory, August 2, 18, 1908, and Takhuna, Yukon Territory, July 28, 
1908. 

The species is a common one. We have examples from the provinces of 
Ontario, Manitoba, and Saskatchewan. 


Genus Aspilates Tr. 


Aspilates orciferaria WI1k. 


Napuca orciferata Wlk.: Cat. Brit. Mus., X XVI, 1,693, 1862. 

Three male specimens as follows: Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, 
July 10, 1916, 2 specimens (F. Johansen); Kugaluk river, Wollaston Land, 
Victoria island, Northwest Territories, August 18, 1915 (D. Jenness). 

In addition to the above the Northern Party of the Canadian Arctie Expedi- 
tion brought back seven specimens, all collected at Armstrong point, Victoria 
island, Northwest Territories, June 20 to July 11, 1916 (J. Hadley). 

These specimens are much darker than others which we have in the National 
collection at Ottawa, from Manitoba, Alberta, and Saskatchewan. 

We have also specimens of this moth from Nansen creek, Placer Mining 
camp, Yukon Territory, July 7-10, 1914 (D. D. Cairnes). 


Genus Selenia Hbn. 
Selenia alciphearia WIk. 


Selenia alciphearia Wlk.: Cat. Brit. Mus. XX, 184, 1860. 

A specimen of this geometer from Siwash creek, Yukon Territory, lat. 65° 
59’ long. 141°, June 28, 1912 (D. D. Cairnes), is in the Canadian National 
collection. It is a female and closely resembles the form ornata B. and MeD. 
which occurs on, Vancouver island, British Columbia. 


1 In litt. March 22, 1919. 


Lepidoptera 451 
FAMILY PYRALIDAE. 
Genus Loxostege Hbn. 
Loxostege commixtalis Wlk. 


Scopula commixtalis Wlk.: Cat. Brit. Mus., XXXIV, 1,459, 1865 


One Yukon specimen of this species is n the Canadian National collection. 
It bears the following label: Bear creek, 90 miles from Whitehorse, on Kluane 
road, Yukon Territory, June 18, 1914 (D. D. Cairnes). 


Genus Diasemia Hbn. 
Diasemia alaskalis, n. sp. 


Palpi dark brown, grayish-yellow above; head whitish, brown in centre; 
thorax reddish-brown; abdomen brown, whitish towards end; legs whitish. 
Primaries pale brownish with whitish scales along costa from base to reniform 
and with whitish area from t.p. line to outer margin; veins more or less marked 
with brown; costal margin yellowish-brown. T.a. line brown, sinuous, indistinct 
on costa. Orbicular oval, defined by brown, filled with yellowish-brown. 
Reniform rather large of an elongate-quadrate shape, slightly constricted 
centrally and filled with yellowish-brown. T.p. line dark brown, slightly 
dentate, almost straight from costa to vein 4 then incurved to below reniform 
on vein 2 and then excurved to inner margin. Terminal line brown, widened 
into conspicuous spots at ends of veins. Fringes pale brown, darker brown 
centrally. Secondaries whitish, thinly spotted with brown scales; discal spot 
brown; an inner second brown spot is present midway between the discal spot 
and the costal margin, as also a brown subterminal line; fringes as on primaries. 
Underside of all wings white, thinly spotted with brown, with all the markings 
of the upperside distinctly brown; primaries thinly dusted with brown. 

Alar expanse, 22 mm. 

Type, a male, in the Canadian National collection from Collinson point, 
Alaska, July 10, 1914 (F. Johansen). One paratype, bearing label “ W. of 
Konganevik (Camden bay), Alaska, beginning of July, 1914 (F. Johansen).”’ 
The primaries of this specimen are more heavily dusted with brown than are 
those of the type. 

Dr. Dyar kindly compared the specimen which I have made the type with 
material in the United States National Museum and reported that it represented 
an undescribed species of Diasemia. 

The type is figured on Pl. V, fig. 11. 


Genus Titanio Hbn. 
Titanio species—1. 


Two specimens collected at Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, one 
August 4, 1915, the other in July, 1916 (F. Johansen), were submitted to Dr. 
Dyar, who reported that they represented am undescribed species of the genus 
Titanio close to alticolalis B. and McD. The specimens, however, are con- 
siderably rubbed and for this reason I do not at present care to give the species 
a definite name. 

: Titanio species—2. 


A third specimen from cape Pullen, Wollaston Land, Victoria island, North- 
west Territories, July 15, 1915 (D. Jenness), probably also belongs to the genus 
Titanio and represents another undescribed species. It too, unfortunately, is in 
poor condition. 


461 Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 
Genus Pyla Grt. 
Pyla arctiella, n. sp. 


Palpi black with white scaling; head, thorax and body blackish with bronzy- 
green iridescence and dusted with white scales, body particularly so on venter, 
sides and posterior half of dorsum. Primaries dark brown with bronzy-green 
iridescence and rather heavily dusted throughout with white scales. T.a. 
line white, wide, almost straight, shghtly bent outwardly at centre. T.p. line, 
white, wide, from costa near apex inwardly oblique to near centre of wing, 
then continuing in an outcurve to above vein 1b and then outwardly oblique 
to inner margin. Secondaries pale brownish. Fringes on all wings pale brown- 
ish. Legs dark brown, white-scaled. — 

Wings beneath smoky-brown, paler along costa and near apex. 

Alar expanse, 20 mm. 

Type, a female, (Pl. V, fig. 13), from Collinson point, Alaska, July 17, 1914 
(F. Johansen), in the Canadian National collection. 

The generic determination was made by Dr. Dyar. This new species 
which is represented by one specimen, is, according to Dr. Dyar’s table, close 
to bistriatella Hulst. 


FAMILY EUCOSMID&. 
Genus Eucosma Hbn. 


HKighteen specimens from the following localities: Nome, Alaska, August 
24, 1916, 4 specimens (F. Johansen); west of Konganevik, Camden bay, Al- 
aska, July, 1914, 5 specimens (F. Johansen); north side of big lake west of 
Konganevik, Camden bay, Alaska, end of June, 1914, 4 specimens (F. Johansen) ; 
Barter island, northern Alaska, June 27, July 11, 1914, 4 specimens (D. Jenness) ; 
Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July, 1915, 1 specimen (F. Johansen). 

Unfortunately the above specimens are in a poor state of preservation. 
Eleven of them were submitted to Mr. August Busck, of the United States 
National Museum and were referred to the genus Hucosma. 


OTHER MICROLEPIDOPTERA. 


In addition to the specimens of the genus Hucosma a small number of 
other examples of microlepidoptera were collected by Mr. Johansen at Bernard 
harbour, Northwest Territories, July and August, 1915; cape Bathurst, North- 
west Territories, July, 1916, and Ketchikan, southeastern Alaska, September, 
1916. All of the specimens, however, are in very poor condition. 


FAMILY HEPIALIDAE. 
Genus Hepialus Fabr. 
Hepialus species. 
Two specimens were taken at Latouche, southern Alaska, September 3, 
1916 (F. Johansen). 


These specimens are in very poor condition; the primaries of one are missing 
and the other specimen is much rubbed and otherwise broken. 


Lepidoptera A471 
LARV& COLLECTED DURING THE EXPEDITION. 


Various members of the Southern Party of the Canadian Arctic Expedition 
collected lepidopterous larve under stones, etc., and these were placed in alcohol. 
In most instances the specimens were immature, and without a knowledge of 
the adults it is not possible to make a report of any value on them. Such 
larve are of the families Nymphalide, Noctuide, as well as others of the 
Microfrenate. 

In 1915 and also in 1916, Mr. Johansen found at Bernard harbour, North- 
west Territories, specimens of a small lepidopterous larva feeding commonly 
in the roots of Pedicularis lanata. The first larva was found on July 4, 1915. 
Under this date Mr. Johansen’s note reads: ‘“‘ Larva 10 mm. long, flesh-coloured, 
with head, neck plate and thoracic feet brown, found in the root of the common 
red-flowered Pedicularis. The larva had made a tunnel 15 mm. long, down 
the middle of the root.’’ Other larve of similar size were collected on July 16. 
On July 18, a further examination of plants showed that the larva did not 
confine its burrows to the roots but that it also tunnelled the stem feeding 
upon the pith. As a rule only one occurred in a plant. The larva was further 
met with both in the roots and the stems of Pedicularis on the island forming 
the north side of the harbour, at Bernard harbour, on June 10, 1916. Unfor- 
tunately no adults were reared from larve kept under observation. (Breeding 
record 71.) 


48 1 

Big. ale 
2 
3 
a 
5 
6 
a 
8 


Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


Puate I. 


Genitalia of Oeneis taygete Hbn. (Near Whitehorse, Yukon Territory). 


. Genitalia of Oeneis semidea Say. (Gravel river, Northwest Territories.). 

. Genitalia of Oeneis semidea Say. (New Hampshire, U.S.). 

. Genitalia of Oeneis semidea arctica Gibson. (Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories). 
. Genitalia of Oeneis simulans Gibson. (Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories). 

. Genitalia of Oeneis cairnesi Gibson. (Yukon Territory). 

. Genitalia of Oeneis peartie Edw. (Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories). 


. Genitalia of Oeneis brucei yukonensis Gibson. (Yukon Territory). 


(All magnified 14 times.) 


| ead DveNG RY Sy 


{aR UN 
i Ne ‘hey 


poet 
Dw 


Hi 


Lene “4 a) aide A . 
aa tt ibd ? 


50 1 


Higa ae 


10. 


Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


PLATE IT. 


Underside of Oeneis semidea Say, female. (Orange creek, Yukon Territory). 


. Underside of Oeneis semidea Say, male. (Pelly river, Yukon Territory). 


. Underside of Oeneis semidea Say, male. (Gravelriver, Northwest Territories; genitalia 


of this specimen shown on Plate 1, fig. 2). 


. Underside of Oeneis semidea arctica Gibson, paratype, male. (Bernard harbour, North- 


west Territories). 


. Underside of Oeneis simulans Gibson, type, male. (Bernard harbour, Northwest. 


Territories). 


. Underside of Oeneis peartie Edw., female. (Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories) 


Underside of Oeneis cairnesi Gibson, type, male. (White river district, Yukon 
Territory). 

Underside of Oeneis cairnesit Gibson, paratype, female. (White river district, Yukon 
Territory). 

Underside of Oceneis brucei yukonensis Gibson, type, male.  (IKlutian glacier, Yukon 
Territory). 

Upperside of Oeneis brucei yukonensis Gibson, paratype, female, showing ocelli on 


primaries. (IKlutlan glacier, Yukon Territory). 


(All natural size). 


65994—4 


PLATE ITI 


curt Ri 
eS Re 
bt Si heat 
i uM yi 


ana 
| 


il 

4 
MS 

Wey 
Ia 
a 
OY Wy eo 


AN 
Tawi 


521 


Fig. 


Oo oo fF WO HY 


~J 


_ Euchloe creusa Dbldy., chrysalis. (Departure bay, British Columbia). 


Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 
| 


Puate III. 


. Pieris napi pseudobryonie Verity, male. (Bartlett bay, Alaska). 

. Pieris napi pseudobryonie Verity, female. (Bartlett bay, Alaska). 

. Pieris napi arctica Verity, female. (Bet. lat. 67° 25’ and 66° 30’; long. 141°). 
_ Pieris napi arctica Verity, male, underside. (Nansen creek, Yukon Territory). 
. Erebia sofia Stkr., female, underside. (Harrington creek, Yukon Territory). 


_ Brenthis natazhati Gibson, type, male, underside. (Long. 141°, north of mount 


Natazhat). 


8. Hyphoraia alpina Quens., cocoon. (Collinson point, Alaska). 


65994—5 


. Gynaephora rossi Curtis, larva. (Collinson point, Alaska). 

. Hyphoraia alpina Quens., cremaster, X 9. (Collinson point, Alaska). 

. Hyphoraia festiva Bork., cremaster, X 9. (Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories). 
_ Brenthis natazhati Gibson, female. (Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories). 

. Autographa altera Ottol.? male. (Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories). 

. Autographa sackeni Ottol.? male. (Mayo lake, Yukon Territory). 

_ Plebeius scudderi Edw., male. (West side of Kluane lake, Yukon Territory). 

. Plebeius aquilo Bdy.?, male. (Burwash creek, Yukon Territory). 

_ Plebeius aquilo Bdv.?, male. (Kluane, Yukon Territory). 


. Plebeius aquilo Bdv., male. (Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories). 


(All natural size). 


q Z ; a 
3 CStyy pre i 


541 Canadian Arctic Hxpedition, 1915-18 


Puate LV. 


Fig. 1. Hurymus boothi Curtis, male. (Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories). 
. Hurymus boothi Curtis, male. (Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories). 


. Oeneis brucei yukonensis Gibson, type, male. (Klutlan glacier, Yukon Territory). 


me WS bw Fe 


. Oeneis semidea arctica Gibson, type, male. (Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories). 
Genitalia of this specimen shown on Plate I, fig. 4. 


5. Oeneis peartie Edw., female. (Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories). 
6. Oeneis cairnesi Gibson, type, male. (White river district, Yukon Territory). 
7. Erebia fasciata Butler, female. (Lat. 65° 10’ long. 141°). 
8. Erebia fasciata Butler, male. (Armstrong point, Victoria island, Northwest Territories). 
9. Erebia rossi Curtis, female. (Wollaston Land, Victoria island, Northwest Territories). 
10. Erebia youngi Holl., male. (Siwash creek, Yukon Territory). 
11. Erebia sofia Stkr., male. (White river district, Yukon Territory). 
12. Brenthis distincta Gibson, type, female. (Harrington creek, Yukon Territory). 


(All natural size). 


PEATE. LY 


Fee aba 
Ay Ales Anis EROS 


- 


561 


Fig. 


Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


PLATE 'V. 


. Brenthis frigga alaskensis Lehm., female. (Collinson point, Alaska). 

. Brenthis polaris Bdv., female, underside. (Barter island, Alaska). 

. Brenthis polaris Bdy., male. (Barter island, Alaska). 

. Brenthis polaris Bdvy., female. (Barter island, Alaska). 

. Brenthis pales alaskensis Holl., male. (Racquet creek, International Boundary). 


. Brenthis natazhati Gibson, type, male. (International Boundary, north of mount 


Natazhat). 


. Brenthis frigga improba Butl., female. (Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories). 
. Brenthis frigga impreba Butl., male. (W. of Konganevik, Camden bay, Alaska). 


. Parabarrovia keelei Gibson, paratype, female. (Mountain below Twitya river, North- 


west Territories). 


. Parrabarrovia keelei Gibson, type, male. (Mountain below Twitya river, Northwest 


Territories). 


. Diasemia alaskalis Gibson, type, male. (Collinson pomt, Alaska). 


. Homoglaea murrayi Gibson, type, female. (Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories). 


Pyla arctiella Gibson, type, female. (Collinson point, Alaska). 


. Anarta leucocycla Staud., female. (Cape Pullen, Victoria island, Northwest Terri- 


tories). 


~ 


. [tame andersoni Swett., male. (60 miles from Whitehorse, Yukon Territory). 


. Anarta subfumosa Gibson, type, male. (Armstrong point, Victoria island, Northwest 


Territories). 


. Barrovia fasciata Skin., male. (Barter island, Alaska). 
. Hyphoraia alpina Quens., male. (Collinson point, Alaska). 
. Hyphoraia festiva Bork., male. (Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories). 


. Hyphoraia festiva Bork., male. (Port Epworth, Coronation gulf, Northwest Terri- 


tories). 
(All natural size). 


PLATE V 


Lepidoptera 


INDEX 


abrasaria congregata, Xanthorhoe.............. 
PACH MIR GIG TAGT Manne An Soe eile 5 eran 
BE MURTIECTOS ase asin ia ein eine Sake ad ume stan ers 

PAI LCESMOMULOD Gers sien he eee ates is ate Vole areas 
UE 2 TNT Tae ae Ee hcl eh a Se REST 
PEULDETUL ESPN a ee 
VAGTODETINGALCTILIG vanes te cele he cee a oats: 
QLISKAUIS cD IGSCMIGs cises ee ec an ee ee 
LCE SaeAVULLOO TODO a- fo, 8 5) eepp orc ie aerate (pete 
LEU ROUTLUE A SELENA a atone nantly Maia Vict fetes: 
CQUDULOs SFLU DOT OIG er ie iste Ie aya le cae o cyeve 
FELIU TILLLLOWEDONES © caters hon ree meh tcc ahs ieee. 2 0) 
PAULAT LI CONULG ERO mrs Son Sok See eos sie cist NE oe 
CEM LCUCOCT CLO seb smo Tan ie we allen, otra 
TLCHONOS OM marr aeaeh me mA acectary esas 
SUDA ULINL OS Oi oerecseitcke et to sete way st eebaves saeotar 
TLLEP SONU TERING a ita seciriomewons ae asrsi atne pes obey satel ooh 
Androloma mac-cullocht........... 0.0. je. 5 ee 
ETUELO PI PAG LOLS IS ak ms eho on hows caret es ees easlgece 
PAV UNUESTS QUCNSEUVeR cara Na Nia cetiass Longs thesia 
ULL OPI AUCDERUS eer cot tah, Seon, Sid at esc lesueicth 
CLL Sele Le OS eee Aeon SHI Festa 
PA UIST OTSCRO Uta tees aete as fates ests 25 Seats lees 
arthemis rubrofasciata, Basilarchia............. 
PAIS ULALE SHON CH ENOGI OMe cic s- auc Deen tes othe 


“ec 


ce 
“ce 


URGO DUE OS CLOLOG Na MAR nia e ek ect a 
Basilarchia arthemis rubrofasciata............. 
DLGOLO TIA CLIS se SAE ede se a Div he ee 
BUSCHOL RAT OUNMUS xis sic: carota eis Sia tek sages eke 
OG OSUREITUMUUS cette postorctsae oleiele Oe, seiko ls 
brephoides;, Leucobrephos...........52:..55-65 
STPENURTSACHOTLCLE Mar ose Marre teary te ake ace 

Sere LE SELTE CEOS MoT eee ee acs ke 
EAI CUP TORE Te Mun, eS Ie fa ges Taner el eee 
TT GONG LASKETISES teres are aie ae aes eye 
TAG QORUTEDNOUU: tp tea Phe echo os, ee 
SiUI LATA ge me Sey om ee ee oan 
ORATHA Tah peeps PE OI ce a AR a cd 
[OLAS CH) RAD tsa Poe okey ol ees Bat: 
IOLOT ISM y nO Aue SI: Seana Re 
PRU CL OTIS: Beira all enc Seb eyes tes Ms tS 
bruceryukonensis, Oeneis, 0.055. edi es wee 2 
DATUM COL LEOIVE senile ek, Neon inc ast coneoty. 
CEE MOST OCMC A een evens Nid hs ee yee al evotle 
CUI DESTAS NY CLODES sera arin eke oe ee ale 
Garterocephalus palaemon:.........:.:0..--.. 
CONLUUMEDE MEL CSD CTIA av eee eke lee bon 
CHOPTCIEE EX TONTNIS.c Seat eae ee 
CLLTSLNO aE UTUNIVUS nee cone Ohta PN 
chryzus, Oeneis 
On aT TOMSDE CIES ahs user nono M ea ee bse eos 
CLUE CLO PID USSENOWLON ese LR Toren Re oe oe 
Coenonympha kodiak yukonensis............... 
commizxtalis, Loxostege 
COCALG ENG ANOTIO SR sl io Mie ee es ke 
Cosymbia pendulinaria 
couperi, Glaucopsyche 
creusa, Euchloe 


D187 WhIS sD OLA oes na) a ere ye athe data re 
BESTINALO LUGS hic a teen eas eee be io as 
OLTTSCMUC ALES DUIS er ples Waite ns) Tce Sto Tees 
SITET Oi ADT IN PRS Re, Chee a ee a Re ear 
AES COLAAUIS SEIT ED Utter fn ue ea Leste ie wxbiale's whale 
WSENELA-BTENtiSsccn se con seni see oe Me Pc aS 
DTS INITt C1 OTACATIU vst case eeu terete aks lees 
Dysstroma citrata 


UD YSSEROMOAULUNCOLO a. ermiiie Atala reacts. ete fae 
Dip Sil Cawockeuanar te oe aa ern oes 
CDUDSULEA BET COLG Mattel eee en pre ire 
HEI TED UY CISC. cots stem eee lone, ee ghee 

vase IO TSCOULOLIS een ays erectencas Cyauticrs ete ees ie 
C#DIDSOd CG) SMe sinessu id aerate 
i UUSCLOLO se tieixreyets, cde ices CO ete 
TUALGA GLEN Saiexcia tc stores avaet eee et ee 


SOD ARSE A as oad So ee ae 
A CUM Us Aoats Hacc ey sto nace At Be ae Ratan 
Euchlociausonidesn Ga.) eo ene eles 
SC MOCRECUSOS MetArt Os 
UCOSING SDE CIES Mtenis otc Ss Aetna ae 
Ebley DOVNOSLOLG Mtl He ove cree sea joi a exe creas Socata 
IB UTY MUS OGEN Utama sian) ao clot nek are eas a 
SS SCATISEIMO Martens a atrer e ollor aoe 
eurytheme kootenai............0...... 
Héclonglactalusances ase saan ee 
TIVEC Rare Aaa ee OEY eee ne 


PI MULENOVENLD PCUUU das rome ete aes 
OMLON EN et ae eee eee 
eurytheme kootenai, Hurymus................. 
VET ES@INYNCULG eb Acie oes a ee 


OSCLOLOAPESOTTOU Mestre ya eee eee 
RO GULLIT ORO ee ackerg Acie om Cn oe hia OS oe 
QAMUS A ROLYGONUGe et am eee ee ee eee 
TRO Je DAO PORM i cgobcomcuatedots Gia doudien coe 
TACT hp EYRALDAOUSEG Bice oeeo oere 7 Oa Benkcboe Guinle i 
UriQgaQlaskensis,) Drenthisa. «.es08 2 sk 2 ae aa 
TAG GORSAQU OONLNLSs asic cine = ioe ape ieee 
frigga improba, Brenthis.......:....20.....0.0. 
GUL OnLO BA CLACLUO ee vane ere ete 


Glaucopsyche coupert.<...1.-.).)-s 2 ee oe pues 
glaucus canadensis, Papilio... ..°. <2. io. bee os 
QLAMLATO NICCOTIW eae Wt aaa cet etna 
groenlandica, Gynaephora.........:......%... 
Gynaephora groenlandica...................00% 


“ce 


hebetata eERGStanes. sna seen ti een eee 
Recloglacialis, HUrymus.\. 2. 1 -.cusiee leaned 
helloides Feodes os) acta nee a ee te 
Peodes helloides....8 «sae © cake Seat eh rae 
ee /PODRLGUS TELLAeNi =. aeaceeeiee ee ee 
Fhe nialtussepeCies aes. nc tee 2 eo oerae eter etne 
ET ESECTIOCENLUUT ED As oe eae ere een ae 
FLOUGTr- CHGS SENUMNOATIO.- 4 eke oo te eae eats 
TX ONUOGIGCO AUT TOUT acer el saiae sate acinete tree 
Ea PROT MAA DINGe 4 wae en tae ae eee ee 
e LE SUIMO ee esses ie Cee ae 
MOMLNONOS: Ba caine ie Eee 
hypoph leus feildeni, Heodes................-. 


“ 


TNR CUSALLCUMUS oid a eee tis ace BA SHE TO 
INUS PUN CISULLG Waser TE echo NaI ee oe 
UStUT QOUMUN COLON ten a eee eecie ee ee ee 
Time ander SONt eich deo ee SE 

Ke PS ORUNTCOLES ~oteerP BR te ee ee 


aA UIs PA GLAUS Stet Pee aoe tite, Soe arene a ee 
ULLAL OO CNOURE Gwe ee Ee Nervi Heal tm wd Bee 


Keeler ei OT RUT CULO eee Ae es eee 
kodiak yukonensis, Coenonympha.............. 
Larvaesjundeperminéds soe scsd.s farce: 2 ce 
lateritia, Agroperina........... as Nana i ope, 
TCUCANAG: YUKONENS Isha e terse eA eo one eels 


Den 


‘ ‘ - 
581 Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 
PAGE. PAGE 
Leucobrephos brephoides...............0..4-.- AQ: I Plebevus aguvlow aan okies pice ee erate ee 29 
LEUCOCYCIAs ANUNEGH Es Ae ne ce Oxi yee. coe OO ad saepiolus........ RS ee ae tte ate 29 
WCRI SYDUCOLOT tan eee a ae eg eas 31 a SCUAAETINED 2. Dotnet ee ee Ee 28 
Loricaria. DYSMIGIG. sok2ee | et. van ee a ok ea ee SNOSUDs Sctcavece Lines EOD eee ee 29 
Loxostege COmNMUATLOUS:... \0i0. 6.48 hes eens oe a5 | DOlanis: Tenis =a. won on Seen en eee eee 23 
Lycaenopsis pseudargiolus.................+.- 30 polata. Dasyuriss. ct. =i seas ee ee 42 
LEU OTISICOSILTIOUG. sty ade tes els 41 Polygonia fauinus se ee ee 
4 DT OG ci Spd ty Rs ats ES 26 
MURCOTIC ON ONILOO 8) 2 ee ee ep it eee 43 os SiLENUSTT fe EBS oore aoe eee 26 
mac-cullocht, Androloma..............7..../- 33 _ Zepnymisn.c 2 So ce ee 26 
machaon aliaska, Papilio. ...). 2. §n0.- 25.2 he. 3 progne, Polygons: 3.24 20. ee ee 26 
PUGUOULENG. ELT CDI: Pi. Seria Boo cena eee 18 pseudargiolus, Lycaenopsis. ..-. 3... see OU 
WTC? « EUG Y INOS: Pe foi Neh ce tee, eT 6; |) (Rsychophora sabinic a poms eee eee eee 42 
MUCLALEUCE, SUNUPISUIS.< ooh. of. Meets s aise esa cien, 180) a) EAL ORCHICULG eac.cie, toke An ee ee 46 
ULLO CTE ES PAULUS cy. ee: AE ok: URS ek ea 26 
PUT ROY CELLO NUOGUEUA, AAs ys ook. el eae eee 36 Wi quenseli, Agantesiss...\c2s see ce eee eee 32 
mapi arctica, Pieris......... EO Ate 4 prcnarasont, Anaria.. «0 We ae 35 
napi pseudobryonie, Pieris................... 5, “lerosst, Hrebiate. 3 ek eee. eee eee 17 
MLSLUSRR UPI S AO Tees ince ce: hath Morse een 11 7088), GUNGePhOTa.. >. oe. eee eee 37 
MULAN ALLE TENNIS We. foe a eee eee 21 
SQD1N1, GC ESUChOPRONG. .- = ete ae eee 42 
OCCLLCTILOUIS WIRLENIS) etc ls Bas tee Re AG) SACKENIE pAULOQTO DNs ko. Oe eee 37 
Oceners brucei YUKONeNsis............ Sm Me 15 sacpiolisy £lebens.. =. (2 Vite eee eee 29 
CAUTNES alec nae Rr ef NOE na COT ee 15 Scudder. Plebevis.%.., Fi. cha Cee ane 28 
ee MOT CIES Ne ys os Sas RRR Pe oe 11 selena aleipnearia. +. 0.5. 1 Sine Ae eee 44 
METER ne. RAs AS Re EET Ee 12) lo semidea, Oeneis 2... oc cn chso hee hee oe 13 
Sg) FDI AHA RARE Sy 0 Cia eee ie fm Mena een 14% | *semiden anctica, \Oeneis. © 5. ete ee 13 
MEMS CTL CO el oercrcstts sv eos oe ee ee ee 13. seniwnania, Flolarcnas ma-..|s te eee 40 
i SSCINIACH ONCHCOAS Asa: tay i Ree oe 13 SHASLO EALCOCLUS.. 5. do os ea ee 29 
SEE ASU ITVULONS. xe Selah yee aur et ee 14 SULENUS WE OL GOMGe ett cs ae ee ee 26 
PR LOU CLO Se eA EA. See et EPs nee 12 SUNUULONS: [OeNCtS. se oe | ek ee eee 14 
OM OPINIGASDE CIES sat. at. hehe cae oe oe 42 SNUMNUNCUS. LE OTNASSTUS ae oes eee 4 
OT CUCKOO PALS DILALCS en a ee eee 44: | sofia, revi? ..s'. 0.655). 392 eae Ree 19 
SUDI/MMOSU BANOO. sa ck mere Eee 34 
palaemon, Carterocephalus........... RR Bek 30.) | Syampistis: melateuca. 2: hen a eee eee 35 
palaeno chippewa, Hurymus................6% 10 “f settenstedtt rs. Mato NSS cae ee 36 
POLES QLUSKENSIS, DBTENthis. kei... on desea. 21 
EU T ONG LOUCUSICONACETISTS ins taney Caen ree) ae 4." taygete: \OCneisitac osc dec 6 fee Nekie eR RE 12 
SEN ACILONIOLLOSK OMe oer peered er 3 TRANGOS PETSTUS®.. co acee scot ae eee 30 
(ingilO POCO AAI AR ROR ORY 32 See Beha en So ate 33 PUtaNtO SPECIES ss 6/ss.acsincs 5 Cat ats fo oh oe ee 45 
ORGSCMAG PlONLaGUNaS «2556 - alec oh eet: 33) 4 2claris- IB Tenth ac... oon ae ae oe Se eee 20 
IPORNGSSUSISTATLNCUS 4... 4hanc\8 el. oe ee eee 4 truncata. DYSStUrOMma. 2. d.2. yet ee 41 
IBOTGSTCHUIS VETUCTULO nos. 5. eis see 36 UUNCOLATAC USTUTOU 1 a te te ee ee 43 
MIUTERENOS Mid DONOIG Wh ace er a te eee ee 31 
ACUEU Es OCNCLSE Lh... .< Seen, 30 a1s)e <0: 2 REE 14 VETDETALA, -EGTAStICNUS. ~. atancse Udee ee ee 36 
Pedicularis lanata, iarve in roots of.......... 47 
TCUUNE WUTUIVALS <0. f. - harake se ae Sree eT 9 WOCket, HDINSIUdas 1+. yes sca ane ae eener 34 
CNUULENOTIO MO OSYIMOUGS «\.scuicie sa skeeraaiee ee ae 40 
ICTSUULS ML HONLOS sols sofort nc tf sate eee He ees 30 | Xanthorhoe abrasaria congregata............... 41 
ZROSTOMEEDELOLO a. s pacer sk cts ane: Oe as 43 
Tai CLOLeSs COMUDESITIS: 2. 42h oe eee nae 25 YOUNG, HTebed:s..20 x2. gale ore ee eG 18 
IRTCT AS MUD p OT CULCO: AS vas. ote ee, PA 4 UUKONENSTS, CUCHMIG. ©... one ee ene 35 
2 —napt PSCUCOOTYONIAC.*. ..- 2 eo ee be we is a : 
aM OCCIOCNIALIS. Or ey thn OR EE 4 zephynus; Polygoma.. .. 2282.22. 0ce = ee 26 
GBUMMAGNIS MEOnaSeCMmidan wana use ds epee: 33 | zetterstedti, Sympistis..............+...0.0055 36 


ss Report of the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18. _ 
_ CONTENTS OF PARTS IN PREPARATION. } 


Volume I: General Introduction, Narrative, Etc. 


Part A: Northern Party, 1913-18. 
Part.B: Southern Party, 1918-16. By Rudolph Martin Anderson. (In preparation). 


Volume Ii: Mammals and Birds. 


a Part A: Mammals. By Rudolph Martin Anderson. (In preparation). 
_ Part B: Birds. By R.M. Anderson and P. A. Taverner. (In preparation). 


, Volume I: Insects. 
4 


~ Part A: Collembola. By Justus W. Folsom. (Issued). 
Part B: Neuropteroid Insects. By Nathan Banks. (Issued). ; 
Part C: Diptera. By Chas. W. Alexander, Harrison G. Dyar, and J. R. Malloch. (Issued). 
- Part D: Mallophaga and Anoplura.. By A. W. Baker, G. F. Ferris, and [oe A oe Nuttall. (Ussued). 
_. Part E: Coleoptera. By J. M. Swaine, H.C. Fall, Cc. W . Leng, and J..D. Sherman, Jr. (Issued). 
_ Part F: Hemiptera. By E. P. Van Duzee. (Issued). 
_ Part G: Hymenoptera and Plant Galls. By Alex. D. MacGillivray, Charles T. Brues, IF’. W. L. Sladen, 
m and E. Porter Felt. (Issued), . 
hs anos ee Mites, and Myriapods. By J. H. Emerton, Nathan Banks, and Ralbh V! Chamberlin, 
\- ssued 
- Part I: Lepidoptera. By Arthur Gibson. (Issued). 

Part J: Orthoptera. By E. M. Walker. 
General Observations on Insect Life in the Arctic. By Frits Johansen. (In preparation). 


} 
~ 


Volume IV: Botany. 


_ Part A: Freshwater Algae and Freshwater Diatoms. By Charles W. Lowe. (In preparation). 
Part B: Marine Algae. By F. Collins. (In preparation). 
_ Part C: Fungi. By John Dearne. (In preparation). 

_ Part D: Lichens. By K. L. Merrill. (In preparation). 
Part E: Mosses. By R.S. Williams. (In preparation). 


Volume V: Botany. 


e 


~ Part A: Flowering Plants and Ferns. By James M. Macoun, and others. (In preparation). 
Part B: General Notes on Arctic Vegetation, By Frits Johansen. (In preparation). 


|, Volume VI: Fishes, Tunicates, Ete. 


¥ Part A: Fishes. By Fr. Johansen. (In preparation). 
- Part B: Ascidians, etc. By A.G. Huntsman. (In preparation). 


Volume VII: Crustacea. 


' Part A: Decapod Crustaceans. By Mary J. Rathbun. (Issued). 

-. Part B: Schizopod Crustaceans. By Waldo L. Schmidt. (ssued). 
- Part D: Isopoda. By Miss P. L. Boone. (In preparation). 

_ Part E: Amphipoda. By Clarence L. Shoemaker. (In press). 

- Part F: Pantopoda, Leon J. Cole. (In preparation). 

_ Part G: Euphylliopoda. By F. Johansen. (In preparation). 

5 Part H:; Cladocera. By Chancey Juday: (In preparation). 

~ PartI: Ostracoda. By R.W.Sharpe. (In preparation). 

_ Part J: Freshwater Copepoda. By C. Dwight Marsh, (Jn press). 
-. Part K: Marine Copepoda. By A. Willey. (In press). 

_ Part L: Parasitic Copepoda. By Chas. B. Wilson. (In preparation). 
| Part M: Cirripedia. By H. Pillsbury. (In preparation). 


Volume VIM: Mollusks, Echinoderms, Coelenterates, Etc. 


‘Part:A; Mollusks, Recent and Pleistocene. By Wm. H. Dall.. ([ssued.) 

Part B: Cephalopoda and Pteropoda. By S.S. Berry and A. G. Huntsman. (In preparation). 

- Part C: Echinoderms. By Austin C. Clark. (In press). 
_~ Part D: Bryozoa. By R.C.Osborn. (In preparation). 
_ Part E. Rotatorie. By H. K. Harring. , (In preparation). 
Part F: Chaetognatha. By A. G. Huntsman. (In preparation). 
_ Part H: Medusae and Ctenophora. By H.B. Bigelow. (In press). 
_/ PartI: Hydroids. By McLean Fraser. (In preparation). 
‘ab (Porifera, Actinozoa, and Alcyonaria: material small in amount, and no specialists selected). 


Volume IX: Annelids, Parasitic Worms, Protozoans, Etc. 


_ Part A: Oligochaeta. By Frank Smith and Paul S. Welch. (Issued). 
' Part B: Polychaeta. By Ralph V. Chamberlin. (In press). 
; Part C: Hirudinea. By J. P. Moore. (In preparation). 
Part D: Gephyrea. By Ralph V. Chamberlin. (In press). 
' Part E: Acanthocephala. By H. J. Van Cleave. . (In press). 
Part F: Nematoda. By N. A. Cobb. (In preparation). 
Part G: Trematoda. By A. R. Cooper. (In preparation). 
_ Part H: Cestoda. By A. R. Cooper. (In preparation). 
- PartI: Turbellaria. By A. Hassell. (Jn preparation). 
_ Part J: Gordiacea. 
. Part K. Sporozoa. By J.W.Mavor. (In preparation). 
Part M: Foraminifera. By J. A. Cushman. (In press). 


Volume X: Plankton, Hydrography, Tides, Etc. 


. Plankton. Marine Diatoms. 
hy Hydrography. 


MsaN 
Fi 


> 
Der ya Tidal Observations. By W. Bell Dawson. (In preparation). 


Saha) an ; t 
yen 2 3 if 


¢ j 


REPORT 


OF THE 


CANADIAN ARCTIC EXPEDITION 
1913-18 


VOLUME III: INSECTS 


PART J: ORTHOPTERA 


By E. M. WALKER 


SOUTHERN PARTY, 1913-16 


OTTAWA 
THOMAS MULVEY 
PRINTER TO THE KING'S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY 
0 


Issued Sept. 4th, 1920 


Report of the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 


ANREP ’ 
VOLUME III: INSECTS i 
INTRODUCTION: |. By Cs Gordow Hewitt!) ic te ee PO, Ge (In press), — 
Part A: COLLEMBOLA.. By Justus W.-Folsom’.. 2. ./6c0) 030A a. (Issued July 10 1919). 
Part B: NEUROPTEROID INSECTS. By Nathan Banks.:........ (Issued July 11, 1919). 
Part C: DIPTERA. 
Crane-flies. By Charles P. Alexander. 
Mosquitoes. By Harrison G. Dyar. 7 
Diptera (excludmg Tipulide and Culicide). By J. R. Malloch...... I ie a i f 
Part D: MALLOPHAGA AND ANOPLURA. Oe 
Mallophaga. By A. W,. Baker. 
Anoplura. By G. F. Ferris and G. H, F. Nuttall... .([sswed September 12, 1919). 
Part E: COLEOPTERA. en 
Forest Insects, including Ipide, Cerambycide, and Buprestide. By J. M. Swaine. — 
Carabide and Silphide. By H.C. Fall. ‘ ; 
Coccinellide, Elateride, Chrysomelides: and Rhynchophora (excluding Ipide). ~ 
By C. W. Leng. J 
Dytistide:> By: J.D, Sherman, Jr ces ce Sacer ee ees (Issued December 12, 1919). 
Part F; HEMIPTERA. By Edward P. Van Duzee......0...5. 22.00% (Issued July 11, 1919). 
Part G: HYMENOPTERA AND PLANT GALLS. et ! 
Sawflies. - (Tenthredinoidea). By Alex. D. MacGillivray. 
Parasitic Hymenoptera. By Charles T. Brues, 
Wasps and Bees. By F. W. L. Sladen. 
Plant) Galis.. By ‘Hy Porter Felts ane abies 058 8 Rane (Issued November 3, 1919). 
Part H: SPIDERS, MITES, AND MYRIAPODS. 
Spiders. By J. H. Emerton. 
Mites. By Nathan Banks. 
Myriapods.. By Ralph V. Chamberlin... .. RUIN Tea arr ea a (Issued July 14, 1919). 
Part, IV LEPIDOP TERA. By ArbnuriGipsaas ces Oo sry (Issued January 10,.1920). 
Bart, J; ORTHOPTERA. By Mo Walker oof) jot 2 cs ae-eod Salo k det WY on _..(In press). — 
Part K: GENERAL OBSERVATIONS ON INSECT LIFE IN’ THE : 
ARC EIC,: By Pritswohansenk i740 Jed et RP eM ieee (In preparation). 


REPORT 


OF THE 


CANADIAN ARCTIC EXPEDITION 
1913-18 


VOLUME III: INSECTS 


PART J: ORTHOPTERA 


By E. M. WALKER 


SOUTHERN PARTY, 1913-16 


OTTAWA 


AS MULVEY 
PRINTER TO THE KING'S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY 
1920 


4307 Issued Sept. 4th, 1170 


“ a 
7 


i 
why Aare | 


Orthoptera Collected in the Canadian Arctic. 
By E. M. WALKER. 
University of Toronto. 


No orthoptera were received among the insects collected by the Canadian 
Arctic Expedition 1913-18, but we have received a single grasshopper collected 
by Mr. V. Stefansson in 1911. The following is a note on this insect: 


FAMILY ACRIDIDAE 
Melanoplus frigidus (Boheman). 


A single female of this species in poor condition, bears label giving the 
following data: 

“No. 1670 [F. J.]. Langton bay (Franklin bay), Northwest Territories, 
summer of 1911. V. Stefansson.”’ 

In a note to the writer Dr. R. M. Anderson states that ‘‘This specimen, 
brought to us with other insect specimens in 1914 from our old house at Langton 
bay by a former Eskimo employee, while taken in the Langton bay region, was 
most probably picked up from twenty to forty miles inland on the Horton river, 
south side of the Melville mountains, a range of hills about 1,000 feet high, skirt- 
ing the south side of Franklin bay.” 

The capture of this Palaearctic species in the above locality was not unex- 
pected as several specimens were taken by Mr. J. M. Jessup on the International 
boundary, Alaska, lat. 69° 20’ N., long. 141° W., on Aug. 8, 1912 (Caudell, 
Can. Ent., vol. XLVII, 1915, p. 160). 

On account of the difficulty of determining species of this group from the 
female sex alone, the writer submitted this specimen to Mr. Morgan Hebard, who 
is engaged in a revision of the Melanopli. I had determined it as Podisma 
frigidum (Boheman) with some doubt, as it differs slightly in the form of the 
valves of the ovipositor from the single female European specimen I have of this 
species, but Mr. Hebard has confirmed the determination. In a letter to the 
writer he says ‘‘You will note the transfer of this species to the genus Melanoplus. 
I am bringing out the data on this change in a paper which will be published 
shortly.’”! I have been likewise of the opinion, for some time, that this species 
is a true Melanoplus, and it is of special interest as being the only species of this 
genus known from the Old World, where it is widely distributed in northern 
regions, having been taken in Norway, Lapland and Siberia, and as a glacial 
relict in the Swiss Alps and the Tyrol.? 

Three other species of Orthoptera are definitely recorded from the Arctic 
regions of North America. These are Gomphocerus clavatus Thomas, Melanoplus 
borealis (Fieber) and M. fasciatus (Barnston-Walker). 

Gomphocerus clavatus was recorded by Caudell (loc. cit.) from the same 
locality in Alaska where M. frigidus was taken. It is a widely distributed 
species, ranging from eastern Manitoba to the Rocky Mountains and southward 
to Nebraska, Kansas, Colorado and New Mexico. It is found at high elevations 
in the mountains of Colorado, Wyoming, Idaho and New Mexico. The genus 
Gomphocerus is of Palaearctic origin, G. clavatus being the only American species. 

Melanoplus borealis has been until very recently considered as a typically 
arctic form. It has been recorded from Greenland (Fieber, Lotos, III, 1853), 

1Since the above was written a preliminary discussion of this subject has appeared in the following 
paper by Mr. Hebard’ New Genera and Species of Melanopli found within the United States. (Trans. 
Am. Ent. Soc., XIV, pp. 257-298, 1919). 


2Hebard (op. cit.) states that the recently described Podisma prosseniti Puschnig from the Eisenhut in 
Carinthia is also a Melanoplus. 


4A J Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


Labrador, Hudson Bay and Alaska. The specimens described by Scudder in 
his ‘Revision of the Melanoph”’ came from the Esquimaux village of Ramah, on 
the coast of Labrador, lat. 57° N., while the Alaska specimens recorded by 
Caudell (Pap. Harriman Alaska Exp., Proc. Wash. Acad. Sc., vol. II, pp. 511- 
512, 1900) were taken at Kukak Bay, Alaska Peninsula. 

I have a large series of this species from Nain (lat. 56° 30’’) and Hopedale 
(lat. 55° 24’’), Coast of Labrador, an examination of which convinced me 
that they are not specifically distinct from M. extremus Walk., a species also 
recorded from Labrador and Arctic America, which was placed by Scudder in a 
different section of the genus. On submitting this question to Mr. Hebard, I 
learned that he had already placed M. extremus as a race of borealis in his unpub- 
lished notes on this group, and Messrs. Morse and Blatchley are also of the 
opinion that the two forms are conspecific. This being the case, M. borealis, 
as a species, is by no means exclusively arctic, but ranges over nearly the whole 
of Canada and extends also into various parts of the northern United States. 
It is, however, a typically boreal form and probably reaches its highest develop- 
ment in the Hudsonian zone. 

Melanoplus fasciatus is a species of similar range and has also been recorded 
from Nain, Labrador, so that it may be fairly included in the arctic fauna. 

Several other species of Acrididae have been reported from ‘‘Arctie America” 
chiefly by F. Walker (Cat. Derm. Salt. Brit. Mus., I1I-IV, 1869-71), but in the 
absence of definite localities it is uncertain whether they were taken in the 
Arctic zone proper or the Hudsonian. These are Acrydium granulatum Kirby, 
Chorthippus curtipennis (Harr.), Hippiscus apiculatus (Harr.) and Melanoplus 
femur-rubrum (DeGeer). The type locality of A. granulatum is in lat. 65°, and 
it was taken by Adam White (Richardson, Arctic Search. Exp., II, p. 360, 1851) 
at Fort Simpson (lat. 61° 30’) and at the junction of the Mackenzie and Slave 
rivers, so that it cannot be certainly regarded as arctic on the basis of these 
records. The other records are indefinite and that of M. femwr-rubrum almost 
certainly erroneous, the species referred to being probably M. borealis. 

A few other Orthoptera may be mentioned as very possibly ranging into 
the arctic regions. Melanoplus kennicottii Scudd. and M. atlanis (Riley) 
were taken by Kennicott on the Yukon river, Alaska. The former has also 
been recorded from Saskatchewan, Alberta and Montana, while the latter is 
widely distributed over the greater part of North America, extending into 
Mexico. 

Melanoplus bruneri Scudd. (M. alaskanus Seudd.) is also recorded from 
Alaska and is widely distributed in Canada in the Boreal region. 

Acrydium brunneri Boliver (whichis perhaps the true A. granulatum (Kirby), 
and Melanoplus bivittatus Say are recorded from the Hudson bay region, while 
Circotettix verruculatus (Kirby) ranges far north, the type specimen having come 
from: lat; 57° N: 

All the species mentioned above are locusts or ‘‘short-horned grasshoppers” 
(Acrididae), but there is one species of “‘long-horned grasshopper’’ (Tettigoni- 
idae), which has some claim to membership in the Arctic Fauna. This is [dzono- 
tus sphagnorum (Walk.) (syn. I. brevipes! Caud., Platycleis fletcheri Caud.), 
which was originally described from St. Martin’s Falls, Hudson Bay. It was 
redescribed by Caudell (Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XX XI, p. 396, 1907) as Idzonotus 
brevipes from a single male, taken by Kennicott in ‘Arctic America’? (Caudell, 
l.c.). This same specimen had already been mentioned but not described by 
Scudder (Can. Ent., XX VI, p. 182, 1894) in his characterization of the genus 
Idionotus, and is stated to have been ‘“‘collected by Kennicott somewhere on his 
explorations in or going to Alaska.’’ This species is now known also from 
northwestern Ontario, Manitoba and Alberta. 

1[ am indebted to Mr. W.S. Blatchley for the synonymy of [dionotus brevipes Caud. with'Decticus 


sphagnorum Walk. I had long suspected this to be the case, as we have only one northern Decticine, as 
far as known. 


Report of the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18. 
Volume I: General Introduction, Narrative, Etc. 


Part A: Northern Party, 1913-18. 
Part B: Southern Party, 1913-16. By Rudolph Martin Anderson. (In preparation). 


Volume Ii: Mammals and Birds. 


Part A: Mammals. By Rudolph Martin Anderson. (In preparation). 
Part B: Birds. By R.M. Anderson and P. A. Taverner. (In preparation). 


Volume II: Insects, 


Introduction. By C.\Gordon Hewitt. (In press) 
Part A: Collembola. By Justus W. Folsom. (Jssued). 
Part B: Neuropteroid Insects. By Nathan Banks. (Issued). 
Part C: Diptera. By Chas. W. Alexander, Harrison G. Dyar, and J. R. Malloch. (Issued). 
Part D: Mallophaga and Anoplura. By A. W. Baker, G. F. Ferris, and G. H. F. Nuttall. (/ssued). 
Part E: Coleoptera. By J. M. Swaine, H.C. Fall, C..W. Leng, and J. D. Sherman, Jr. (Issued). 
Part F: Hemiptera. By E. P. Van Duzee. (Issued). 
Part G: Hymenoptera and Plant Galls. By Alex. D, MacGillivray, Charles T. Brues, F. W. L. Sladen, 
and E. Porter Felt. (Issued). 
| ae epdore Mites, and Myriapods. By J. H. Emerton, Nathan Banks, and Ralph V. Chamberlin, 
ssued), 
Part I: Lepidoptera. By Arthur Gibson. (Issued). 
Part J: Orthoptera. By E. M. Walker. (In press). 
Part K: General Observations on Insect Life in the Arctic. By Frits Johansen. (In preparation). 


Volume IV: Botany. 


Part A: Freshwater Algae and Freshwater Diatoms. By Charles W. Lowe. (Jn preparation).. 
Part B- Marine Algae. By F. Collins. (In preparation). 
Part C: Fungi. By John Dearness. (In preparation). 
Part D: Lichens. By K. L. Merrill. (In preparation). 
Part E: Mosses. By R.S. Williams. (In press). 
Volume V: Botany. 


Part A: Fiowering Plants and Ferns. By James M. Macoun and Theo. Holm. (Jn preparation). 
Part B: General Notes on Arctic Vegetation. By Frits Johansen. (In preparation). 


Volume VI: Fishes, Tunicates, Htc. 


Part A: Fishes. By F. Johansen. (In preparation). 
Part B: Ascidians, etc. By-A. G. Huntsman. (/n preparation). 


Volume Vii: Crustacea. 


Part A: Decapod Crustaceans. By Mary J. Rathbun. (Issued). 
Part B: Schizopod Crustaceans. By Waldo L. Schmitt. (Issued). 
Part C: Cumacea. By W. T. Calman. (In press). 

Part D: Isopoda. By Miss P. L. Boone. (In press). 

Part E: Amphipoda. By Clarence R. Shoemaker. (In press). 

Part F: Pyenogonida. Leon J. Cole. (Jn press). 

Part G: Euphyllopoda. By F. Johansen. (In preparation). 

Part H: Cladocera. By Chancey Juday. (/ssued). 

Part I: Ostracoda. By R. W. Sharpe. (In preparation). 

Part J: Freshwater Copepoda. By C. Dwight Marsh. (Issued). 

Part K: Marine Copepoda. By A. Willey. (Issued). 

Part L: Parasitic Copepoda. By Chas. B. Wilson. (In press). 

Part M: Cirripedia. By H. A. Pilsbry. (In preparation). 
Volume VIMI: Mollusks, Echinoderms, Coelenterates, Etc. 


‘Part A: Mollusks, Recent and Pleistocene. By Wm. H. Dall. (Issued). 
Part B: Cephalopoda and Pteropoda. By S.S. Berry and W. F. Clapp. (Jn preparation). 
Part C: Echinoderms. By Austin H. Clark. (Issued). 
Part D: Bryozoa By R.C. Osburn. (In preparation). 
Part E: Rotatoria By H. K. Harring. (In preparation). 
Part F: Chaetognatha By A. G. Huntsman. (In preparation). 
Part G: Actinozoa, and Aleyonaria. By A: E. Verrill. (In\press). 
Part H: Medusae and Ctenophora. By H. B. Bigelow. (Issued). 
Part I: Hydroids. By McLean Fraser. (In preparation). 
Part J: Porifera. 
Volume IX: Annelids, Parasitic Worms, Protozoans, Etc. 


Part A: Oligochaeta. By Frank Smith and Paul S. Welch. (Issued). 
Part B: Polychaeta. By Ralph V. Chamberlin. (Jn press). 
Part C: Hirudinea. By J. P. Moore. (In press). 
Part D: Gephyrea. By Ralph V. Chamberlin. (Issued). 
Part E: Acanthocephala. By H.J. Van Cleave. (Issued). 
Part F: Nematoda. By N. A. Cobb. (In preparation). 
Part G: Trematoda By A. R. Cooper. (In preparation). 
Part H: Cestoda. By A. R. Cooper. (In preparation). 
Part I: Turbellaria. By A. Hassell. (In preparation). 
Part J: Gordiacea. 
Part K: Nemertine. 
Part I: Sporozoa. By J. W.Mavor. (In preparation). 
Part M: Foraminifera. By J. A. Cushman. (Issued), 
Volume X: Plankton, Hydrography, Tides, Kite. 
Part A: Plankton. By Albert Mann. (In preparation). 
Part B: Marine Diatoms.. By L. W. Bailey. (In preparation.) 
art C: Tidal Observations and Results. By W. Bell Dawson. (In press). 
art D: Hydrography. (In preparation) ( 


Cet 


Sy : 
IK ni 
y 


Report of the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 


; 1913-18. 

VOLUME III: INSECTS. 

eS IM EFRODUCTIONS : By Ci Gorden Hewrti2. 3) bass be eee PS oe ae (Issued 1920). 
} Part, A: COLLEMBOLA. | By, Justus: W,. Folsom... ..2........6.0% (Issued. July 10, 1919). 
Part B: NEUROPTEROID INSECTS. By Nathan Banks........ (Issued July 11, 1919). 


Part C DIPTERA. 

Crane-flies. By Charles P. Alexander. 

Mosquitoes. By Harrison G. Dyar. 

Diptera (excluding Tipulide and Culicide). By J. R. Malloch..... ...(ssued July 


14, 1919). 
“Part D: MALLOPHAGA AND ANOPELURA. 
Mallophaga. By A. W. Baker. 
by Anoplura. By G. F. Ferris and G. H. F. Nuttall.....(/ssued September 12, 1919). 


"Part E: COLEOPTERA. 
Forest Insects, including Ipide, Cerambycide, and Buprestidee. By J. M. Swaine. 


: Carabide and Silphide. By H. C. Fall. 
" Coccinellide, Elateride, Chrysomelide, and Rhynchophora (excluding Ipide), 
an By. C. W. Leng. 

Dyuecae. By J. D. Sherman, dea icn es veh ve wie (Issued December 12, 1919)° 
Part F: HEMIPTERA. By Edward P. Van Duzee..... PIS), Bed NO ns (Issued July 11, 1919). 


Part G: HYMENOPTERA AND PLANT GALLS. 
Sawflies. (Tenthredinoidea). By Alex. D. MacGillivray. 
Parasitic Hymenoptera. By Charles T. Brues, 
Wasps and Bees. By F. W. L. Sladen. 
Plant Galle: sy Porter Pelé oxy too A es (Issued November 3, 1919). 


Pears H: SPIDERS, MITES, AND MYRIAPODS. 
Spiders. By J. H. Emerton. 
Mites. By Nathan Banks. 


Myriapods. .By Ralph V..Chamberlin....00. 6.2. 4, Ussued July 14, 1919). 
“Part TRE PIDOPTHRA, “By -Arthur:Gibsom. 2) ac sees Sie (Issued January 10, 1920). 
Part Jc-ORTHORTERA. “By EM. Walkers 8:05 ta Rae ofan (Issued Sepetember 4, 1920). 
Part K: GENERAL OBSERVATIONS ON INSECT LIFE IN THE 

AR CLIC s+ By ce rite Vonaisentt) SS jemi woe dey toute Oe sae ok (In preparation) 


REPORT 


OF THE 


CANADIAN ARCTIC EXPEDITION 
1913-18 


VOLUME III: INSECTS 


INTRODUCTION 
AND 


LIST OF NEW GENERA AND SPECIES COLLECTED BY THE EXPEDITION 


By C. GORDON HEWITT 


fim vi oN 


OTTAWA 
THOMAS MULVEY. 
PRINTER TO THE KINGS MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY 
1920 
Jseued December 10,1920 © 


pre Abe, 


PRE PO: Rif 


OF THE a A 


CANADIAN ARCTIC EXPEDITION 
1913-18 


VOLUME III: INSECTS 


PART K: INSECT LIFE ON THE WESTERN ARCTIC COAST OF AMERICA 


By FRITS JOHANSEN 


OTTAWA 
THOMAS MULVEY 
PRINTER TO THH KING’S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY 
1921 


Issued November 7, 1921 


Report of the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


VOLUME i: NARRATIVE OF THE EXPEDITION, ETC. 
Part A. NORTHERN PARTY, 1913-18. By Vilhjalmur Stefansson.................. (In preparation) 


Part B. SOUTHERN PARTY, 1913-16. By Rudolph Martin Anderson.............. (In preparation). 


VOLUME Il: MAMMALS AND BIRDS, 


Part A. MAMMALS OF WESTERN ARCTIC AMERICA. By Rudolph Martin Anderson. 


aa TREN Poe OEE CIE Rr ne ee sere Sen te Sin tte ido Ree Ale Ra ee (In preparation). 
Part B. BIRDS OF WESTERN ARCTIC AMERICA. By R.M. Anderson and P. A. Taverner. 


Oe ee eh eRe i ee ry RD etre EME Boo MAES Gua had aaa doar (In preparation). 
VOLUME Hil: INSECTS 

INTRODUCTION. — By. C. Gordon Hewittac.. ica... cies (Issued December 10, 1920). 
Part<A:) COLLEMBOBA-; By. Justus We-Holsom jis ec.cck = anes tas oe nee (Issued July 10, 1919). 
Part B. NEVOROPTEROID INSECTS. By Nathan Banks.................. (Issued July 11, 1919). 
Part -C. DIPTERA. 

Crane-flies. By Charles P. saree 

Mosquitoes. By Harrison G. D 

Diptera (excluding Tipulidae A | ‘Oalicidaey. By-J.R.«Malloch>: .4.+ (Issued July 14, 1919). 


Part D. MALLOPHAGA AND ANOPLURA. 
Mallophaga. By A. W. Baker. 


Anoplura. By G. F. Ferris and G. H. F- Nuttall.:............5. (Issued September 12, 1919). 
Part E. COLEOPTERA. : 


Forest Insects, including Ipidae, Cerambycidae, and Buprestidae. By J. M. Swaine. 
Carabidae and Silphidae. By H. C. Fall. 


Coccinellidae, Elateridae, Chrysomelidae and Rhynchophora. (excluding tpdae): 


y C. W. Leng. 

Dytiscidaesce By -e De Onermans n-decane seems oer (Issued Deane 12, 1919). 
Part. Pb HEPIPTERA.:, By Bdward P27 VanDuzeexc. J... 0. secs cote dees dee (Issued July 11, 1919). 
Part G. HYMENOPTERA AND PLANT GALLS. 

Sawflies. (Tenthredinoidea). By Alex. D. MacGillivray. 

Parasitic Hymenoptera. By Charles T. Brues. 

Wasps and Bees. By F. W. L. Sladen. 

PlantiGalls By-beOrber Bel tsdecte sea areca ae eanm eres clechters (Issued November 8, 1919). 
Part H. SPIDERS, MITES AND MYRIAPODS. 

Spiders. By J. H. Emerton. 

Mites. By Nathan Banks. 

Myriapods:. ‘By Ralph -V. Chamberlin... oa... os 6 ee oc eee (Issued July 14, 1919). 
Partcl LEPIDOPTERA ByeArthur Gibson oe) fit a oa ee eee (Issued January 10, 1920). 
Part Ja ORTHOP TERA = By ho Me Walker. cut ce bo eee ee oe (Issued September 4, 1920). 


Part K. INSECT LIFE ON THE WESTERN ARCTIC COAST OF AMERICA. By Frits 
Bo) avs 1 \a(e) 2 ie eseer ean ae ge reece gece pe SN AN MR ee eg ae Lh Ta eg Dara eel Soa ry Cole etapa SA Se (In press) 
VOLUME iV: BOTANY 


Part A. FRESHWATER ALGAE AND FRESHWATER DIATOMS. By Charles W. Lowe. 
Data take aie ae Se Se aie SGU SeaeTeSe shhas ta oem oT ag EUG cue Vem EDE Tt RSP eR RS (In preparation). 


Part-BoMACRINE -ALGARD “Bye Wes: Collins. ices sees ss olla weer ace serosa (In preparation). 
-. Part C. FUNGI.- By John Desraess She Src RTRs cee eB Pa (In preparation). 
PAart- Dt ble HENS. By:'\G. Ke Mernille ye a ac oe teeeeten cleo rerio eee ie aoe (In preparation). 
Part E. MOSSES. By R. S. Willitens foe Gat oe Rey ey (Issued February 8, 1921). 
VOLUME V: BOTANY 

Part A. VASCULAR PLANTS. ~By James M. Macoun and Theo. Holm.................. (In press). 
Part B. CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE MORPHOLOGY, SYNON YMY, AND GENERAL 
DISTRIBUTION OF ARCTIC PLANTS... By Theo. Holm....05 54.55 500% (In press). 


Part C. GENERAL NOTES ON ARCTIC VEGETATION. By Frits Johansen. (Jn preparation). 
VOLUME VI: FISHES, TUNICATES, ETC. 


PartiA SEIS ES oc Bi By JOD an SOD iat sere «oie secu eee setae Seeheleveans oy Re Tae eee ce eee Eeae ah een (In preparation). 
Part-8. ASCLIDIANS: ETC: — By AG. Buntsmi ayn tae cicccle cles snide oalarere ceisietens (In preparation). 
VOLUME VII: CRUSTACEA 
Part A. DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS. By Mary J. Rathbun........2...... (Issued August 18, 1919). 
Part B. SCHIZOPOD CRUSTACEANS. By Waldo L. Schmitt-...... (Issued September 22, 1919). 
Part €, (CUMACHA ~~ By Wal; Galman i ss ssckcehen at cv. ctaeithe tt ohie  e eeo (Issued October 15, 1920 
Part; D:sESOPRO DA.“ (By Pe ba: Boope ears cron nsf gle ee ea eens (Issued November 10, 1920). 
Part.E. AMPHIPODA. By Clarence R. Shoemaker. 22... 0.35... 0;.ecies (Issued September 7, 1920). 
Partin. Sey CNOGONTDAS= By. leon d.:Cole Acme nic aulh Cee cis tee eee (Issued ania 8, 1921). 
Part-G.. RUPELEYLEOPROD As By 2h JOMANSEN cs cles operon oe and rs eego tana aeaeees (In preparation). 
Part BH. CLA DOGHRA:” By Chancey Judayariis ett 4. csr eis rasa eaiieree (Issued June 28, 1920). 
Part Fl OSTRACODA.2 By Ru IW. Slianpe. i isoten o- aicx te clae cterel-chseieglintale + oes ieee ieee (In preparation). 
Part J. FRESHWATER COPEPODA. =e Dwight Marsh.37.4<0 3.2. .... (Issued April 21, 1920). 
Party Kea MARINE“ COPERODA.” Byck. Willey. (crne naan) eee came cerenr (Issued June 25, 1920). 
Part L. PARASITIC COPEPODA. By Ghavies Bs Wialsonic. cc. anes 6 oe nee (Issued August 6, 1920). 


Part-M. CIR RIPEDIAs “By Hea SPilsbryis oe & Es ee ah (In preparation). 


a 


REPORT 


OF THE 


CANADIAN ARCTIC EXPEDITION 
1913-18 


VOLUME III: INSECTS 


PART K: INSECT LIFE ON THE WESTERN ARCTIC COAST OF AMERICA 


By FRITS JOHANSEN 


: OLVTAWA 
THOMAS MULVEY 
PRINTER TO THE KING’S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY 
1921 


16579—1 Issued November 7, 1921 


4 
i 


pO Hoe re Be 


ea: i ’ 4 y “ shal hk OAT Py aaihenecheliall aid 


y 


el uh) lie Me bation: fan paele Lia 
244 is? ee, ‘ wr fic AAR f hey | aN, one 
oa me Aateupie! / f. 
. al Aad OO il MiG! ne AR ou ie RR ne Ny f ao ve i hu 


uAd? 
F 


: Py Tiel 
i 8 C5 THE RA) weed, are ae 


motriaass Ory OIA WAGE 
its Gen (mts OnE ETRE — 


‘oe 


‘ rie é che nS 
(ADEA ASC TBADD ORT ORA oh CoB M RENE aut WO SB 7 — . 


’ 
my 


a ' P " r ; d 5 
Ter vyy WHRMAMUL AELAR yh 


CT eR aed AIA 
} PAC RA Ey ey FR e Iraihis ani i, 
= , ‘ole wy ae tee A Aude ea oe 
wa Re ee a ne : 
fi Hee ane Cee yy | 
ernie hig Oy penttovet TAYE aoa ohie ae 
) hk ON bo apig. Te ue, 


' ewe! Fie! mites 


‘yee is aie lipcinns, ‘al Vike a dh Ti taste Wik 
i’ +4 re. Vig A Ye dP cy) a 
' ee a Ee wee 1s, | hati any mi v (ied 
i ; La hi ee eS Myint r 
. a ‘ 
¢ 4 fie ai i. 


Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of America 


By Frits JOHANSEN! 


Introduction 


The territory covered by the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18, stretches 
from Wrangell island (about latitude 71 degrees north, longitude 178 degrees 
west) off Siberia to the new land found north of the Canadian Arctic archipelago 
(about latitude 80 degrees north, longitude 100 degrees west). 


Much of this area, however, was passed only on ship or during sledge- 
expeditions, and from some localities no collections of insects or plants were 
made. 


The expedition was divided into a northern and a southern party, the 
northern exploring principally the Arctic ocean and Canadian Arctic archipelago, 
while the southern investigated the continental coast. Owing to the unfor- 
tunate loss of the naturalist of the northern party, Mr. James Murray, with the 
“ Karluk,”’ off Wrangell island, in 1914, the collections made up to then by that 
party were lost, but the few specimens collected later have a considerable value, 
owing to the high latitude in which they were found. 


Reports on all the entomological specimens appear in this volume. Rearing 
experiments were made with more than a hundred various insects, etc., but owing 
to the difficulties incident to a trip of this description, only a quarter of the 
experiments were successful. 

Investigations were made at? 

Teller, Alaska (July-August, 19138). 

Camden bay, Alaska (September, 1913 to July, 1914). 

Demarcation point, Alaska (May, 1914). 

Herschel island, Yukon (July, 1914 and August, 1916). 


Peninsula south of Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Territories 
(August, 1914 to July, 1916). 


Lower part of Coppermine river, Northwest Territories (February, 1915). 

Some insects were collected in Alaska at Nome, Latouche and Ketchikan; 
and at Cape Bathurst, Victoria island and Coronation Gulf, Northwest 
Territories. 


In the present article the natural conditions and the insect life in these 
localities are described, but descriptive geographical details are omitted. With 
this series of reports is included a list of -flowering plants, by Theo. Holm and 
the late J. M. Macoun, and vegetation is, therefore, referred to only when 
it affects insect life.’ The region where the forest insects were found lies in 
the transition zone between the arctic and the subarctic, on the boundary of 
the barren grounds, and at some distance from the coast; but it is included in 
this report because the forest insects are described in the report on Coleoptera. 

To this report are added data regarding insect life on some of the islands 
in the Canadian Arctic archipelago, and a comparison is made between these 
insects and those of Greenland. 


1The report as originally submitted by the author has been considerably cut down and has been 
recast into impersonal form to conform to the other reports of the series. 
2See map of Western Arctic Coast of America, Fig. 1, p. 41K. 
3Specific plant identifications in the present paper are from collections determined by 
Macoun and Holm. (See Vol. V, Part A, Vascular Plants.) 


1657$—1} 


4k Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


SOUTH SIDE OF SEWARD PENINSULA, ALASKA (NOME AND TELLER) 


This district has been so often and so well described that further description 
in this report appears unnecessary. 

Though the character of the country and climate around Nome is practically 
the same as at Port Clarence (Teller), that of the coast line is different. At 
Teller, a long, low sandspit runs from the southeast parallel to the mainland 
and embraces the spacious harbour of Port Clarence. At the head of the port 
two sandspits, on the southern of which Teller is situated, mark the entrance to 
Grantley harbour, which is continued by a channel to Imuruk lake. 

The southern spit, only a few feet above the sea, consists of gravel and sand 
with grass-tufts and flowering plants including Papaver nudicaule, Chamaervum 
latifolium, Artemisia and Honckenyia peploides; the tundra, best developed in 
depressions, is characterized by creeping willows, Carex, etc. A few larger 
depressions (some artificial) contain water even in August (PI. V, fig. 1). Just 
west of the town a large lake stretches almost across the sandspit, separated 
from Grantley harbour by a swamp, and from Port Clarence by sand hills. 
This lake is a case of recent marine formations, for marine diatoms are found 
in it, and Commander Trollope’s chart of the place made in 1854 shows a lagoon 
with an outlet to Port Clarence and connected at high tide with Grantley har- 
bour. Since that time the ends of the lagoon have been filled in by beach- 
deposits for about 100 yards on each side, leaving a couple of ponds on the 
Port Clarence side. 

On the other sides the lake is surrounded by low hills and elevated tundra 
intersected by small streams, which carry the melting snow in spring time, but 
later aredry. The depressions of the higher tundra enclose a few ponds in which 
are mosses, Hippuris, Utricularia, etc.; and in the gulches among the hills and 
in shelter of the banks, willows attain a fair size, though not so high as at Nome. 
Hippuris, Carex, etc., cover most of the lake shore, growing on mud or gravel- 
bottoms; an swamps occur between the lake and the surrounding tundra. 
(Bl Ni, ties). 

Insects were very plentiful here, but some of the plants plentiful at Nome 
were absent, owing, perhaps, to the higher altitude. 

The fauna and flora of this part of Seward peninsula may best be compared 
to the Kotzebue sound area and the Mackenzie delta beyond the tree limit, 
but little is known of insect life in either of these districts. 

The fauna, flora, climate, and general nature of the Nome and Teller areas 
are so similar that their insect life is here treated as identical. ‘The fresh-water 
insects include :— 

(a) On the surface: Collembola, and swarms of peculiar flies (Hydrophorus 
signiferus) jumping around like the well-known water-bugs (Hydrometra). 
They evade capture by flying, but afterwards “‘ slide ’’ backwards to the surface 
to pursue their predacious habits. Their development probably takes place in 
the water, to which they arefar more attached as imagines than is the case with 
tipulidae, mosquitoes, and other aquatic diptera. 

(b) Under the surface: coleopterous, trichopterous, and dipterous larve, 
besides the bug Arctocorixa sp. and various water-beetles (Dytiscidee) as Ilybius 
angustior, Agabus nigripalpis, Agabus infuscatus, Colymbetes dolobratus. 

The development of the dytiscid larve (Agabus sp.) outside of the water 
is interesting. In the sand or mud flats surrounding the lake, the larve make 
their open pupal cells, sheltered by any stone, board, tin can, old sacks, or such 
waste material as is found near a town or camping place. This material, 
obstructing the sunlight, renders vegetation scarce and deformed, and the sur- 
face is better able to retain the moisture. ‘ 

A variety of invertebrates were found there, ranging from snails (Succinea 
and Agriolimax), myriapods (Cryophilus alaskanus, Arctogeophilus glacialis, 
Ezembius stejnegeri), mites, spiders (Pardosa glacialis), and collembola, to 


Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of America 5K 


various insect larve (diptera, especially tipulids, and coleoptera) and. more 
secretive living insects (elaterid and carabid beetles Elaphrus riparius, Amara 
brunnipennis, Pterosticus vindicatus, P. similis, Peophila eschscholzi1, Bembidium 
complanulum, small homoptera, etc.). The finding of myriapods is interesting, 
because it is the most northern record so far of this order on the American 
continent. On the tundra itself an occasional hairy lepidopterous larva may 
be seen, and tiny mites, spiders (Micranecta crassimana, Tmeticus brunneus 
and hemiptera; or a phryganeoid (Anabolia marginata) resting its frail body 
on a grass-leaf. Curculionid beetles are also at work as larve or adults, and a 
great number of flies are seen, among which the caribou bot-fly, Oedemagena 
(Hypoderma) tarandi, is perhaps the most interesting, owing to its bumblebee-like 
appearance and life history. Various species of bumblebees (Bombus kirbyellus, 
B. polaris, B. sylvicola, B. pleuralis, B. lucorum, B. frigidus) are all attracted 
to Epilobium spicatum and other flowering plants (Iris. Aconitum, Delphin- 
ium, Leguminose, Campanula, Pedicularis, etc.), when the male willow catkins 
have fallen off. The plant which attracts most of the insects at Nome is, how- 
ever, the imposing Heracleum lanatuwm, which in protected places is more than 
six feet high and spreads its enormous, sweet-scented cymes towards the sun. 
On its flowers a number of different flies collect, the tipulid, Dicranomyra alas- 
caensis, a phryganeoid (Limnephelus sp.), Vespa marginata, and the big green 
saw-fly, Rhodogaster religua; also various ichneumonids, butterflies, and moths 
as Eurymus palaeno chippewa Edw., Eucosma sp., and other microlepidoptera. 
Few butterflies are seen at the end of August, but an easily scared geometrid 
moth (Lygris destinata L.) is very common at that time. Swarms of mosquitoes 
(Aédes sp.) make themselves felt rather forcibly in the shelter of the gully- 
banks or over the various ponds and pools on warm, quiet days. The shrubby wil- 
lows harbour a variety of insects. Mites and saw-flies make galls in the leaves, 
or the latter are fastened together by a small lepidopterous larva, which 
skeletonizes the sides of the leaves thus turned inwards. Lithecolletis (?) larve 
mining in the leaves of Petasites, Artemisia, Saxifraga, etc., were also observed, 
and a spider with its web between plant leaves, spinning some of these together 
as a breeding chamber, where the eggs and recently emerged young may be 
found at the end of August. 

On the tall willow-bushes in the gullies inland the leaf-eating or gall-forming 
sawfly larvee (sometimes infected with chalcid parasites) are found. A grey, 
ball-shaped nest of Vespa marginata is occasionally suspended from the lower 
branches or trunks of these small trees, and partly hidden by the foliage or 
vegetation, but may be obtained with less risk from the inside of old tin cans 
or boxes which may be lying around. 

Vegetation and insect life in the hills back of the coastal tundra are scantier 
than on the lowland. Apart from flies and mosquitoes, everywhere present, 
the most characteristic insect is the bumblebee, but spiders, mites, collembola, 
small beetles, moths, and craneflies are also found. 

Various small arthropods are also found under driftwood and other washed 
up material on the beach. 

The wingless parasites (mallophaga, fleas and lice) on birds, mammal, and 
human beings, and the foreign insects introduced by whites during the last 
two decades complete the insect-life in this region. 


FROM BERING STRAIT TO POINT BARROW, ALASKA 


Little is known of the insects in this region, and no collections were made 
by the Canadian Arctic Expedition. 

The flora and insect-fauna of this region seem to have the same general 
character as that east of Point Barrow, except perhaps the inner part of Kotzebue 
sound, where the flora is said to be unusually luxuriant, and the insect life cor- 
respondingly richer. 


6K Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


A few insects were collected at Point Barrow (cape Smyth), by the United 
States International Polac Expedition (Murdoch), and have been provisionally 
identified by Riley, in the report of the said expedition (Washington, 1884), 
as follows:— 


Chironomus sp. 
Scatophaga sp. 

Tachinid (Huphorocera?) 
Anthomyia sp. 

Tipulid (Ctenophora sp.) Diptera. 
Can. Entomol., 1917-1918. 
Tinula coracina Alex. 
Cordylura sp. 
Oedemagena tarandi 
Phryganeoid 

Perlid (Leptocerus sp.) 
Bombus moderatus 


=: 


Neuropteroids. 


a oe 


oe sylvicola Hymenoptera. 
Urocerus flavicornis 
Dasychira rossi Lepidoptera. 
Amara obtusa 
‘Chrysomelid k Coleoptera. 


COAST BETWEEN POINT BARROW AND MACKENZIE DELTA 


The Arctic mountains stretch from cape Lisburne to the Mackenzie delta 
and their foothills merge gradually into the coastal plain that reaches the 
Arctic ocean. ‘The beach is formed, sometimes by tundra bluffs up to 30 feet in 
height and sometimes by low alluvial plains fringed by sandpits and lagoons. 
The chains of islands off the coast have a similar composition. The ‘width 
of the coastal plain is greatest at point Barrow, where it is more than 150 
miles, but decreases to the southwest, so that the mountains are within 
12 miles of the ocean at a point east of the 141st meridian, and the foothills 
sometimes usurp the place of the plain. The rivers, some very large, of this 
part of Alaska and Yukon receive many tributaries from the foothills, and when 
these lateral creeks have finally been left behind, the watercourses run fairly 
straight to the north, for the hills along the Mackenzie delta prevent an eastern 
outflow. Ground ice is found to varying depths, especially west of Camden 
bay. The vegetation is the typical Arctic tundra, best developed in valley- 
bottoms and in the extensive coastal swamps where most of the many lakes or 
ponds are situated (Pl. V. fig. 2). An enormous quantity of driftwood, from 
the Mackenzie, lines the beach at certain places, and the coastline is subjected 
to a continuous erosion by waves or screw-ice at some parts and upbuilding by 
sand and gravel at others. Even where the coastal plain is missing, as east of 
Stokes point, lagoons, sandbars, and gravel spits are formed at or near the 
mouths of rivers. Shingle point is a conspicuous example of this, presenting 
a shelter for boats. 


Herschel island! and the coast opposite and eastward are well covered by 
vegetation, which is surprisingly abundant on low or protected parts. 


The developments of plant and insect life are so intimately connected that 
the study of one involves the study of both, and also, of course, of climatic 
conditions, the influence of which has been dealt with in the report on climate 
and in Mr. F. W. L. Sladen’s report.2, The development of plant-life especially 
affects the non-predacious insects such as certain coleoptera, diptera and the 
lepidoptera, sawflies, and bees. 

Such plants as mosses, Cassiope, Saxifraga, Ranunculus, ete., which, during 
the melting of the snow, are immersed in water, bear green or new leaves at the 
beginning of May—earlier than is the case with those plants that draw their 
power only from the sun. 


1¥For topographical descript:on see Geol. Surv., Can., Sum. Rept., 1915, p. 286, J. J. O’Neiiil. 
2 Report Canadian Arctic Exped., 1915-18, III, G. 1919. 


Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of America 7K 


Apart from mosses and grasses and Cyperace whose first new leaves are 


less easily noticed, new leaves and buds were found on plants as follows:— 


CAMDEN BAY TO DEMARCATION POINT, 1914 


May 1-10 


Cerastium alpinum 
Empetrum nigrum 
Ledum palustre 

Cassiope tetragona 


May 21-81 


Arenaria peploides ) 
Martensia maritima ‘buds only. 
Potentilla pulchella J 
Saxifraga decipiens 

Papaver nudicaule 

Cochlearia groenlandica 
Oxytropis nigrescens 


June 11-20, New leaves: 


Salix pulchra 

S. reticulata 
Ranunculus nivalis 
Anemone parviflora 
Taraxacum lyratum 
Artemisia comata 
Papaver nudicaule 
Dryas integrifolia 
Luvinus nootkatensis (buds only) 
Alopecurus alpinus 
Carex stars. 
Primula borealis 
Blyumus mollis 
Epilobium latifolium 


May 11-20 


Vaccinium caespitosum 

Oxytropis nigrescens 

Betula glandulosa 

Pedicularis lanata 

Saxifraga oppositifolia (new leaves, 
little developed). 

S. hieractifolia 

Dryas imtegrifolia 


\leaf-buds only. 


June 1-10, New leaves: 


Various Caryophyllacea 

; Saxifraga (eg. S. bronchialis 
S tricuspidata) 

‘s Composite 

Pedicularis lanata 

Pyrola grandiflora 

Oxryria digyna 

Caltha palustris 

Equisetum arvense (buds only) 

Salix pulechra (only buds) 

Jlippuris vulgaris (only buds) 


June 21-380, New leaves: 
EHquisetum arvense 
Stellaria longipes 
Silene acaulis 
Polemonium boreale 
Petasites frigida 
Lloydia serotina 
Rubus chamaemorus 
Hmpetrum nigrum 


From July onward all the plants have new leaves. 


Flowers of the following plants were found. See also Vascular Plants 


June 38-4 
Salix nulchra (female) 
Briophorum vaginatum 
Saxifraga oppositifolia 


June 11-15 
Salix pulchra. (male) 
Lycopodium selago 
Ranunculus nivalis 
Anemone parviflora 
Saliz Richardsonii (male and femaie) 


June 17-20 
Salix rotundifolia (male and female) 
S. ovalifolia var. camdensis (male 
and female) 
Cochlearia groenlandica - 
Oxyria digyna 
Oxytropis nigrescens 
Potentilla pulchelia 
Pedicularis lanata 
Dryas integrifolia 


June 21-24 
Draba alpina, D. fladnizensis 
Oxytropis nigrescens 


June 27-28 
Papaver nudicaule 
Cassiope tetragona 


Collected in Arctic North America by the “Gjéa’’ Expedition (Ostenfeld, 1910). 


Primula borealis 
Lloydia serotina 
Pedicularis arctica 
Ranunculus sulphureus 
Caltha palustris 
Petasites frigida 

Salix reticulata 
Saaxifraga nelsoniana 


June 29-30 
Pedicularis sudetica 
Carex rariflora 
Polygonum viviparum 
Luzula nivalis 
Alsine arotica 
Silene acaulis 


July 2-7 
Eriophorum angustifolium 
E. Scheuchzeri 
Carex rigida 
Lagotis glauca 
Polemonium boreale 
Cerastium alpinum 
Ranunculus Pallasti 
Saxifraga hirculus 
S. decipiens 
Lupinus nootkatensis 
Phaca frigida 
Parrya macrocarpa 


8K Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


July 11 July 26-29 (Martin point, Alaska) 
Artemisia comata Flymus mollis 
Glyceria tenella 
July 17 Sedum rhodiola 
Taraxacum lyratum Ntellaria longipes 
Alopecurus alpinus Halianthus peploides 


Carex reducta 


Astragalus alpinus : 
Carex imcurva 


Saxifraga rivularis 


8. hieraciifolia Dupontia Fischeri 
Saussurea angustifolia Mertensia maritima 
Pedicularis capitata ete. 


Eutrema edwardsii 


Stellaria humifusa August 8 (Icy reef, Alaska) 


Saxifraga cernua Draba nivalis 

Lychnis apetala Arctogrostis latifolia 

Senecio atropurpureus Crepis nana 

Hierochloé paucifiora Epilobium latifolium 

Carex reducta, C. stans Festuca ovina var. brevifolia 
Luzula spicata Poa arctica 

Hippuris vulgaris Androsace Chamaejasme 


Flowers of Empetrum nigrum were found on May 6, 1914, but this may 
have been a 1913 flower. 

Observations on flowers were also made at Shingle point and on Herschel 
island, Yukon, in the beginning and middle of August, 1914 and 1916. The 
vegetation at these two localities, and at others equally close to the Mackenzie 
delta, is apparently a week or more earlier than along the coast west of the 
International boundary line. 

No new flowers were observed west of Mackenzie delta after August 21. 
The Compositae and grasses are the dominating ones in the end of August. 

From the beginning or middle of September the frost gradually kills off 
the flowers and green leaves, and about the end of September, when the first 
snow has fallen, the dead fruit-stems and leaves are the main plant parts 
observed, though hibernating leaf-buds are sometimes seen. 


INSECT LIFE ON ALASKAN ARCTIC COAST 
October, 1918, to April, 1914. 


Insects are scarce along the Alaskan Arctic coast after October and are 
found only under stones and driftwood, or by digging in the frozen tundra or 
cutting holes in the freshwater ice. Entomological investigations in northeast 
Greenland have shown that the hibernation of insects in that region! is very 
similar to that of insects in northern Alaska, though the American Arctic is 
richer in the number of species, which are mostly different from the Greenlandic. 

The main objective of the hibernating insects is to find, before the snow 
and frost come, some place where the spring water can best be avoided. They 
therefore take every advantage of cover, especially of those places likely to 
become free of snow in the early spring. In this, not all are successful, but 
they are more likely to be found, during the winter, on such exposed localities 
than on lower ones that have a better vegetation (PI. III, fig. 1). An exception 
is, however, formed by certain larve, such as large diptera, e.g., tipulids, which 
hibernate down in the ground until the medium surrounding them thaws. 
Aquatic insects and larve that inhabit water all through the year endeavour to 
bore themselves into the mud, and failing this, are killed, and hibernate only as 
eggs when the water freezes to the bottom. 

Insects hibernating in the latter part of September, of course remain in 
that state during the winter, though probably in decreased numbers, a great 
many being killed when the temperature falls to zero Fahrenheit. Most hiber- 
nating insects can withstand temperatures down to 50 degrees below, and the 
mortality may be ascribed rather to factors in the life-cycle of each particular 
insect than to the cold. 


1See Meddelelser om Grénland, Vols. 19 (Deichmann) and 43 (Johnsen). 


Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of America 9K 


In the fresh waters of northern Alaska insects and larve are abundant, 
even in winter, as compared with those on land. They were observed in frozen 
ponds and lakes and in a warm creek, a tributary to Sadlerochit river, back of 
Camden bay. Ina pond only 4 feet deep, on which the ice was 10 inches thick 
on October 9, many copepods, Limnocalanus johansent Marsh, ostracods, and 
other minute animals, and a number of midge larve were found. Ponds such 
as this would, of course, freeze to the bottom later in the winter. From a neigh- 
bouring stream a perlid nymph was obtained from beneath the ice. Examina- 
tions of the lakes and ponds in spring and early summer led to the conclusion 
that the following forms hibernate in or near fresh water :— 


Aquatic diptera—larvee (especially tipulids and muscids). 
Dytiscid—beetles. 

Trichoptera—larve and perlid larve. 
Mosquitoes—females, a few (Aédes sp.). 

Various midge larve. 

Hydrachnid mites. 


The warm creek back of Camden bay has its source in three springs, at 
the foot of a mountain about 25 miles from the coast, and flows for a few miles 
nearly parallel to Sadlerochit river before joining it. Its rather luxuriant 
vegetation consists of grasses, sedges, and green algz! on the sandy and muddy 
bottom, and of an algee-crust and mosses, as a carpet, on the submerged stones. 
Parts of stones just above water carried a white crust of siliceous or calcareous 
algee, and stones above high-watermark, had a luxurious growth of lichens. The 
water at the source was steaming and had a temperature here of about 60 
degrees F., but became colder as the stream was descended. The steam and 
the open character of the stream contrasted strangely with the surrounding 
snow-clad, silent tundra (November, 1913). 


In this warm water (above 35 degrees F.), a number of grayling, Thymallus 
signifer Rich, and trout were seen feeding on the rich invertebrate life, which 
consisted of larve of midges, perlids, and phryganeoids. A species of phryganeoid 
larve typical of streaming water, was living inside gravel cocoons attached to 
the underside of the stones. There were also many amphipods (Gammarus 
limneus) and small clams (Pistdiwm) and hundreds of snails (Lymnea caperata) 
were clinging to the mosses and alge. All these, with many microscopic forms, 
made an unusually rich animal collection. 


Apart from the insects found in the warm springs and creeks which keep 
open all winter, there appears to be no difference between insect life in the up- 
land and that at the coast, except that some species (Bombus, Vespa, and ants) 
take advantage of cliff-crevices or old bark on the taller willow trees, to build 
their nests or to hibernate as larve. Observations up the Sadlerochit river 
were, however, made in November, at which time the cold had killed most of 
the insects, and much snow covered the ground. 


In the reports of the various specialists, information is given concerning 
the seasonal occurrence of the various insects in their immature stages; and it 
will be seen that the life history of insects is much the same in the Canadian 
Arctic as in more southern latitudes. The following tentative table summarizes 
very roughly the facts concerning the hibernating of arctic insects, not 
including parasites :— 


1 See this series of reports, Vol. IV, Part A, Freshwater Algze and Freshwater Dieatoms. 


10K Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


Order Family Genus Hibernate as 
Orthoptera..... AGHA SS YF fat FA be BSR. Ree eens Se ee ae Nymphs? 
Neuropteroids..|Perlidze........... Micikns, Sveuieqar ay Mebate shops fete otebiecesetcnte Larva (Nymphs) 

BID IVS NT Sr Ee Voi. ovis6 wi] svete svelte ue wie gaeyens vous ctoye oe EReoeTS Larva (Nymphs) 
Vegaloptera .2..\02 Eenvero bisects te SREY Larva (Nymphs) 
Prichopberaiwy: .72 efor |\e Leseeeys Pgh Arc Sels Bees ele aes che hee uarva (Pupa?) 
IVfrgi(oCOoNRerPchawi 5 MEWnACIMINe span aaa Aas sa odes Hanno Me Bo oR eoadaeeca. Larva, Pupa (?), Imago (?) 
MOG iycisie tre. ose | tore eS eeorecnret Retan ere rere in ICR ena eee E Larva 
Diptera. ¢ cies: alislliahaispatets Nowe @uettel oueheua rene tele All those with larva and pupa| Larva (Pupa?) 
J stages in fresh water and 
in the ground, except mos- 
quitoes. 
All others and mosquitoes. .} Imago. 
COLE QDLE GAR gage ya yeh. lead Ree ic is Fee coke asec A Le ee ere Larva, pupa, or Imago. 
Ey MenoOp tera. SA Wiles aciec ic catenilh ncemtee tice cree ea ate ceiesetete cActiite |Larva or pupa. 
BES LAT tWaASDS ox ialiers ateyets @erctie.steneieror el terete A few queens. 
PABASTICaWalSDS: Sicclsrcucxelsisue evel ioleutie cise oie etek ine Lurva? 
Rhynchota..... Elias nko ggaq06|lsoc APO nIaae DODO UCAmS tor cate o | Nymphs? 
Hiomopteraer cen cen Secacae ses elvleescoeeeel NyIMpUSE 


The three periods of each month under which insect life is described in the 
following pages must not be taken too literally; future investigations may 
extend considerably the period in which certain species are out, and also add 
species not yet found. Nor can observations on reared insects be considered 
to hold good for insects living under normal conditions. In the main, however, 
the data given are correct, especially for the more common forms. 


Beginning of May, 1-10 


Karly in May (1914) the weather was warm, the snow started to melt, and 
the shallow tundra ponds became free of ice. In these ponds various big 
dipterous larvee, especially tipulids (Stygeropis sp., etc.), were found lying dead 
on the bottom or already actively boring in the soft mud. Dytiscid beetles, 
midge larve, etc., are probably also present, but were not noticed until later in 
the month. 

The other hibernating insects, carabid beetles (Pterosticus mandibularis, P. 
agonus, Nebria sp.), lepidopterous larve, collembola, flies, spiders, and mites are 
still found in plant tufts, under stones, and driftwood, ete., as during September 
and the winter, keeping immobile until exposed directly to the sun. 


Middle of May, 11-21 


Kven now the hibernating insects are found immobile in their hiding places. 
The following typical instances are taken from the writer’s field-journal: 


“May 12, 1914. Demarcation point, Alaska. ‘‘Found a full-grown 
Agrotid (?)-larva 34 cm. long stuck into a Dryas plant on the coastal 
tundra. The larva lay curled up between the leaves and twigs about 
4-inch below the surface and hidden by dead leaves. Below the larva 
the ground was completely frozen. When removed the larva moved very 
slowly; and when laid in a box only used its abdominal feet to take a 
grip. Later, when brought into the house, the larva livened up com- 
pletely and began to crawl around. Efforts to rear it were unsuccess- 
ful. The day was calm and sunny; temperature from 9 degrees to 20 
degrees F. and higher on direct exposures.” 


The first flies ot the year, three kinds, probably hibernating forms, were seen 
May 13, 1914, at Demarcation point (PI. III, fig. 2). The weather was still 
clear, but warmer (35 degrees F.) One species of the flies, Phormia terranovae, 


Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of America 11k 


kept to the south side of the house where the thermometer, hanging free, showed 
40 degrees F. at 2 p.m.; on the refuse heaps outside the house the two smaller 
species (Fucellia ariciiformis and Scatella brunnipennis) were common; all of 
them were very much alive. 

Early in May owing to the snow and hibernation period the tundra provided 
poor results in insects, but a few days later, better results were obtained. Under 
driftwood many collembola of different sizes, white, orange, and violet were 
found, and various small spiders, with egg cocoons of spiders and mites. The 
small fly, Scatella brunnipennis favoured specially the driftwood on moist, sandy 
ground; carabid beetles were seen, and young hemiptera (Chiloxanthes stellatus) 
coloured as dead grass and difficult to catch, as were some smaller flies with a 
similar habitat. 

Muscid larve (Rhamphomyia sp.), orange or green sawfly pupx (A maurone- 
matus cogitatus), in transparent pupating cocoons in a special little cell communi- 
cating with the air, various beetle larvee or pups, and small staphylinid and 
carabid beetles, ete., were found in snow-free moss-pillows; and, on the tundra 
plants, the hairy larve of all sizes, and cocoons with larve or pup of the moth 
Gynaephora rossi and probably, also, of Hyphoraia alpina. Sometimes these 
cocoons contain only the larve or pupe skins or eggs (on the outside) from 
previous years, or the pup cases of the parasitic t tachinid fly, (Kuphorocera 
gelida). Spiders and leafhoppers (Chiloranthes) are common in the grass. 

A small lepidopterous larva is also seen. It has a brown colour, but is paler 
on the ventral side; it has a chitinous-brown head and neckband and dark 
thoracic feet. It spins two willow leaves together and skeletonizes them, remain- 
ing inside where the larve evidently hibernate. 

In the now completely melted tundra ponds are smaller, long-legged flies 
(Hydrophorus ?) and a number of different collembola (Podura aquatica, Isotoma 
palustris, ete.) which are of three sizes. The smallest and most common are black- 
blue; some, a little larger are grey-brown, and a few—the largest—are green. 
Smaller dytiscid beetles (Agabus nigr ipalpis, Hydroporus humeralis, I. tar- 
taricus) are busily investigating the mud. Tiny, dark red water-mites move 
rapidly around in the water, propelled by their hairy legs, and searching for their 
prey, of which the brownish midge larvee (Tanypus sp.?) which wriggle along 
near the surface are probably the most important. Crawling on the muddy 
bottom are other somewhat larger watermites with tile-red body and dark 
purple legs; and dark coloured midge larve insidg mud tubes. Most conspicuous 
are the big dipterous larve (tipulids, etc.); one species (Stygeropis sp.) keeps 
- its long, hairy, anal processes surrounding the spiracles spread out at the surface 
and floats thus in the water; or it wriggles along over the mud bottom, with the 
‘fan’? closed; another species digs, with its head and lateral ‘legs’? conspicuous 
furrows (tunnels) in the mud, the ‘larvee when working being completely hidden 
at one end of the furrow. Other larve, found dead, perhaps belong to the genus 
Tipula. 

The temperature of the pond mud at 5 p.m., May 21, 1914, at Demarcation 
point, was 55.5 degrees, or 15.5 degrees warmer than the atmosphere. The 
ponds, though sometimes free of ice in early May, occasionally freeze over again, 
but this appears to have no effect on the aquatic animals, though alternating 
freezing and melting may continue until June. 


End of May, 22-31 

Insect life during this period is very similar to that observed in the few pre- 
ceding and following days. The weather was cold and hazy or rainy, and not 
favourable to rapid development of insect life. Some plants get new leaves 
about the beginning of May and most of them by the end of May, so that, 
apart from predacious and carrion-feeding forms, the insects found in May are 
oa larve or pupe, the imagines first appearing when the flowers come out in 

une. 


12k Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 
June 1-9 


Excepting the flies mentioned as appearing in May, few insects are seen on 
the wing even in the beginning of June. Two kinds of flies, however, were 
observed on Barter island, Alaska; the brown species of Scatophaga and minute, 
black ones, common around freshwater ponds after June 1. In exceptionally 
early seasons, the Bombus queens may be out. (PI. IV, figs. 1-2). 

The greatest number of insects on the ground, besides those mentioned 
under May, were: 

Under driftwood: colonies of Homoptera (wool lice?) 1.3 mm. long, clustered 
to or creeping slowly on the lower side of or in the cracks of logs. They have 
dark antennz and legs, and are flesh-coloured, with a white-grey ‘‘coat”’ especi- 
ally dorsally, of waxy, grey secretions. The slender, worm-like mycetophilid (?) 
larve of a transparent white or yellow brown colour, besides collembola, mites, 
etc., are found in rotten driftwood. 

In the tundra moss, carabid beetles and various larve of coleoptera and 
tipulids, T’. arctica, etc., flies, both adults and pups, spiders, mites, etc., and 
small orange-coloured Cecidomyia larve half hidden in the corners of wet 
sphagnum leaves, are found. 

Larve and cocoons of Gynaephora rossi with or without parasitic tachinid 
pupz are also seen on the tundra, the larve feeding on Salix buds and Sazifraga 
oppositifolia leaves. 

In the ice-free tundra ponds young mosquito larve (Aédes sp.) of various 
sizes, besides copepods, ‘‘winter eggs” of Daphnia pulex, etc., are present. 


June 10-20 


The most conspicuous insects now seen for the first time, are queens of 
bumblebees (Bombus sylvicola, B. polaris, etc.) mostly in strong speed and high 
flight the first days, but later feeding on the male catkins of the various species 
of Salix just out. 

Flies (Cynomyia cadaverina, Scaeva pyrastri, ete.) are now also out. A black 
and white striped species (Syrphus sodalis?) is typical of the higher, dry places 
on the tundra; when approached they rise and hover for a while before flying 
away. The first sawflies, Amauronematus sp. and ichneumonids (Aptesius 
nivarius) were seen; the flight of the former is much like that of ants, and only 
lasts for a short while. 

The various arthropods found earlier in the season under stones, driftwood, 
etc., have now come out from their hiding places. Minute, brown beetles may 
be seen on the wing on calm, sunny days; and the various carabide (Asaphidion 
sp., Amara brunnipennis, etc.) besides an occasional curculionid or chrysomelid 
beetle (Chrysomela subsulcata) are found on the tundra, and various spiders 
(Lycosa pictilis, etc.), small hemiptera, etc., and immature stages of various 
insects. 

In the tundra ponds are spiders and small flies (Leptocera transversalis?), 
besides the common, aquatic animals, such as small trichopterous larve, 
dytiscid-beetles, mosquito and tipulid larve, mites, ete. 


June 21-30 


At the end of June a number of flying insects are out—the first tipulid 
adults (Stygeropis porryi, etc.,) mosquitoes (a few Aédes sp.), and tineoid 
imagines (Hucosma sp.). These small moths and the hemiptera (Huscelis 
hyperboreus) are characteristic of places having rich vegetation (Salix, grasses, 
etc.), in shelter of tundra-b'uffs, where the many dead leaves afford good colour 
protection (brown). On approach the microlepidoptera fly up in a fluttering 
swirl, and suddenly drop, which makes them difficult to observe and cat h. 
Bombus arcticus queens and various flies and sawflies were also found. 


Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of America 13k 


On the tundra plants are various hemiptera (Huscelis hyperboreus, Cala- 
canthia trybomt, etc.) and spiders (Xysticus bimaculatus, Lycosa sp.); the Lycosa 
makes a funnel-shaped web in fissures of the ground, in which it takes refuge, often 
first dropping its prey consisting of tipulids, flies, beetles, or other spiders; the 
Xysticus are found among leaves. Now and then a decomposed dead animal 
harbouring muscid-eggs or larve attracts the beetle Silpha lapponica. On 
driftwood sticks or dead leaves are cakes of red mite eggs (Bryobia praetiosa) 
from which the equally red larve will emerge in a few days. Conspicuous also 
are the larve and cocoons of Gynaephora rossi. The first moths of this species 
now emerge, unless parasitized by the tachinid fly (Hurphorocera gelida) or by 
an ichneumonid wasp (Amblyteles sp.). Of the former (fly) as many as six pupa 
cases may be found together with the larval skin of the lepidopterous host; 
some of the cases contain the dead fly-pupa (pale, with grey hairs and legs, eyes 
red-brown) and attached to it six or more parasitic chalcid larve, which later 
emerge in August through small holes in the pupa case of the fly. Or the 
Gynaephora cocoon may contain the dead lepidopterous larva or pupa, which 
on opening will be found to contain a fat, white ichneumonid larva filling out 
most of the host, the internal parts of which it has devoured, while the skin of 
the caterpillar host protects it from drying up. Sometimes the parasite kills the 
Gynaephora larva before the latter succeeds in making its cocoon and pupating; 
it is then found that the ichneumonid pupa (another species?) has spun itself 
to the ground, the caterpillar skin above protecting it from discovery by birds 
and other enemies. 

By digging, or in plants, various larve or pupe of insects (weevils, tipulids, 
etc.) may be observed. 

The freshwater ponds and lakes now contain a rich life. Craneflies, emerging 
from their pupa cases, float on the surface, or fly over the water, when not 
resting on grass leaves, ete. Swarms of small flies swarm or spring on the water 
surface; often they are seen in copulation. The first perlid adults crawl up 
on grass leaves above the water and leave behind the nymphal skins on the 
surface. Swimming in the water are thousands of mosquito larve now grown 
considerably (Aédes sp. etc.), copepods and the nauplii of the common phyllo- 
pod (Branchinecta paludosa), besides mites (Curvipes reighardi), etc. Crawling 
or resting on submerged logs, etc., are the large red Chironomus larve in their 
mud tubes. They are now pupating, the pupa emerging from its tube to the 
surface where it floats on one side, until it has shed its larva skin and can assume 
a vertical position. 


July 1-10 
The sve hte insects are now seen :— 
FlieS.. 1. 2. 20 ce oe oo 06 oe oe oe Khamphomyia erinacioides 


Suyrphus sodalis 
Aricia borealis 
Phorbia brevitarsis 
Piophila borealis 
Botanobia frit 


Tipula subarctica Craneflies with 
Tipula arctica nymphs of mites 
Stygeropis parrii (Hydrachnids?) 
wrichyphona brevifurcata ) on some of them. 


Sawflies (Amauronematus sp.) 
Ichneumon fly (on willow plants) 


MITAEeS ic sic wis ciel cle acl oe! ofc es clei l QNYPUS |GlASCENSIS 
Chironomus sp. 
IMOSQUICOES ci) Gui cai he clic cutee os oo «. ACES nearcticus 
Bumblebeessi. <2.) setentios 6... «. Bombissiisp 
Butterflies... .. .. .. .. .- «2 «2 -. . Brenthis frigga alaskensis 
> B. frigga improba 
B. polaris 
Colias hecla glacialis 
IMOEHSE lec (ais) clalclcleleli ae ee els ie « . Diasemia, alasikalts 


Hucosma sp. 
Gynaephora rossi 
Hyphoraia alpina 


14k Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


The first butterflies of the season appear at this time (Brenthis frigga 
alaskensis and B.f.improba). The smaller form (¢mproba) has a fluttering 
flight and settle on plants with the wings spread out, moving them up and down 
in the manner characteristic of this genus. ‘Though seen on swampy ground, 
it seems to favour the drier brown-coloured tundra and the bluffs with their 
richer growth of flowers. The larger form (B.f. alaskensis) is found in similar 
places, but has a wilder flight and remains longer on the wing. The colias 
butterflies (Colias hecla glacialis) appear about the same time, but as noted by 
D. Jenness on Barter island, the brenthis species are slower, more zigzagging 
in their flight, and do not appear to travel such long distances at a stretch. 

Lepidopterous larve, 5 mm. long, yellow-green, but head and thoracic legs 
brown, skeletonize the leaves of Salix reticulata and spin them together with the 
catkins, thus deforming both. Full-grown, black, flat hemiptera (Chiloxanthes 
stellatus) are seen in the dried-out ponds, but appear not to use their wings and 
to avoid water. Around those ponds with a rich vegetation washed-up plants 
and shells of a snail (A plexa hynorwm) are common. 


July 11-21 
Additional insects observed: 


Bumblebees.. ..........--.... .-Bombus hirbyellus 

IBUtLCrHIeS. <<. se ee Oe. ce oe es ee OREMURIS ChAaMCleG 
Colias nastes 

IV OTS ore were dere ssepucie cals Skee ce: tie tutte mer US UL manCiiella. 


Barrovia fasciata 


Seattered driftwood affords good colour protection to certain flies and 
microlepidoptera. 

The ponds, many dry or nearly so, contain the usual life of snails, mites, 
copepods, metanaupli of Branchinecta paludosa, worms, dytiscid beetles, ete. 
A few predacious larve of water-beetles, their discarded skins floating on the 
surface, feed on the abundant young phyllopods. Three common species of 
Salix—sS. pulchra, S. richardson, S. ovalifolia var. camdensis—have finished 
flowering, but a fourth, S. reticulata, lasts a little longer. The male catkins 
drop off, but the females remain until the seedwool comes out, or perhaps 
throughout the winter. Those insects (principally Bombi) depending upon the 
male catkins, must therefore, be satisfied with other flowers, but the sawfly 
larvee (different species) boring in the carpels of the female catkins or forming 
galls on the willow leaves are not so affected. 


July 22-31 


Toward the end of July, a number of other plants (Papaver nudicaule, 
Cochlearia officinalis, Oxytropis sp., Saxifraga oppositifolia, Potentilla sp., etc.) 
have finished flowering or nearly so, so that the insects must seek other flowers. 

On Herschel island the following were noted in addition to the common 
insects :— 


Flies: 
Rhamphomyia herschelli Sphaerophoria cylindrica 
R. conservativa Ichneumonids (Stenomacrus borealis) 
Melanostoma sp. (Spiders) Pardosa groenlandica 
Phorbia sp. (Mites) Bdella frigida 


Limnophora sp. 
In Ponds and Lakes 


(Mites) Lemnipes torris Cladocera (Daphnia, etc.) 
Copepods (Heterocope, etc.) Larve of Chironomus and Tanypus 
Amphipods (Gammarus limnaeus) (Midges) 


On the leaves of the various species of Salix are seen galls caused by sawfly 
larvee (Pontania sp.) Other sawfly larve bore in the female catkins of these 
willows; the larve eat their way into the carpels and from these into the main 
axis of the catkin, which they hollow out. Their presence is detected by the 
dried-out character of the catkin and by the brown excrement outside. 


Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of America 15k 


The two large moths, the arctiid Hyphoraia alpina and the lymantriid, 
Gynaephora rossi, appear at about thistime. The hairy larve of these are difficult 
to distinguish, especially as the colour of the hairs change after each moulting, 
but generally the Hyphoraia larve are the larger and lack the yellow hair-spines 
on the middle of the back, so that its colour is more uniformly brown. The 
pupa of the Hyphoraia is bald and coal-black and larger than that of the Gynae- 
phora. The Hyphoraia cocoons, also, are larger—about the size of a pigeon’s 
egg—and more perfect, with the outer layer smoother and whiter than the 
brownish, more closely spun cocoon of the Gynaephora. Hyphoraia appears to 
be quite free from the tachnid parasite Huphorocera gelida and almost free from 
ichneumonid parasites, but the Gynaephora is attacked by both. In spite of 
this, Gynaephora is the more abundant. The males first appear, active and 
well developed, and when the females appear, copulation at once takes place, 
though the female is in a crumbled state, and so little developed that they 
can only crawl around. The first act of the females, after being left by the 
male, is to lay their eggs. 


At Martin point, Alaska, at the end of July, 1914, examination was made 
of the extensive lagoons. They contain about 6 inches of brackish water, 
covering a bottom sometimes sandy, sometimes gravelly, and, in the deeper 
places, muddy, the mud being mainly the tubes and excrement of red Chiro- 
nomus larvee. Some of the ponds contained floating masses of green, thread-like 
alge: On the water were flies and the common blue collembola; in the water 
were the fry of a sculpin (Oncocottus quadricornis), water-beetle larvae, copepods 
(Eurytemora sp., ete.), many full grown male and female Branchinecta paludosa 
and Lepidurus arcticus of various sizes, besides the common Daphnia pulex. 
Some of these lagoons were at high tide connected with the beach water; and 
the temperature of their water was during the middle of the day about 50 degrees 
F., though the temperature of the air was only around freezing point. 


August 1-10 


Several more plants (Lloydia, Ranunculus, Parrya, Eutrema, Polemonium, 
etc.) of importance to insects finish their flowering at this time and are replaced 
by flowers of a great number of Composite. 


August 11—20 


On Herschel island flying insects were few. The berry-like galls on the 
leaves of the various species of Salix (S. richardsonii, S. anglorum, S. reticulata, 
etc.) caused by sawfly larve (Pontania sp.) were very common, from the size 
of a pinhead to that of a bean, the larve inside being of a corresponding size. 
_ The colour of the larve was pale yellow; the head dark grey, eyes black, thoracic 
legs light grey. Adults of several species were reared from them and emerged 
in the following July. 


The ponds contained a rich life of invertebrates, of which the large phyllo- 
pods (Branchinecta paludosa) various cladocera (Hurycercus, etc.) and copepods 
(Diaptomus, ete.), small midge larve and phryganeoid larve in tubes, snails 
(A plexa hypnorum), and worms were the most common (PI. VII, figs. 1-2). 


, August 21-81 


Insect life is rapidly declining, especially among the less hardy (neurop- 
teroids, lepidoptera, mosquitoes, wasps, sawflies) few of which are seen on the 
wing, though others (flies, coleoptera, bees, hemiptera) are still numerous. 


16K Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


September 1-30 


By the beginning of September, 1913, the first signs of winter were apparent. 
On September 3, a landing was made on Spy island,! one of the Jones islands off the 
Colville delta, where the only animal life noticed was a few small spiders (Typho- 
craestus spitsbergensis) in plant tufts, and colonies of small grey-violet collembola 
together with a few oligochaete worms and fly larvee under the washed-up layer 
of alge around the large lagoon. A few of the more hardy insects (flies, etc.) 
are still on the wing on warm, calm days, besides a number of insects on the 
ground. The hairy Gynaephora or Hyphoraia larve are crawling around looking 
for hibernating quarters. . 


The close of summer arrives between the end of August, at point Barrow, 
and the middle of September, at the Mackenzie delta, the point being about 
one degree farther north than the delta. 


In the middle of September, 1918, winter had set in at Camden bay. At 
the end of the month an occasional warm day may melt much of the snow, and 
insects, though in their quarters for the winter (see below), are more lively. 
Insects on the wing are absent, but Scatella brunnipennis, seemingly associated 
with the excrement of mice (Microtus sp.), whose burrows are common, may be 
found under driftwood. Small spiders, mites, and Collembola, beetles, cara- 
bidae, staphylinidae, the latter in colonies, Chrysomela subsulcata, dytiscidae, 
besides larvee and pupae of these beetles are also seen in moss-pillows (beetle 
pure often in special small cells), and many empty pupa cases and cocoons 
of flies and hymenoptera, fly-larve, etc. The hemipteron (Chiloxanthes stel- 
latus) seems to be one ot the few insects moving around freely at the middle ot 
September. A cocoon with a sawfly larve was found on a willow branch; but 
most of the sawflies now hibernate in the ground or among dead leaves. 


Large elaterid (?) larve are present among plant roots in frozen ground 
and minute orange dipterous larve bore in the root of Pedicularis. The 
depth at which the larve of the common tipulids hibernate is interesting. ‘They 
are found not only in the moss, but about one inch below the plant cover, in 
solidly frozen ‘‘ muck.’”’ The larva makes, betore the ground freezes, a cell a 
little larger than itself and communicating with the air. In this cell the stiff- 
frozen larve lie, heads uppermost, awaiting spring. 


All these hibernating insects on cold days seem to be frozen still or hardly 
move, but when brought into a warm place will liven up again. The temper- 
ture of the snow-covered ground is generally one or two degrees warmer than 


the air. 
MACKENZIE DELTA TO CAPE BATHURST 


Trees (not willows) grow farther north along the Mackenzie river than in 
other parts of the American Arctic except in the region north of Great Bear 
lake and in the Arctic mountains. North of the woods the delta is one maze 
of low, flat, alluvial islands covered with dense thickets of willows and alders 
which gradually diminish in height and luxuriance as the outer rim of the islands 
is approached (Pl. II, fig. 1). Hills continue south along the east branch of 
the delta and on the exposed small islands Garry, Pelly, Kendall, Pullen, 
Hooper, etc., but everywhere the soil is mud and clay. Little is known of the 
vegetation in these “‘ barren ”’ parts of the delta, and only a few insects have 
been collected. Plant and insect life seems to be the same both east and west 
of the delta. 

Some hymenoptera and coleoptera were collected by R. M. Anderson?, 
1910, in the barren and wooded parts of the Mackenzie delta. 


1 Vegetation is very scarce on this sandy island. 
2“ My Life with the Eskimos” (V. Stefansson), New York, 1913, Appendix p. 449. 


Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of America 17K 


Judging from the climatic conditions, and the size and extension of the 
willows, both the vegetation and the insect life must be unusually luxuriant, at 
least on those portions of the islands in the delta which are not flooded in the 
spring, or are not too far from the mainland. 


Toker point is about the eastern limit of Mackenzie delta. The coast is 
low and flat with numerous lakes and ponds. Some of the islands, such as 
Nicholson island, and points such as Maitland point, cape Dalhousie, are, how- 
ever, higher and consist of slate or clay. Farther inland, the so-called ‘‘ mud- 
voleanoes ”’ are a characteristic feature of the country. The coast between 
Nicholson island and cape Bathurst presents gently swelling hills, as high as 
200 feet a couple of miles from the beach, and with much vegetation. 


It may be assumed that the proximity of this part of the coast to the 
Mackenzie delta with its comparatively warm and long summer, and to the 
woods there and along the Eskimo lakes and Anderson river farther east, favours 
vegetation and insect life. 


The east coast of Bathurst peninsula presents steep, slaty cliffs, but the 
west coast and the two Baillie islands which it faces, are composed mainly of 
tundra bluffs underlain in places by ground-ice. 


Cape Bathurst—village and harbour—is situated at the end of the peninsula 
on a long spit of gravel and sand, whose shingle bears no lichens, proving that 
the sea sometimes covers the spit. Where the spit joins the tundra is a belt 
of tundra sods and barren muck left by the sea, and the bluffs are steeply cut 
by gullies made by water in the spring. These gullies merge into swampy 
depressions between the higher parts of the tundra, south of which the 
typical tundra stretches far inland. 


The following insects, etc., were noted at Cape Bathurst :— 
Mosquitoes (Aédes nearcticus) 
Diptera (Aricia borealis, etc.) 
Microlepidoptera 
Bumblebees 
Hemiptera (leaf-hoppers) 
Sawfly larve (Pontania sp.) 
Midge and water-beetle larve 
Copepods (Cyclops sp.) 
Cladocera (Daphnia, Chydorus, Eurycerus) 
Snails (Aplexa hypnorum) 
Worms (Lumbriculus, Henlea, etc.) 


COAST FROM FRANKLIN BAY TO STAPYLTON BAY 


The following insects were collected at Langton bay by V. Stefansson and 
R. M. Anderson, 1910-11. (See ‘‘My Life with the Eskimo,” p. 449, and 
Report of the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18, vol. iii). 
Melanoplus frigidus (grasshopper). .. Orthoptera 
Bombus sylvicola (June 15, 1910). .. Hymenoptera 


Pterostichus agonus.. .. 
P. hyperboreus.. 


Amara brunnipennis.. .. .. Carabidse 
Carabus chamissonis.. .. .. .. 

Galerucella decora.. .. .. A 
Haltica bimarginata.. .. Chrysomelidz 


Coccinella quinquenotata.. .. .. 


C. nugatoria.. .. Coccinellida 


Melanophila longipes.. .. . Buprestidze 
Silpha lappowica.. .. .. Silphidz 
Lepyrus gemellus.. .. . 

LL. capucinus.. .. Rhynecophora 


—_ ee eee See U~~Y 


© Tricalophus stefanssont. % 4 a i . if 4 


The vegetation and insect life in this section are somewhat similar to those 
west of cape Bathurst. Stefansson states in “‘ My Life with the Eskimo ” 
that mosquitoes became numerous at Langton bay by June 20, and that, by 
the end ot July, the skins of caribou are full of holes made by the escaping bot 


16579—2 


18k Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


fly, which grows beneath the hide during winter. On the Cape Parry peninsula 
the coast begins to. show outcrops of dolomite in the low cliffs. (Pl. VIII, 
fig? 1): 


The coast around Young point is exceedingly stony, with dolomite outcrops 
or low cliffs with much debris and gravel. Near the beach, vegetation is en- 
tirely absent, but, inland, mosses and lichens are developed, especially in moist 
places. Here and there a few tufts of Dryas integrifolia or Saxifraga tricuspidata 
are seen. Farther inland, vegetation is more apparent, mainly around ponds 
and in the connecting tundra. 


At Young point insect life was similar to but less rich than at Bernard 
harbour. On July 18, 1916, the weather was cloudy or overcast. The following 
insects, ete., were observed :— 

Diptera: Aédes nearcticus 
Rhamphomyia conservativa 

Aricia borealis 

Bombus kirbyellus 

(Mite) Bdella arctica 

Spiders (a few) 

Fairy shrimps (Branchinecta paludosa) 


Vegetation and insect life in the cape Bexley area are exceedingly poor, 
probably very similar to Young point. A few specimens were collected 
here in May, 1915, viz., a small spider and fly from under a stone, and some 
midge larve and small dipterous pups among green alge at the beach. 


BERNARD HARBOUR—COCKBURN POINT AREA 


Generally speaking the coast becomes gradually lower from cape Bexley 
to east of Bernard harbour, and the outcrops of limestone or dolomite are first 
found some distance inland. At Coekburn point the coast is low and flat and 
composed of gravel, limestone fragments and boulders. The country inland 
is similar to that at Bernard harbour, with boulder-strewn ridges of sand and 
gravel running out from the higher land behind. The more eastern of two 
small islands (Pihumalerksiak of the Eskimos) about a mile off Cockburn point 
was visited in the middle of July, 1916, and some details about its natural 
features learned. The other island is quite similar. 


The island is about 12 feet above sea-level, and is composed of dolomitic 
limestone, which crops out as flat beds on the north side of the island, but other- 
wise the rock is mostly covered by gravel and vegetation. The vegetation grows 
around small ponds (probably all dried up in August), or moss-bogs, or around 
the boulders, and at the stone heaps (meat-caches) made by visiting Eskimos, 
where the plants often attain a luxuriant growth. Otherwise, only patches and 
tufts of plants are found here and there; generally speaking the vegetation is 
rather scarce and stunted, except in the shelter of the smaller cliffs. 


The entomological results were limited to a small sawfly imago and the com- 
mon, white collembola under stones and driftwood. In the wet moss were 
secured other dark-blue collembola (Achorutes armatus) and some oligochaete 
worms (Mesenchytraeus, Henlea, Enchytraeus sp.),- beside the mite Calumna 
lucens. ‘There can, of course, be no doubt that at least the larger and more 
powerful flying insects often visit the island, or may even live there, but the 
inclement weather at the time of the expedition’s visit militated against insect 
life. 

The character of the country at Bernard harbour proper (including Chantry 
island), is well shown on the contour map prepared by the southern party of the 
exy edition. 


Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of America 19K 


With the exception of Chantry island all the islands in the outer harbour at 
Bernard harbour are composed of gravel, sand, and boulders and are less than 25 
feet high. Chantry island is about 85 feet high and of a composition similar to 
the higher part of the mainland coast. 


The rock exposures and areas covered by limestone fragments are barren of 
vegetation, except for lichens, and vegetation is best developed in the valleys 
and on the sandy slopes, around the ponds or lakes. On Chantry island are found 
most of the plants and insects represented on the mainland. The smaller islands 
in the outer harbour, however, are too exposed for the development of much 
vegetation and are unable to support some of the plants found on the mainland. 
Consequently, their insect life is also very limited (Pl. VIII, fig. 2). 


The following insects were collected on the harbour island during the middle 
of May, 1915: 


Ichneumon suturalis (wasp) 

Brenthis and Noctuid larvee 

Spiders (Lycosa sp.) 

Carabid beetles (Amara brunnipennis) 
Lepidopterous and dipterous pupal skins 


On Chantry island were collected in the middle of June, 1916: 
Bombus spp. (B. sylvicola, ete.) 
(Gynaethora larve) Lepidoptera 
Collembola 
Mycetophilid larvee 
Mosquitoes and midges (larve and pupe) 
Dytiscids (adults and larve) 
Mites (Bdella decipiens, Thyas stolli, Curvipes reighardi, Hydrophantes ruber) 
Copepods (Cyclops magnus) 
Ostracods 
Cladocera (Daphnia sp.) 


Newly born nauplii and metanauplii of the fairy-shrimp (Branchinecta 
paludosa) were found hiding among the stones in some of the ponds on Chantry 
island. The temperature of the margin water in the ponds at about 2 p.m. 
was 50 degrees F. (air 44 degrees F.). There was a considerable difference in the 
ponds in regard to invertebrate life, those on the higher part of the island being 
very barren of life. 

A comparison of the weather during September of 1914 and 1915 and its 
influence upon the vegetation and insect life at Bernard harbour is interesting. 
In 1914 the generally mild weather allowed plants to keep their flowers and ripen 
their seeds far into the month, and to live until October. Although snow fell 
in the latter half of the month, most of it soon melted, and freshwater pools did 
not freeze over until the end of the month. The more hardy of the insects, 
coleoptera, hemiptera, and also spiders, moved freely around on the ground, 
though few flying insects were seen after the first week of September. 


But in 1915 stormy and wintry weather prevailed during the first fortnight, 
resulting in the immediate and lasting freezing over of land and water and the 
subduing of plant and insect life. The milder weather at the end of September 
was not sufficient to resuscitate them. 


VEGETATION AROUND BERNARD HARBOUR 


The vegetation found here is similar to that on the coast farther west, and 
will be treated in the same way here (compare pp. 7-8). 


16579—2} 


Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


1915 
New Leaves observed: 
April. 
Sawvifraga tricuspidata (inner leaves; middle of month). 
S. oppositifolia (inner leaves; end of month). 


Dryas integrifolia (inner leaves; end of month). 


May (Middle of Month). 


Saxifraga oppositifolia (bud leaves; only when in or near melting water). 
8. tricuspidata (bud leaves). 


May (End of Month). 


Cerastium alpinum (gravelly places; bud leaves). 
Cassiope tetragona (bud leaves; only when in or near melting water). 


June. 


Potentilla nivea (leaf buds; June 10). 
Arctostaphylos alpina (leaves: Junes 10; also old leaves and berries). 
Silene acaulis (some new leaves; June 14). 
Dryas integrifolia (some new leaves; June 14). 
Mosses (Some new leaves; June 14). 
Artemisia hyperborea (new leaves; June 20, where exposed to the sun). 
Rhododendron lapponicum (some new leaves; June 23). 

Betula glandulosa (new leaves; June 28; also old catkins). 

Elymus mollis (new leaves; June 24). 

Oxyria digyna (new leaves; June 27). 

Salix reticulata (new leaves; June 27). 
Oxytropis sp. (new leaves; June 27). 

Carex scirpoidea, C. rupestris (new leaves; June 28). 


Ranunculus ajfinis (new leaves; 


June 28). 


July. 


Statice armeria (new leaves; July 2). 
Epilobium latifolium (new leaves; July 6). 


1915 


First Flowers observed: 


Saxifraga oppositifolia (June 7 on hilltops, June 12). 


Salix anglorum (first male catkins; June 23). 


Anemone parviflora (June 28; in shelter of boulders). 


Pedicularis lanata (June 28). 


Draba alpina (June 28). 


Salix anglorwm (first female catkins; June 28). 


July 1-15. 
Eriphorum Scheuchzeri Artemisia hyperborea 
Dryas integrifolia Carex scirpioidea, C. rupestris 
Oxytropis arctobia Taraxacum ceratophorum 
Potentilla nivea Ranunculus affinis 
Arctostaphylos alpina Lychnis affinis 
Parrya macrocarpa Draba corymbosa 
Androsace Chamaejasme Hesperis pallasii 
Braya purpurascens Sazifraga tricuspidata 
Carex subspathacea Astragalus alpinus 
Astragalus aboriginorum Pedicularis capitata 
Lesquerella arctica Oxytropis campestris, O. nigrescens 
Silene acaulis Lychnis apetala 
Oxyria digyna Pedicularis sudetica 
Eriophorum angustifolium Senecio frigidus 
Stellaria longipes Androsace septentrionalis 
Plantago lanceolata Salix pulchra (male and female; 
Antennaria candida perhaps earlier). 
Equisetum arvense Draba nivalis (perhaps earlier). 
Alopecurus alpinus* Salix reticulata (male and female). 
Statice armeria Rhododendron lapponicum (perhaps 
Castilleja pallida earlier). 
Papaver nudicaule Betula glandulosa (young catkins). 
Erigeron compositus Cassiope tetragona 

July 16-81, 


Halianthus peploides 
Hedysarum Mackenzti 
Sazifraga decipiens 


Chrysanthemum integrifolium 


Cerastium alpinum 


Oxytropis Roaldit 
Polygonum viviparum 
Epilobium latifolium 
Stellaria humifusa 
Sisymbrium sophioidés 


Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of America 21k 


The flowering period, generally speaking, is about one month for each species. 
A few observations relating to this matter, of such vital importance to the 
insects, are given: 


1916 


Middle of July. 
Salix anglorum; male catkins dropped. 
Hriphorum Scheuchzeri;. unripe fruits. 
End of July. 
Salix pulchra; male catkims dropped. 
Eriophorum angustifolium; unripe fruits. 


Beginning of August. 

Oxyria digyna; unripe fruits. 
Anemone parviflora (June 28; in shelter of boulders). 
Draba nivalis; unripe fruits. 

Middle of August. 
Dryas integrifolia; unripe fruits (a few flowers). 
Saxifraga oppositifolia; unripe fruits 

End of August. 
Androsace septentrionalis; unripe fruits. 
Juncus spp.; unripe fruits. 
Carex spp.; unripe fruits. 
Arctostaphylos alpina; unripe fruits. 
Pedicularis lanata; unripe fruits (a few flowers). 


September 


Though most of the plants have finished their bloom, compositae and grasses 
are still in flower. If a severe frost comes, as in 1915, about the middle of the 
month, many of the plants will fail to ripen theiz seeds, but otherwise it is possible 
for the flowers of many of the species to finish the cycle. Besides the species 
given above as having finished their flowering during July and August, seeds of 
the following were collected during September, 1915. 


Various grasses (Elymus, Alopecurus, Poa, etc.) 
Cochlearia groenlandica 

Erigeron compositus 

Oxytropis nigrescens 

Taraxacum ceratophorum 

Pedicularis spp. 

Artemisia sp. 

Lychnis affinis 

Armeria vulgaris (Statice armeria) 


1916 


The first flowers of Saxifraga oppositifolia were found the last days of May 
on a south exposed, snow-free slope, and from Salix anglorum the catkins had 
just emerged. The earliest flowering plants (Saxifraga, Pedicularis, Anemone, 
Draba, Eriophorum, etc.) also had flower buds now (1916). On June 6, Salix 
pulchra had the male catkins of the size of a big pea. 


By the middle of June the first flowers, the male catkins, of Salix anglorum 
were out on Chantry island, and some days later, June 20, those of Salix pulchra. 
The first flowers of the following species were found: 


~- 


June 22-23. 
Dryas integrifolia Lesquerella arctica 
Androsace Chamaejasme Draba alpina 
Pedicularis lanata Braya purpurascens 


Oxyria digyna Eriopharum Scheuchzert 


22K Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 
July 1-15 

Oxytropis arctobia Pedicularis spp. (arctica, etc.) 
Parrya arctica Primula stricta 
Eutrema Edwardsii Hrigeron compositus (probably 
Silene acaulis earlier). 
Alopecurus alpinus Saxifraga tricuspidata, S. decipiens 
Cochlearia groenlandica Lychnis apetala 
Anemone varviflora (probably earlier). Chrysanthemum: integrifolium 
Arctostaphylos alpina Statice armeria (probably earlier) 
Stellaria longipes, '‘S. humifusa Sazifraga hirculus, S. rivularis 
Oxytropis campestris Lychiis affinis 
Castilleja pallida Taraxacum ceratophorum (probably 
Artemisia hyperborea earlier). 
Cassiope tetragona Halianthus peploides 
Papaver nudicaule Androsace septentrionalis 7 
Plantago lanceolata Mertensia maritima 
Astragalus aboriginorum Salix reticulata 
Hesperis pallasii Amica alpina 
Carex spp. Draba nivalis 
Hriophorum agustifolium Antennaria alpina 
Ranunculus affinis Brigeron uniflorus 
Equisetum arvense Senecio palustris 


Rhododendron lapponicum Cerastium alpinum 
Potentilla spp. ; 


INSECT LIFE 
Observations for Winters 1914-15 and 1915-16 


Insects are scarce in the neighbourhood of Bernard harbour from October to 
April, inclusive. The best collecting places during the winter are under the 
shingles—mostly limestone—particularly upon peninsulas and points, where 
various orange or olive-coloured collembola, besides small reddish mites (Bryobia 
praetiosa), and the common small spiders are common. Of other insects only 
small hemiptera, flies, staphylinid beetles, beetle-larve, or caterpillars, and 
occasionally a frozen tipulid larva were observed. 

No insects were seen on the wing, but parasitic insects, both the mallophaga 
on the birds, and the fleas and lice on the mammals and Eskimos, were observed. 
Most conspicuous, however, are the larve of the bot-fly (Oedemagena tarandi) 


in the caribou (Rangifer arcticus). In November, the grubs are about 1 mm. , 


long, and are found under the skin or in the muscles of their host. They were 
about 2 mm. long and were encysted on the inner side of their host’s skin and in 
the muscles. The bigger ones had already perfected their emergence holes 
through the skin and had their posterior end (spiracles) turned toward these 
openings. 

The lakes and ponds contain a large amount of inv ertebrates during the 
winter. The insects secured in these lakes were mainly midge larvee or pup@ in 
their mud-tubes (Tanytarsus sp.) the same stages of trichoptera, and other 
neuropteroids, perlids, etc., probably are also present, besides water mites 
(Lebertia porosa, etc.). 

The summer weather at Bernard harbour in 1916 began about the end of 
May, but wintry weather Are de manned during the first half of June, with the 
net result that insect and plant life was considerably retarded, though earlier 
than. in) 191%: 

May 1-10, 1915 

Collembola, (Isotoma viridis, Entomobrya comparata, etc.), carabid (Lebia, sp. 

etc.), and staphylinid beetles were noted. Empty hymenoptera cocoons were 


very common under stones. These cocoons and the empty fly-puparia also 
found under stones or among plants, are from the previous year, or still older. 


May 1-10, 1916 


Flies came out, but became numerous only with the warm weather. They 
probably represent individuals which hibernated as adults. On patches free of 
snow, caterpillars and smaller more occult living insects may be seen (Pl. IX, 


fig. 1). 


: 


Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of America 23K 


May 11-20, 1915 


The first fly was noticed on May 18 and on the same day a large (probably 
hibernating) parasitic wasp ([cheumon suturalis) and collembola, mites (Bdella 
decipiens), small spiders, caterpillars, beetle larvae, carabids (Amara brunni- 
pennis, etc.), all under loose, flat stones. Two of these caterpillars were observed 
on July 11 to be parasitized by hymenopterous larve; three other caterpillars 
pupated July 13-20. 

May 21-31, 1916 


Many flies were out on May 21, both the big blue and two smaller species. 
carabid beetles, spiders, and an ichneumonid wasp were noticed on this day, and 
the common collembola, spiders, mites, caterpillars, and dipterous larve. These 
dipterous larve (Tvpula arctica, ete.) were placed for rearing (No. 106) and 
made galleries in the sand in the jar before pupating in June. Parasitic 
hymenopterous larve were noticed in one of the crane-fly larvee, but efforts to 
rear it were unsuccessful. Four adults (T7pula arctica) emerged July 7. One 
species of caterpillar was about 1 em. long, and occurred in numbers crawling 
on a snow-free, dry sand dune near the beach. These larve had perhaps hiber- 
nated and they made their cocoons in June. One of the big spiders (Lycosa sp.) 
was caught on May 31 in its funnel-shaped web. The mouth of this web was 
about 2 em. in diameter. 

The usually warm weather favoured the development of insect life in fresh 
water; collembola (Isotoma palustris, Sminthurides aquaticus, ete.), surface- 
spiders, copepods, dytiscid beetles (Colymbetes dolobratus) and mites (Galumna 
lucens) were observed. Freshly-hatched mosquito larve (Aédes sp.) 2-4 mm. 
long, were noticed on May 31, or eighteen days earlier than in 1915. On the 
same day various dytiscid beetles (Hydroporus sp., Collambus unguicularis, 
Agabus nigripalpis), oligochaete worms (Henlea sp.) were also seen, as were 
tipulid (?) larve, midge larve, and the empty puparia of Mydaeina obscura. 


May 21-31, 1915 


The following additional insects were noted: 


Carabid beetles (Amara hamatopa) 

Spiders (see above). 

Weevils (Trichalophus stefanssoni) 

Flies (Phormia coerulea and a minute “jumping” fly) 


Parasitic insects are not greatly influenced by weather and it is, theretore, 
unnecessary to deal with them under monthly subdivisions. Observations were 
made of the two diptera that infest the caribou. All efforts to rear these grubs? 
from larvee were unsuccessful, although several methods of rearing were tried. 
Some of the almost full-grown larvee were placed on fresh caribou meat, some in 
bits of caribou skin with larve in situ, some in a jar with sand, and even a whole 
caribou skin containing grubs was rolled up to prevent drying. The grubs were 
never brought through the pupal stage, although some were kept for more than 
a year. The field observations agree with the account given by G. M. Douglas 
on the caribou between Great Bear lake and Coppermine river. 

Two female adults’? were caught at Bernard harbour July 14, 1916. The grubs 
in the caribou skins examined at the end of May, 1915 and 1916, were very 
numerous and all big. Only two, not full grown, larve (22 mm. long) were found; 
they were wholly white except the light brown fringes of body spines and the 
dark brown, apical head dot and terminal spiracles. All the other larvae were 
from 25 to 30 mm. long; the younger (smaller) of these had the chitinous head, 
the terminal spiracles, and the body-spines dark brown, and fine dots of lighter 


1 Douglas, G. M., “Lands Forlorn,” 1914, p. 191; photograph of grub-infested caribou skin, 
Dp. 292. 
2 @demagena tarandi (Linné). 


24K Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


brown pigment were scattered regularly in the furrows between the body- 
tubercles (spine-carriers). : 

From this latter stage there were all grades of transitions to the dark pupe 
(pre-pups) (see below); the main colour of the larve changing gradually from 
white to a dirty brown, and finally to almost black (post-larve, pre-pupz), the 
body tubercles being most strongly coloured in all the larve; the chitinous parts 
also become black. In the black-brown post-larve (pre-pupz) the colour of 
head, spiracles, and body-spines shades into that of the whole larva. 

A shortening of the larvee now takes place, the terminals being retracted, 
so that the segments lie telescopically one inside the other. The body-spines 
and body-tubercles, formerly so pronounced in full grown larve, seem to shrink 
in, so that the segments are smoother and the transversal diameter of the post- 
larvee increases until it is almost as large (about 17 mm.) as the longitudinal one. 
The larval skin dries and becomes more chitinized and stiffer, so as to protect 
the pupa inside. Of the post-larve only six were found in three skins; and the 
black colour of the pupa shows through its enclosing cyst, though the cyst is less 
pronounced than in the younger larve, because the grub lies half-protruded 
from its exit-hole, hidden by its host’s hairs. A few of the exit-holes were already 
empty (except for the grub excrement) and the cyst inside (formed by the inner 
part of the caribou-skin around the larve) had become contiguous to the sur- 
rounding skin. 

In spite, therefore, of all the annoyance and pain caused by these grubs, 
it seems that the caribou skins heal quickly after the parasites drop out. By 
the end of June no grubs are in the skin, the holes they made are almost healed 
and it may be assumed that the pup leave the caribou about the end of May 
and lie on the ground for about a month before the flies appear. Life in the latter 
stage is probably only short and exclusively devoted to copulation and the 
laying of eggs on the caribou’s hairs, after which the grubs bore through the 
skin. 

The other dipterous parasite of the caribou is also an oestrid, identified 
by Mr. J. R. Malloch as Cephenomyia sp. and was noted at the end of May, 
1916. About twelve grubs 2-3mm long were lying in the nasal passage of the 
caribou, where they can easily attach themselves by the aid of their mouth- 
hooks and hang suspended. The smallest ones were white-yellow, with red- 
brown segmentally arranged spinehooks, black jaws, and anal spiracles. The 
older ones had the spines darker, and grey-black dot pigment on the dorsal side 
of the body segments. ‘The oldest ones had still more black pigment (especially 
behind and ventrally) and still darker spines. Efforts to rear the larve were . 
unsuccessful. 

This is probably the Tabanus larve about which Grenfell writes and which 
he figures in his book on Labrador. The eggs are laid in the nostrils of the 
caribou, and the grubs probably spend all their time in the nasal, bronchial 
and cesophagel passages of their host. 


June 1-10, 1916 


A weevil (Lepyrus palustris) was found on June 4, and the first bumblebee 
(Bombus hyperboreus) was observed. The ponds yielded midge and large 
dipterous larve. Some of these latter have a habit of mud-burrowing, but one 
species seems to be more dependent on air, for it occasionally comes to the 
surface with the five long, ciliated appendages that surround the spiracles 
spread in star-like fashion. The adhesion of the surface and the hairy append- 
ages appears to be sufficient to keep the whole larve suspended. In this 
position they may frequently be seen burrowing head first in the mud of shallow 
water. Dytiscid beetles and a small brick-red water mite were noted. On 
June 8 three caterpillars, collected at the harbour, were placed for rearing. 
One, a large naked larva, had evidently been washed out from its feeding ground 


Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of America 25K 


by melting water. A month later it was in only its post-larval stage and had 
made its cocoon; it died later. Another, also a naked larva, but only half the 
size, found in its web, pupated twelve days later; and the imago (a moth) 
emerged July 10, 1916 (Rearing 113). The third, more hairy, pupated later; 
but no imago emerged. 

On June 10 a carabid larva was placed for rearing. It pupated August 8, 
but the imago was not discovered until September (Rearing 115). The habits 
of a dipterous and lepidopterous larva boring in the flower-stem and root of 
the common Pedicularis lanata were noted. The dipterous larva occupies 
only the upper part of the pith and lies hidden there, often several together, 
the younger larve in grooves in the pith, the older in a burrow resembling that 
made by the lepidopterous larva. These dipterous larve and a few living pupe 
collected June 10-16, 1916, were placed for rearing (Rearing 72). One imago 
emerged July 6. Other larve were collected July 16-18, 1915, and pupated 
three months later, but came no farther. J 

The boring caterpillars were of a small species, naked and of a brownish 
colour; they mined both in the pith and in the upper part of the knotty root 
of the plant. When this larva has the whole stem to itself, it burrows to the 
top through which the frass is pushed out; but it stops burrowing just short 
of the ‘“‘chamber”’ with the dipterous larve and then makes its hole in the outer 
part of the stem or in the upper part of the root. In 1915 these larve were 
first noticed in July, but in 1916 on June 10. The larve kept for rearing made 
pupating cocoons on July 7, 1916, but never pupated, though efforts were made 
to keep whole infested Pedicularis plants. 


June 1-10, 1915 


By June 2, the common insects had come from their shelters to enjoy the 
mild weather. A brown ichneumonid wasp (Ophion sp.) was caught inland, 
and the next day, farther inland, many of the common carabid beetles, a carabid 
larva, several spiders and small, white collembola and two caterpillars. One 
of these naked caterpillars proved, later, to be parasitized and the braconid 
(Apanteles sp.) pupz were discovered July 11, the adults emerging July 16 to 
August 16 (Rearing 40a). The other naked caterpillar (Rearing 50) began its 
cocoon a week after it was collected and pupated July 5, 1915; the imago (a 
small grey moth with black crossbands on the wings) emerged August 10, 1915, 

The stomachs of insectivorous birds (Passeres, plovers, etc.) which arrived 
at Bernard harbour from the month of June on, were examined. The ingenuity 
of these birds in finding food is astonishing; that they do not starve is shown 
by the following content of the gizzard of a golden plover, Pluvialis dominica: 
1 caterpillar, 1 tipulid larva, 2 curculionid larve, and half a dozen ecarabid 
beetles and weevils. A snow bunting, Plectrophenaz nivalis, had in its stomach 
two caterpillars about 1 em. long. 


June 11-20, 1916 


Bumblebees (queens) are now seen frequently and are often infested with 
the parasitic mites (Parasitus bomborum) attached mainly to the ventral side. 
Saxifraga oppositifolia is about the only food flower now available, the male 
catkins of the common willow (Salix anglorum) not ripening until after June 15. 
The usual insects (spiders,;. carabid beetles, flies, hemipters (Chiloxanthes 
stellatus, etc.) are common, the hemipters now not found exclusively under 
stones and in plants, but running about freely. On June 20, a big curculionid 
larva (Trichalophus stefanssoni), white, with brown head, was found in its 
pupating cell under a loose flat stone. It was placed for rearing (No. 122), 
and during the first week of August it pupated; the beetle emerged about a 
month later. 


26K Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1915-18 


In the harbour creek perlid larve were noticed. In the ponds mosquito 
larve (Aédes sp.) were almost full grown; those placed for rearing (No. 109) 
began pupating two days later, and the adults emerged during the first week 
in July. Large dipterous larve (tipulid) burrowing in the mud were also seen 


June 11-20, 1915 


On June 18, the first bumblebees (queens) of the year were noticed, but 
none were caught. On the same day some small flies (Fucellia punctipennis) 
were seen half jumping, half flying on the loose sand of an exposed slope. 
Minute diptera were observed on a snow-free, gravelly flat, but they did not 
congregate in swarms. Though flying insects were few, large numbe-s of other 
insects were found under stones, in plants, etc. In such places the earlier 
Carabid beetles, spiders, mites, collembola, etc., besides an occasional weevil 
or insect larva (tipulidee, curculionide, nematide), were frequent. In rotten 
driftwood were found the mite Rhagidia gelida and different collembola (Onchi- 
urus 12-punctatus, Achorutes tullbergi., etc.). Caterpillars found under stones, 
on plants, ete., were placed for rearing. One of these (Rearing 51) proved to 
be parasitized, but lived for about two months, and even began its cocoon ; 
whea two large hymenopterous cocoons burst forth, their host died, though 
slowly. Ponds became richer in invertebrates as the month progresses. At 
first only a few collembola (Isotoma palustris) are seen upon the water, or a 
couple of dytiscid beetles are busily digging or swimming in waterholes. ‘Mud- 
and freshwater-alge support a rich life of microscopic animals (worms, rotifera, 
etc.). 

Most of the temporary ponds are barren of microscopic life; it seems to be a 
question of suitability of the bottom mud more than of anything else. 


On June 18, collembola (Achorutes armatus, Folsomia quadrioculata, Tetra- 
canthella wahlgreni), dytiscid-beetles, or larve and many copepods (Cyclops 
magnus) were found in a pond, and, the first time this year, mosquito larve 
(Aédes nearcticus) only a few days old and 3-4 mm. long. Some of the mosquito 
larve were placed for rearing (Rearing 59); at the end of the month the largest 
had double their length, and they began pupating ten diys later. The first-reared 
imagines emerged in the middle of July; their pupa stage is thus of very short 
duration. In the mud of this pond were found two days later a white dipterous 
larva and white oligochaete worms; the water temperature was then 44.1 
degrees F., (air 32.2 degrees F., noon). 


June 21-80, 1916 


The first female mosquitoes (Aédes sp.) appeared on June 21, and by the 
end of the month became numerous and very annoying, especially in low-lying 
and sheltered piaces. The first crane-flies (T7pula sp., etc.) were also noticed 
on June 21, and their number rapidly increased. Flies, of course, were also 
common, and the bumblebee queens (Bombus sylvicola, B. neoboreus, etc.) were 
busily engaged on the early flowers. Many small midges were noticed above 
or in the creek outlet. . 

Various spiders (newborn, pale, grey brown; 7'meticus alatus, etc.), mites 
(Scutovortex nigrofemoratus), collembola, caterpillars, ete., were prevalent. 

An almost dry pond contained, the last day of the month, besides the usual 
dytiscid beetles and mites (Thyas stolli), many dytiscid larvee about 1mm. long, 
and a number of mosquito pupe (Aédes nearticus), but very few mosquito 
larve. More interesting, however, were the entomostraca, namely, both sexes 
of the phyllopod, Branchinecta paludosa, now almost full grown. Younger stages 
of the same branchipod were found in a brackish pond, and many young water 
fleas (Daphnia pulex), midge larvee and pups were found among the thread- 
aioe in the creek outlet. In the creek back of the harbour the imagines (NVemoura 


Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of America 27K 


sp.) emerging from perlid nymphs were noticed. The nymphs were crawling 
up on the stones in the creek. Attached to these stones by their rear suctorial 
disk-wart were simuliid (black-fly) larve up to 1 em. long. About a dozen 
were sitting together on each stone and when the stones were lifted, the larvee 
released their hold and tried to slip off. When placed in a tumbler, they could 
easily climb up the glass by the aid of their thoracic (central) ‘‘wart-leg”’ and the 
suctorial disk at their hind end, somewhat after the manner of a spanner worm. 
Or they would spin threads from the water-surface to the inside of the glass 
and ascend on them, but they are not able to float without these threads. When 
at rest, these larvee attached themselves to the glass or to the threads by their 
hind disk and kept the body straight out or at some angle. Only then are 
their famous plumose gills to be seen on the expanded neck. These are 
folded up and stretched out, one at a time, continuously, with varying quick- 
ness; there is about one second between two “‘strokes,”’ simultaneousiy with 
the maxille, but the latter move both together. 

The powerful and varied means of locomotion possessed by these simuliids 
is due to their living in running water, the scarcity of which around Bernard 
harbour at this period probably explains the scarcity of the fly. Farther east, 
the species is very common. Efforts to rear the larvee were unsuccessful. 


June 21-30, 1916 


Flying insects now are often met with (Bombus neoboreus, etc., all queens, 
various flies, ete.) but the majority of insects are still upon the ground. 

The ponds and lakes around the harbour, the lakes being only partly free 
of ice, were examined. In the ponds were the common mosquito larvee (Aédes 
nearcticus) and an occasional fly larva (Rhamphomyia sp.), freshwater snails 
(A plexa hypnorum) attached to grass leaves or as empty shells upon the mud 
bottom, dytiscid beetles, midge larve tubes of caddis-flies, etc., and two kinds 
of water mites. One of these mites (Thyas stolli) is 1-13 mm. long, has black 
eyes, and a round and flattened abdomen of a bright rose colour. It is always 
seen crawling over the mud bottom. The other mite (Curvipes reighardi) is less 
than 1 mm. long and has the ball-shaped abdomen tile-red with the legs and 
cephalothorax still darker. It is not so often seen crawling, but generally paddles 
with all its long-haired legs, rising or sinking in the water at will. 

The large lakes contain various trichopterous larve in their tubes; they will 
attach themselves even to a baited hook. The usual dytiscid beetles and 
various midge larvee (Chironomus sp., etc.), and the larger dipterous larve are 
present. Crawling on the bottom in the marginal water are perlid larvee 
(nymphs), evidently near their final transformation, for over the snow covering 
the lake ice one mild day (June 25) a number of imagines | (Capnia nearctica), 
probably of the same species, were seen crawling with wings already, but not 
fully developed. They may have come up through cracks in the ice, or from 
the ice-free marginal water. The direction in which they crawled indicated 
an instinctive knowledge of the location of the shore, even if they are far out on 
the lake. They perhaps make for the shore to copulate, but their life as imagines is 
probably very short. Three months later in the same locality, similar instances, 
but on a larger scale, were seen, only it was then trichopterous imagines. On 
these lakes the usual collembola (Podura aquatica, ete.) assembled in large colon- 
ies, the full-grown blue ones carrying their small, brown, young ones on their 
backs in grebe style. Minute, jumping-flying flies were also common. A larger 
fly with similar locomotion had half a dozen minute, flat, round mites on the 
central side of the first abdominal rings. 


July 1-10, 1916 
Many flowers are out, resulting in a great number of insects. The flying 


varieties include flies, crane-flies, midges, and mosquitoes. The crane-flies are 
typical of dry tundra places and are frequent on ponds. Of hymenoptera, various 


28k Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


ichneumonids and an occasional sawfly (Huura arctica, ete.) are seen, but 
bumblebees (Bombus arcticus, B. polaris, etc.) of both sexes, are the most common. 
Butterflies now appear for the first time; they comprise species of Brenthis and 
Oeneis characteristic of dry tundra swamp, Colias (Hurymus) species character- 
istic of wet tundra swamp, and Hrebia fasciata characteristic of tundra swamp. 
Brenthis flies only for a short while at a stretch and is easily caught, but Colias 
flutters along for a long time before settling. Owing to its colour Oeneis is: almost 
impossible to discern on the ground; when scared, its flight is long and nearly 
straight. Hrebia fasciata is even more difficult to catch, its flight being higher 
and longer than that of Oeneis. Various moths (Anarta sp., Titanio sp., Napuca 
sp., Homoglaea sp., etc.) are now out; most of them are typical of the drier part 
of the tundra, stony patches, etc., with which their colour blends so well. The 
large, spotted moth Hyphoraia (Bombyx) festiva now emerges from the cocoons 
spun to stones, plants, etc. 

Of ground insects, various caterpillars, spiders, mites, beetles, etc., may be 
seen. A small hemiptera (Orthotylus sp.?) which resembles an aphid, takes refuge 
in plant tufts; it is described on the next page. 

The temperature of the ponds on the 3rd, taken at 3.30 p.m. was 55 degrees 
F. or 5 degrees higher than that of the atmosphere. The insects noticed were 
some fly larve and a great number of midge larve, and pupz of various kinds. 
Attempts to rear them were without success. Larve and adults of the large 
dytiscid beetle (Colymbetes dolobratus) were seen; the former were gathering food 
on the mud bottom, but the latter preferred the rich moss encircling the ponds. 

Collembola (Achorutes sensilis) and the puparia of the fly (Mydaeina 
obscura) (Rearing 78) are on the ponds; in the water or burrowing in the mud are 
various mites (Hylais falcata, etc.). In the placid water of the mouth of the 
large creek larve of midges, ephemeroids, perlids, mosquitoes, turbellaria, etc. 
are found; and on July 10, the Simulcwm larve already mentioned had pupated 
inside their chitinous ‘‘house’’-cone attached to the same submerged stones on 
which the larve were found. The few pupe found were scattered over stones, 
not many on one stone. Each pupa is fastened by the pointed end of its cone, 
the “gills” protruding from the broad opening at the other end, the pupe thus 
having easy access to the water. On the expansion of the creek as it leaves the 
lake a rich growth of Hippuris, etc., from which all stages of Chironomus and other 
midges were collected. In the lake south of the harbour, great masses of dead, 
freshly-emerged midges were seen floating, sometimes forming almost a ‘‘carpet,”’ 
and supplying food for the trout and stickle-back. These flies had perhaps been 
killed by parasites, for on placing some of them in formalin, white worms 
(Gordius?) emerged from their bodies. Or perhaps the waves on the now com- 
pletely open lake had caused their death. 


July 1-10, 1915 


A great number of different insects were on the wing. Many bumblebees 
(Bombus polaris, B. sylvicola, B. neoboreus, etc.), all queens, were infested with 
the parasitic mites (Parasitus bomborum) which also crawl over the male willow 
catkins and the flowers of the common Pedicularis lanata. The behaviour of the 
mites on the flowers was quite different from those on the bees. The latter 
clung to the hairs of their host, their four pair of legs serving as grips, and they 
drop off only when their host is put into the killing-bottle. But the mites on 
the flowers moved freely around by the three last pairs of legs, the first pair being 
used as constantly vibrating feelers, like a wasp’s antenne. They frequently 
scratched the abdomen with their legs, and are prone to fight. They had 
perhaps been left on the flowers by their host and were waiting for a bumblebee 
to which they could attach themselves. Various other hymenoptera were 
caught and many of the butterflies and moths before mentioned which now 
appear. Moths and Colias were first noticed on the 3rd, and soon became 


Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of America 29K 


common. The first Brenthis were seen on the 6th, the first Oeneis on the 7th, 
the first Hrebia on the 9th. An occasional phryganeoid imago is seen and a 
great variety of flies, crane-flies, (tipulide), and midges. Small jumping-flies 
were common on dry seaweed July 1. The first biting mosquitoes (Aédes sp.) 
were seen July 9, at the harbour, and soon became troublesome. 


Among the many insects found upon the ground, large spiders (Lycosa sp.) are 
seen feeding on other spiders, and beetles. Minute, dark-red mites (T’rom- 
bidium sucidum) frequents the gravelly slopes with southern exposure, where an 
occasional weevil (Sitona sp., Trichalophus sp.) or chrysomelid beetle, and the 
common carabids may also be seen. The minute hemiptera (Ortholytus sp.?) 
are seen only on calm, sunny days or in well-sheltered places, otherwise remain- 
ing hidden in the plant tufts (Oxytropis, Potentilla, etc.). They make a noise 
something like the chirp of the grasshopper. They were first noticed July 6 and 
were in different stages; the smallest ones moulted, embedding their trunks in 
a plant stem; the somewhat larger ones had orange abdomen, head, and wings, 
with blue-black eyes and dark, brown legs. The largest were green with head, 
eyes, wings, and legs light brown. All had two pairs of rudimentary wings.. 
Other small, wingless, dark brown hemiptera 2 mm. long, were seen. Puparia of 
various flies taken from plants and moss were placed for rearing on 7th (Rearing 
67) and from one of these the imago emerged five days later. 


Among the various lepidopterous larve and pup was the caterpillar mining 
in the stems and root of Pedicularis lanata noticed for the first time this year 
on the 4th. A cocoon collected on the 7th, had a smooth, black pupa 2 cm. 
long attached to a stone and proved to be the rare moth Hyporaia festiva; the 
imago emerged on July 24, and began to lay its eggs two weeks later (Rearing 68). 


A pond on the tundra near the harbour contained only white oligochaete 
worms (Henlea sp.), thus showing a surprising lack of insect life as compared 
with other ponds. In a nearby pond were noticed two days later—larve 
of midges, dytiscids and in the overflow from the pond an abundance of animal- 
cule. On July 6, many larve, of all sizes, and pupex of common mosquitoes 
(Aédes sp.) were found in ponds, and several intermediate stages were noticed; 
first the abdomen shows the pupal characters; then the thorax; and soon the 
““‘pre-pupa”’ much paler than the immediately following pupa appears. The 
pup are easy to rear, as they need no food, and about a week later the adults 
emerge (Rearing 59, 59a). Efforts to rear the dystiscid larvee with these mos- 
quito larve as food, failed. 


July 11-20, 1916 


On the 14th inst., the shores of Dolphin and Union strait were visited and a 
great number of flying insects were observed. Mosquitoes (Aédes nearcticus) 
were troublesome in sheltered places; flies, Pogomyia quadrisetosa, Rhamphomyia 
conservativa, etc.) were noticed on the flowers of Dryas, Potentilla, etc.; (Pl. 
I, fig. 1), and two female bot-flies. (idemagena (Hypoderma) tarandi, were cap- 
tured. They made no sound until placed in the killing bottle when they pro- 
duced a buzzing noise of short duration. These are the flies whose maggots 
are found in the caribou. Many bumblebees (Bombus sylvicola, etc.), butterflies 
(Colias sp., Oeneis sp., Brenthis sp., Lycaena aquilo), and various moths were 
collected; the butterflies had wings scaleless and somewhat torn, where exposed 
to the wind on the open tundra; the moths were found principally upon the 
sheltered slopes of gravel ridges. The common invertebrates, including insects, 
were observed in ponds; even a waterhole with brackish water and many green 
algee contained midge larve, and was teeming with dark-red copepods (Hury- 
eee) a favourite food for the phyllopods (Branchinecta paludosa), also 
ound here. 


30K Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 
July 11-20, 1915 


Insect life at Bernard harbour is now at its height. The following flying 
insects were observed :— 


Sawflies: Pontania subpallida, Amauronematus magnus, ete. 

Bumblebees: all three sexes almost all infected with Parasitus bomborum. 
Wasps: Ichneumon sp., Apanteles sp., ete. 

Flies: Ptiolina sp., Rhamphomyia sp.. Phorbia sp. 

Crane-flies: Limnobia sp., Tipula sp. 

Mosquitoes: Aédes sp. 

Phryganeoide | 


Perlidze [ Adults 

Ephemeroide 

Butterflies: Brenthis sp., Colias, sp., Oeneis, sp., Hrebia, sp. 
Moths 


The ground is alive with insect life. Mites (Trombidium sp., ete.) are 
common and their eggs (Bryobia praetiosa) are deposited on dead willow 
leaves, from which the young ones (nymphs) are just emerging. Many spiders 
(Lycosa sp.), are seen, the larger of which line the interior of crevices or lem- 
ming-burrows with web: they also construct nets outside for capture, some- 
thing like a large moth cocoon. The spiders often carrying egg-sacks, devour 
their prey (other spiders, beetles, etc.), inside the burrows or ‘‘ cocoons.”’ The 
‘cocoons ” up to about 3 em. in diameter are almost globular and firmly spun of 
close-lying threads, with a ‘‘window”’ of slighter construction. This ‘‘ cocoon ”’ 
is perhaps a protective web, closing the burrow outwardly, and used by the 
female only until the eggs hatch and the young are able to take care of them- 
selves. Collembola, beetles and beetle larve (weevils, carabids, ete.) are com- 
mon. Of hemiptera, various small, wingless forms (Euscelis hyperboreus, 
Calacanthia trybomi, ete.) abound in plant tufts. The common Saldid (Chilo- 
canthes stellatus) has already been referred to (page 11K). A microlepidopter 
is also common and characteristic of sandy slopes, but seems never to use its 
Wings; it keeps them as a roof for the body, crawls up on the sand and slides 
suddenly down, when scared, like a leaf-hopper, which insect it resembles in 
shape and colour. Various lepidopterous larve or pup were placed for rearing, 
but without much success. The flower stems of Pedicularis lanata held some 
of these larve (rearing 71); and dipterous larve and dipterous pupz were found 
in moss, and various sawfly larvee—both the species which make leaf galls and 
the ones which live in the immature, female catkins—were found on willows. 
Attempts were made to rear both kinds, but they progressed only as far as the 
pupal stage. The larvee inside the galls made their cocoons on October, 1915, 
and pupated the following June (Rearing 74). The others (Rearing 85) enter the 
carpels by eating a hole at their base, and their presence is soon shown by yel- 
low-brown excrement. The infested carpels do not ripen, but dry up, because 
the larva inside feeds on the wall and seeds, and probably later attacks one or 
more carpels. . In due time the larve spin cocoons outside the carpels and pupate 
inside them. 

The overflow from the ponds contains oligochaete worms (Lumbriculus sp.), 
larvee of dytiscids, and minute mosquitoes (midges). (Pl. IX, fig. 2).. Trout 
aught in a large creek near the harbour had in their stomachs large dipterous 
larvee, as well as smaller larvee (Chironomus (?)) and larve and nymphs of perlids. 
In the mud of the brackish pond many green alge, attached to which were 
numerous fascie of ‘‘ winter-eggs ’’? of Daphnia pulex were present and the water 
teemed with the young cladocera emerged from these. In the water were also 
many metanaupliz, about 1 em. long, of the common phyllopod (Branchinecta 
paludosa), a favourite food for the larve and beetles of dytiscids; minute, red 
collembola, a great number of midges in all stages of development, and copepods 
were also observed. The curious puparia of the interesting fly, Mydaeina obscura, 
were found on the 19th in this pond. The larve burrow in the mud of ponds or 
lakes, and during the postlarva-pre-pupa stages, remain there looking like brown 


Insect Life on Western Arctic Coast of America 31K 


willow twigs or large plant seeds, and thus evade the notice of water birds. 
The pupa now develops in and partly fills the ease, which shows three divisions: 
first, large, swollen, cylindrical front-end with a lid, by the aid of which the fly 
later emerged; second, a constricted ‘“‘neck,’’ and finally the ‘“‘ caudal” part, 
also cylindrical but smaller than the ‘‘ cephalic ”’ part, and containing air by 
which the puparium rises to the surface and floats with the air chamber upper- 
most. Just before the emerging of the imago the puparium becomes U-shaped, 
the neck curving so that the part of the puparium containing the pupa also 
touches the water-surface, and the imago can emerge by the opening of the 
“lid.” This process was observed with one of these pup collected July 19, 
1915, and the imago emerged four days later;/from a pupa collected July 3, 
1916, the imago emerged the following day (Rearing 78). The fly itself is also 
aquatic. As soon as the imago has emerged the puparium stretches out again 
but remains floating. 

On the margin of a large lake inland from Bernard harbour, a great number 
of freshly emerged midges of both sexes were in copula on the 15th. In the 
marginal water were many Chironomus (pups and adults), besides perlid and 
trichopterous larve. Branchinecta paludosa, amphipods (Gammarus limnaeus), 
and other freshwater invertebrates were found in many of the nearby lakes. 


July 21-31, 1915 


Insect life is now very similar to that in the middle of July. Mosquitoes 
(Aédes sp.) are very numerous and annoying on warm, clear days, most of the 
larvee and pup in the ponds having transformed (PI. I, fig. 2). Various flies 
and crane-flies (Limnophila sp., Stygeropis sp., Nephrotoma sp., Tipula sp., 
etc.), sawflies, and parasitic wasps are common, but neuropteroid imagines 
are comparatively few. Bumble bees (Bombus neoboreus, B. sylvicola, etc.), 
especially the queens and workers, are busily visiting the many flowers now 
out. Two of the willow species (Salix angloruwm, S. pulchra) have now 
dropped most of their male catkins, but those of S. reticulata are in full bloom. 
Many butterflies (Hrebia sp., Brenthis sp., Colias sp., Oeneis sp., etc.) and moths 
are seen on clear, calm days; of the former a female specimen of Pieris occident- 
alis was secured. The advent of this butterfly appears to synchronize with 
the first blooming of the crucifere (Sisymbrium sp., etc.) on which, probably, 
the larvee feed and which the imago seems to prefer. Muscid maggots were 
noticed in rotten seal-meat, but could not be reared. 


August 1-10, 1915 


The following flying insects were noticed: 
Bumblebees (Bombus sp.) 
Sawrflies 
Wasps, parasitic (Hmolytus sp., Dioctes sp.) 
Butterflies (Colias sp., Oeneis sp., Brenthis sp., Lycaena aquilo) 
Moths (Homogiaea, Titanio sp., Microlepidotera, etc.) 
Crane-flies (Hrioptera sp., Tipula sp., ete.) 
Flies 
Mosquitoes (Aédes sp.) 
Neuropteroid imagines 


The Colias and Brenthis prefer low, grassy land or gravel supporting flowers; 
the moths are found on clayey or gravelly bluffs or slopes. The mosquitoes are 
less troublesome than in July. 

Sawfly larve may be seen boring in the female catkins or making galls 
upon the leaves of willows. <A larger sawfly larva fed on the leaves of bushy 
willow (Salix pulchra) from which, owing to its colour and quiescence, it is 
with difficulty distinguished. Efforts to rear it progressed no farther than the 
pupating stage, October, 1915. The common hemiptera (Chiloxanthes  stel- 
latus) and smaller bugs (Lobopidea sp., ete.) and the common collembola. 
mites, spiders, beetles, caterpillars, etc., are met with. 


32K Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


On the margin of the brackish pond, now much smaller, imagines of My- 
daeina obscura were captured. Empty, floating pupa cases of the same species 
floated on the surface, showing that the imagines had but lately emerged. 
Dytiscid beetles, midge larve, copepods, Daphnia pulex (female now with two 
winter eggs), and almost full-grown Branchinecta paludosa (female with 
eggs) were found in the pond. The bottom of a larger pond inland, consisted 
of a thick layer of brown detritus mud between the scattered stones and Carex 
vegetation. In or on the bottom were many larve and pupe of midges (Tanypus 
sp., ete.), beetle larve, and the common red watermite (Curvipes reinhardt). 
In the big creek at the harbour on August 6, snails (Aplexa hypnorun), perlid 
and ephemeroid-nymphs, turbellaria and Hydra sp. were collected. 


August 11-20, 1915 


The flying insects observed were :— 


Bumblebees (Bombus sylvicola, B. neoboreus, B. arcticus) 

Butterfles (Colias sp., Brenthis sp., Oencis sp., Erebia sp., Lycaena sp., Chrysophanus 
sp.) 

Moths (Anarta sp., etc.) 

Wasps, parasitic (Hxolytus insularis, Dioctes modestus, etc.) 

Sawflies 

Crane-flies (Tipula sp., etc.) 

Flies (Melanostoma sp., etc.) 

Flies, black (Simuliwm sp.) 

Midges (Oecothea aristata) 

Mosquitoes (Aédes sp.) 


An ephemeroid imago was captured on the 16th, just emerging from its 
nymphal skin. 

On the ground, or upon plants are various spiders: the female of the big 
Lycosa species now carry their newborn young in the egg cocoons. Mites 
(Rhagidia gelida) and collembola are frequent. In plant pillows are found 
various fly pup and lepidopterous chrysalides or cocoons; if the latter be a 
Gynaephora it may contain instead of the lepidopterous pupx the dried-out 
caterpillar and about a dozen tachinid (Huphorocera sp.) puparia. Beneath the 
surface are larve of the common tipulids, and under stones, an occasional brown 
slug, Agriolimax hyperboreus. Leaves of the various willows are often infected 
by gall-mites (Hriophyes sp.), forming small prickly swellings. The sawfly larve 
are most conspicuous upon the willows, the larger species with its post-larval, 
red colour, and the smaller boring in the female catkins; these latter pupated 
the following June, but got no further. 

On the margins of the two ponds on the ridge about 100 feet high, southwest 
of the harbour, brown detritus-mud is exposed. The ponds contain a number 
of invertebrates, including a few males of Lepidurus arcticus; most of the 
females of this crustacean have now deposited their eggs. 

The large creek at the harbour is now nearly dry. Here were found 
turbellaria (now with ‘‘winter eggs” inside), perlid, and ephemeroid nymphs and 
colonies of Simulium pupx, attached in running water to stones, moss, and 
grass-stems, the stones being more popular on account of the similarity in colour. 
In fact it is most difficult to detect these pup unless they congregate in large col- 
onies, when the two white, free gill-plumes on the head of each individual show 
up in the water in undulating streaks. The pupa-cases (August 16) were mostly 
empty, but some of them contained the pup which were infested with one or 
more minute, bright-red nymphs (three leg pairs) of a watermite, crawling over 
the dead pupa. They represent probably the larval stage of one of the common 
hydrachnids. The comparative scarcity of black flies at Bernard harbour may 
be due to the small amount of streaming freshwater, an element necessary for 
the complete development of the insect. Conditions may differ farther to the 
ee Judging from the great annoyance travellers have reported from black 

les there. 


Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of America 33K 
August 21-31, 1915. 


Insect life is decreasing. Flowers are less plentiful and certain plants have 
completed their bloom. A number of insects are, however, on the wing including 
flies (Sciara sp., Prosimulium borealis, ete.) crane-flies (Tipula sp.), but fewer 
midges and mosquitoes. An ephemeroid sub-imago was found upon a stone in 
the creek bed; the imagines of this suborder first emerge apparently about the 
middle of August. Of hymenoptera, bumblebees (Bombus sp.) are still numerous, 
and small wasps on willow plants. Of butterflies, the common Colias sp. are 
frequent, and in a lesser degree the Brenthis sp. The lyecaenids (Lycaena sp., 
Chrysophanus sp.) are fewer, and the Oeneis sp. and Hrebia sp. have almost 
disappeared. Moths (Autographa sp., Lygris sp., ete.) are seen on slopes; when 
seared the flight of Lygrzs sp. is short and fluttering, though direct from place to 
place. 

Of ground insects the small tineoid imagines, typical of sandy slopes, and 
the common, black hemipter (Chiloxanthes stellatus) are seen, and on dry tundra 
swamp some curious smaller flies (Scellus spinimanus), their abdomen and eyes 
having a metallic glitter; though having wings they only crawled or jumped. 
One of them had its pupa skin still attached to its legs. Two (male and female) 
small crab-spiders (Xysticus bimaculatus) were collected besides the common 
spiders, collembola and mites (Bdella arctica), weevils, carabids, caterpillars, 
ete. The fresh water still contains a teeming life of entomostraca and dytiscid 
larve, etc. 


August 30-31, 1914. 


During this period and the first half of September observations on insect 
life were possible only in 1914. Autumn was heralded by the searcity of flying 
insects and by the behaviour of those upon the ground. <A big ichneumonid 
wasp among Elymus plants, and the common, small, jumping flies (black spotted 
wings) under stones were easily captured. The common hymenopterous cocoons, 
spiders, mites, and collembola, were found and the common glistening carabid 
beetles (Amara glacialis) which were crawling around or had already excavated 
small grooves in the sand for hibernation. Some of the willow leaves were 
infested by the gall mites (Hriophyes sp.) or had galls produced by sawfly larve. 
The galls were placed for rearing (Rearing 37) and in October the larvee made 
their pupating-cocoons outside them. The imagines which emerged in the 
middle of August, 1915, proved to be parasitic wasps (Dioctes modestus) and not 
sawfiies, thus proving that hymenoptera as well as diptera, lepidopetera, and 
coleoptera are kept in check by these insects. 


September 1-10, 1914. 


Owing to the mild weather, insect life, during this period, was very similar 
to that during the latter end of August. Even moths and butterflies (Colas 
nastes, Chrysophanus hypophlaeus feildeni) were seen early in the month, bumble- 
bees were seen up to the 5th and parasitic wasps (Ophion bilineatum, ete.), until 
the 7th. A few trichopter imagines and some mosquitoes (Aédes nearcticus) 
were seen, but no crane-flies. Other flies observed were Hydrophoria sp., Rham- 
phomyia sp., Peleteria sp., Scatophaga sp., Limnophora sp., and a smaller species 
(Scellus spinimanus). 


Among the ground insects noticed were Chiloxanthes  stellatus, spiders 
(Tmeticus alatus, Microneta maritima, Lycosa sp.) and mites (Scutovorter lineatus). 
The spiders, Paradosa glacialis and Erigone arctica, were also seen, as were the 
common collembola and carabid beetles (Amara sp., Pterostichus mandibularis, 
etc.) small black staphylinid beetles, a few smaller dysticids, tipulid larve, and 
caterpillars. 


16579—3 


34K Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


September 11-20, 1914 and 1915 


The few insects collected were mostly caterpillars, beetles, spiders, and 
tipulid larvee. No flying insects were seen. 


September 21-30, 1914 


No flying insects were seen. Under loose stones various beetles and caterpiilars 
were found. The small staphylinids were more lively than the carabids (Amara 
brunnipennis, etce.). The weevils lay motionless until touched, when they moved, 
but slowly. Small spiders, mites, and collembola showed few signs of hibernating 
Larger spiders had made globular webs between the sand and gravel; the size of 
the web in proportion to its builder, but never larger than a walnut. 


September 21-30, 1915 


The brackish pond was frozen over. The depth below the ice was about 3 
feet, and the mud from the bottom gave a strong odour of sulphuretted hydrogen. 
In the water were many dead midge larve, “winter eggs” of Daphnia pulex, 
and rose-purple copepods (Hurytemora canadensis) often carrying their eggs. 

The large lake southwest of the harbour was covered with ice over which 
hundreds of imagines of a big caddis-fly (Chilostigma praeterita) were crawling. 
They must have just emerged or perhaps been tempted from their hibernating 
places by the mild weather. The occurrence of these rather frail imagines in 
such numbers is surprising; they probably belong to the same species as the large 
larvee found in this and other nearby lakes. A male spider, also, was seen crawl- 
ing over the ice; the same two kinds of arthropods were noticed, a week later, 
crawling over freshwater ice at Cockburn point, a few miles away, and, the 
next day, upon lake ice at the harbour. 

The big lake of the harbour was found to have a maximum depth of 20 feet; 
it was frozen over by the 28th. Two days later a sample of sand from the 
bottom showed a crust of green alge and detritus and contained red-brown 
midge larve in their sand-covered tubes, besides worms (Lumbriculus varie- 
gatus), ete. 


WEST SIDE OF CORONATION GULF (INCLUDING THE LOWER COPPERMINE RIVER) 


East of Bernard harbour the coast shows little change, consisting of gravel 
or sand, with boulders and outcrops of limestone beds. Liston, Sutton, Lambert, 
and Douglas islands in Dolphin and Union strait have the same composition, 
though the limestone (dolomite) is more prevalent than on the mainland. 

The east side of the mouth of Coppermine river is a sandpit projecting from 
a low, gravelly tundra-plain lying at the foot of the clay hills and the west side 
is formed by an extension of the gravelly clay banks about 100 feet high which, 
farther inland, form both sides of the river. 

The east side of the Bloody fall gorge is formed by very steep and high 
cliffs, practically without vegetation; on the west side, the vegetation (scrub- 
willows, ete.) is best developed upon the lower cliffs. 

Above Bloody fall the river widens and both sides have high, gravelly, and 
sandy cliffs, generally steep and barren but sometimes supporting good vegeta- 
tion including scrub-willows up to 6 feet high. Inland from Escape rapids the 
hills attain their highest point. Along the river the slopes support the tundra 
plants, and ‘‘niggerheads” are common. 

South of Escape rapids the northern limit of trees is represented by a few 
diminutive white spruce which from this point increase in number and size, 
especially in small creek valleys joining the river, where some of the trees are 
about 12 feet high. They gradually decrease in size and number as the valley 
is ascended, until they disappear altogether. 


Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of America 35K 


Groves of white spruce (Picea canadensis) become frequent farther up the 
river. The largest trees were 30 feet high and about 5 feet in circumference 
near the ground. Even stunted trees were seen from their rings to be about 
fifty years old, and the largest must have been nearly five hundred years. 
Samples were secured of the rich growth of lichens found on the dead trees and 
on the dead branches of the living trees. Many of the trees were attacked by 
insects and very few young trees were.seen, the growth as a whole indicating 
longevity. Dr. Richardson ascribes the appearance of the forest—in particular 
the dead trees and stumps—to a deterioration of the climate, fires and exposure 
to cold north winds. Insects, however, undoubtedly contribute to the destruetion 
and many dead trees have been killed or injured solely by bark beetles and 
cerambycid larve, which were as numerous in some trees as in trees farther 
south.! 

Owing to their scattered distribution and consequent liability to exposure, 
the percentage of trees, above a certain size, attacked by insects is larger in this 
region than farther south. Living as they do under the bark, the insects are not 
greatly influenced by the cold.* 

Three species of bark beetles, Polygraphus rufipennis, Pityophthorus nitidus, 
and Dendroctonus johansent, were found in the dead trees, either under or in the 
bark,®? but the third species was found in only one tree, under the bark at its 
base. All the beetles were dead, and no immature stages were observed.‘ 


Tunnels of Cerambycid larve were common upon the dead trees. Dead 
larvee, cast skins, or their hymenopterous parasites were found in these burrows, 
occasional “‘ foreign ”’ insects which had crawled into them later, and a few 
cerambycid imagines, which possibly belonged to the tunnels. 


The living trees contained the Polygraphus and Pityophthorus mentioned 
above and Carphoborus andei-oni, but bark beetles were not nearly so numerous 
as upon the dead trees. 


Depredation to the living trees by boring insects is extensive. The bark- 
boring—the more destructive—are represented by Merium proteus and the 
wood-boring by Neoclytus muricatulus and Xylothrechus undulatus. Most of 
the larvee were heavily parasitized by immature stages of hymenopterous insects, 
but all efforts to rear were unsuccessful. 


Of harmless insects a few sawfly larvee in cocoons were found in the ceram- 
bycid galleries; they were of two kinds, the smaller a light brown, with dark, 
dorsal streaks; the large, light green. This green larva was reared (No. 46) 
and emerged July 13, 1915, when it proved to be a new species, Pontania quad- 
rifasciata MacGillivray. 

Under spruce bark, or in the cerambycid tunnels, spider webs, fragments of 
flies and beetles, etc., and a winged ant were observed. This ant and a similar 
specimen| found November, 1913, in an old bird’s-nest about 30 miles up 
Sadlerochit river, represent the only ant material secured by the expedition, 
and the two localities indicate the probable northern limit for ants in North 
America.® 


No other insects were seen along the lower Coppermine river, except a few 
bot fly-grubs (Oedemagena tarandi) from caribou above Bloody falls. Franklin 
(1st Expedition) states that sandflies were numerous and troublesome in the 
August evenings, the temperature then being 53 degrees F. at about 67° 12’ 
North; and Richardson (Arctic Searching Expedition) was annoyed by these 
insects in the same region as late as September 8, in the evening. 


1 Johansen, F., Can. For. Jour., XV, 7, July, 1919, pp. 303-5. 

2\See Rept. of ‘Can. Arct. Exped., 1913-18, vol. III, Part E, Coleoptera, by J. M. Swaine. 

3 A section of a trunk was preserved. 

#The observations were made in February, 191). 

5 Formica hereculeana recorded from Back’s Overland Expedition (Great Fish river) by 
Children. — 


16579—3+} 


36K Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 


Apart from the forest insects, the insect life along the west side of Coro- 
nation gulf and the lower Coppermine is probably very similar to that at Bernard 
harbour, though the mosquitoes, etc., become more troublesome farther south. 


SOUTH SIDE OF CORONATION GULF (INCLUDING BATHURST INLET, NORTH 
OF LATITUTE 673 DEGREES NORTH) 


Owing to the milder climate, vegetation and insect life between Coppermine 
river and Bathurst inlet are at least a week earlier than at Bernard harbour 
and cessation of plant life is, probably, later (PI. II, fig. 2). Very few insects 
were secured by previous expeditions. Hanbury collected butterflies, the 
earliest ones, apparently at cape Barrow, June 26, while flies, spiders, etc., 
were noticed on June 10 (Kent peninsula), and the first mosquitoes at Lewes 
islands on June 27.! Insects captured by the Canadian Arctic Expedition were 
mostly picked up casually, but from them and from the narratives of Hanbury 
it may be assumed that the insect life is practically the same as at Bernard 
harbour. The paucity of vegetation on many of the rocky islands causes a 
scarcity of insect life (Pl. X, fig. 1). 

Below is a list of insects secured by Hanbury and by members of the 
southern party of the Canadian Arctic Expedition; the latter ones are from 
Tree river and Gray bay, in July, and from cape Barrow (Pl. X, fig. 2), and 
Bathurst inlet in August and September. 


Spider (Lycosa sp.?) 
st (smaller) 
Trichalophus stefanssoni 
Silpha lapponica 
Carabus chamissonis 
Cocinella nugatoria 
Dvstiscid 
_ j Bombus sylvicola 
| Euura arctica 
Diptera. d (salen. gh cae) Wa feed elomarcticans 
LSimulium similis 
{ Anarta richardsonii 
Hypsophila zetterstedtit 
Hyphoraia festiva 
Aspilatus orciferarial 
Cidaria sp. 
{ Lycaena orbitulust 
| Brenthis churcilea 
a frigga improba 
polaris 
palest 
Colias boothii 
Lepidoptera (butterflies)... .. .. ..4 “ ~— heclal 
« pelidnet 
nastest 
Erebia disa 
sf fasciatat 
| rossil 
| Oeneis boret 
lL 


Arachnoidea.. 


l 
[ 
Coleoptera: ode nee 2a eS eater | 


Hymenoptera. . 


Gepidopteray WOmMoOthsS))e.- ee ee en te } 
| 


“c 


“ 


1 Secured by Hanbury. ‘ semideal 


The saw-flies were reared from larve collected in galls on leaves of Salix 
reticulata at cape Barrow, August 14, 1915. They pupated the following June, 
and the adults emerged a few days later (Rearing 90). 

“Tn summer the mosquitoes seem to be much more numerous and trouble- 
some‘along the south side of Coronation gulf than they are along Dolphin and 
Union strait, probably because the land near the coast is less barren, and more 
sheltered from summer winds off the ice. In the vicinity of Hood river and 
the neighbouring parts of Arctic sound and Bathurst inlet the black flies (Svmu- 
lide) were numerous enough to be troublesome in late August and early 
September, a rare thing on other parts of the Arctic coast with which I am 
familiar.”’ (R. M. Anderson.) 


1 Hanbury, David T., Sport and Travel in the Northland of Canada, 1905, p. 


Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of America 37K 


ARCTIC ARCHIPELAGO 


On Banks island a collection of insects, etc., was made by Mr. G. H. 
Wilkins at cape Kellett, 1914-15, but, with the exception of a couple of spiders 
in poor condition, identified by J. H. Emerton as young Pardosa glacialis, none 
of these insects have been determined, and little can be said of insect life on 
this island (Pl. VI, fig. 1). On Melville island a few insects (Bombus arcticus, 
with Parasitus bomborum, and lepidoptera (Brenthis polaris, cocoons of Gynae- 
phora rossi) were collected, 1916, by the northern party of the Canadian Arctic 
Expedition. Spiders, identified by J. H. Emerton as Hrigone psychrophila, and 
flies were collected on. King Christian land (Findlay island) by the same party. 
A list of all inseets collected by both parties of the expedition from the western 
half of Victoria island, from 1915 to 1917, appears below. 


The coast of this western part is very similar to that of the mainland 
Generally speaking, the northern part of the coast is higher and rocky, but 
from Simpson bay eastward the coast and land behind it are very low (except 
in the neighbourhood of Richardson island) and consist mainly of gravel or 
sandy tundra and boulders. The vegetation is the typically arctic; only in 
some of the river-beds do willows (Salix Richardsoniz) attain as much as 8 feet 
in height. 


IAT ANE ays S wsaet onadbcder oe bnk cha, eet? te had oa tL aged 2 Spiders 

ACATI oy. 1 ccc xe ail isys None 

Gollembola.. lice ape None But both orders are found, 
AMON oo so on o8 O86 co oon Jelobaifechavcron tel 

Golcapieran: { Agabus nigripalpis (Dytiscid) 


* ) Carabide: Amara brunnipennis, ete. 
Parasitic wasp—cocoons (from caterpillar). 
Harmeriopterats essa kinks. pteedinh s. Sawfly-larva (middle of June, 1915), and 
galls on willow leaves. 
Bombus sp. (seen; no specimens collected). 
{ Prosimulium borealis 
| Oedamagena tarandi (only larve, in caribou). 
| Tanytarsus sp. 
ID MMU. Bo G0 Gb ao sec voor loa od ore sp CONN aK As oem os eres 
| Mydaeina obscura 
Scatophaga furcata 
Tipulid larve ¢ 
Sipwonaptenares ts Be see ee so ks ws ) Mleasifirom Arctic: hare: 
{ Argyniis chariclea 
se polaris 
frigga, alaskensis 


Butterflies. . Colias hecla glacialis 
| “*  nastes 
| Erebia fasciata 
| Lycaena aquilo 
( Psychophora sabini 
| Napuca orciferaria 
| Titanio sp. 
| Anarta leucocycla 
MOUS He mn Eon eboney nate ween cence IY OTIS CEStinala 
| Gynaephora rossi (only cocoon) 
| Anarta subfumosa 
| e richardsoni 


Summer on Victoria island is generally from a week to a month later than 
along the south side of Dolphin and Union strait and of Coronation gulf. 


According to D. Jenness smal! blow flies were seen for the first time May 23, 
1915, almost a week later than at Bernard harbour, and bumblebees on June 30; 
about two weeks later. The butterflies and moths were noticed, as early as at 
Bernard harbour. Mr. Jenness writes that the first Sazxifraga oppositifolia 
blossoms appeared on June 7 and were very common July 5; that flies settled in 
swarms on drying meat, July 2; that the first mosquitoes were seen July 8, 
became numerous and annoying July 13, and disappeared in a snowstorm 
August 22; and that plant and insect life were killed by frost on the night of 
August 24-25 (Pl. VI, fig. 2). 


38K Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18 
GENERAL (ARCTIC INSECTS) 


A comparison of the insects found in the American Arctic and of those 
found in Greenland, is interesting. Dr. I. C. Nielsen has compared the insect 
fauna of the west coast of Greenland with that of the east coast. 


Owing to the severity of the climate on the east coast of Greenland as 
compared with that on the west coast, insect life is less plentiful, including less 
than half the number of lepidoptera, one-third that of coleoptera and hymen- 
optera, one-fourth of hemiptera, one-sixth of diptera, and one-tenth of neurop- 
teroids. Orthoptera and thysanoptera are only found on the west coast and 
are represented by single species (Atropos and Troctes,*Forficula, Blatta, and 
Physopus) all probably introduced. No beetles (except perhaps staphylinids) 
are known on the east coast north of about 75 degrees north. 


With the exception of Strepsiptera, most orders of insects are represented 
in Greenland, but far from all families. Ninety per cent of the hymenoptera 
are ichneumonids, the remainder, sawflies and bumblebees; the beetles are 
mainly those feeding upon plants, decayed matter, minute arthropods, or 
waterbeetles. The hymenoptera, lepidoptera, and hemiptera depend on 
land vegetation but most of the neuropteroids? and many of the diptera pass 
the early and longer part of their life in fresh water. Many of the diptera also 
belong to blood-sucking species feeding upon Eskimos and other mammals or 
upon decayed matter. Recent Danish authors give the following list of the 
different orders of insects found in Greenland: 


Dipteray. 2 ta. / 6 cl oe 2 ADOUL,” LO species! “felemiptera. ee... se) ci genes eaOOUE 12 species 
Hymenoptera.. sey Oct See at 55 s INGUTODECTONASS “y.) aisle ees 10 < 
Mallopha gas, ta) yous sects ec be 40 rs SUWCtoOri|ay) eke seu cisa sue afore ces ai ee 6 - 
TCDIGOPtELAey <<. cyel ein Jer cue os 40 ‘3 ISiphame ulate cc ce) ccley mete anes 6 © 
Coleopterayay mae yer a ete om 25 a ISBNS 5 Go oo oa of aol a7 *S 
Collembolaiin we 4.) ates 13 of Orthopterawany oes ee) Miele 1-2 om 
Mates inte Vcc tee tome, bre seh mace ee 65 id SHOCKS 69 ba Gn od 66 co SoG loyenibe 45 cs 


The insects of Greenland are very similar to those so far found in the Amer- 
ican Arctic, though the eastern part of the American Arctic has a far more 
severe climate than the corresponding degrees of latitude in the western part. 
The limit of spruce, or of isotherms is, therefore, a better southern boundary on 
which to base conclusions than any parallel of latitude. Owing to the intimate 
connexion between plants and insects the tree limit is preferable, especially as 
the data available are insufficient to warrant the use of isotherms as a base. 


The country not forested is known as the “barren grounds’”’ and reaches as 
close to the pole as explorers have attained. Forest insects cannot, of course, 
invade these grounds. The next insects to stop are the grasshoppers and prob- 
ably also the other families of orthoptera.? No orthoptera have been found in the 
Canadian Arctic archipelago. From the Arctic mainland the only grasshoppers we 
secured were a specimen of Acridide, said to have been caught near the divide 
of the Alaskan Arctic mountains, within, or near, the limit of trees, and the 
specimen of Melanoplus frigidus secured by Mr. V. Stefansson in the summer of 
1911 in the vicinity of Langton bay. The absence of grasshoppers in the Arctic 
is very noticeable and not easily accounted for. It cannot be the absence of 
suitable food, for grasshoppers eat almost any vegetable, and vegetation is 


1“The insects of the Danmark Expedition.” Meddelelser om Groenland, vol. 43, p. .55. 
“The insects of Bast Greenland,’ Meddelelser om Groenland, vol. 29, pp. 3166-369. See also 
W. Lundbeck: “Entomolog Underség. i West Groenland, 1889-90,’”’ Meddel. om Groenland, vol. 
VII, pp. 189-41; and W. Lundbeck and K. Henricksen in “Conspectus fauna groenlandica, 
Land anthropods,’’ Meddel om Groenland, vol. 22, p. 797, 1918; and W. Lundbeck: “Notitser 
om Gronlands entomolog. Fauna,” pp. 27-34. 

T. C. Schiddte “Grénlands Land—, Ferskvands—og Strandbreds—Arthropoder,” in Rink 
“Naturhist Tillaeg til en geographist og Statistisk Beskrivelse af Gr6nland,” 1857, pp. 50-71. 

2Trichoptera are the only neuropteroids known from the east coast. 

3 The Forficula collected:-on Parry’s and Ross’ voyages was probably introduced. 


Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of America 39K 


abundant. The absence of green leaves for nine months in the year may be a 
contributing cause, but the permanently frozen ground is probably the main 
factor. Grasshoppers lay their eggs in the ground, and as the surface, except in 
bare, sandy places, thaws for only a few inches, it may be impossible for grass- 
hoppers to develop. Mr. Norman Criddle, of Treesbank, Man., states that the 
grasshoppers known to go farthest north in Canada hibernate as nymphs, and 
that the eggs are laid about a month after the beginning of spring. In the 
Arctic this would be about July 1, and the two remaining summer months are 
perhaps not sufficient for the nymphs to grow large enough to withstand the 
winter, even if the eggs were laid in the ground and hatched out.! 

The absence of true bees in the Arctic is perhaps due to the scarcity of 
flowers from which pollen and honey can be secured, and to the absence of suit- 
able trees, etc., for nest-building. Sawflies (Nematus) were collected at latitude 
72 degrees north, longitude 94 degrees east (‘‘Fox’’ Expedition), and on Ellese 
mere island (2nd Fram Expedition). ‘‘Formica rubra” from Parry’s and Ross’s 
voyage was probably introduced, if the identifrcation is correct. 

As to the beetles found beyond the tree limit in the American Arctic, it is 
probable that those dependent on decaying matter, and those directly (chrys- 
omelide, rhynchopora, elateride) or indirectly (plant-lice-feeders, coccinelli- 
de) dependent upon green leaves do not go as far north as the predacious fam- 
ilies (carabide, staphylinide) and the water beetles (dytiscids).2 None of 
the four first-named families have, it is believed, been found in the Canadian 
Arctic archipelago. Of the three families of predacious beetles, it may be 
assumed that those (Carabide, Dytiscide) depending upon larger prey do not 
go so far north as the family (staphylinide) feeding upon more minute organisms. 

Micralymma was collected at cape Sabine; Lethridius in Alexandra fjord; 
Cryptophagus in Foulkes fjord (2nd Fram Expedition). The diminishing periods 
in which fresh water is ice-free as the high north is approached may be related 
to the eventual disappearance of the dytiscids and other aquatic insects. 
Dytiscids were collected on Parry’s and Ross’s voyages. 

Of the hemiptera (hemiptera were collected on Parry’s and Ross’s voyages) 
the families (aphide, ete.), depending upon juicy, green leaves probably do not 
go as far north as the more agile or occult living families (saldide, etc.). Aquatic 
hemiptera seem to find the arctic ponds unsuited for their development, though 
some of them (Corixa) go as far north as Port Clarence, Alaska. 

Of neuropteroids, dragon-flies hardly approach the limit of trees, perhaps 
owing to the same reason as the aquatic hemiptera; and ephemerids and perlids 
are not known in the Canadian Arctic archipelago. The trichoptera is probably 
the family of neuropteroids which reaches farthest north (trichopter collected 
on Parry’s and Ross’s voyages), though only in certain species (A patania, etc.) ; 
probably because their larvee seem to be little influenced by their surroundings, 
and are found in both still and running water of high or low temperature. 

Spiders (Opilio known from Ponds inlet), mites, and collembola, and insects 
parasitic upon mammals and birds have been found as far north as there is land; 
and the same seems to be the case with at least some of the lepidotera (both 
butterflies and moths) preferring certain plants. It may be assumed that at 
the highest latitudes (say beyond latitude 80 degrees north) on both sides of 
Kennedy-Robeson channels these latter orders comprise the bulk of the insect 
fauna together with sawflies, bumblebees, and parasitic wasps, diptera, and 
minute hemiptera and beetles.’ 


1 Professor E. M. Walker, of Toronto, claims that all the Melanoplws species pass the 
winter in the egg-stage. The northward distribution of grasshoppers on this continent is 
treated in his Canadian Arctic Expedition report, vol. III, Part J. 

2 Beetle (Platyderus) known from lat. 72° N., long 94° W. (“Fox’’). 

+ See the insects secured by the Polaris expedition, and identified by A. S. Packard, Jr., 
in ‘“‘The American Naturalist,’’ Vol. XI, 1877, pp. 51-53. 


: y j " } / as ‘7% : } fr oe - 
fi ¥ ‘ : A é ‘ : i; Le ad | wie - TT 
; A Y i =" ‘ ee Se a iy : (7 | A “yr 
; ot ‘al as fh i 2 a oe fees eg 
x } ‘ : { [ ‘ : . 7 ; z ry - ; 7 b ,* . 
; Pa + hee se ‘ Vu i>" ony coe 
> een ; ro | iy Ns 4 via | ot Ap to, wt sf) uG itd, ase "a te 9 i Rie 
7 ; : " Y, : ; 6 : a . 2 


: ; ad ae ee ‘ 
7 ‘ 7 Hy aie cane i, rt fit se ruts aE yet een ie wis | Wy il apm Thy spre ia 
phi eett ole sate mare bi nha i" Ora ips ‘Ciipou 1 Pace iff tHe sft ys a ret 1 
SE his Seanad al Eat biuraunt yam site ma ae Caen ARIE e , 
wc Ce GaN acd teh ger akt Seah ete ae 
Aiadi ule ae au RAR reer ale 0 Tigypat ; 
eat dys eta WE are aes LAY jihiben’ Luitwie ee Awe Kets date Gh PE ae | 
ne” Mt ae] fit doe Wh * at ip hi viet? ay ehhvury, dest coy av ) yt Tie ons vagy tea bv : 
See ak Cae iy ies er hay te at ies, naz }o hiro i qe het eh stg ota 


\ } Pa ee Wb@ as ‘ Po ‘ 
saa ROR ix Qeel Hla) MENGE 1 Ai eee. UU yeh Mae ee vse 


Rooslbhr ab. Renal ets eh ee ee Peis 6 heed A 
e an ‘-_ ; ee felts Ms ty Lite . ae oi a! AG Wi ys i af! hi ABs Udi ae enlet 


iv 


: ‘ =~ i ae Pay tte ue ' ae .” “tht wil thy Py 5m My ia? 14) A) Oita noth a a ? 


nA , " . ¥ i J } 5 5 Ms . , 
= fag Fic) roar gr eh) Doki Are ie teen ts see ae 
i ayy i i 1a, ee i yak cree 7 : 2 wi i 
“a re AS tp rie he ea ihe eu aie Dey : sits aes ats. We, ies eyiy ‘shaker : 
i] 


' an 2 ia 


a al oan i bl wriyr i nip oe | 4 ' a0 Alec) 4) (ob ati io vt agrgrnal, etme ey Pad ce ve 7 
Seen Wb 3 he : r : io ite ty ae tert »e - 
se doe ee 4 ange ees fae ov eee 1) v j onli "i Ptr A oak ART ps i a “ep i * 
t i “ U . A * A 
- io A aA * i 7 a & TV t “¢ 
shin Aad & he 10) neta Shae ev 2a tie rok Chat iF 
' " 


: - i : ‘owe ciltay Meet! 1 j eet “> 
Sw re ah ob ee ry hiad eles fas ahs AV alt: aes hy 2 ni heret'e Wa HiT aAty ‘i “5 Kees i st 
M a P! bee ‘ee 4 : ry Bay f a ive. re 
sal aed Ct ithe arabe nea Lirias at fire f aaa | a hg vine vara th ay Uiian ile 
i" ‘i ; ' Dy ot Ou ai ny 
~~ Ts nani a ve uti eteedy t ’ hadi i sa ite i hy ‘hier ted ot! Like yal * b ¢. ‘tom se 
ee ie é i OS a ol 
Ae Walks & hy ig se eta x a ea Le ; stay a Pia ALS | UG, oe + aha 
= 5 oe tt 7 “ iss ‘ boy a re + i ; 7 es . 
TE, Mang i rig nil i Avid e tf hes t} De al bre * uae 7 hore J 1 4 is i a ‘My yond i Di . 
od + LR tin Gagt? -4, MELO ee age wha Llc eee Koes Sat vv bs 
j ar ' oe f a iu ae | hu af, 1a ae y er a or inl oh! 7 vedi we LAS ii ve ‘a 
7 mm ea fh 8 Fi aur) \ ¥ aS vine ; aie tee) ‘“ ry 
Pia j , j he atye bss ah jC wt ed at wy | } ae ae =?) i ui 7 ‘ le ! mit : au 4 
a ies! ey Ms ge ce Par ae Se pees acoken t/t) bd fei a JOT ig OS «TY a ne 
‘ wily Vy 7 ; 4 af 1 ia ¢ : a ya SS ule an : % ; bP 8 we NAS ARS ie Ler: af ‘" iv, a) 
Bi taal a” Ne oe | Pk v a Bb y kh 7 . a MVC TC © 
a4) f ' F : <i as iT f " J r iby ¥ ai * 5 Li i ’ qr) ASAT Ga, or aa —o ~ ihe “ae Whe “a : 
ie? 4 Ay r oP Cee Li il 7 cert we so mai 7 : ears fasten anion at ‘ 
’ ’ \ 7 f , é , és - - i pe . m4 
oe eb app time crib be dime rh aig mttaer Aan ue 2001 (a ae ae! 
, ; F i . Danek ‘ oa - a3: { i rea € La he i —TiiUeeo pieiy Os 450s 7G b= res re 
bg F 14 i" ae OT ahah, Bee . ‘ otek ve : ue 
a are r io) een fy ee | Why iY a tae be prigh ier apr yie | i db ei Lagi 7 eon) ys Lis ry ia, 
ve ef = Pe. ~ a a : : ’ , 7 te ‘ = : 
4 J mati 7 7 ¥ ny A comdyree r a chp ery Ww \ “an ay ie ¥ bil Wiles ay pwn’ ST , Fad 
) * i ) Lay 9 : RA! a ; : ie, i Vee f 
i ; 1 uf Fi Vue La | : i Ais TUTTE i UD yt Ba a. void 3! see “Nt, Ay ye e 


ae . f Var itl / fo “te rea de) i ey e ie ta! aaah oa Lnlgibath ii Th? vB ee aes ult a 
L 7 : F i , | 


«I ine , r i ; ; : - 
pe eee j Ny pon he he tal ae ont Cap gay bleed tty hier - 
7 j * 2? Tox i Orn F ‘ si Page ws 7 att ay" yi vile 4l al eet ad vt het 7 ie ; 1 
RG te ee Payee ip hie. Pret prey tap Want ant Mee ae SF 7 okt ard ee ioe 
"3 7 : Tete gn re Pre te ae fh a! RY peut ne 7 
rae S08 OA id Atl ty ke hag Pate OD FT ailem : my ] era ie ‘s 
reer |) a oe oo. 4; ee oe Naa ee Be tua? ae ait, ti) Oe ; 
[ Thu. iT, I i 4 ¥ 7 : j 7 ae ce eel 
or ot t ay ee ah { . j iad ak Tt oe 
by bre Pt J ’ : * ak -% 3. tis i ay 1 7) 50 it 
7 i , Py tte ‘ f i a r oF Ag * “) al | vi a ie 0 rat fir. Ty i 
su i a i j A ¥ id ’ lin ; ri it 
; Pe Pe Wy). ile EU bite Ee ee 2 se: Sadie 7 
: OV ad Tes | ll ' } \ Cow * F 
A'S." oe et Wirta ite, oi wet 7" ea De Pra.) ae esti ' ‘ ts 7, a 
1 oy ry p whet) hal } Wah ; 
Ks Pe Le r i LV hy eas . any ef Pat aM rg [fart : i ii mpi rea 
area Fie, 4 ne | i. wn es ; 7 ¥ 4 
é i ¥ 7 pa e 3% , . « 
7 ee eh \ oh A An eee 1d} nen ly AL a) ra yi Balt q Toe 


: in ’ A's a 3 mY ’ ‘| , hy rm A 4 ; 
ws ¥ hy ' YA? dR Riedl VCO iS gtyaty wi hath lela my ks a A 
| i ll OM La ets ee Ga MY) vats Dra Sa Pee 


rs 


; r ‘ iF rat 1) ai Mit } ‘ vi ye Givi a a Sent bed ‘et ees um “ee Da: Ne a 


2 
” 
- 

p= 
— 
cae 
- 
= 
» 


- v Zi : fre kat ay \y outta pe fey Hele easiest Miah wh Mey? Ly ae hal Paihiad, pectial™ i 
LS i hee . Perce kcey (en qin! ela 
wv, : ne oe AS _ ry nee (¥ " 74 oa / ert 
4 ’ = j : € 
% . Ave ry. f —, > 7 4a. y"* 7 se ; i ey A : a ri ef ming a) eek ‘ 
: 1 ri A ' a a Vil ft i a a 
PaO Tx 7 rae Peg Soni tt ee i ee 1 the als arta Te, shtor Sia vasths x Me ie: Abe fof 
WL Pe masebsc et ed 9) Oonaetel TEN reneer sina. AED Ts OE re gle Pi yack: cet ltt Aiea) ee Sie eae aye ie 


ia . hy ao clk Stoner eeiga te inl Mitel ok odie ana ie nee : 


Dy ; ; Sart f hy oy >) i. 

f Wee Py Og ARE ae ROR Ore Wie em i a 

| / 7 ire "pan 1 bite at + tet it sted aryow iat Ae a ay here yp aii ona Wie 
Tha eee ee a a we Ble ain a /SDee oad BAN os onipyole ES a is 

5 t ' : yi , . J ay 7 4 i » 

’ f <i Viz on ! 


“met a! Me a 


Lo lame re 3S) ee al Sn yh a, SN a etl af 


41k 


Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of America 


Sf Oi 
“eg 


Oy 
e8 
Se 


OT}DLW 


uBIPeUB) !BollaULyY JO 4SvVOD DI}OIW UTEISAAA 


alc O58 


iS) 


PUIOY 
194 28uUs 


PUPS) 


o0E Oo. 
SOW Jf B[PIS 


fe 


7 ~ i 4 nit “ z 
a ( 5 a ath Ra - 

: * : . a ; 7 ve 4 iy it, 
7 i , a" E ' © nee vi 

mg - | Dw . 7s b S 
y . : ie , 2 (ewe . ay a = ofl 
a ; ve tal lh ed ae tise Mea 
i 4 a j J as 


y @ 
‘ 


com 
tua)" 


Insect Life on Western Arctic Coast of America 43K 


Arctic Insect Life 


PLATE I. 


Fic. 1. Fly on Dryas flowers. Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories. July 
1915. (Photo by G. H. Wilkins.) 


Fic.. 2. Mosquitoes attacking dog. Bernard harbour. July 6, 1915. (Photo by G. H. 
Wilkins. ) 


os 
ua oats Serv) Wf ett. Eeush  Seligas gras, E 
; 5 


Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast ef America 45K 


Arctic Insect Life 


PLATE II. 


Arctic willow shrubbery. East branch of Mackenzie river delta, at Nennariak, 
near south end of Richard island. June, 1914. (Photo by J. J. O'Neill.) 


Arctic willow shrubbery. Mouth of Tree river, Port Epworth, Coronation Gulf. 
October, 1915. (Photo by J. J. O’Neill.) 


ee eee 


i ae mp 


jie rodhe 


é nf A 
' jit ey 
gent 
hg 
Sa rages cg 
7 : 
' ‘ 


pac alchemy nly met Kk hr 


wibtty.'@y Cite Aleta Sen 


Lite wade 


sah aie et ce aie Me te 2 


ahs st Galle tere 


¥ 3 
_ dee) eden ty oan 
— ; 7 
i 
j 
tory Pa 
; LS - 
7 


; wn 


a vrai fs 


— 


. ae 
<j ae = " 
7 od 
, ¥ Pa 4 
‘ x : 
i < 
U ai? 
‘ - 4 os yi 
=f t -_ ’ 
emf 
iy ¥ 
iin Ps ry > >» 


erie 


a 
_-. 


recto tie hairpin aa: = ier aera Se 
ait, ir i) ae Sen | 


pee ae 


ee 
yu 
ahh 


Lis 
, ry 
me Se 


1. te 


Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of America 47K 


Arctic Insect Life 


PLATE III. 


Fic. 1. Winter conditions... Wind-swept tundra bluffs at Collinson point, Alaska. Feb- 
ruary 24, 1914. (Photo by F. Johansen.) 


Fic. 2. Early spring. Snow melting on tundra at Demarcation point, Alaska, May 13, 
1914. (Photo by F. Johansen.) 


Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of America 49K 


Arctic Insect Life 


PEATE TV. 


Fic. 1. Beginning of summer. Melting tundra yond at Collinson point, Alaska, June 3, 
1914. (Photo by F. Johansen.) 


Fic. 2. Beginning of summer. Tundra nearly freegof snow. Collinson point, Alaska. 
June 3, 1914. (Photo ky F. Johansen.) 


16579—4 


v 


. 


a 


ss ; ay » v8 
| P te AL 7 ON rar ine ’ 


sera 
ie 


Cae | 


— 


Me 


Ai ee oe my 1. A Fine 


Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of America 51K 


Arctic Insect Life 


PLATE V. 


Fic. 1. Tundra ditch at Teller (Port Clarence), Alaska. Reindeer grazing. August, 1913. 
(Photo by J. J. O'Neill.) 


Fic. 2. Coastal tundra strewn with old driftwood, at Collinson point, Alaska. July 17, 
1914. (Photo by.F. Johansen.) 


16579—43 


at oe 7 . Ar yy! Py “/’ te 
7 t; - d - , 7 - 7 i . 4 t —— e Tt > 
, + a : 7 { aah 
5 ' \ La : ty +. s a . ‘ +t i. 
- i ays 
vy ~ A : : ‘ bi >} CTs yy, 
> - my ; ' i f = r, lee ak 
7 : ; ’ cS a : = 
: ‘ : ‘ “ ae ¢ 4 i ro ae 
baie SOM er i 
; ih daata wil, Wau ely Te ers Pals hace Ws iced as - ont ben th ud 
Sy | ba) . i ‘J —- , a " - ; 
yy ; ; : : ; : M4 at 
° i ‘ 1 
‘ 7 9 de HK 
‘ 5 * , 0 Ai é 


b, ‘ 
4 
* 
i 
«3 
‘ 
ne 
RP ay 
, @*: : " ame Wyse a i 
. > aT | .} tats T pe fae i uty? sets i’ 7 
~ : ; = a i 5 , f y - tas em Aa 
: ; aa y 2 
S. F ¥ : — 
, : { H dean > —s - 
ee ae ot Sal 
¥ ’ re oe 
\ , j y's 
. ova ie 
J + a 7 . 
‘ Lae 
‘ i ‘ : - ; S&S - TA) 
j 
/ 
a i 
, . 
o 
i 
.) ig ; ' i se Tee : 
vane vce oe have by bad) aide ealyet SES geen 
of ! I 4 tats a | = Fe ‘ 5 < 
bee ee 
, ’ nf ne ‘ : 57) 
i i> a4 44 Pr ~fe8 ope j 
v7] A ‘ 
F — — > iy 7 
uf Eth : J . 
' 7 5 ‘ 
. | : “s 
: i 
f q . y wt me 
‘ 2 " ee | 


Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of America 53K 


Arctic Insect Life 


PLATE VI. 


Hires de 


Southwest coast of Banks island, looking southeast from Cape Kellett, Earth-Slides. 
August, 1914. (Photo by G. H. Wilkins.) 


Fic. 2. 


Victoria island. Dolomite beds crossing plain, between southwest coast and the 
Colville hills, about 8 miles inland. Autumn, 1915. (Photo by D. Jenness.) 


¢ 


Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of America 


Aretic Insect Life 


55K 


EP GATR Velie 


Fic. 1. Arctic coast at King point, Yukon. Earth-slides. August, 1914. 
John R. Cox.) 


Fic. 2. Inland gully on Herschel island, Arctic coast of Yukon Territory. 
(Photo by F. Johansen.) 


(Photo 


July 29, 


by 


1916. 


= 


' r ? E 
i ‘ é : AS 
nest. bayer ne ‘uilith. 
A ae ©. > «ae 
‘ sated i : 
| “4 ” * me ‘ 
| ah 4 “< s j 1 . 
} 0 « tj 
| : ' Ff ne 
i A ; ts te ' Pa 
| : ; ra ; ~ ot . - A 
j y P le) ‘ : iA eirve i 


Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of America 57K 


Arctic Insect Life 


PLATE WiLL: 


Fic. 1. Arctic coast near cape Parry, Northwest Territories, Dolomite cliffs. July 24, 1915. 
(Photo by G. H. Wilkins.) 


Fic. 2. Dolomite outcrops a short distance inland from Bernard harbour, Northwest 
: Territories. June 21, 1916. (Photo by F. Johansen.) 


* 


y 7 : . ; 
oa » <i" 3 oy i = - * 
' , —- . " eo wy ros : 
: or r- “1 det 2% ) 
ef ng honk me" i " ih. - Te, U ¥) vate) “yr i* 
=- ‘ ar ; * 1S 
7 yy. i _ : : ay ad « ‘ i- a 
; ; . i i 


» 6s 

7 Qed's ieee! bynette tin tere «(vie Te ND, os s 
ie a mea (OES Oe Dé Ap sinee ‘i vA ie 
Ss : 4 f ‘a - 

. > 4 by wee . Suge 
» ‘ | ‘ 

iz ¥ \ t = ry ag 

= <= Me 

=n & 7 an | ; Vy ai 


oe ig tin eh Ns ns ee) ng ( 
te a a a 


‘ i 
. a! 
: E 
4 if 
1. 1 
i; 
H - 
i 
7 nl 5 
i, at F 2 ae ea sae 
, es 4 1 2 
. > - , eds, a eel) t 
. a “ — 4 
ry - a 1 ls 
‘ m 
. te aa i 


Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of America 59K 


Arctic Insect Life 


PLATE IX. 


Fic. 1. Snow melting at Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories. May 24, 1915. Note 
pools. (Photo by F. Johansen.) 


Fic. 2. Brook fed by melting snowbank. Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories. July 
12, 1915. (Photo by F. Johansen.) 


: rol 


.S atk eine, 


p ; 
” 


<i : if : 
aa | 
' 
, 
i i ar 
ve , ’ ~~“ 
) ‘ riya aur fi tee rere tii hres VEC ty eee SR ‘1 “% hi ‘ i A 
‘ : F - Ver oe: | plant) AOE ae a ; ot : 
’ | / i 
. ee al . ! 5%, Vv 


Insect Life on the Western Arclic Coast of America 61K 


Arctic Insect Life 


PLATE XX. 


Fic. 1. Surface of diabase island in Coronation gulf. Northwest Territories. March 
12, 1916. (Photo by F. Johansen.) 


Fic. 


2. Cape Barrow harbour, Coronation gulf. 


of Coronation gulf and Bathurst inlet. August 12, 1915. (Photo by G. H. Wilkins.) 


Typical granite formation of eastern part 


ee 


Ciara 


alae 
ial i} 


iar 1 


prvinis 


' 


. 


C3 


iF tie °, 5 mechs nia 3 : 
Tin Mange Wet y hati i 
ie span 


) “ges ae 
. yt} f a ae 
oan ] ‘ud ~~ : 
‘ 
\< aa Cm ry 
. ogres £ ; 
7 ws 1 
a : f laf , oo 
ue fi i a 
b 
7 i: A 
i) ; 
2 
a 9 T 
ry Py 
7 é 
| + 
a. ea | 
. * 
7 . 
' : : 
“g ; . 
- LU 
t? vrs 
; ., 
i 
& 
a0 
Vg 
ine 
" x 
: , . FE 
4 ~ 
. a a 
i  ° y 
1 tes 
‘ ve 
i ta 1 
a] 
la 4 ae a 
e Te ' 
: Hy LG: 
‘ H 
: ac 
c\rebb aha’ * 
‘ - - . 
" A 
: ’ 
fra) r 7 a 
f 
t 
und 
: li 
er 
‘ 
" 5 
0 P - 
f i 
: rs - 
a. i 
aah, ; 
t e 
; 7 
- ‘ 
, * ’ a 
an 
i 
ee 
‘ my: 
j 
- q 
« 
pl 
oo ln eet ae 
1 7 , * “y 
! J rf 2 : 
ae. 7 = 
r 1s 
o, 1 4 
} a 
vi 
i 
r { J 
i sc, ; We" 
Lt- 7 
c j 
Ne * 
* } 7 
‘ £\ 
’ A 
vol 49 ata 3A : : ) | 
ap! J > 4 : ‘? F : 
Pree! , fae oF <— A. tk wl 
7 » -_ _— my fi 4 Ode 
= 4 tials 412 » 
: ; : * = One : 
ay cae “4 > yO carte z ees. , 
7 : ys ma ee 
7 ' The | a ae 
‘ i ; ; 
re $e sat 
, a t / ’ 
' =! § } s Af 
‘ 
q o ay a : ‘ 
= ee ‘ 7 . 
1. 7 
bas i , 
: - 
vee ~ nw, ms ‘ 
ro oe aed 4 = J 
; - . 7 5 
ive 
t —_ fi Ae 
J« 4 7 - 
’ ‘. 7a >. " 
= = ry 
‘ £4) ~~ © & 
a 7 iy 
ty Ce hee af os a7 
- . 
7 = 
f - 
P wt A aa Ss 4 \ be rn 
7 ) = 
2 — 
: ; 8S 
yf 1s 
} : ha / J i n re 
a 6 od ] = 
Tar / ae 
7 7 f . ia ~ -_ 
eee a ae le ee 
ae, =o a 1 hs y 
Poke iy? ian 
le eee ~ 


Report of the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18. 


VOLUME VIII: MOLLUSKS, ECHINODERMS, COELENTERATES, ETC. 


Part A. MOLLUSKS, RECENT AND PLEISTOCENE. By William H.-Dall. 


(Issued September 24, 1919). 
Part B. CEPHALOPODA AND PTEROPODA,. 
Cephalopoda. By S.8. Berry. 


PLETOPOG Au V Was RO LADD oie sco oe cee a boas we eee ant oraaings Cel eaeetens (In preparation). 
Rare he HUNOD HRMS] By-Austinvt. Clarkexiict, osc < seal commana: (Ussued April 6, 1920). 
arte VO ONe oD Valin (Os WuUImerncst cae olsen cette) te sae one te oe Coe es (In preparation). 
ant Eien Oy Ak: Osh WAY abs yi El econ EEA EIN Gs he dee Rael ce oat MT amos Seren emin a aay ee ne eds (In press). 
Rartoh. @rAh LOG NA PEA, © By As G. Sumtsmian: = ohacetdis eae ee hol ouelen Go: (In preparation). 
Parti Gy ALCYONARIA< AND) A @GLINAR TA: By:AsE. Verrill®.: sc ne bone (In press). 
Part H. MEDUSAE AND CTENOPHORA. By H.B. Bigelow...........(Issued June 30, 1920). 


Part I: HYDROIDS. By C. McLean Fraser 
Part J: PORIFERA. 


VOLUME IX: ANNELIDS, PARASITIC WORMS, PROTOZOANS, ETC. 


Part A: OLIGOCHAETA. 
Lumbriculidae. By Frank Smith. 


RT eh cree ahante ies eat arakdhike Osama (In preparation). 


Pnehytrachiae: ab y-bauk Se Welehs~. cts ac cease ates arare Guenercee es (Issued September 29, 1919). 
Part7B>POERYCHAHEA..-By Ralphs Vj Chamberlin 2.0 c =. aceite o.. bean (Issued November 16, 1920). 
PartsOs: Eel RU NE OEN HAL = “BYyyd ak AM OORGsnc s/c... ero or alts wee edie: (Issued February 4, 1921). 
Parte AG DPey nn Acc byanalpho vs Chamiberlinngaccs aco \umes ooccks Bokuoe. (Issued June 20, 1920). 
Panini AGCAN LHOCHPHABA:= “Bx Ee Js VaniGleavie ..os fv. cues Se eet (Issued April 7, 1920). 
Part F: NEMATODA.. By N. A. Cobb....: Be eater at sha Sond ata ret CIT tet easton & (In preparation). 
Part G-H: TREMATODA AND CESTODA. By A. R. Cooper............ (Issued February 4, 1921). 
Parteice Un Bib LARTAS Bip Ax Hassell feo. owe eho kos ene es Be one SE ners (In preparation). 
Part J: GORDIACEA. 

Pantene. NUE VER Re hs By ahalph Ve Chamberlin +... oy 2s.2 00s. octen ocean Ges nee (In preparation). 

Partglss oe ORO Z OA wb vider LBV Obs earaGurcnc pec ierRom atime an rales no oe CE (In preparation). 

Part, Mx FORAMINTHH ERA: By J. AeCushmans. 4.020. 3: 8 oe hae lee (Issued February 6, 1920). 
VOLUME X: PLANKTON, HYDROGRAPHY, TIDES, ETC. 

Rarteas cP yANIK LON. (By -Albert- Manni cowie on. so enue otto alee eee tie tee oe ae (In preparation). 

Pariebs MARUN Pe DIAShOMS. UByslcWaballeyen. -¢...siucach oon r ah tase aes (In preparation). 


Part C: TIDAL OBSERVATIONS AND RESULTS. By W. Bell Dawson. . (Issued October 1, 1920). 
Teg Wired BS 4 S ENGI DY] RM ONS ps Brees Gal wh es ae cS ean RE a et ac ARE AY tc (In preparation). 


VOLUME XI: GEOLOGY AND GEOGRAPHY 


Part A: THE GEOLOGY OF THE BRC TIC COAST OF CANADA, WEST OF THE KENT 
PENEN SUI Ay bya OcNetle see qatedee eas chan hae Meena een er (In preparation). 
Part B: MAPS AND GEOLOGICAL ONOTES. By Kenneth G. Chipman and John R. Cox, 


(In preparation). 
VOLUME XII: LIFE OF THE COPPER ESKIMOS 
THE LIFE OF THE COPPER ESKIMOS. By D.Jenness.............00000% (In press) . 


VOLUME XIII: PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND TECHNOLOGY OF THE 
WESTERN AND CENTRAL ESKIMOS 


Part A: THE Reker CHARACTERISTICS OF THE WESTERN AND COPPER ESKIMOS. 


SVD PT CDH ESS Syste eve eS ey tees he PNG a ee ha ee Be ae erate RO Ba (In preparation). 
Part B: THE YOSTEOLOGY OF THE WESTERN AND GENT EL ESKIMOS. 


y John Cameron........ (In preparation). 
Part C: TECHNOLOGY OF THE COPPER ESKIMOS» PENS eee Pea oe nate tas (To be prepared), 


VOLUME XIV: ESKIMO FOLK-LORE AND LANGUAGE 


Part A: FOLK-LORE, WITH TEXTS, FROM ALASKA, THE MACKENZIE DELTA, AND 
CORONATION GULF. By Ty ONNeSs ih setosa seh cutee nore) Oak som wee (In preparation). 
Part B: COMPARATIVE GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY OF THE ESKIMO DIALECTS 
OF POINT BARROW, THE MACKENZIE DELTA, AND CORONATION GULF. 
TBR aD) Yd ey ihiYers past are hte EERIE IMO EEE IE: EI Re. et Nn ae Ee (In preparation). 


VOLUME XV: ESKIMO STRING FIGURES AND SONGS 


_Part. A: STRING FIGURES OF THE ESKIMOS. By D. Jenness.............. (Ready for press). 
Part B: SONGS OF THE COPPER ESKIMOS. By Helen H. Roberts and D. Jenness 


(In preparation). 
VOLUME XVI: ARCHAEOLOGY 


CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE ARCHAEOLOGY OF WESTERN ARCTIC AMERICA. 
Bde ReieTOR Base trea hey ONG SRN He Tare TSS S 0 Bh eic eset ree URLs ie ato) eau ohee etoaae F ce so We (To be prepared) 


<r x" -_ — ie VWYLYAA = ~ 

\ 5 SA Z 8  Yh:3 
SW : \ . ns 

* o F FANNY y [@) Seb Ea . 

SN Z AS =. = Z =) ie 
* 2 2 a 2 72) 


LILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS” S31MVYGIT-LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN. INSTITUTION NOILN. 


NOILNALILSNI 
NOILNLILSNI 
NOILALILSNI 


\RIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31YVYUSIT LIBR 


Gi7_ LIBRARIES 


S314YVYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONI 


INSTITUTION 


Oe 
INSTITUTION 


INSTITUTION 


fa) 
NVINOSHLINS S3INVY 


LILSNI NYINOSHLINS S314VUSIT_ LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION  NOILN 


y SM 


NVINOSHLIWS S3IYVYUSIT LIBRARIES 


SMITHSONIAN 
NVINOSHLIWS 
SMITHSONIAN 
SMITHSONIAN 


ARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYSIT LIBR, 


ARIES 


LIBRARIES 


: 


S3tyYvVUsIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN_INSTITUTION  NOILN 


NOILNLILSNI 
LIBRARIES 
NOILNLILSNI 


LILSNI NVINOSHLIWS 
\ 


INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI 


Sa1uvyaIT_LIB 
hp a NS 
saiuvygit 
INSTITUTION 
saruvagit 
INSTITUTION 


\RI'ES SMITHSONIAN 


NSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3Iy¥vyusIT 


LILSNI NVINOSHLIWS S3IYVYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN. INSTITUTION NOILN 


“fs 
‘Yl? 
NYINOSHLIWS 


SMITHSONIAN 

NVINOSHLIWS 

SMITHSONIAN 
/ 


SMITHSONIAN 
ad, 
NVINOSHLIWS 


NOILNLILSNI 


NOILNLILSNI 
NOILALILSNI 


ARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3ZIYVUSIT LIBR 


gi LIBRARIES 


SAINVYSIT LIBRARIES 


a? 
INSTITUTION 


INSTITUTION 


INSTITUTION 
K 


va 


ILILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31YVYYSIT_LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILE 


x 


NNOSHLINS S3IYVYEIT LIBRARIES 


Liz 
Ca 
INOSHLINS SJIYVY 


ITHSONIAN 
| THSONIAN 


INOSHLIWS 

|ITHSONIAN 
GL 
bi 


DM ~WR @ Y? Hf on (= a) wn fis W QQ © 
= wor é = ae = = 
72) ie Zz ” 7s 7) % 2 
S3IYVYEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNILILSNI_ 
= ” om 7 ses uv 
c = oa aa ox = 
aaa = © = <x ne — < ~ 
ec c fe = = Cc 
—_ re) =e ro) = C 
a) z a Fa a 2 
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NYINOSHLIWNS SS3IYVYYSIT LIBRARIES 
& z - a, z - Zz 
Po] = > AY SS = 9) = 
: : EN = 5 
2d a KM OOF = F 
in z mn ae ' 2 
S3I1YVYUEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION  NOILNLILSN! 
: o Z we 44 = Ne. “” Zz 
= << Nc = <x Ni = 4 
= ‘= WN So z a z 
) Li a OO KY, * - ake fe) as c 
5 z RE 3 2 g g 
= = z FE = F 
7 De > = hee = | = = 
) Fa ” > 2 ” =: Fa ; 7, 
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_NVINOSHLIWS | S3 IYVYUSIT_LIBRARI ES | 
z z x rd 
i] Wd YEA ul u 
1 = @ Ws = g : 
q = < mA < pa] < 
. : e E : E 
) = ao = m = o 
: ro) = ro) = re) = 
J = a! Fra bs ail z a 
; S3I¥VHUS!IT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI 
; 5 ir = im S c 
) — o — VL ow — Ls, 
} = ” 5 Gy, ca 5 ; 
> > Cf ft. 
| e : © OL? S ; 
. A ” m lee i - ” - 
) Be = w < w” = U 
,SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI _NVINOSHLIWS S34 1yYVYNsit ib , 
z < = , < : 
! = = = z e 
° a> = fe g 
ae “pete Oo a td C 
e E 2 = ; 
: = : = > = 3 
= ” in “a Zz ” 2 
JNVINOSHLINS Y¥g Je BRARI ES SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTION pp NOHLALILSNT 
. z ; = z 
? ul ww Uy tu 
= : = Uy,” . 
: << = < VD fasten < : 
- WA c = oc | a= cc c 
x N = 7: = = 
— ae > = 2 5 : 
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILONLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYYUS!IT LIBRARIES 
. 
= 6 aS aie 2 : c 
; ) = >) \\ So E a 2 
- ¥ > ee =e » ke > 
p mn ” m ” o 2 
3 w < 7) . £ w z 
'S S3IYVYUYSIT_ LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILONLILSNI 
z | on” z wee w” — a wo z 
x = e= ES = gsc = < 
4 } = : : a a : 
D wy a” ow D Wa G@ d 
a a 2 EN 5 : 
= > = on Ne > 4 > G = 
Re eae ee mete pW as) ie SO ice 7 a Lee Bd ee Se ae 


aiasene 2 
weet gayi 


en ee eae ee eee 
eeneoere een eget ae Sa egret ine ne EE RON tee RD ees on eer wen se 


pNe OE NE DURE ne ne me eee OT em me 

a ne ceetedanieingeieatl 

Ed Yo Ae Nolet GEE mpeg Ee RUNES MEN SPS ONE Ur reas ie enon ern tera ree 
een en nee as 


ee ee nan 


NE NS NE Ae BOONE OTR A KAM IT 
POODLE LAY A CRA ge LEI NO aT NO ® 
Sone ot sae na gem NS NEE meme ae SARTRE NE™ mare 
LALLA NAL AOE OE AE IN 
ee et aae green ae 


een re ie eae 
AN a AT A EEE Be IEMA OAT AEN VO ONENEN ED 


oe ope og nee pe et mae ot nek A AAU TO SHEE HT ON TS OF EN tO Be 
: a eta ae ee nie a ee eS eee a Se eal aeeeaebaennd pee 
Sane ere eiccges te ties pean aaa EON aN ETRE eps Te ie Bae NER Naar STONE a eae aiaa ae mse PS wn Ae 
OE TE Sa rer Re RE ER MO HEE genre " 
OY A OLD ALL LEE LALLA CALLE AG LSD EET CLERC OE) 
LOND LN NONE OO ITY NITIES OL SEE ASA SOOTY 
pr ee ele eee eee ee 
Ca a a it ld al lide 
Sede ce Ae see renege oo eee hearers 


oe 
A SA) te Ye OR UK ye 


en enn ee 
OS re a er ae 


LAVIN PAO PAL TE DS 
Rett at oe a aes noe deelied 
IAT ENR WENO WAR are Ne” 

‘ errr ne ae 
Oar bene 


Pate eet 
Be ee eel ot ee ld 
Ch kei ein et tek cde tlie Aiea iia LA Ne ORE LA CNY Ea OAR ALAN Tey INS AE FO tas 
een AN we TW a Veer F arg aan eNee AIO 4 
Con ie ein eae 


ee ns Sa ten ata a es ieee aden 
eee verter oe 


(PI A vera s OF RNG Nek Ne 


ee PRONE Be Fw VT RNB Gy etn RR Abe FY Ui mn tne me ERR MRR Or aN ml rane 
Pee ae tence anal 
Oe 9 een aera met, 


eats Rae